F-1

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 11, 2022

Registration Statement No. 333-          

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM F-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

The Securities Act of 1933

 

 

Tritium DCFC Limited

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Not Applicable

(Translation of Registrant name into English)

 

 

 

Australia   6770   Not Applicable

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(IRS Employer

Identification Number)

48 Miller Street

Murarrie, QLD 4172

Australia

+61 (07) 3147 8500

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Cogency Global Inc.

122 East 42nd Street, 18th Floor

New York, NY 10168

(800) 221-0102

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

With copies to:

Christopher Lueking

Ryan Maierson

Roderick Branch

Latham & Watkins LLP

330 North Wabash Avenue, Suite 2800

Chicago, IL 60611

(312)-876-7700

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 (as amended, the “Securities Act”), check the following box.  ☒

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

Emerging growth company  ☒

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  ☐

 

The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act, or until this registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a) may determine.

 

 

 


The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED FEBRUARY 11, 2022

115,368,935 Ordinary Shares

8,366,667 Warrants

21,783,334 Ordinary Shares Issuable Upon Exercise of Warrants

 

LOGO

Tritium DCFC Limited

This prospectus relates to the offer and sale by the selling securityholders or their permitted transferees (collectively, the “Selling Securityholders”) of (A) up to 115,368,935 ordinary shares, no par value (“Ordinary Shares”), of Tritium DCFC Limited, a public limited company organized under the laws of Australia (the “Company”), consisting of (i) 95,306,435 Ordinary Shares issued to certain affiliated securityholders of the Company in connection with the Business Combination (as defined below), (ii) 7,500,000 Ordinary Shares the Company anticipates issuing to certain securityholders in connection with the Option Agreements (as defined below), (iii) 2,500,000 Ordinary Shares the Company anticipates issuing to Palantir Technologies Inc. in connection with the A&R Subscription Agreement (as defined below) and (iv) 10,062,500 Ordinary Shares held by Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Sponsor II LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“DCRN Sponsor”) and certain previous independent directors of Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation II, a Delaware corporation (“DCRN”) that were previously held as Class B common stock of DCRN, which was converted into Class A common stock of DCRN in accordance with DCRN’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation at the effective time of the Merger (as defined below) and subsequently exchanged for Ordinary Shares, and (B) up to 8,366,667 warrants originally issued to DCRN Sponsor and certain previous independent directors of DCRN, in connection with private placements by DCRN to such holders, including 1,000,000 of our Warrants that were issued to DCRN Sponsor at the closing of the business combination in connection with working capital loans made by DCRN Sponsor to DCRN (the “Private Placement Warrants”).

We are registering the offer and sale of the securities held by the Selling Securityholders, in some cases, to satisfy certain registration rights we have granted, and in other cases, to provide for resale by affiliates of the Company under the Securities Act. Subject to existing lockup or other restrictions on transfer, the Selling Securityholders may offer all or part of the securities for resale from time to time through public or private transactions, at either prevailing market prices or at privately negotiated prices. These securities are being registered to permit the Selling Securityholders to sell securities from time to time, in amounts, at prices and on terms determined at the time of offering. The Selling Securityholders may sell these securities through ordinary brokerage transactions, directly to market makers of our shares or through any other means described in the section entitled “Plan of Distribution” herein. In connection with any sales of ordinary shares offered hereunder, the Selling Securityholders, any underwriters, agents, brokers or dealers participating in such sales may be deemed to be “underwriters” within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the “Securities Act.”

We are registering these securities for resale by the Selling Securityholders named in this prospectus, or their transferees, pledgees, donees or assignees or other successors-in-interest (that receive any of the shares as a gift, distribution, or other non-sale related transfer).

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the securities by the Selling Securityholders, except with respect to amounts received by the Company upon exercise of the Warrants to the extent such Warrants are exercised for cash.

This prospectus also relates to the issuance by us of up to an aggregate of 21,783,334 Ordinary Shares, which consists of (i) up to 8,366,667 Ordinary Shares that are issuable upon the exercise of 8,366,667 Private Placement Warrants and (ii) up to 13,416,667 Ordinary Shares that are issuable upon the exercise of 13,416,667 Warrants, originally issued as warrants of DCRN sold to the public in DCRN’s initial public offering (“Public Warrants” and, together with the Private Placement Warrants, the “Warrants”). This prospectus also relates to the resale by DCRN Sponsor and certain previous independent directors of DCRN of the 8,366,667 Ordinary Shares issuable upon the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants. We will receive the proceeds from any exercise of any warrants for cash.

This prospectus also covers any additional securities that may become issuable by reason of share splits, share dividends or other similar transactions.

Our Ordinary Shares and Warrants are listed on The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (“Nasdaq”) under the trading symbols “DCFC” and “DCFCW,” respectively. The last reported sale price of our Ordinary Shares on February 10, 2022 was $13.33 per share.

We may amend or supplement this prospectus from time to time by filing amendments or supplements as required. You should read this entire prospectus and any amendments or supplements carefully before you make your investment decision.

We are an “emerging growth company” and a “foreign private issuer” as defined under the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, rules and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings. See “Prospectus Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company and a Foreign Private Issuer.”

Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 9 of this prospectus and other risk factors contained in the documents incorporated by reference herein for a discussion of information that should be considered in connection with an investment in our securities.

Neither the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

PROSPECTUS DATED                , 2022


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

     ii  

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

     iii  

TRADEMARKS AND TRADE NAMES

     iii  

PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     iii  

EXCHANGE RATES

     iv  

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

     v  

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1  

THE OFFERING

     7  

RISK FACTORS

     9  

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     44  

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

     46  

MATERIAL AUSTRALIAN TAX CONSIDERATIONS

     53  

CAPITALIZATION AND INDEBTEDNESS

     58  

USE OF PROCEEDS

     60  

DIVIDEND POLICY

     61  

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     62  

BUSINESS

     76  

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     95  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     121  

MANAGEMENT

     129  

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

     142  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS

     154  

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES

     161  

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     163  

SELLING SECURITYHOLDERS

     165  

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

     168  

EXPENSES RELATED TO THE OFFERING

     171  

LEGAL MATTERS

     172  

EXPERTS

     172  

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES AND AGENT FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE UNITED STATES

     172  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     173  

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     F-1  

You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus or any supplement. Neither we nor the Selling Securityholders have authorized anyone else to provide you with different information. The securities offered by this prospectus are being offered only in jurisdictions where the offer is permitted. You should not assume that the information in this prospectus or any supplement is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front of each document. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

Except as otherwise set forth in this prospectus, neither we nor the Selling Securityholders have taken any action to permit a public offering of these securities outside the United States or to permit the possession or distribution of this prospectus outside the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about and observe any restrictions relating to the offering of these securities and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

 

i


ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

This prospectus is part of a registration statement on Form F-1 filed with the SEC by Tritium DCFC Limited. The Selling Securityholders named in this prospectus may, from time to time, sell the securities described in this prospectus in one or more offerings. This prospectus includes important information about us, the Ordinary Shares, the Warrants and other information you should know before investing. Any prospectus supplement may also add, update, or change information in this prospectus. If there is any inconsistency between the information contained in this prospectus and any prospectus supplement, you should rely on the information contained in that particular prospectus supplement. This prospectus does not contain all of the information provided in the registration statement that we filed with the SEC. You should read this prospectus together with the additional information about us described in the section below entitled “Where You Can Find More Information.” You should rely only on information contained in this prospectus. We have not, and the Selling Securityholders have not, authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of the prospectus. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any other date.

The Selling Securityholders may offer and sell the securities through agents or to or through underwriters or dealers. A prospectus supplement, if required, may describe the terms of the plan of distribution and set forth the names of any agents, underwriters or dealers involved in the sale of securities. See “Plan of Distribution.”

Unless otherwise indicated, references to a particular “fiscal year” are to our fiscal year ended June 30 of that year. Our fiscal quarters end on March 31, September 30 and December 31.

References to a year other than a “Fiscal” or “fiscal year” are to the calendar year ended December 31. Unless otherwise specified, all monetary amounts in this prospectus are in U.S. dollars, all references to “$,” “US$,” “USD” and “dollars” mean U.S. dollars and all references to “A$” and “AUD” mean Australian dollars. Any discrepancies in any table between totals and sums of the amounts listed are due to rounding. Certain amounts and percentages have been rounded; consequently, certain figures may add up to be more or less than the total amount and certain percentages may add up to be more or less than 100% due to rounding. In particular and without limitation, amounts expressed in millions contained in this prospectus have been rounded to a single decimal place for the convenience of readers.

Throughout this prospectus, unless otherwise designated, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “Tritium,” the “Company” and our “company” refer to Tritium DCFC Limited and its subsidiaries and references to “Tritium Holdings” refer to Tritium Holdings Pty Ltd.

 

ii


MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

This prospectus contains estimates, projections, and other information concerning our industry and business, as well as data regarding market research, estimates, and forecasts prepared by our management. Information that is based on estimates, forecasts, projections, market research, or similar methodologies is inherently subject to uncertainties, and actual events or circumstances may differ materially from events and circumstances that are assumed in this information. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors.” Unless otherwise expressly stated, we obtained industry, business, market, and other data from reports, research surveys, studies, and similar data prepared by market research firms and other third parties, industry and general publications, government data, and similar sources. In some cases, we do not expressly refer to the sources from which this data is derived. In that regard, when we refer to one or more sources of this type of data in any paragraph, you should assume that other data of this type appearing in the same paragraph is derived from sources that we paid for, sponsored, or conducted, unless otherwise expressly stated or the context otherwise requires. While we have compiled, extracted, and reproduced industry data from these sources, we have not independently verified the data. Forecasts and other forward-looking information with respect to industry, business, market, and other data are subject to the same qualifications and additional uncertainties regarding the other forward-looking statements in this prospectus. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.

TRADEMARKS AND TRADE NAMES

We own or have rights to various trademarks, service marks and trade names that they use in connection with the operation of their respective businesses. This prospectus also contains trademarks, service marks and trade names of third parties, which are the property of their respective owners. The use or display of third parties’ trademarks, service marks, trade names or products in this prospectus is not intended to create, and does not imply, a relationship with us, or an endorsement or sponsorship by or of us. Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear with the ®, TM or SM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks, service marks and trade names.

PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION

We were established on May 7, 2021 for the purpose of effectuating the Business Combination described herein. Accordingly, no financial statements of Tritium DCFC Limited have been included in this prospectus. This prospectus contains:

 

   

the audited consolidated financial statements of Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation II (“DCRN”) as of December 31, 2020 and for the period from December 4, 2020 (inception) to December 31, 2020 and the unaudited consolidated financial statements of DCRN as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2021; and

 

   

the audited consolidated financial statements of Tritium Holdings Pty Ltd (“Tritium Holdings”) as of and for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2021 and 2020.

Unless indicated otherwise, financial data presented in this prospectus has been taken from the audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements of DCRN and Tritium Holdings, as applicable, included in this prospectus. Where information is identified as “unaudited,” it has not been subject to an audit. Unless otherwise indicated, financial information of DCRN and Tritium Holdings has been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”).

 

iii


EXCHANGE RATES

Our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar. The determination of the functional and reporting currency of each group company is based on the primary currency in which the group company operates. For us, the Australian dollar is the functional currency. The functional currency of our subsidiaries is the local currency.

The translation of foreign currencies into U.S. dollars is performed for assets and liabilities at the end of each reporting period based on the then current exchange rates. For revenue and expense accounts, an average monthly foreign currency rate is applied. Adjustments resulting from translating foreign functional currency financial statements into U.S. dollars is recorded as part of a separate component of shareholders’ deficit and reported in our Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are included in other income (expense), net for the period.

 

iv


NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

Segment gross (loss), a measure our management uses to assess the operating performance of its segments, is a non-GAAP measure for reporting used by us calculated as total revenue less total cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation).

Segment gross margin, a measure our management uses to assess the operating performance of its segments, is Segment gross (loss) expressed as a percentage of total revenue. We offer a range of EV chargers with each charger having a varied contribution to Segment gross (loss).

Segment gross (loss) and Segment gross margin vary from period to period due to the mix of products sold, manufacturing costs and warranty costs.

Financial measures that are not in accordance with U.S. GAAP should not be considered as alternatives to operating income, cash flows from operating activities or any other performance measures derived in accordance with U.S. GAAP. These measures have important limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider them in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under U.S. GAAP. Because of these limitations, we rely primarily on its U.S. GAAP results and uses Segment gross (loss) and Segment gross margin only as supplements. For the purpose of reconciling non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable GAAP measures, we have calculated gross (loss) and gross margin inclusive of the allocation of relevant depreciation and amortization in accordance with GAAP. Gross (loss) is calculated as total revenue less total cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation) and depreciation expense attributable to segments, gross margin is gross (loss) expressed as a percentage of total revenue. It is to be noted that GAAP gross (loss) and gross margin are not presented in the financial statements. See below for reconciliations of Segment gross (loss) to gross (loss) and Segment gross margin to gross margin:

 

     Group  
     Year Ended
June 30, 2021
$’000
    Year Ended
June 30, 2020
$’000
 

Total revenue

     56,157       46,969  

Total cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation)

     (58,061     (47,943

Segment depreciation expense

     (926     (584
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross (loss)

     (2,830     (1,558
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Add back

    

Segment depreciation expense

     (926     (584
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Segment gross (loss)

     (1,904     (974
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross (loss)

     (2,830     (1,558

Total revenue

     56,157       46,969  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

     (5.0 )%      (3.3 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Segment gross (loss)

     (1,904     (974

Total revenue

     56,157       46,969  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Segment gross margin

     (3.4 )%      (2.1 )% 

 

v


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights certain information about us, this offering and selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all of the information that you should consider before deciding whether to invest in the securities covered by this prospectus. You should read the following summary together with the more detailed information in this prospectus, any related prospectus supplement and any related free writing prospectus, including the information set forth in the section titled “Risk Factors” in this prospectus, any related prospectus supplement and any related free writing prospectus in their entirety before making an investment decision.

Overview

We design, sell, manufacture and service proprietary hardware and associated software to create advanced and reliable direct current (“DC”) fast chargers for electric vehicles (“EVs”). Our technology is engineered to be easy to install, own and use. Our compact, robust chargers are designed to look great on Main Street and thrive in harsh conditions. Founded in Brisbane and, as of December 31, 2021, having already sold more than 6,700 DC fast chargers, we have provided more than 3.6 million high-power charging sessions across 41 countries, delivering an aggregate of over 55 gigawatts of energy.

Major auto manufacturers such as BMW, Ford, GM, Honda, and Volkswagen, among others, have committed to producing more EVs and various governments have begun implementing supportive policies. For example, a bipartisan infrastructure bill supports a $7.5 billion investment toward new EV chargers in the United States over the next decade and the Biden Administration has established a target for 50% of all new car sales to be electric by 2030. In the coming years, we believe EVs will cost less than internal combustion engine (“ICE”) vehicles. BNEF has forecasted that this price parity in Europe can be achieved by 2027, and in all countries and vehicle segments by 2029. In addition, BNEF has forecasted that EVs are expected to increase from 4% of global passenger vehicle sales in 2020 to 68% by 2040. Additional factors propelling this shift from ICE vehicles to EVs include proposed fossil fuel bans or restrictions, transit electrification mandates and utility incentive programs. However, the global transition to an EV-based transportation network will depend on, among other things, the availability of sufficient charging infrastructure. Accordingly, a BNEF report projects that the cumulative EV charging infrastructure investment in the United States and Europe will be approximately $60 billion by 2030 and increasing to $192 billion by 2040. We believe we are at the forefront of the charging equipment build-out, focusing exclusively on DC fast charging of EVs.

Recent Developments

Business Combination

On May 25, 2021, we entered into a Business Combination Agreement (the “Business Combination Agreement”) with Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation II, a Delaware corporation (“DCRN”), Tritium Holdings Pty Ltd, an Australian proprietary company limited by shares (including its subsidiaries, “Tritium Holdings”) and Hulk Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (“Merger Sub”), pursuant to which, among other things, we acquired all of the issued equity interests in Tritium Holdings and DCRN merged with and into Merger Sub, in each case, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein (the “Business Combination”).

On January 13, 2022 (the “Closing Date”), we consummated the Business Combination through the following transactions:

 

   

Pursuant to the share transfer agreement we entered into with DCRN, Tritium Holdings and all then-existing Tritium Holdings shareholders, the holders of ordinary shares in Tritium (“Tritium Shares”)

 

1


 

transferred their Tritium Shares to our company in exchange for an aggregate of 120,000,000 Ordinary Shares and we became the ultimate parent company of Tritium Holdings and any subsidiaries of Tritium Holdings;

 

   

Merger Sub merged with and into DCRN (the “Merger”), with DCRN surviving as our wholly owned subsidiary, as a result of which each share of Class A common stock of DCRN (other than those shares redeemed) (the “DCRN Class A Common Stock”) were exchanged for one Ordinary Share and each DCRN warrant (“DCRN Warrant”) to acquire one share of common stock of DCRN was automatically converted into a Warrant to acquire one Ordinary Share and thereupon were assumed by us pursuant to the (i) Warrant Assignment and Assumption Agreement we entered into with DCRN, Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A. on the Closing Date (the “Warrant Assignment and Assumption Agreement”) and (ii) Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement we entered into with Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A on the Closing Date, as adjusted in accordance with the terms of the agreement (the “A&R Warrant Agreement”); and

 

   

At the effective time of the Merger, each share of Class B common stock of DCRN (“DCRN Class B Common Stock”) was cancelled and converted into DCRN Class A Common Stock in accordance with DCRN’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation and, accordingly, were exchanged for Ordinary Shares pursuant to the Merger.

Post-Business Combination Financing

Subscription Agreement

On July 27, 2021, we entered into a subscription agreement (the “Subscription Agreement”) with DCRN and Palantir Technologies Inc. (“Palantir”). We waived the condition to the closing of the Business Combination that, as of the closing, the amount of funds contained in DCRN’s trust account (net of the aggregate amount of cash proceeds required to satisfy any exercise by DCRN’s shareholders of their redemption rights and net of DCRN’s fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Business Combination) plus the amount of cash proceeds to us resulting from any private placements of our Ordinary Shares consummated in connection with the Closing be at least $200,000,000 (the “Minimum Cash Waiver”). As a result of the Minimum Cash Waiver, Palantir exercised its rights under the Subscription Agreement not to consummate its investment in our company.

On January 31, 2022, we and DCRN entered into an amended and restated Subscription Agreement (the “A&R Subscription Agreement”) with Palantir, pursuant to which we granted to Palantir the contingent right to subscribe for and purchase, and Palantir committed to subscribe for and purchase, an aggregate of up to 2,500,000 Ordinary Shares (the “Subscription Shares”), subject to certain conditions, for an exercise price of $6.00 per share and an aggregate purchase price of up to $15.0 million. We intend to provide notice to Palantir that we elect to exercise our right under the A&R Subscription Agreement to issue the 2,500,000 Subscription Shares to Palantir, and we expect to receive gross proceeds of approximately $15.0 million from the issuance and expect settlement to occur on or about, or prior to, March 17, 2022.

Option Agreements

On the Closing Date, we entered into separate option agreements (each, an “Option Agreement”) with each of (i) St Baker Energy Holdings Pty Ltd, (ii) Varley Holdings Pty Ltd, (iii) Ilwella Pty Ltd and (iv) Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Sponsor II LLC (each a “Holder”), pursuant to which we granted to the Holders the contingent right to subscribe for and purchase, and the Holders committed to subscribe for and purchase, an aggregate of up to 7,500,000 Ordinary Shares (the “Option Shares”), for an exercise price of $6.00 per share (the “Option Exercise Price”) and an aggregate purchase price of up to $45.0 million.

 

2


On January 27, 2022, we provided notice to the Holders that we elected to exercise our rights under the Option Agreements to issue an aggregate of 7,500,000 Ordinary Shares to the Holders in the amounts set forth in the table below. We expect to receive gross proceeds of approximately $45.0 million from the issuance and expect settlement to occur on or about, or prior to, March 17, 2022. The Option Shares that will be issued pursuant to the Option Agreements will not initially be registered under the Securities Act, in reliance upon the exemption provided in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions” for additional information.

 

Holder

   Option Shares  

Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Sponsor II LLC

     3,333,333  

St Baker Energy Holdings Pty Ltd

     2,500,834  

Varley Holdings Pty Ltd

     895,333  

Ilwella Pty Ltd

     770,500  

Total

     7,500,000  

Implications of Being an “Emerging Growth Company” and a Foreign Private Issuer

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies,” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved (to the extent applicable to a foreign private issuer). If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the prices of our securities may be more volatile.

We will remain an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act until the earliest of (a) the last day of our first fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of DCRN’s IPO, (b) the last date of our fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, (c) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the rules of the SEC with at least $700.0 million of outstanding securities held by non-affiliates or (d) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the previous three years. References herein to “emerging growth company” shall have the meaning associated with it in the JOBS Act.

We report under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) as a non-U.S. company with foreign private issuer status. Even after we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, as long as we qualify as a foreign private issuer under the Exchange Act we will be exempt from certain provisions of the Exchange Act that are applicable to U.S. domestic public companies, including, but not limited to:

 

   

the rules under the Exchange Act requiring domestic filers to issue financial statements prepared under U.S. GAAP;

 

   

the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act;

 

   

the sections of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their stock ownership and trading activities and liability for insiders who profit from trades made in a short period of time; and

 

   

the rules under the Exchange Act requiring the filing with the SEC of quarterly reports on Form 10-Q containing unaudited financial and other specific information, or current reports on Form 8-K, upon the occurrence of specified significant events.

 

3


We intend to take advantage of these exemptions until such time as we are no longer a foreign private issuer. We would cease to be a foreign private issuer at such time as (i) more than 50% of our outstanding voting securities are held by U.S. residents and (ii) any of the following three circumstances applies: (A) the majority of our executive officers or directors are U.S. citizens or residents, (B) more than 50% of our assets are located in the United States or (C) our business is administered principally in the United States.

Both foreign private issuers and emerging growth companies are also exempt from certain more stringent executive compensation disclosure rules. Thus, even if we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company but remain a foreign private issuer, we will continue to be exempt from the more stringent compensation disclosures required of companies that are not emerging growth companies and will continue to be permitted to follow our home country practice on such matters.

Our Corporation Information

The following chart shows our organization structure as of the date of this prospectus:

 

LOGO

Risk Factor Summary

Investing in our securities entails a high degree of risk as more fully described under “Risk Factors.” You should carefully consider such risks before deciding to invest in our securities. These risks include, among others:

 

   

We are a growth-stage company with a history of losses, and we expect to incur significant expenses and continuing losses for the near-term.

 

   

We have experienced rapid growth and expect to invest in growth for the foreseeable future. If we fail to manage our growth effectively, our business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.

 

   

We currently face competition from a number of companies and expect to face significant competition in the future as the market for EV charging develops.

 

   

We face risks related to health pandemics, including the recent COVID-19 pandemic, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

 

4


   

We rely on a limited number of suppliers and manufacturers of certain key components for our charging stations. A loss of any of these partners, including as a result of a global supply shortage or major shipping disruption, could negatively affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

 

   

We are dependent on a limited number of significant customers and distributors for a substantial portion of our revenues. The loss of any such customer or distributor, a reduction in sales to any such customer or distributor, or the decline in the financial condition of any such customer or distributor could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations if they are not replaced with another large sales order.

 

   

We are expanding our operations internationally, which will expose us to additional tax, compliance, market and other risks.

 

   

If a safety issue occurs with our products, or similar products from another manufacturer, there could be adverse publicity around our products or the safety of charging stations generally, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

   

If products in our product roadmap, including our software licenses, do not achieve projected sales in the future in their planned channel, revenue forecasts for that product will not be met and our results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

   

Our future growth and success is highly correlated with, and thus dependent upon, the continuing rapid adoption of EVs for passenger and fleet applications.

 

   

The EV charging industry is characterized by rapid technological change, which requires us to continue to develop new products and product innovations. Any delays or failures in such development could adversely affect market adoption of our products and our financial results.

 

   

Our technology could have undetected defects, errors or bugs in hardware or software, which could reduce market adoption, damage our reputation with current or prospective customers and drivers, and/or expose us to product liability and other claims that could materially and adversely affect our business.

 

   

We expect to generate revenue from services and support of our customer installation base. Inadequate services and support could significantly reduce our profitability.

 

   

Future revenue from our software business will depend on customers renewing their services subscriptions and subscribing to newly developed software license offerings. If customers do not agree to pay for the software that they have been previously making use of or stop using the software or any of our other subscription offerings, or if customers fail to add more stations, our business and operating results will be adversely affected.

 

   

We incur significant increased expenses and administrative burdens as a public company, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

   

We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. If we are unable to remediate these material weaknesses, or if we identify additional material weaknesses in the future or otherwise fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, this may result in material misstatements of our consolidated financial statements or cause us to fail to meet our periodic reporting obligations.

 

   

Our financial condition and results of operations are likely to fluctuate in the future due to, among other things, the cyclical nature of the automotive industry, which could cause our results to fall below expectations, resulting in a decline in the price of our Ordinary Shares.

 

   

We may be adversely affected by foreign currency fluctuations.

 

   

Data protection laws, and similar domestic or foreign regulations, may adversely affect our business.

 

5


   

Failure to comply with anticorruption and anti-money laundering laws, including the FCPA and similar laws associated with activities outside of the United States, could subject us to penalties and other adverse consequences.

 

   

We could be adversely impacted if we fail to comply with U.S. and international import and export laws.

 

   

Failure to comply with laws relating to labor and employment could subject us to penalties and other adverse consequences.

 

   

As a “foreign private issuer” under the rules and regulations of the SEC, we are permitted to, and may, file less or different information with the SEC than a company incorporated in the United States or otherwise not filing as a “foreign private issuer,” and we follow certain home country corporate governance practices in lieu of certain Nasdaq requirements applicable to U.S. issuers.

 

6


THE OFFERING

The summary below describes the principal terms of the offering. The “Description of Securities” section of this prospectus contains a more detailed description of the Company’s Ordinary Shares and Warrants.

 

Securities being registered for resale by the Selling Stockholders named in the prospectus

(i) 115,368,935 Ordinary Shares and (ii) 8,366,667 Warrants.

 

Ordinary Shares being offered by us upon exercise of Warrants

Up to (i) 8,366,667 Ordinary Shares that are issuable upon the exercise of 8,366,667 Private Placement Warrants and (ii) up to 13,416,667 Ordinary Shares that are issuable upon the exercise of 13,416,667 Public Warrants. This prospectus also relates to the resale by DCRN Sponsor and certain previous independent directors of DCRN of the 8,366,667 Ordinary Shares issuable upon the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants.

 

Term of Warrants

Each Warrant entitles the registered holder to purchase one Ordinary Share at a price of $6.90 per Ordinary Share. Our Warrants expire on January 13, 2027 at 5:00 p.m., New York City time.

 

Offering prices

The securities offered by this prospectus may be offered and sold at prevailing market prices, privately negotiated prices or such other prices as the Selling Securityholders may determine. See “Plan of Distribution.”

 

Ordinary Shares issued prior to any exercise of Warrants (as of February 7, 2022)

135,380,695 Ordinary Shares.

 

Warrants issued (as of February 7, 2022)

21,783,334 Warrants.

 

Ordinary Shares outstanding assuming exercise of all Warrants (as of February 7, 2022)

157,164,029 Ordinary Shares.

 

Use of proceeds

We will receive up to an aggregate of approximately $150.3 million from the exercise of the Warrants, assuming the exercise in full of all of the Warrants for cash. If the Warrants are exercised pursuant to a cashless exercise feature, we will not receive any cash from these exercises. We expect to use the net proceeds from the exercise of the Warrants, if any, for general corporate purposes. Our management will have broad discretion over the use of proceeds from the exercise of the Warrants. See “Use of Proceeds.” All of the Ordinary Shares and Warrants (including Ordinary Shares issuable upon the exercise of such Warrants) offered by the Selling Securityholders pursuant to this prospectus will be sold by the Selling Securityholders for their respective accounts. We will not receive any of the proceeds from these sales.

 

Dividend policy

We have never declared or paid any cash dividend on our Ordinary Shares. We currently intend to retain any future earnings and do not

 

7


 

expect to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. Any further determination to pay dividends on our ordinary shares would be at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable laws, and would depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, general business conditions, and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

Market for our Ordinary Shares and Warrants

Our Ordinary Shares and Warrants are listed on Nasdaq under the trading symbols “DCFC” and “DCFCW,” respectively.

 

Risk factors

Prospective investors should carefully consider the “Risk Factors” for a discussion of certain factors that should be considered before buying the securities offered hereby.

 

8


RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the risks described below before making an investment decision. Additional risks not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business operations. Our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially and adversely affected by any of these risks. The trading price and value of our Ordinary Shares and Warrants could decline due to any of these risks, and you may lose all or part of your investment. This prospectus also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including the risks faced by us described below and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Risks Related to Our Business

We are a growth-stage company with a history of losses, and we expect to incur significant expenses and continuing losses for the near-term.

Tritium Holdings incurred total comprehensive losses of $35.0 million and $63.2 million for the year ended June 30, 2020, and the year ended June 30, 2021, respectively. We believe we will continue to incur operating and net losses for the near-term. Even if we achieve profitability, there can be no assurance that we will be able maintain profitability in the future. Our potential profitability is particularly dependent upon the continued adoption of EVs by consumers and fleet operators, the widespread adoption of electric trucks and other vehicles, and other electric transportation modalities, which may not occur. Further, EV charging is a developing technology and our future business performance is dependent upon our ability to build and sell a differentiated technology. If EV charging technology commoditizes and prices decrease more rapidly than we have forecasted, our market share and results of operations may be adversely impacted.

We have experienced rapid growth and expect to invest in growth for the foreseeable future. If we fail to manage growth effectively, our business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.

We have experienced rapid growth in recent periods. For example, the number of full-time employees has grown from 222 in 2018 to 358 as of December 31, 2021. The growth and expansion of our business has placed and continues to place a significant strain on management, operations, financial infrastructure and corporate culture. In the event of further growth, our information technology systems and our internal control over financial reporting and procedures may not be adequate to support our operations and may introduce opportunities for data security incidents that may interrupt business operations and permit bad actors to obtain unauthorized access to business information or misappropriate funds. We may also face risks to the extent such bad actors infiltrate the information technology infrastructure of our contractors.

To manage growth in operations and personnel, we will need to continue to improve our operational, financial and management controls and reporting systems and procedures. Failure to manage growth effectively could result in difficulty or delays in attracting new customers, declines in quality or customer satisfaction, increases in costs, difficulties in introducing new products and services or enhancing existing products and services, loss of customers, loss of key personnel, information security vulnerabilities or other operational difficulties, any of which could adversely affect our business performance and operating results.

We currently face competition from a number of companies and expect to face significant competition in the future as the market for EV charging develops.

The EV charging industry is relatively new, and the competitive landscape is still developing. Successfully penetrating large emerging EV markets, such as North America and Europe, will require early engagement with customers to gain market share, and ongoing efforts to scale channels, installers, teams and processes. Our potential entrance into additional Asia-Pacific markets such as Japan, South Korea and Singapore may require

 

9


establishing us against existing competitors. In addition, there are multiple competitors in North America and Europe that could begin selling and commissioning chargers of lower quality which, in turn, may cause poor driver experiences, hampering overall EV adoption or trust in EV charging providers.

We believe that we are differentiated from current publicly listed EV charger manufacturers in that we focus exclusively on developing DC fast charging solutions. However, there are other means for charging EVs and the continued or future adoption of such other means could affect the demand for our DC fast charging products and services. For example, Tesla Inc. (“Tesla”), continues to build out its proprietary supercharger network across the United States for Tesla vehicles and has announced that it plans to open this network to other EVs beginning later in 2021, which could reduce overall demand for DC fast charging at other sites. Also, third-party contractors can provide basic electric charging capabilities to potential customers seeking on-premise EV charging capability. In addition, many EV charging manufacturers are offering home charging equipment, which could reduce demand for on-premise charging capabilities if EV owners find charging at home to be sufficient. Further, the continued or future adoption of other home charging technologies could reduce the demand for our planned home charging product offerings.

Further, our current or potential competitors may be acquired by third parties with greater available resources. As a result, competitors may be able to respond more quickly and effectively than us to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards or customer requirements and may have the ability to initiate or withstand substantial price competition. In addition, competitors may in the future establish cooperative relationships with vendors of complementary products, technologies or services to increase the availability of their solutions in the marketplace. This competition may also materialize in the form of costly intellectual property disputes or litigation.

New competitors or alliances may emerge in the future that have greater market share, more widely adopted technologies, greater marketing expertise and greater financial resources, which could put us at a competitive disadvantage. Future competitors could also be better positioned to serve certain segments of our current or future target markets, which could create price pressure. In light of these factors, even if our offerings are more effective and of higher quality than those of our competitors, current or potential customers may accept competitive solutions. If we fail to adapt to changing market conditions or compete unsuccessfully with current charging providers or new competitors, our growth will be limited, which would adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We face risks related to health pandemics, including the recent COVID-19 pandemic, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

The impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, including changes in consumer and business behavior, pandemic fears and market downturns, and restrictions on business and individual activities, has created significant volatility in the global economy and led to reduced economic activity. The impact of the COVID-19 pandemic has also resulted in a disruption in the manufacturing, delivery and overall supply chain of vehicle manufacturers and suppliers, and has led to a decrease in EV sales in markets around the world. Any sustained downturn in demand for EVs would harm our business.

Throughout the COVID-19 pandemic, government authorities have implemented numerous measures to try to contain the virus, such as travel bans and restrictions, quarantines, stay-at-home or shelter-in-place orders, and business shutdowns. The reimplementation of these measures upon a resurgence of the virus or a rise in variants may adversely impact our employees and operations and the operations of our customers, suppliers, vendors and business partners, and may negatively impact demand for EV charging stations, particularly at workplaces. These measures by government authorities may remain in place for a significant period of time and may adversely affect manufacturing and building plans, sales and marketing activities, business and results of operations.

The COVID-19 pandemic has also prompted a trend towards expanding contractual liability, including penalties for delivery and service delays and force majeure clauses for suppliers, which could have a material

 

10


adverse effect on our business and results of operations if delivery or servicing of its products is delayed due to COVID-19 restrictions or similar events. There is an increased risk of both litigation and loss of business due to service and delivery delays resulting from COVID-19 pandemic impacts.

The impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on international shipping and air freight, including fewer available shipping providers and routes and air freight capacity and routes and significantly increased costs, has increased our cost of goods sold and may continue to increase cost of goods sold in the future. Additionally, any future shipping or air freight delays and cost increases as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, or any future pandemic or resurgence, could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic impacts our business, prospects and results of operations will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted with certainty, including, but not limited to, the rise and prevalence of future resurgences or variants, duration and spread of the pandemic, its severity, the actions to contain the virus or treat its impact, and when and to what extent normal economic and operating activities can resume. The COVID-19 pandemic could limit the ability of customers, suppliers, vendors and business partners to perform, including third-party suppliers’ ability to provide components and materials used in charging stations or in providing commissioning or maintenance services. Additionally, the COVID-19 pandemic has already led to and may continue to lead to additional cost increases in the component parts used to manufacture and service EV charging stations, impacting our business and results of operations. Even after the COVID-19 pandemic has subsided, we may continue to experience an adverse impact to our business as a result of its global economic impact, including any recession that has occurred or may occur in the future.

The COVID-19 pandemic has also led to less international migration, impacting job markets in the countries that we operate in, specifically increasing labor costs and the cost of attracting talented executives, sales staff and engineers, and also limiting the available pool of talent due to international travel restrictions and quarantine requirements, leading to labor being less mobile for interstate and international moves. These restrictions could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Specifically, difficult macroeconomic conditions, such as decreases in per capita income and level of disposable income, increased and prolonged unemployment or a decline in consumer confidence as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, as well as reduced spending by businesses, could each have a material adverse effect on the demand for our products and services.

We rely on a limited number of suppliers and manufacturers of certain key components for our charging stations. A loss of any of these partners, including as a result of a global supply shortage or major shipping disruption, could negatively affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

We rely on a limited number of suppliers to manufacture components for our charging stations, including in some cases only a single supplier for some products and components. This reliance on a limited number of suppliers increases our risks, since we do not currently have proven reliable alternative or replacement suppliers for certain components beyond these key parties, and in some cases replacing the supplier would require re-certification of the charging station by relevant regulatory authorities. In the event of a disruption, we may not be able to increase capacity from other sources, or develop alternate or secondary sources, without incurring material additional costs and substantial delays. Thus, our business could be adversely affected if one or more of our suppliers is impacted by any raw materials shortages or price increases, or manufacturing, shipping or regulatory disruptions.

If we experience a significant increase in demand for our charging stations, or if we need to replace an existing supplier, we may not be possible to supplement or replace them on acceptable terms or at all, which may undermine our ability to deliver products to customers in a timely manner. For example, we may take a significant amount of time to identify a supplier that has the capability and resources to build charging station components in sufficient volume. Identifying suitable suppliers and sub-assembly manufacturers could be an

 

11


extensive process that requires us to become satisfied with their component or sub-assembly specifications, quality control, technical capabilities, responsiveness and service, financial stability, regulatory compliance, and labor and other ethical or environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) practices. Accordingly, a loss of any significant suppliers or sub-assembly manufacturers could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

We are dependent on a limited number of significant customers and distributors for a substantial portion of our revenues. The loss of any such customer or distributor, a reduction in sales to any such customer or distributor, or the decline in the financial condition of any such customer or distributor could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations if they are not replaced with another large sales order.

We are, and may continue to be, dependent on a limited number of customers and distributors for a substantial portion of our revenue. We cannot be certain that customers and/or distributors that have accounted for significant revenues in past periods, individually or as a group, will continue to generate similar revenues in any future period. The loss of any of our major customers could negatively affect our results of operations, and any reduction, delay or cancellation of orders from one or more of our significant customers, or a decision by one or more of our significant customers to select products manufactured by a competitor, would significantly and negatively impact our revenue. Additionally, the failure of our significant customers to pay their current or future outstanding balances would increase our operating expenses and reduce our cash flows.

Our contract with our exclusive distributor for the fuel market expired in August 2021, and we do not expect the exclusive distributor contract to be renewed. We expect to continue to work with this distributor to fill fuel customers’ orders that were already secured prior to August 2021.

We previously had a three-year, exclusive distributor agreement with Gilbarco Inc. (“Gilbarco”), an affiliate of one of our shareholders, who had the sole right during the term of the distributor contract to lead sales into fuel customers and to sell our products into the fuel segment (with an exception for charge point operators). That agreement expired on August 29, 2021, which requires us and Gilbarco to negotiate the assignment of existing contracts between Gilbarco’s and our end customers or enter continuity agreements for supply and servicing under such contracts. The expiration of the agreement also means that in order to sell to fuel segment customers, rather than selling through Gilbarco, we must now either (i) directly tender products and services or enter supply arrangements with those customers or (ii) use our other distributors to sell products and services into the fuel segment. Additionally, as a result of the expiration of the agreement, Gilbarco may now sell products that compete with our products to our existing and prospective customers. Failure to retain these fuel customers could adversely affect our business and results of operations. See “Business—Distribution.”

While we have not made material acquisitions to date, should we pursue acquisitions in the future, we would be subject to risks associated with acquisitions.

We may acquire additional assets, products, technologies or businesses that are complementary to our existing business. The process of identifying and consummating acquisitions and the subsequent integration of new assets and businesses into our business would require attention from management and could result in a diversion of resources from our existing business, which in turn could have an adverse effect on our operations. Acquired assets or businesses may not generate the expected financial results. Acquisitions could also result in the use of cash, potentially dilutive issuances of equity securities, goodwill impairment charges, amortization expenses for other intangible assets and exposure to potential unknown liabilities of the acquired business.

If we are unable to attract and retain key employees and hire qualified management, technical, engineering and sales personnel, our ability to compete and successfully grow our business would be harmed.

Our success depends, in part, on our continuing ability to identify, hire, attract, train and develop and retain highly qualified personnel. The inability to do so effectively would adversely affect our business.

 

12


Competition for employees can be intense, and the ability to attract, hire and retain them depends on our ability to provide competitive compensation, culture and benefits. We may not be able to attract, assimilate, develop or retain qualified personnel in the future, and failure to do so could adversely affect our business, including the execution of our global business strategy.

We are expanding our operations internationally, which will expose us to additional tax, compliance, market and other risks.

Our primary operations are in Australia, the United States and the Netherlands, and we maintain contractual relationships with suppliers and sub-assembly manufacturers throughout the world. We are continuing to invest to increase our presence in these regions and to expand globally. We are also exploring the possibility of establishing a software team and additional corporate offices in California. Managing this expansion requires additional resources and controls, and could subject us to risks associated with international operations, including:

 

   

conformity with applicable business customs, including translation into foreign languages and associated expenses;

 

   

lack of availability of government incentives and subsidies;

 

   

potential changes to our established business model;

 

   

cost of alternative power sources, which could vary meaningfully;

 

   

difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations in an environment of diverse culture, laws, and customers, and the increased travel, infrastructure, and legal and compliance costs associated with international operations;

 

   

installation challenges;

 

   

differing driving habits and transportation modalities in other markets;

 

   

different levels of demand among commercial, fleet and residential customers;

 

   

compliance with multiple, potentially conflicting and changing governmental laws, regulations, certifications, and permitting processes including environmental, banking, employment, tax, information security, privacy, and data protection laws and regulations such as the EU General Data Protection Regulation (the “GDPR”), changing requirements for legally transferring data out of the European Economic Area, Singapore’s Personal Data Protection Act, as amended, and the California Consumer Privacy Act (“CCPA”);

 

   

compliance with U.S. and foreign anti-bribery laws including the FCPA and the UK Bribery Act 2010 (the “UK Bribery Act”);

 

   

conforming products to various international regulatory and safety requirements as well as charging and other electric infrastructures;

 

   

difficulty in establishing, staffing and managing foreign operations;

 

   

difficulties in collecting payments in foreign currencies and associated foreign currency exposure;

 

   

restrictions on repatriation of earnings;

 

   

compliance with potentially conflicting and changing laws of taxing jurisdictions and compliance with applicable U.S. tax laws as they relate to international operations, the complexity and adverse consequences of such tax laws, and potentially adverse tax consequences due to changes in such tax laws; and

 

   

regional economic and political conditions.

 

13


As a result of these risks, our current expansion efforts and any potential future international expansion efforts may not be successful.

Our management team has limited experience in operating a public company in the United States.

Our executive officers have limited experience in the management of a publicly traded company in the United States. The management team may not successfully or effectively manage the transition to a public company that will be subject to significant regulatory oversight and reporting obligations under U.S. federal securities laws. Their limited experience in dealing with the increasingly complex laws pertaining to public companies could be a significant disadvantage in that it is likely that a significant amount of their time may be devoted to these activities, which will result in less time being devoted to the management and growth of the company. We may not have adequate personnel with the appropriate level of knowledge, experience and training in the accounting policies, practices or internal control over financial reporting required of public companies. The development and implementation of the standards and controls and the hiring of experienced personnel necessary to achieve the level of accounting standards required of a public company may require costs greater than expected.

Our future revenue growth will depend in significant part on our ability to increase sales of our products and services to fleet operators as that market matures.

Our future revenue growth will depend in significant part on our ability to increase sales of our products and services to fleet operators. The electrification of fleets is an emerging industry, and fleet operators may not adopt EVs on a widespread basis and on the timelines we anticipate. In addition to the factors affecting the growth of the EV market generally, transitioning to an EV fleet can be costly and capital intensive, which could result in slower than anticipated adoption. The sales cycle could also be longer for sales to fleet operators, as they are often larger organizations, with more formal procurement processes than smaller commercial site hosts, for example. Fleet operators may also require significant additional services and support, and if we are unable to provide such services and support, it may adversely affect our ability to attract additional fleet operators as customers. Any failure to attract and retain fleet operators as customers in the future would adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We will need to raise additional funds and these funds may not be available when needed.

We will need to raise additional capital in the future to further scale our business and expand to additional markets. We may raise additional funds through the issuance of equity, equity-related or debt securities, or through obtaining credit from government or financial institutions. We cannot be certain that additional funds will be available on favorable terms when required, or at all. If we cannot raise additional funds when needed, our financial condition, results of operations, business and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. If we raise funds through the issuance of debt securities or through loan arrangements, the terms of such securities or loans could require significant interest payments, contain covenants that restrict our business, or other unfavorable terms. In addition, to the extent we raise funds through the sale of additional equity securities, our shareholders would experience additional dilution.

Any delay in achieving our manufacturing expansion planned for Europe and the United States could impact revenue forecasts associated with these facilities.

Our ability to fund the completion of the establishment of new manufacturing facilities in Europe and the United States depends on, in addition to the funds raised in connection with the Business Combination, cash flow from future operations, which may not materialize or be available at the needed levels, or other sources of funding, which may not be available at acceptable rates or at all. In addition, completion of these projects could be delayed due to factors outside of our control, including equipment delivery delays and other shipping delays or interruptions, delays in customs processing, delays in obtaining regulatory approvals, work stoppages,

 

14


imposition of new trade tariffs, unusual weather conditions and impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic. Any delays in completion of these projects could impact revenue forecasts associated with the expanded facilities and could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If a safety issue occurs with our products, or similar products from another manufacturer, there could be adverse publicity around our products or the safety of charging stations generally, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Manufacturers of EV charging stations, including us, may be subject to claims that their products have malfunctioned and, as a result, persons were injured and/or property was damaged. For example, under certain circumstances, including improper charging, lithium-ion batteries have been observed to catch fire or vent smoke and flames. In addition, our customers could be subjected to claims as a result of such incidents and may bring legal claims against us to attempt to hold us liable. Any of these events could result in negative publicity and reputational harm, which could adversely affect our business and results of its operations.

If products in our product roadmap, including our software licenses, do not achieve projected sales in the future in their planned channel, revenue forecasts for that product will not be met and our results of operations could be adversely affected.

We cannot assure you that the software and hardware technology on our product roadmap will prove to be commercially viable or meet projected revenue forecasts. Our business is based on new technology and if our software or hardware fails to achieve expected performance and cost metrics, we may be unable to develop demand for products and generate sufficient revenue to meet forecasts for one or more product channels. Further, we and/or our customers may experience operational problems with our products that could delay or defeat the ability of such products to generate revenue or operating profits. If we are unable to achieve our sales targets on time and within our planned budget, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

An interruption of our production capability at one or more of our manufacturing facilities from pandemics, accident, calamity or other causes, or events affecting the global economy, could adversely affect our business.

We manufacture our products at a limited number of manufacturing facilities, and we generally do not have redundant production capabilities that would enable us to shift production of a particular product rapidly to another facility in the event of a loss of one of, or a portion of one of, our manufacturing facilities. A catastrophic loss of the use of one or more of our manufacturing facilities due to pandemics, including the COVID-19 pandemic, accident, fire, explosion, labor issues, extreme weather events, natural disasters, condemnation, cyberattacks, cancellation or non-renewals of leases, terrorist attacks or other acts of violence or war or otherwise could have a material adverse effect on our production capabilities. In addition, unexpected failures, including as a result of power outages or similar disruptions outside of our control, of our equipment and machinery could result in production delays or the loss of raw materials or products in the equipment or machinery at the time of such failures. Any of these events could result in substantial revenue loss and repair costs. An interruption in our production capabilities could also require us to make substantial capital expenditures to replace damaged or destroyed facilities or equipment. There are a limited number of manufacturers that make some of the equipment we use in our manufacturing facilities, and we could experience significant delay in replacing or repairing manufacturing equipment necessary to resume production. An interruption in our production capability, particularly if it is of significant duration, could result in a permanent loss of customers who decide to seek alternate products and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Increases in labor costs, potential labor disputes and work stoppages or an inability to hire skilled manufacturing, sales and other personnel could adversely affect our business.

Our financial performance is affected by the availability of qualified personnel and the cost of labor. An increase in labor costs, work stoppages or disruptions at our facilities or those of our suppliers or transportation

 

15


service providers, or other labor disruptions, could decrease our sales and increase our expenses. The effects of the COVID-19 pandemic have reduced immigration of skilled labor into Australia and correspondingly reduced the labor pool for certain key roles. The COVID-19 pandemic has also led to reduced interstate migration within Australia. These factors could increase wages for certain roles or cause business operations to suffer. Although our employees are not represented by a union, our labor force may become subject to labor union organizing efforts, which could cause us to incur additional labor costs. Some of our employees are covered by Awards (as defined below) or, in the Netherlands, a Collective Labor Agreement (as defined below). In Australia, Awards are set by the Australian legislature and define the minimum terms of employment within a specific industry or occupation. Awards that apply to our employees in Australia include the Manufacturing and Associated Industries and Occupations Award, the Professional Employees Award and the Clerks Award (collectively, “Awards”). Employees employed by our Dutch subsidiaries (i.e., Tritium Europe B.V. and Tritium Technologies B.V.) are covered by a Collective Labor Agreement (“Collective Labor Agreement”), which sets out the minimum terms of their employment agreements.

The competition for skilled manufacturing, sales and other personnel is intense in the regions in which our manufacturing facilities are located. A significant increase in the salaries and wages paid by competing employers could result in a reduction of our labor force, increases in the salaries and wages that we must pay, or both. Additionally, potential employees may seek remote work options that are unavailable for certain positions. If we are unable to hire and retain skilled manufacturing, sales and other personnel, our ability to execute our business plan, and our results of operations, would suffer.

Risks Related to the EV Market

Changes to fuel economy standards or the success of alternative fuels such as green hydrogen may negatively impact the EV market and depot charging sales opportunities for heavy vehicles and thus the demand for our products and services.

If the fuel efficiency of non-electric vehicles continues to increase, and the cost of vehicles using renewable transportation fuels, such as ethanol and biodiesel, improves, the demand for EVs could diminish. In addition, the EV fueling model is different than gasoline or other fuel models, requiring behavior change and education of influencers, consumers and others, such as regulatory bodies. Developments in alternative technologies, such as green hydrogen, advanced diesel, ethanol, fuel cells or compressed natural gas, or improvements in the fuel economy of the internal combustion engine, may materially and adversely affect demand for EVs and EV charging stations. For example, fuel that is abundant and relatively inexpensive in the United States, such as compressed natural gas, may emerge as the preferred alternative to petroleum-based fuels. Regulatory bodies may also adopt rules that substantially favor certain alternatives to petroleum-based fuels over others, which may not necessarily be EVs. This may impose additional obstacles to the purchase of EVs or the development of a more ubiquitous EV market. Finally, the state of California’s waiver for setting state-specific vehicle emissions standards may or may not be reinstated, which could impact California’s ability to set fuel economy standards that encourage the adoption of EVs, which are followed by many other states. If any of the above cause or contribute to consumers or businesses no longer purchasing EVs or purchasing them at a lower rate, it would materially and adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition and prospects.

Our future growth and success is highly correlated with, and thus dependent upon, the continuing rapid adoption of EVs for passenger and fleet applications.

Our future growth is highly dependent upon the adoption of EVs both by businesses and consumers. The market for EVs is still rapidly evolving, characterized by rapidly changing technologies, competitive pricing and other competitive factors, evolving government regulation and industry standards, changing consumer demands and behaviors, changing levels of concern related to environmental issues and governmental initiatives related to climate change and the environment generally. Although demand for EVs has grown in recent years, there is no guarantee of continued growth or future demand. If the market for EVs develops more slowly than expected, or if

 

16


demand for EVs decreases, our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results would be harmed. The market for EVs could be affected by numerous factors, such as:

 

   

perceptions about EV features, quality, safety, performance and cost;

 

   

perceptions about the limited range over which EVs may be driven on a single battery charge;

 

   

concerns regarding the availability of convenient fast-charging infrastructure;

 

   

competition, including from other types of alternative fuel vehicles, plug-in hybrid electric vehicles and high fuel-economy internal combustion engine vehicles;

 

   

volatility in the cost of oil, gasoline and electricity;

 

   

concerns regarding the stability of the electrical grid;

 

   

the decline of an EV battery’s ability to hold a charge over time;

 

   

availability of service and maintenance for EVs;

 

   

availability of critical minerals and other components for the manufacture of EVs and EV batteries;

 

   

consumers’ perception about the convenience and cost of charging EVs;

 

   

increases in fuel efficiency;

 

   

government regulations and economic incentives, including adverse changes in, or expiration of, favorable tax incentives related to EVs, EV charging stations or decarbonization generally;

 

   

relaxation of government mandates or quotas regarding the sale of EVs; and

 

   

concerns about the future viability of EV manufacturers.

In addition, sales of vehicles in the automotive industry can be cyclical, which may affect growth in acceptance of EVs. It is uncertain how macroeconomic factors will impact demand for EVs, particularly since they can be more expensive than traditional gasoline-powered vehicles. Furthermore, because fleet operators are expected to make large purchases of EVs, this cyclicality and volatility in the automotive industry may be more pronounced with commercial purchasers, and any significant decline in demand from these customers could reduce demand for EV charging and our products and services in particular.

Demand for EVs may also be affected by factors directly impacting automobile prices or the cost of purchasing and operating automobiles, such as sales and financing incentives, prices of raw materials and parts and components, cost of fuel and governmental regulations, including tariffs, import regulation and other taxes. Volatility in demand may lead to lower vehicle unit sales, which may result in reduced demand for EV charging solutions and therefore adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

The EV market currently benefits from the availability of rebates, tax credits and other financial incentives from governments, utilities and other entities in many countries around the world to offset the purchase or operating cost of EVs and EV charging stations. Our sales and sales growth heavily rely on these incentives to continue the transition towards the electrification of transport, and therefore the demand for EV chargers. The reduction, modification, or elimination of such benefits could cause reduced demand for EVs and EV charging stations, which would adversely affect our financial results.

The U.S. federal government, foreign governments and some U.S. state and local governments provide incentives to end users and purchasers of EVs and EV charging stations in the form of rebates, tax credits, and other financial incentives, such as payments for regulatory credits. The EV market relies on these governmental rebates, tax credits, and other financial incentives to significantly lower the effective price of EVs and EV charging stations for customers and support widespread installation of EV charging infrastructure. However, these incentives may expire on a particular date, end when the allocated funding is exhausted, or be reduced or

 

17


terminated as a matter of regulatory or legislative policy. In particular, we have heavily relied upon the availability of U.S. federal tax credits to purchasers under Section 30C of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) to market its EV charging stations, which subsidize the cost of placing in service EV charging stations. The credits under Section 30C of the Code are set to expire on December 31, 2021, and thus would not be available going forward unless extended. There can be no assurance that the credits under Section 30C of the Code will be extended, or if extended, will not be otherwise reduced. Any reduction in rebates, tax credits or other financial incentives, including the credit under Section 30C of the Code, could negatively affect the EV market and adversely impact our business operations and expansion potential.

Increases in costs, disruption of supply or shortage of raw materials, particularly lithium-ion battery cells, could harm the ability of EV manufacturers to produce electric vehicles.

EV manufacturers may experience increases in the cost or a sustained interruption in the supply or shortage of raw materials. Any such cost increase or supply interruption could materially negatively impact their businesses as well as our business prospects, financial condition and operating results. EV manufacturers use various raw materials including aluminum, steel, carbon fiber, non-ferrous metals (such as copper), lithium, and cobalt. The prices for these raw materials fluctuate depending on market conditions and global demand and could adversely affect their businesses and our business prospects and operating results. Additionally, certain manufacturers may be required to comply with supply chain diligence requirements in obtaining certain of these raw materials, which may result in increased procurement costs if only a limited number of suppliers meet such criteria. As such, we are exposed to multiple risks relating to price fluctuations for lithium-ion cells. These risks include:

 

   

the inability or unwillingness of current battery manufacturers to build or operate battery cell manufacturing plants to supply the numbers of lithium-ion cells required to support the growth of the EV industry as demand for such cells increases;

 

   

disruption in the supply of cells due to quality issues or recalls by the battery cell manufacturers; and

 

   

an increase in the cost of raw materials, such as cobalt and lithium, used in lithium-ion cells.

Any disruption in the supply of battery cells could temporarily disrupt production of all EVs. Moreover, battery cell manufacturers may refuse to supply to EV manufacturers if they determine that the vehicles are not sufficiently safe. Substantial increases in the prices for raw materials would increase EV manufacturers’ operating costs and could reduce their margins if the increased costs cannot be recouped through increased EV prices. This would likely result in the production of fewer EVs by manufacturers.

The EV charging industry is characterized by rapid technological change, which requires us to continue to develop new products and product innovations. Any delays or failures in such development could adversely affect market adoption of our products and our financial results.

Continuing technological changes in battery and other EV technologies could adversely affect adoption of current EV charging technology, including our products. Our future success will depend upon our ability to timely develop and introduce a variety of new capabilities and innovations to our existing product offerings, as well as introduce a variety of new product offerings, to address the changing needs of EV charging. Wireless inductive EV charging could also become more viable and gain some market share. As new products are introduced, gross margins tend to decline in the near-term and improve as the product become more mature and with a more efficient manufacturing process.

As EV technologies change, we may need to upgrade or adapt our charging station technology and introduce new products and services in order to serve vehicles that have the latest technology, in particular battery cell technology, which could involve substantial costs. Even if we are able to keep pace with changes in technology and develop new products and services, our product development expenses could increase, our gross margins could be adversely affected in some periods and our prior products could become obsolete more quickly than expected.

 

18


We cannot guarantee that any new products will be released in a timely manner, or at all, or achieve market acceptance. Delays in delivering new products that meet customer requirements could damage our relationships with customers and lead them to seek alternative providers. Delays in introducing products and innovations or the failure to offer innovative products or services at competitive prices may cause existing and potential customers to purchase our competitors’ products or services.

If we are unable to devote adequate resources to develop products or cannot otherwise successfully develop products or services that meet customer requirements on a timely basis or that remain competitive with technological alternatives, our products and services could lose market share, our revenue will decline, we may experience higher operating losses and our business and prospects will be adversely affected.

Certain estimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market growth may prove to be inaccurate.

This prospectus includes estimates of the addressable market for our products and solutions, and the EV market in general. Market opportunity estimates and growth forecasts, whether obtained from third-party sources or developed internally, are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may prove to be inaccurate. This is especially so at the present time due to the uncertain and rapidly changing projections of the severity, magnitude and duration of the current COVID-19 pandemic. The estimates and forecasts in this prospectus relating to the size and expected growth of the target market, market demand and adoption, capacity to address this demand and pricing may also prove to be inaccurate. In particular, estimates regarding the current and projected market opportunity are difficult to predict. The estimated addressable market may not materialize for many years, if ever, and even if the markets meet the size estimates and growth forecasted in this prospectus, our business could fail to grow at similar rates.

Competition to increase market share may lead to our competitors reducing their margins, or selling competing products at a loss or signing up to unfavorable contract terms, requiring us to either lose market share, sell our products for similarly low margins or increase our exposure to legal risk, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Competitive price pressures could negatively affect our operating results. The EV market in which we operate is both highly competitive and is at a relatively early stage. In addition, several of our larger competitors have significantly greater resources than us and may potentially sell products and services below cost in order to gain market share. If our competitors offer discounts on certain products or services in the future, we have in the past and may in the future decide to lower prices on our products and/or services, which could adversely affect our gross margins, financial condition and results of operations.

Competitive pressure to gain market share could result in our competitors executing agreements with unfavorable contract terms that shift key risks onto the charger manufacturer, such as new product development and certification timeframes or component failures and requirements to proactively retrofit parts, which have not yet failed. If our competitors decide to sign contracts on these terms, we may decide to sign up for them in order to compete, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

If market-driven price reductions exceed forecasted price reductions, our cost reduction activities may not offset those reduced prices, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

The markets in which we participate are intensely competitive and are likely to remain intensely competitive for the foreseeable future. We have experienced pricing pressure on many of our products and anticipate continued pricing pressure in the future. Ongoing and heightened competitive pricing pressure makes it increasingly important for us to reduce the unit costs of our products. Although we have undertaken and expect to continue to undertake productivity enhancement and cost reduction initiatives, including significant investments in our facilities to improve manufacturing efficiency, cost and product quality, we cannot make assurances that we will complete all of these initiatives, fully realize the estimated cost savings from such activities, or be able to

 

19


continue to reduce costs and increase productivity. If we are not able to reduce costs sufficiently to offset reduced prices, our market share, margin and results of operations may be adversely affected.

Risks Related to Our Technology, Intellectual Property and Infrastructure

We may need to defend against intellectual property infringement or misappropriation claims or challenge the patents of our competitors, which may be time-consuming and expensive.

From time to time, the holders of intellectual property rights may assert their rights and urge us to take licenses, and/or may bring suits alleging infringement or misappropriation of such rights. There can be no assurance that we will be able to mitigate the risk of potential suits or successfully combat other legal demands by competitors or other third parties. Accordingly, we may consider entering into licensing agreements with respect to such rights, although no assurance can be given that such licenses can be obtained on acceptable terms or that litigation or arbitration will not occur, and such licenses and associated disputes could significantly increase our operating expenses. In addition, if we are determined to have or believe there is a high likelihood that we have infringed upon or misappropriated a third party’s intellectual property rights, we may be required to cease making, selling or incorporating certain key components or intellectual property into the products and services we offer, to pay substantial damages and/or royalties, to redesign our products and services, and/or to establish and maintain alternative branding. In addition, to the extent that our customers and business partners become the subject of any allegation or claim regarding the infringement or misappropriation of intellectual property rights related to our products and services, we may be required to indemnify such customers and business partners. Further, we may be forced to challenge the patents of our competitors, either in conjunction with defending an infringement claim or separately, in order to protect our rights to sell our current and future products. If we are required to take one or more such actions, our business, prospects, operating results and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected. In addition, any litigation or other disputes, whether or not valid, could result in substantial costs, negative publicity and diversion of resources and management attention.

Our business may be adversely affected if we are unable to protect our technology and intellectual property from unauthorized use by third parties.

Our success depends, at least in part, on our ability to protect our technology and intellectual property. To accomplish this, we rely on, and plan to continue relying on, a combination of patents, trade secrets (including know-how), employee and third-party nondisclosure agreements, copyright, trademarks, intellectual property licenses and other contractual rights to retain ownership of, and protect, our technology. Failure to adequately protect our technology and intellectual property could result in competitors offering similar products, potentially resulting in the loss of some of our competitive advantage and a decrease in revenue which would adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results.

The measures we take to protect our intellectual property from unauthorized use by others may not be effective for various reasons, including the following:

 

   

any patent applications we submit may not result in the issuance of patents;

 

   

the scope of issued patents may not be broad enough to cover a competitor’s products;

 

   

any issued patents may be challenged by competitors and/or invalidated by courts or governmental authorities;

 

   

the costs associated with enforcing patents, confidentiality and invention agreements or other intellectual property rights may make aggressive enforcement impracticable;

 

   

current and future competitors may circumvent patents or independently develop similar trade secrets or works of authorship, such as software;

 

20


   

know-how and other proprietary information we purport to hold as a trade secret may not qualify as a trade secret under applicable laws; and

 

   

proprietary designs and technology embodied in our products may be discoverable by third parties through means that do not constitute violations of applicable laws.

Patent, trademark, and trade secret laws are geographical in scope and vary throughout the world. Some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the laws of the United States. Further, policing the unauthorized use of its intellectual property in foreign jurisdictions may be difficult or impossible. Therefore, our intellectual property rights may not be as strong or as easily enforced outside of the United States.

It may be possible for a third party to copy or otherwise obtain and use our proprietary rights. We employ people on product development projects and in the factory and necessarily discloses to those persons trade secrets and know-how concerning our hardware and software. There is a risk that our employees may improperly disclose trade secrets to our competitors for commercial advantage in countries where the legal system does not support enforceability of intellectual property rights. Customers may also dismantle our hardware for the purposes of reverse engineering it. While we take reasonable legal and other steps to protect our trade secrets and know-how, there can be no assurance that any protective measure taken by us has been, or will be adequate to protect our proprietary rights from industrial espionage risks.

We may be the target of industrial espionage and it is difficult for us to protect against industrial espionage carried out by foreign state actors as we do not currently qualify under the Australian Security Intelligence Organisation Act 1979 (Cth) (“ASIO”) as an entity that may request a security assessment in Australia and therefore can only require police checks for our employees and cannot require baseline or secret security clearances, which include an ASIO assessment. This exposes us to potential theft of trade secrets, intellectual property and industry know-how by employees who may act for other countries.

Certain patents in the EV industry may come to be considered “standard essential patents”. If this is the case with respect to any of our patents, we may be required to license certain technology on “fair, reasonable and non-discriminatory” terms, decreasing revenue. Further, competitors, vendors, or customers may, in certain instances, be free to create variations or derivative works of our technology and intellectual property, and those derivative works may become directly competitive with our offerings. Finally, we may not be able to leverage, or obtain ownership of, all technology and intellectual property developed by our vendors in connection with design and manufacture of our products, thereby jeopardizing our ability to obtain a competitive advantage over our competitors.

Our products are subject to numerous standards and regulations, which may materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition. The current lack of certainty and alignment in international standards and regulations may lead to multiple production variants of the same product, products failing customer testing, retrofit requirements for already fielded products, litigation with customers facing retrofit expenses, additional test and compliance expenses and further unexpected costs, and we may not be able to comply with new standards and regulations on a competitive timeline or at all.

Emerging industry standards for EV station management, coupled with utilities and other large organizations mandating their own adoption of specifications that may not become widely adopted in the industry, may hinder innovation or slow new product or new feature introduction. Countries may also establish conflicting standards and regulations, increasing product development and compliance costs, delaying deliveries to customers and reducing profitability by introducing additional complexity and lack of standardization of production processes. In addition, automobile manufacturers may choose to utilize their own proprietary systems, which could lock out competition for EV charging stations, or to use their size and market position to influence the market, which could limit our market and reach to customers, negatively impacting our business.

 

21


Further, should regulatory bodies later impose a standard that is not compatible with our infrastructure, we may incur significant costs to adapt our business model to the new regulatory standard, which may require significant time and, as a result, may have a material adverse effect on our revenues or results of operations.

Our technology could have undetected defects, errors or bugs in hardware or software, which could reduce market adoption, damage our reputation with current or prospective customers and drivers, and/or expose us to product liability and other claims that could materially and adversely affect our business.

We may be subject to claims that charging stations have malfunctioned and that, as a result, persons or property were injured or damaged. The insurance that we carry may be insufficient or may not apply to all situations. Similarly, to the extent that such malfunctions are related to components obtained from third-party vendors, such vendors may not assume responsibility for such malfunctions. In addition, our customers could be subjected to claims as a result of such incidents and may bring legal claims against us to attempt to hold us liable. Any of these events could adversely affect our brand, relationships with customers, operating results or financial condition.

Across our product line, we develop equipment solutions based on preferred dual-source or common off-the-shelf vendors. However, due to our designs, we rely on several single source vendors, the unavailability or failure of which can pose risks to our supply chain and delay revenue.

Furthermore, our software platform is complex, developed for over a decade by many developers, and includes a number of licensed third-party commercial and open-source software libraries. Our software has contained defects and errors in the past and may in the future contain undetected defects or errors. We are continuing to develop the features and functionality of our platform through updates and enhancements, and as we do, we may introduce additional defects or errors that may not be detected until after deployment to customers. In addition, if our products and services, including any updates or patches, are not implemented (which requires customer consent) or are not used correctly or as intended, inadequate performance and disruptions in service may result.

Any defects or errors in product or services offerings, or the perception of such defects or errors, or other performance problems could result in any of the following, each of which could adversely affect our business and results of its operations:

 

   

expenditure of significant financial and product development resources, including recalls, in efforts to analyze, correct, eliminate or work around errors or defects;

 

   

loss of existing or potential customers or partners;

 

   

interruptions or delays in sales;

 

   

delayed or lost revenue;

 

   

delay or failure to attain market acceptance;

 

   

delay in the development or release of new functionality or improvements;

 

   

negative publicity and reputational harm;

 

   

sales credits or refunds;

 

   

exposure of confidential or proprietary information;

 

   

diversion of development and customer service resources;

 

   

breach of warranty claims;

 

   

legal claims under applicable laws, rules and regulations; and

 

   

an increase in collection cycles for accounts receivable or the expense and risk of litigation.

 

22


Although we have contractual protections, such as warranty disclaimers and limitation of liability provisions, in many of our agreements with customers, resellers and other business partners, such protections may not be uniformly implemented in all contracts and, where implemented, may not fully or effectively protect us from claims by customers, resellers, business partners or other third parties. Any insurance coverage or indemnification obligations of suppliers may not adequately cover all such claims, or cover only a portion of such claims. A successful product liability, warranty, or other similar claim could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results, and financial condition. In addition, even claims that ultimately are unsuccessful could result in expenditure of funds in litigation or settlement agreements, divert management’s time and other resources and cause reputational harm.

In addition, we rely on some open-source software and libraries issued under the GNU General Public License (or similar “copyleft” licenses) for development of our products and may continue to rely on similar copyleft licenses. Use of such copyleft-licensed software or libraries could require us to disclose and license our proprietary source code and permit others to create derivative works of such source code, all at no cost.

We expect to incur product development costs and devote significant resources to developing new products, which could significantly reduce our profitability and may never result in revenue to us if such products do not meet market needs.

Our future growth depends on penetrating new markets, adapting existing products to new applications and customer requirements, and introducing new products that achieve market acceptance. We plan to incur significant product development expenses in the future as part of our efforts to design, develop, manufacture, certify and introduce new products and enhance existing products. Tritium Holdings’ product development expenses were $10.5 million and $9.5 million during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2021, and 2020, respectively, and we believe our product development expenses are likely to grow in the future. We have also incurred and will continue to incur material tooling, equipment, parts and facility costs in support of our product development efforts. Further, our product development program may not produce successful or timely results, and our new products may not achieve market acceptance, create additional revenue or become profitable. If we fail to offer high-quality support to station owners and drivers, our business and reputation will suffer.

We expect to generate revenue from services and support of our customer installation base. Inadequate services and support could significantly reduce our profitability.

Once a customer has installed our charging stations, station owners and drivers will rely on us to provide support services to resolve any issues that might arise in the future. Rapid and high-quality customer support is important so station owners can provide charging services and so drivers can receive reliable charging for their EVs. The importance of high-quality customer support will increase as we seek to expand our business and pursue new customers and geographies. If we do not quickly resolve issues and provide effective support, our ability to retain customers or sell additional products and services to existing customers could suffer and our brand and reputation could be harmed.

Future revenue from our software business will depend on customers renewing their services subscriptions and subscribing to newly developed software license offerings. If customers do not agree to pay for the software that they have been previously making use of or stop using the software or any of our other subscription offerings, or if customers fail to add more stations, our business and operating results will be adversely affected.

In addition to selling charging station hardware, we expect that our future revenue will also depend on customers continuing to subscribe to, and pay for, our EV charging software services and extended warranty coverages. Therefore, it is important that customers renew their subscriptions when their warranty expires, and that some customers purchase service level agreements, subscribe to new software modules, and/or add additional charging stations and services to their existing subscriptions. Customers may decide not to renew their

 

23


subscriptions with a similar contract period, at the same prices or terms or with the same or a greater number of users, stations or level of functionality, or may not subscribe to newly developed software modules. Customer retention may decline or fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including satisfaction with software and features, functionality of the charging stations, prices, the features and pricing of competing products, reductions in spending levels, mergers and acquisitions involving customers and deteriorating general economic conditions. If customers do not renew their subscriptions, if they renew on less favorable terms, or if they fail to add products or services, our business and operating results will be adversely affected.

Failure to effectively expand our sales and marketing capabilities could harm our ability to increase our customer base, maintain and grow our market share and achieve broader market acceptance of our solutions.

Our ability to grow our customer base, achieve broader market acceptance, grow revenue and market share, and achieve and sustain profitability will depend, to a significant extent, on our ability to effectively expand our sales and marketing operations and activities. Sales and marketing expenses represent a significant percentage of our total revenue, and our operating results will suffer if sales and marketing expenditures do not contribute significantly to increasing revenue.

We are substantially dependent on our direct sales force to obtain new customers. We plan to continue to expand our direct sales force both domestically and internationally but we may not be able to recruit and hire a sufficient number of qualified sales personnel, which may adversely affect our ability to expand our sales capabilities. New hires require significant training and time before they achieve full productivity, particularly in new sales territories. Recent hires and planned hires may not become as productive as quickly as anticipated, and we may be unable to hire or retain sufficient numbers of qualified individuals. Furthermore, hiring sales personnel in new countries can be costly, complex, and time-consuming, and requires additional set up and upfront costs that may be disproportionate to the revenue expected, or ultimately achieved, from those countries. There is significant competition for direct sales personnel with strong sales skills and technical knowledge. Our ability to achieve significant revenue growth in the future will depend, in large part, on our success in recruiting, training, incentivizing and retaining a sufficient number of qualified direct sales personnel and on such personnel attaining desired results within a reasonable amount of time. Our business will be harmed if continuing investment in its sales and marketing capabilities does not generate a significant increase in revenue.

Computer malware, viruses, ransomware, hacking, phishing attacks and similar disruptions could result in security and privacy breaches and interruptions and delays in services and operations, which could harm our business.

Computer malware, viruses, physical or electronic break-ins and similar disruptions could lead to interruptions and delays in our services and operations and loss, misuse or theft of data. Computer malware, viruses, ransomware, hacking, phishing, and other attacks against online networks have become more prevalent and may occur on our systems in the future. We have implemented security measures, such as multi-factor authentication and security incident and event management tools. But, any attempts by cyber attackers to disrupt our services or systems, if successful, could harm our business, introduce liability to data subjects, result in the misappropriation of funds, be expensive to remedy and damage our reputation or brand. Insurance may not be sufficient to cover significant expenses and losses related to cyber-attacks. As cyber-attacks evolve, the cost of measures designed to prevent such attacks continues to increase, and we may not be able to cause the implementation or enforcement of such preventions with respect to our third-party vendors. Though it is difficult to determine what, if any, harm may directly result from any specific interruption or attack, any failure to maintain performance, reliability, security and availability of systems and technical infrastructure may, in addition to other losses, harm our reputation, brand and ability to attract customers.

We have previously experienced, and may in the future experience, service disruptions, outages and other performance problems with our software and computer systems. These issues can be caused by a variety of factors, including infrastructure changes, cyber-security threats, third-party service providers, human or software

 

24


errors and capacity constraints. If our services are unavailable when users attempt to access them, they may seek other services, which could reduce demand for our solutions from target customers.

We have processes and procedures in place designed to enable us to recover from a disaster or catastrophe and continue business operations. However, there are several factors ranging from human error to data corruption that could materially impact the efficacy of such processes and procedures, including by lengthening the time services are partially or fully unavailable to customers and users. It may be difficult or impossible to perform some or all recovery steps and continue normal business operations due to the nature of a particular disaster or catastrophe, especially during peak periods, which could cause additional reputational damages, or loss of revenues, any of which could adversely affect our business and financial results.

We rely on third-party cloud service providers to operate certain aspects of our service. Interruptions, delays in service or inability to increase capacity with our cloud service providers could impair the use or functionality of our EV charging stations and other services, harm our business and subject us to liability.

We currently serve our business partners and drivers using third-party cloud service providers. Any outage or failure of such cloud services could negatively affect our product connectivity and performance. Further, we depend on connectivity from our charging stations to our data network through cellular service and virtual private networking providers. Any incident affecting a cloud service provider’s network or a cellular and/or virtual private networking services provider’s infrastructure or operations, whether caused by fire, flood, storm, earthquake, power loss, telecommunications failures, breach of security protocols, computer viruses and disabling devices, failure of access control mechanisms, natural disasters, war, criminal act, military actions, terrorist attacks and other similar events could negatively affect the use, functionality or availability of our EV charging stations and services.

Financial, Tax and Accounting Risks

Our financial condition and results of operations are likely to fluctuate in the future due to, among other things, the cyclical nature of the automotive industry, which could cause our results to fall below expectations, resulting in a decline in the price of our Ordinary Shares.

Our financial condition and results of operations have fluctuated in the past and may continue to fluctuate in the future due to a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control.

In addition to the other risks described herein, the following factors could also cause our financial condition and results of operations to fluctuate in the future:

 

   

the timing and volume of new sales;

 

   

weather conditions which prevent or delay site installation;

 

   

fluctuations in service costs, particularly due to unexpected costs of servicing and maintaining charging stations;

 

   

the timing of new product introductions, which can initially have lower gross margins;

 

   

weaker than anticipated demand for charging stations, whether due to changes in government incentives and policies or due to other conditions;

 

   

fluctuations in sales and marketing or product development expenses;

 

   

supply chain interruptions and manufacturing errors or delivery delays;

 

   

failure to increase manufacturing capacity by the forecasted amount, or within the expected timeframe;

 

   

the timing and availability of new products relative to customers’ and investors’ expectations;

 

   

the length of the sales and installation cycle for a particular customer;

 

25


   

the impact of COVID-19, including manufacturing or shipping delays and travel restrictions on our workforce or our customers, suppliers, vendors, certification and test agencies, or business partners;

 

   

disruptions in sales, production, service or other business activities;

 

   

our inability to attract and retain qualified personnel; and

 

   

unanticipated changes in federal, state, local, or foreign government incentive programs, which can affect demand for EVs.

Fluctuations in operating results and cash flow could, among other things, give rise to short-term liquidity issues. In addition, revenue and other operating results in the future may fall short of the expectations of investors and financial analysts, which could have an adverse effect on the price of our Ordinary Shares.

Changes to applicable tax laws and regulations or exposure to additional tax liabilities could adversely affect our business and future profitability.

We conduct operations, directly and through our subsidiaries, in Australia, the Netherlands, the United Kingdom and the United States, and we and our subsidiaries are subject to income taxes in Australia, the Netherlands, the United Kingdom and the United States. We may also in the future become subject to income taxes in other foreign jurisdictions. Our effective income tax rate could be adversely affected by a number of factors, including changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, changes in tax laws, changes in accounting and tax standards or practices, changes in the composition of operating income by tax jurisdiction, changes in our operating results before taxes, and the outcome of income tax audits in Australia, the Netherlands, the United Kingdom, the United States, or other jurisdictions. We will regularly assesses all of these matters to determine the adequacy of our tax liabilities. If any of our assessments are ultimately determined to be incorrect, our business, results of operations, or financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

Due to the complexity of multinational tax obligations and filings, we and our subsidiaries may have a heightened risk related to audits or examinations by federal, state, provincial, and local taxing authorities in the jurisdictions in which we operate. Outcomes from these audits or examinations could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, or financial condition.

The tax laws of Australia, the Netherlands, the United Kingdom and the United States, as well as potentially any other jurisdiction in which we may operate in the future, have detailed transfer pricing rules that require that all transactions with related parties satisfy arm’s length pricing principles. Although we believes that our transfer pricing policies have been reasonably determined in accordance with arm’s length principles, the taxation authorities in the jurisdictions where we do business could challenge our transfer pricing policies. International transfer pricing is a subjective area of taxation and generally involves a significant degree of judgment. If any of these taxation authorities were to successfully challenge our transfer pricing policies, we could be subject to additional income tax expenses, including interest and penalties. Any such increase in our income tax expense and related interest and penalties could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, or financial condition.

We may also be adversely affected by changes in the relevant tax laws and tax rates, treaties, regulations, administrative practices and principles, judicial decisions, and interpretations thereof, in each case, possibly with retroactive effect.

As a result of our plans to expand operations, including to jurisdictions in which the tax laws may not be favorable, our effective tax rate may fluctuate, tax obligations may become significantly more complex and subject to greater risk of examination by taxing authorities or we may be subject to future changes in tax laws, in each case, the impacts of which could adversely affect our after-tax profitability and financial results.

In the event that we expand our operating business domestically or internationally, our effective tax rates may fluctuate widely in the future. Future effective tax rates could be affected by: operating losses in

 

26


jurisdictions where no tax benefit can be recorded under U.S. GAAP, changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities, changes in tax laws or the regulatory environment, changes in accounting and tax standards or practices, changes in the composition of operating income by tax jurisdiction, and the pre-tax operating results of our business.

Additionally, we may be subject to significant income, withholding, and other tax obligations in the United States or other jurisdictions and may become subject to taxation in numerous additional U.S. state and local and non-U.S. jurisdictions with respect to income, operations and subsidiaries related to those jurisdictions. Our after-tax profitability and financial results could be subject to volatility or be affected by numerous factors, including (a) the availability of tax deductions, credits, exemptions, refunds and other benefits to reduce tax liabilities, (b) changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, if any, (c) the expected timing and amount of the release of any tax valuation allowances, (d) the tax treatment of stock-based compensation, (e) changes in the relative amount of earnings subject to tax in the various jurisdictions, (f) the potential business expansion into, or otherwise becoming subject to tax in, additional jurisdictions, (g) changes to existing intercompany structure (and any costs related thereto) and business operations, (h) the extent of intercompany transactions and the extent to which taxing authorities in relevant jurisdictions respect those intercompany transactions, (i) the ability to structure business operations in an efficient and competitive manner, and (j) the availability of foreign income tax offsets in Australia. Outcomes from audits or examinations by taxing authorities could have an adverse effect on our after-tax profitability and financial condition. Additionally, the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) and several foreign tax authorities have increasingly focused attention on intercompany transfer pricing with respect to sales of products and services and the use of intangibles. Tax authorities could disagree with our intercompany charges, cross-jurisdictional transfer pricing or other matters and assess additional taxes. If we do not prevail in any such disagreements, our profitability may be affected.

Our after-tax profitability and financial results may also be adversely affected by changes in relevant tax laws and tax rates, treaties, regulations, administrative practices and principles, judicial decisions and interpretations thereof, in each case, possibly with retroactive effect.

The ability of us to utilize net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards following the Business Combination is conditioned upon us attaining profitability and generating taxable income. We have incurred significant net losses since inception and we anticipate we will continue to incur significant losses. Additionally, our ability to utilize net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards to offset future taxable income may be limited.

As at June 30, 2021, the majority of carried forward tax losses within our company are in Tritium Pty Ltd (“Tritium Australia”), which had carried forward tax losses of approximately $114.5 million, which may be available to reduce future Australian taxable income. These tax losses can be carried forward indefinitely, subject to the satisfaction of certain Australian loss testing provisions. For Australian tax purposes, carried forward tax losses may be utilized to reduce an entity’s taxable income to the extent that the entity satisfies either the Continuity of Ownership Test (“COT”) or the Business Continuity Test (“BCT”).

The COT requires that the same persons beneficially held more than 50% of the rights to voting, dividends and capital distributions from the start of the income year in which the tax loss was incurred to the end of the income year in which the loss is sought to be utilized to reduce the entity’s taxable income.

The BCT incorporates the Same Business Test, which broadly requires a company to carry on the same business at the end of the income year in which the loss is utilized as it carried on just prior to any breach of the COT, and the less stringent Similar Business Test (“SiBT”) which compares the businesses to see if the businesses at the relevant test times were similar. The SiBT allows for changes in the business resulting from attempts to grow or rehabilitate the business but is only applicable to losses incurred in income years beginning from July 1, 2015. With respect to Tritium Australia, it is expected that the Business Combination will cause the COT to be failed and accordingly the BCT position will need to be closely monitored going forward as Tritium Australia’s business expands.

 

27


For Australian income tax purposes, carried forward tax losses may only be utilized to reduce taxable income by the entity which originally incurred the loss unless the losses are transferred.

If we or any of our subsidiaries are characterized as a passive foreign investment company for U.S. federal income tax purposes, U.S. Holders may suffer adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences.

A non-U.S. corporation generally will be treated as a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes, in any taxable year if either (1) at least 75% of its gross income for such year is passive income or (2) at least 50% of the value of its assets (generally based on an average of the quarterly values of the assets) during such year is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income. Based on the current and anticipated composition of the income, assets and operations of our company and our subsidiaries, we do not believe we will be treated as a PFIC for the current taxable year.

However, whether we or any of our subsidiaries are a PFIC for any taxable year is a factual determination that depends on, among other things, the composition of our income and assets, our market value and the market value of our subsidiaries’ shares and assets. Changes in the composition of our income or asset may cause us to be or become a PFIC for the current or subsequent taxable years. In addition, whether we are treated as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes is determined annually after the close of each taxable year and, thus, is subject to significant uncertainty. Moreover, the application of the PFIC rules is subject to uncertainty in several respects, and we cannot assure you that the IRS will not take a contrary position or that a court will not sustain such a challenge by the IRS. Accordingly, there can be no assurances that we will not be treated as a PFIC for the current taxable year or in any future taxable year.

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder (as defined below in the section “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—U.S. Holders”) may be subject to adverse tax consequences and may incur certain information reporting obligations. For a further discussion, see “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—U.S. Holders—Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules.” U.S. holders are strongly encouraged to consult their own advisors regarding the potential application of these rules to us and the ownership of Ordinary Shares and/or Warrants.

If a United States person is treated as owning at least 10% of the Ordinary Shares, such holder may be subject to adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences

If a United States person is treated as owning (directly, indirectly or constructively) at least 10% of the value or voting power of the Ordinary Shares, and we are a “controlled foreign corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such person may be treated as a “United States shareholder” with respect to us and any of our subsidiaries that are controlled foreign corporations. A United States shareholder of a controlled foreign corporation may be required to annually report and include in its U.S. taxable income its pro rata share of “Subpart F income,” “global intangible low-taxed income” and investments in U.S. property by any such controlled foreign corporations, whether or not we make any distributions. An individual that is a United States shareholder with respect to a controlled foreign corporation generally would not be allowed certain tax deductions or foreign tax credits that would be allowed to a United States shareholder that is a U.S. corporation. A failure to comply with these reporting obligations may subject a United States shareholder to significant monetary penalties and may prevent the statute of limitations with respect to such holder’s U.S. federal income tax return for the year for which reporting was due from starting. We cannot provide any assurances that we will assist investors in determining whether we or any of our non-U.S. subsidiaries are treated as a controlled foreign corporation or whether such investor is treated as a United States shareholder with respect to any of such controlled foreign corporations or furnish to any United States shareholders information that may be necessary to comply with the aforementioned reporting and tax paying obligations. A United States investor should consult their own advisors regarding the potential application of these rules to its investment in Ordinary Shares and/or Warrants.

 

28


Our reported financial results may be negatively impacted by changes in U.S. GAAP.

U.S. GAAP is subject to interpretation by the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”), the SEC and various bodies formed to promulgate and interpret accounting principles. A change in these principles or interpretations could have a significant effect on reported financial results and may even affect the reporting of transactions completed before the announcement or effectiveness of a change.

We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our securities less attractive to investors and may make it more difficult to compare performance with other public companies.

We are an emerging growth company (“EGC”) as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), and we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not EGCs, including the fact that we are exempt from the requirement to obtain an attestation report from our auditors on management’s assessment of our internal control over financial reporting under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) for up to five years or until we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We may take advantage of these provisions until the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of the Business Combination or until we are no longer deemed an EGC. Investors may find our securities less attractive because we will continue to rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our securities, and the stock price may be more volatile.

An EGC may elect to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards. With us making this election, Section 102(b)(2) of the JOBS Act allows us to delay adoption of new or revised accounting standards until those standards apply to non-public business entities. As a result, the financial statements contained in this prospectus and those that we will file in the future may not be comparable to companies that comply with public business entities revised accounting standards effective dates.

We are incurring significant increased expenses and administrative burdens as a public company, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are facing increased legal, accounting, administrative and other costs and expenses as a public company that we did not incur as a private company. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act, including the requirements of Section 404, as well as rules and regulations subsequently implemented by the SEC, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 and the rules and regulations promulgated and to be promulgated thereunder, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”) and the securities exchanges, impose additional reporting and other obligations on public companies. Compliance with public company requirements has increased costs and made certain activities more time-consuming. In addition, expenses associated with SEC reporting requirements will be incurred. Furthermore, if any issues in complying with these requirements are identified (for example, if the auditors identify a significant deficiency or additional material weaknesses in the internal control over financial reporting), we could incur additional costs to rectify those issues, and the existence of those issues could adversely affect our reputation or investor perceptions. In addition, we have director and officer liability insurance, which has substantial additional premiums. The additional reporting and other obligations imposed by these rules and regulations has increased legal and financial compliance costs and the costs of related legal, accounting and administrative activities. Advocacy efforts by stockholders and third parties may also prompt additional changes in governance and reporting requirements, which could further increase costs.

 

29


The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information included in this document may not be indicative of Tritium’s actual financial position or results of operations for the periods presented.

Tritium has been recently incorporated and has no operating history and no revenues. This document includes unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information for Tritium. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations of Tritium for the twelve months ended June 30, 2021 reflects, with respect to Tritium Holdings, the consolidated statement of comprehensive loss of Tritium Holdings for the twelve months ended June 30, 2021, and, with respect to DCRN, (i) the unaudited statements of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2021 (as restated) of DCRN and (ii) the audited statements of operations for the period from December 4, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020 of DCRN, and gives effect to the Business Combination and certain other transactions as if they had been consummated as of July 1, 2020. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet of Tritium combines the historical balance sheets of DCRN (as restated) and Tritium Holdings as of June 30, 2021 and gives pro forma effect to the Business Combination and certain other transactions as if they had been consummated on June 30, 2021.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information for Tritium following the Business Combination in this prospectus is presented for illustrative purposes only, is based on certain assumptions, addresses a hypothetical situation and reflects limited historical financial data. Therefore, the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information is not necessarily indicative of what Tritium’s actual financial position or results of operations would have been had the Business Combination been completed on the dates indicated, or the future consolidated results of operations or financial position of Tritium. Accordingly, Tritium’s business, assets, cash flows, results of operations and financial condition may differ significantly from those indicated by the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information included in this prospectus. See the section entitled “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information” for more information.

We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. If we are unable to remediate these material weaknesses, or if we identify additional material weaknesses in the future or otherwise fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, this may result in material misstatements of our consolidated financial statements or cause us to fail to meet our periodic reporting obligations.

We are required to provide management’s attestation on internal control over financial reporting as a public company. Management may not be able to effectively and timely implement controls and procedures that adequately respond to the increased regulatory compliance and reporting requirements that are applicable to us as a newly public company. If we are not able to implement the additional requirements of Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner or with adequate compliance, we may not be able to assess whether our internal control over financial reporting are effective, which may subject us to adverse regulatory consequences and could harm investor confidence.

In connection with the preparation and audit of Tritium Holdings’ consolidated financial statements as of June 30, 2021 and for the years ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, material weaknesses were identified in its internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

The material weaknesses referenced above are described below:

 

   

Lack of appropriately designed, implemented and documented procedures and controls at both entity- and process-level to allow for Tritium Holdings to achieve complete, accurate and timely financial reporting. This is pervasive across the entity-level and each of the key business processes, including controls over the preparation and review of account reconciliations and journal entries, and controls over information technology to ensure access to financial data is adequately restricted to appropriate personnel.

 

30


   

Segregation of duties has not been sufficiently established across the key business and financial processes. Given the size, nature of the organization and the current structure of the finance function, a lack of segregation of duties applied to the key business and financial processes across the organization has been identified. A consequence of the lack of segregation of duties is the heightened risk of fraud or material misstatement when no appropriate mitigating controls are in place.

 

   

Lack of personnel with appropriate knowledge and experience relating to U.S. GAAP and SEC reporting requirements to enable the entity to design and maintain an effective financial reporting process. A lack of knowledge and experience in these areas may lead to the Company being in breach of SEC financial reporting and other related requirements, especially given that the current finance function has not been designed to include sufficient accounting and financial reporting personnel with (i) the requisite knowledge and experience in the application of SEC financial reporting rules and regulations; and (ii) the appropriate expertise in the relevant U.S. accounting standards.

We have begun implementation of a plan to remediate these material weaknesses. These remediation measures are ongoing and include hiring additional accounting and financial reporting personnel and implementing additional policies, procedures and controls.

In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, we have expended, and anticipate that we will continue to expend, significant resources, including accounting-related costs and significant management oversight. Our independent registered public accounting firm is not required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until after it is no longer an EGC. At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our internal control over financial reporting is documented, designed, or operating. Any failure to maintain effective disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting could adversely affect the business and operating results and could cause a decline in the price of our Ordinary Shares. These material weaknesses will not be considered remediated until the mitigating controls have operated for the required period of time and until the operating effectiveness of the controls has been validated, through testing, by management.

The report of Tritium Holdings’ independent registered public accounting firm contains an explanatory paragraph that expresses substantial doubt about Tritium Holdings’ ability, and, in turn, our ability, to continue as a going concern.

The report of Tritium Holdings’ independent registered public accounting firm with respect to Tritium Holdings’ financial statements as of June 30, 2021 and 2020 and for each of the two years then ended indicates that Tritium Holdings’ financial statements have been prepared assuming that Tritium Holdings, and, in turn, we, will continue as a going concern. The report states that, since Tritium Holdings has incurred net losses for the years ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, and Tritium Holdings, and, in turn, we, need to raise additional funds to meet our obligations and sustain our operations, there is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. Our plans in regard to these matters are described in Note 1 to our audited financial statements as of June 30, 2021 and 2020 and for the years then ended. Our financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

There are inherent limitations in all control systems, and misstatements due to error or fraud that could seriously harm our business may occur and not be detected.

Our management does not expect that our internal and disclosure controls will prevent all possible error and fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. In addition, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefit of controls must be relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, an evaluation of controls can only provide reasonable

 

31


assurance that all material control issues and instances of fraud, if any, in us will be detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Further, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons or by collusion of two or more persons. The design of any system of controls is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Because of inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected. We are also dependent, in part, upon Tritium Holdings’ internal controls. A failure of our or Tritium Holdings’ controls and procedures to detect error or fraud could seriously harm our business and results of operations.

We may be adversely affected by foreign currency fluctuations.

We routinely transact business in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Additionally, we maintain a portion of our cash and investments in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and may, from time to time, experience losses resulting from fluctuations in the values of these foreign currencies, which could cause our reported net earnings to decrease, or could result in a negative impact to our shareholders’ deficit. In addition, failure to manage foreign currency exposures could cause our results of operations to be more volatile. Adverse, unforeseen or rapidly shifting currency valuations in our key markets may magnify these risks over time. .

Risks Related to Legal Matters and Regulations

Data protection laws, and similar domestic or foreign regulations, may adversely affect our business.

National and local governments and agencies in the countries in which we operate and in which our customers operate have adopted, are considering adopting, or may adopt laws and regulations regarding the collection, use, storage, disclosure, and other processing of information regarding consumers and other individuals, which could impact our ability to offer services in certain jurisdictions. Laws and regulations relating to the collection, use, disclosure, security, and other processing of individuals’ information can vary significantly from jurisdiction to jurisdiction and are particularly stringent in Europe and Japan. The costs of compliance with, and other burdens imposed by, laws, regulations, standards, and other obligations relating to privacy, data protection, and information security are significant. In addition, some companies, particularly larger enterprises, often will not contract with vendors that do not meet these rigorous standards. Accordingly, the failure, or perceived inability, to comply with these laws, regulations, standards, and other obligations may limit the use and adoption of our solutions, reduce overall demand, lead to regulatory investigations, litigation, and significant fines, penalties, or liabilities for actual or alleged noncompliance, or slow the pace at which we close sales transactions, any of which could harm our business. Moreover, if we or any of our employees or contractors fail or are believed to fail to adhere to appropriate practices regarding customers’ data, it may damage our reputation and brand.

Additionally, existing laws, regulations, standards, and other obligations may be interpreted in new and differing manners in the future and may be inconsistent among jurisdictions. Future laws, regulations, standards, and other obligations, and changes in the interpretation of existing laws, regulations, standards, and other obligations could result in increased regulation, increased costs of compliance and penalties for non-compliance, and limitations on data collection, use, disclosure, and transfer for us and our customers. The European Union and United States agreed in 2016 to a framework for data transferred from the European Union to the United States, but this framework has been challenged and recently declared invalid by the Court of Justice of the European Union, thereby creating additional legal risks for us. Additionally, the European Union adopted the GDPR in 2016, and it became effective in May 2018. The GDPR establishes requirements applicable to the handling of personal data and imposes penalties for non-compliance of up to the greater of €20 million or 4% of worldwide revenue. The costs of compliance with, and other burdens imposed by, the GDPR may limit the use and adoption of our products and services and could have an adverse impact on our business. Further, California adopted the CCPA and the California State Attorney General has begun enforcement actions. Although we

 

32


initiated a compliance program designed to ensure CCPA compliance after consulting with outside privacy counsel, we may remain exposed to ongoing legal risks related to the CCPA and the California Privacy Rights Act approved by voters in November 2020 as well as similar legislation passed in Virginia and Colorado.

The costs of compliance with, and other burdens imposed by, laws and regulations relating to privacy, data protection, and information security that are applicable to the businesses of customers may adversely affect our ability and willingness to handle, store, use, transmit and otherwise process certain types of information, such as demographic and other personal information. In addition, the other bases on which we and our customers rely for the transfer of personal data across national borders, such as the Standard Contractual Clauses promulgated and modernized by the EU Commission on June 4, 2021, commonly referred to as the Model Clauses, continue to be subjected to regulatory and judicial scrutiny. If we or our customers are unable to transfer data between and among countries and regions in which we operate, it could decrease demand for our products and services or require us to modify or restrict some of our products or services.

In addition to government activity, privacy advocacy groups, the technology industry, and other industries have established or may establish various new, additional, or different self-regulatory standards that may place additional burdens on technology companies. Customers may expect that we will meet voluntary certifications or adhere to other standards established by them or third parties. If we are unable to maintain these certifications or meet these standards, it could reduce demand for our solutions and adversely affect our business.

Failure to comply with anticorruption and anti-money laundering laws, including the FCPA and similar laws associated with activities outside of the United States, could subject us to penalties and other adverse consequences.

We are subject to the FCPA, the U.S. domestic bribery statute contained in 18 U.S.C. § 201, the U.S. Travel Act, the USA PATRIOT Act, the UK Bribery Act, and possibly other anti-bribery and anti-money laundering laws in countries in which we conduct activities. We face significant risks if we fail to comply with the FCPA and other anti-corruption laws that prohibit companies and their employees and third-party intermediaries from promising, authorizing, offering, or providing, directly or indirectly, improper payments or benefits to foreign government officials, political parties, and private-sector recipients for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business, directing business to any person, or securing any advantage. Any violation of the FCPA, other applicable anti-corruption laws, and anti-money laundering laws could result in whistleblower complaints, adverse media coverage, investigations, loss of export privileges, or severe criminal or civil sanctions, which could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, operating results, and prospects. In addition, responding to any enforcement action may result in a significant diversion of management’s attention and resources, significant defense costs, and other professional fees.

We could be adversely impacted if we fail to comply with U.S. and international import and export laws.

We export products from Australia across the globe and import goods into Australia, the Netherlands and the United States, and in the future plan to export products from the United States and Europe. Due to our significant foreign sales, we are subject to trade and import and export regulations in multiple jurisdictions. As a result, compliance with multiple trade sanctions and embargoes and import and export laws and regulations pose a constant challenge and risk to us. Furthermore, the laws and regulations concerning import activity, export recordkeeping and reporting, export control and economic sanctions are complex and constantly changing. Any failure to comply with applicable legal and regulatory trading obligations could result in criminal and civil penalties and sanctions, such as fines, imprisonment, debarment from governmental contracts, seizure of shipments, loss of import and export privileges, reputational damage, and a reduction in the value of our securities.

 

33


Failure to comply with laws relating to labor and employment could subject us to penalties and other adverse consequences.

We are subject to various employment-related laws in the jurisdictions in which our employees are based. We face risks if we fail to comply with applicable U.S. federal or state wage law or applicable U.S. federal or state labor and employment laws, or wage, labor or employment laws applicable to our employees outside of the United States. Any violation of applicable wage laws or other labor- or employment-related laws could result in complaints by current or former employees, adverse media coverage, investigations, and damages or penalties, which could have a materially adverse effect on our reputation, business, operating results, and prospects. In addition, responding to any such proceeding may result in a significant diversion of management’s attention and resources, significant defense costs, and other professional fees.

Existing and future environmental health and safety laws and regulations could result in increased compliance costs or additional operating costs or construction costs and restrictions. Failure to comply with such laws and regulations may result in substantial fines or other limitations that may adversely impact our financial results or results of operations.

We and our operations, as well as those of our contractors, suppliers, and customers, are subject to certain federal, state, local and foreign environmental laws and regulations governing, among other things, the generation, use, handling, storage, transportation, and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes. We may also be subject to a variety of product stewardship and manufacturer responsibility laws and regulations, primarily relating to the collection, reuse, and recycling of electronic wastes and hardware, whether hazardous or not, as well as regulations regarding the hazardous material contents of electronic product components and product packaging, and non-hazardous wastes. These laws may require us or others in our supply chain to obtain permits and comply with procedures that impose various restrictions and obligations that may have material or adverse effects on our operations. If key permits and approvals cannot be obtained on acceptable terms, or if other operations requirements cannot be met in a manner satisfactory for our operations or on a timeline that meets our commercial obligations, it may adversely impact our business.

Environmental and health and safety laws and regulations can be complex, are subject to change, and may become more stringent in the future, such as through new requirements enacted at the supranational, national, sub-national, and/or local level or new or modified regulations that may be implemented under existing law. The nature and extent of any changes in these laws, rules, regulations and permits may be unpredictable and may have material effects on our business. Future legislation and regulations or changes in existing legislation and regulations, or interpretations thereof, including those relating to hardware manufacturing, electronic waste, or batteries, could cause additional expenditures, restrictions and delays in connection with our operations as well as other future projects, the extent of which cannot be predicted.

Further, we currently rely on third parties to ensure compliance with certain environmental laws, including those related to the disposal of hazardous and non-hazardous wastes. Any failure to properly handle or dispose of such wastes, regardless of whether such failure is due to us or our contractors, may result in liability under environmental laws, including, but not limited to, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, under which liability may be imposed without regard to fault or degree of contribution for the investigation and clean-up of contaminated sites, as well as impacts to human health and damages to natural resources, and the Environmental Protection Act of 1994 (Queensland). The costs of liability for contamination could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial conditions, or results of operations. Additionally, we may not be able to secure contracts with third parties to continue our key supply chain and disposal services for our business, which may result in increased costs for compliance with environmental laws and regulations.

Australian takeover laws may discourage takeover offers being made for us or may discourage the acquisition of large numbers of our Ordinary Shares.

We are incorporated in Australia and are subject to the takeover laws of Australia. Amongst other things, we are subject to the Australian Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) (the “Corporations Act”). Subject to a range of

 

34


exceptions, the Corporations Act prohibits the acquisition of a direct or indirect interest in our issued voting shares if the acquisition of that interest will lead to that person’s or someone else’s voting power in our company increasing from 20% or below to more than 20%, or increasing from a starting point that is above 20% and below 90%. Exceptions to the general prohibition include circumstances where the person makes a formal takeover bid for our company, if the person obtains shareholder approval for the acquisition or if the person acquires less than 3% of the voting power of our company in any rolling six-month period. Australian takeover laws may discourage takeover offers being made for our company or may discourage the acquisition of large numbers of our Ordinary Shares.

The rights of our shareholders are governed by Australian law and our constitution and differ from the rights of stockholders under U.S. corporate and securities laws. Holders of our Ordinary Shares may have difficulty effecting service of process in the United States or enforcing judgments obtained in the United States.

We are a public company incorporated under the laws of Australia. Therefore, the rights of our shareholders are governed by Australian law and our constitution. These rights differ from the typical rights of stockholders of U.S. corporations. Circumstances that under U.S. law may entitle a stockholder of a U.S. company to claim damages may also give rise to a cause of action under Australian law entitling a shareholder in an Australian company to claim damages. However, this will not always be the case. Our shareholders may have difficulties enforcing, in actions brought in courts in jurisdictions located outside the United States, liabilities under U.S. securities laws. In particular, if such a shareholder sought to bring proceedings in Australia based on U.S. securities laws, considerations include:

 

   

it may not be possible, or may be costly or time consuming, to effect service of process in the United States upon us or our non-U.S. resident directors or executive officers;

 

   

it may be difficult to enforce a judgment obtained in a U.S. court against us or our directors, including judgments under U.S. federal securities laws;

 

   

an Australian court may deny the recognition or enforcement of punitive damages or other awards or reduce the amount of damages granted by a U.S. court;

 

   

issues of private international law may apply which may lead to disputes about where court action or proceedings should be allowed to commence or continue, or which law of which jurisdiction applies and to which parts of the litigation;

 

   

an Australian court may not recognize a claim or may refuse to enforce it, in which case a claim may be required to be re-litigated before an Australian court in which procedure differs from U.S. civil procedure in a number of respects;

 

   

in applying Australian conflict of laws rules, that U.S. law (including U.S. securities laws) may not apply to the relationship between our shareholders and us or our directors and officers; and/or

 

   

that the U.S. securities laws may be regarded as having a public or penal nature and should not be enforced by the Australian court.

Our shareholders may also have difficulties enforcing in courts outside the United States judgments obtained in the U.S. courts against any of our directors and executive officers or us, including actions under the civil liability provisions of the U.S. securities laws. See the sections entitled “Description of Securities” for additional information regarding the rights of our shareholders.

Our Ordinary Shares are subject to Australian insolvency laws which are substantially different from U.S. insolvency laws and may offer less protections to our shareholders compared to U.S. insolvency laws.

As a public company incorporated under the laws of Australia, we are subject to Australian insolvency laws and may also be subject to the insolvency laws of other jurisdictions in which we conduct business or have

 

35


assets. These laws may apply where any insolvency proceedings or procedures are to be initiated against us. Australian insolvency laws may offer our shareholders less protection than they would have had under U.S. insolvency laws and it may be more difficult (or even impossible) for shareholders to recover the amount they could expect to recover in a liquidation under U.S. insolvency laws.

We may be deemed a payment service provider or energy supplier under local or international laws and may become subject to extensive and complex legislation and regulations or may in certain cases be required to register as a regulated entity under those jurisdictions’ laws and regulations.

We may be subject to payment service provider or energy supplier laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in which we conduct business or have assets. These laws and regulations may apply if we are deemed to be a payment service provider or energy supplier under Australian laws or the laws of other jurisdictions in which we conduct business or have assets. If these laws and regulations apply to us, then we may need to register as a regulated entity in the relevant jurisdiction and may also be subject to extensive and complex laws and regulations.

We may be involved from time to time in legal proceedings and commercial or contractual disputes, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

From time to time, we may be involved in legal proceedings and commercial disputes. Such proceedings or disputes are typically claims that arise in the ordinary course of business, including, without limitation, commercial or contractual disputes, and other disputes with customers and suppliers, intellectual property matters, environmental issues, tax matters and employment matters. There can be no assurance that such proceedings and claims, should they arise, will not have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Risks Related to Our Securities

Sales of a substantial number of our securities in the public market by the Selling Securityholders and/or by our existing securityholders could cause the price of our Ordinary Shares and Warrants to fall.

The Selling Securityholders can resell, under this prospectus, up to (a) 115,368,935 Ordinary Shares constituting (assuming issuance of all Subscription Shares and Option Shares) approximately 69.0% of our issued Ordinary Shares (as adjusted to reflect the exercise of all of our Warrants and issuance of all Subscription Shares and Option Shares), and (b) 8,366,667 Warrants constituting approximately 38.4% of our issued Warrants. Sales of a substantial number of Ordinary Shares and/or Warrants in the public market by the Selling Securityholders and/or by our other existing securityholders, or the perception that those sales might occur, could depress the market price of our Ordinary Shares and Warrants and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. We are unable to predict the effect that such sales may have on the prevailing market price of our Ordinary Shares and Warrants.

Concentration of ownership among our existing executive officers, directors and their affiliates may prevent new investors from influencing significant corporate decisions.

Our executive officers, directors and their affiliates hold approximately 30.6% of the outstanding Ordinary Shares as of February 7, 2022. As a result, these shareholders are able to exercise a significant level of control over all matters requiring shareholder approval, including the election of directors, any amendment of our constitution and approval of significant corporate transactions. This control could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in management and will make the approval of certain transactions difficult or impossible without the support of these shareholders.

 

36


There is no guarantee that our Warrants will be in the money at the time they become exercisable, and they may expire worthless.

As of the date of this prospectus, the exercise price for our Warrants are $6.90 per Ordinary Share. There is no guarantee that our Warrants will be in the money following the time they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, and as such, our Warrants may expire worthless.

We may amend the terms of our Warrants in a manner that may be adverse to holders of our Warrants with the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then-outstanding Public Warrants (as defined below) (or, if applicable, 65% of the then-outstanding Public Warrants and 65% of the then-outstanding Private Placement Warrants (as defined below), voting as separate classes). As a result, the exercise price of our Warrants could be increased, the exercise period could be shortened and the number of our Ordinary Shares purchasable upon exercise of a Warrant could be decreased, all without a holder’s approval.

The warrants to purchase DCRN Class A Common Stock sold to the public in DCRN’s initial public offering (the “DCRN Public Warrants”) (the “DCRN IPO”), and the warrants to purchase DCRN Class A Common Stock issued to Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Sponsor II LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“DCRN Sponsor”) and certain of DCRN’s independent directors in a private placement (the “DCRN Private Placement Warrants”) were issued in registered form under a warrant agreement. Such warrant agreement was amended and restate in connection with the consummation of the Business Combination to the A&R Warrant Agreement and all warrants converted into warrants to purchase an equal number of our Ordinary Shares (as converted, such DCRN Public Warrants being referred to as “Public Warrants,” such DCRN Private Placement Warrants being referred to as “Private Placement Warrants” and collectively referred to as the “DCRN Warrants”). The A&R Warrant Agreement provides that the terms of our Warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision, but requires the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then-outstanding Public Warrants to make any other modifications or amendments, including any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders of Public Warrants. Accordingly, we may amend the terms of our Warrants in a manner adverse to a holder if holders of at least 50% of the then-outstanding Public Warrants (or, in the case of an amendment that adversely affects the Public Warrants in a different manner than the Private Placement Warrants or vice versa, 65% of the then-outstanding Public Warrants and 65% of the then-outstanding Private Placement Warrants, voting as separate classes) approve of such amendment. Although our ability to amend the terms of our Warrants with the consent of at least 50% of the then-outstanding Public Warrants (or, if applicable, 65% of the then-outstanding Public Warrants and 65% of the then-outstanding Private Placement Warrants, voting as separate classes) is unlimited, examples of such amendments could be amendments to, among other things, increase the exercise price of the Warrants, convert the Warrants into cash or stock (at a ratio different than initially provided), shorten the exercise period or decrease the number of the Ordinary Shares purchasable upon exercise of a Warrant.

We may redeem unexpired Warrants prior to their exercise at a time that is disadvantageous to Warrant holders, thereby making such Warrants worthless.

Under the A&R Warrant Agreement, as adjusted in accordance with the terms of the agreement, we have the ability to redeem outstanding Warrants at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, at a price of $0.01 per Warrant, provided that the last reported sales price of our Ordinary Shares equals or exceeds $10.80 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading-day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which we give proper notice of such redemption and provided certain other conditions are met. If and when the Warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws. Redemption of the outstanding Warrants could force you (a) to exercise your Warrants and pay the exercise price therefor at a time when it may be disadvantageous for you to do so, (b) to sell your Warrants at the then-current market price when you might otherwise wish to hold your Warrants or (c) to accept the nominal redemption price which, at the time the

 

37


outstanding Warrants are called for redemption, is likely to be substantially less than the market value of your Warrants.

The A&R Warrant Agreement designates the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by holders of our Warrants, which could limit the ability of warrant holders to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.

The A&R Warrant Agreement provides that, subject to applicable law, (i) any action, proceeding or claim against us arising out of or relating in any way to the A&R Warrant Agreement, including under the Securities Act, will be brought and enforced in the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and (ii) that we irrevocably submit to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be the exclusive forum for any such action, proceeding or claim. We will waive any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenient forum. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any Warrants shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the forum provisions in the A&R Warrant Agreement. If any action, the subject matter of which is within the scope of the forum provisions of the A&R Warrant Agreement, is filed in a court other than a court of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (a “foreign action”) in the name of any holder of our Warrants, such holder shall be deemed to have consented to: (x) the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in the State of New York in connection with any action brought in any such court to enforce the forum provisions (an “enforcement action”), and (y) having service of process made upon such warrant holder in any such enforcement action by service upon such warrant holder’s counsel in the foreign action as agent for such warrant holder.

We note, however, that there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce this provision and that investors cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for state and federal courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder.

This choice-of-forum provision may limit a Warrant holder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us, which may discourage such lawsuits. Additionally, Warrant holders who do bring a claim in the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York could face additional litigation costs in pursuing any such claim, particularly if they do not reside in or near New York. Alternatively, if a court were to find this provision of A&R Warrant Agreement inapplicable or unenforceable with respect to one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and result in a diversion of the time and resources of our management and board of directors.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, these provisions of the A&R Warrant Agreement do not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal district courts of the United States of America are the sole and exclusive forum. Section 27 of the Exchange Act creates exclusive federal jurisdiction over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish or cease publishing research or reports about us, our business or our market, or if they change their recommendations regarding our Ordinary Shares adversely, the price and trading volume of our Ordinary Shares could decline.

The trading market for our Ordinary Shares will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts may publish about us, our business, our market or our competitors. If any of the analysts who may cover us change their recommendation regarding our Ordinary Shares adversely, or provide more favorable

 

38


relative recommendations about our competitors, the price of our Ordinary Shares would likely decline. If any analyst who may cover us were to cease their coverage or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

We are a holding company. Our sole material assets are our equity interest in Tritium Holdings and its other direct and indirect subsidiaries and we are accordingly dependent upon distributions from such subsidiaries to pay taxes and cover our corporate and other overhead expenses.

We are a holding company and have no material assets other than our equity interest in Tritium Holdings and its other direct and indirect subsidiaries. We have no independent means of generating revenue. To the extent any subsidiary has available cash, we intend to cause the subsidiary to make non-pro rata payments to us to reimburse us for our corporate and other overhead expenses. To the extent that we need funds and a subsidiary is restricted from making such distributions or payment under applicable law or regulation or under the terms of any financing arrangements due to restrictive covenants or otherwise, or are otherwise unable to provide such funds, our liquidity and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

The price at which our Ordinary Shares and Warrants are quoted on Nasdaq may increase or decrease due to a number of factors, which may negatively affect the price of our Ordinary Shares and Warrants.

The price at which our Ordinary Shares and Warrants are quoted on Nasdaq may increase or decrease due to a number of factors. These factors may cause our Ordinary Shares and Warrants to trade at prices above or below the price at which our Ordinary Shares and Warrants are being offered under this document. There is no assurance that the price of our Ordinary Shares and Warrants will increase following the quotation of our Ordinary Shares and Warrants on Nasdaq, even if our operations and financial performance improve. Some of the factors, which may affect the price of our Ordinary Shares and Warrants include:

 

   

fluctuations in the domestic and international market for listed stocks;

 

   

general economic conditions, including interest rates, inflation rates, exchange rates, commodity and oil prices;

 

   

changes to government fiscal, monetary or regulatory policies, legislation or regulation;

 

   

inclusion in or removal from market indices;

 

   

changes to government fiscal, monetary or regulatory policy, legislation or regulation;

 

   

acquisition and dilution;

 

   

pandemic risk;

 

   

the nature of the markets in which we operate; and

 

   

general operational and business risks.

Other factors, which may negatively affect investor sentiment and influence us, specifically, or the stock market more generally, include acts of terrorism, an outbreak of international hostilities or tensions, fires, floods, earthquakes, labor strikes, civil wars, natural disasters, outbreaks of disease or other man-made or natural events. We have a limited ability to insure against some of the risks mentioned above.

In the future, we may need to raise additional funds, which may result in the dilution of our shareholders, and such funds may not be available on favorable terms or at all.

We may need to raise additional capital in the future and may elect to issue shares (including pursuant to incentive arrangements) or engage in fundraising activities for a variety of reasons, including funding acquisitions or growth initiatives. We will be subject to the constraints of the Listing Rules of Nasdaq regarding the percentage of capital that we are able to issue within a 12-month period (other than where exceptions apply). Our shareholders may be diluted as a result of such issues of our Ordinary Shares and fundraisings.

 

39


Additionally, we may raise additional funds through the issuance of debt securities or through obtaining credit from government or financial institutions. We cannot be certain that additional funds will be available on favorable terms when required, or at all. If we cannot raise additional funds when needed, our financial condition, results of operations, business and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. If we raise funds through the issuance of debt securities or through loan arrangements, the terms of such securities or loans could require significant interest payments, contain covenants that restrict our business, or other unfavorable terms.

There is no guarantee that we will pay dividends or make other distributions in the future. If we are able to pay dividends, there is no guarantee that we will be able to offer fully franked dividends.

Our ability to pay dividends or make other distributions in the future is contingent on profits and certain other factors, including the capital and operational expenditure requirements of the business. Under the Corporations Act, a dividend may only be paid if our assets exceed our liabilities immediately before the dividend is declared and the excess is sufficient for the payment of the dividend, the payment of the dividend is fair and reasonable to our shareholders as a whole and the payment of the dividend does not materially prejudice our ability to pay our creditors. Therefore, there is no assurance that dividends will be paid. Moreover, to the extent that we pay any dividends, our ability to offer fully franked dividends is contingent on making taxable profits. Our taxable profits may be difficult to predict, making the payment of franked dividends unpredictable. A component of Australia’s corporate tax system is dividend imputation, whereby some or all of the tax paid by a company may be attributed, or imputed, to the shareholders by way of a tax credit (known as a franking credit) to reduce income tax payable on that dividend income. A dividend that is “fully franked” carries a franking credit equivalent to the tax paid by the company on those profits distributed to Australian shareholders. A fully franked dividend distributed to non-Australian shareholders is not subject to Australian dividend withholding tax. The value of franking credits to a shareholder will differ depending on the shareholder’s particular tax circumstances. Our shareholders should also be aware that the ability to use franking credits, either as a tax offset or to claim a refund after the end of the income year, will depend on the individual tax position of each shareholder. See the section entitled “Material Australian Tax Considerations” for more information regarding the Australian tax consequences of our future dividends.

Events outside our control may have a material adverse effect on our supply chain, the demand for our applications and our ability to conduct business.

Events may occur within or outside Australia that negatively impact global, Australian or other local economies relevant to our financial performance, operations and/or the price of our Ordinary Shares. These events include but are not limited to an increase of the impact of COVID-19, new pandemics, acts of terrorism, an outbreak of international hostilities, fires, floods, earthquakes, labor strikes, civil wars, natural disasters, outbreaks of disease or other natural or man-made events or occurrences that may have a material adverse effect on our supply chain, the demand for our applications and our ability to conduct business.

An active trading market for our Ordinary Shares and Warrants may not develop, which would adversely affect the liquidity and price of our Ordinary Shares and Warrants.

An active trading market for our Ordinary Shares and Warrants may never develop or, if developed, it may not be sustained. You may be unable to sell your Ordinary Shares and Warrants of the Company unless a market can be established and sustained.

We may be required in the future to raise additional capital through public or private financing or other arrangements. If we are unable to raise such capital when needed, or on acceptable terms, we may not be able to grow our business or respond to competitive pressures.

We may be required in the future to raise capital through public or private financing or other arrangements. Such financing may not be available on acceptable terms, or at all, and a failure to raise capital when needed

 

40


could harm our business. If we cannot raise funds on acceptable terms, we may not be able to grow our business or respond to competitive pressures.

The majority of our directors and executive officers are non-residents of the United States and as a result, it may not be possible for investors to enforce civil liabilities against those directors and executive officers.

The majority of our directors and executive officers are non-residents of the United States, and all or a substantial portion of the assets of such persons are located outside the United States. As a result, it may not be possible for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon such persons or to enforce against them judgments obtained in U.S. courts predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States. There is doubt as to the enforceability in Australia in original actions, or in actions for enforcement of judgments of U.S. courts, of civil liabilities to the extent predicated upon the federal securities laws of the United States. In Australia, civil liability of directors and officers is dealt with by both common law and by various statutes, including the Corporations Act and the Civil Liability Act 2003 (Qld).

Our constitution and other Australian laws and regulations applicable to us may adversely affect our ability to take actions that could be deemed beneficial to our shareholders.

As an Australian company, we are subject to different corporate requirements than a corporation organized under the laws of the United States. Our constitution, as well as the Corporations Act, set forth various rights and obligations that are unique to us as an Australian company. These requirements may limit or otherwise adversely affect our ability to take actions that could be beneficial to our shareholders, including provisions that:

 

   

specify that general meetings of our shareholders can be called only by our board of directors or otherwise by shareholders in accordance with the Corporations Act;

 

   

allow the directors to appoint a person either as an additional director or as a director to fill a casual vacancy (i.e., a vacancy, which arises due to a person ceasing to be a director of a company prior to the general meeting of the company); and

 

   

allow the activities of the company to be managed by, or under the direction of, the directors.

Provisions of the laws of Australia may also have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. For example, the Corporations Act includes provisions that:

 

   

require that any action to be taken by our shareholders be effected at a duly called general meeting (including the annual general meeting) and not by written consent;

 

   

permit shareholders to requisition a general meeting only if shareholders with at least 5% voting power request the meeting; and

 

   

require the approval of shareholders with at least 75% voting power to amend the provisions of our constitution.

In addition, because we are a public limited company organized under the laws of Australia and have more than 50 registered members, we are subject to Australia’s takeovers laws. Australia’s Takeovers Panel is a peer review body that operates as the primary forum for the resolution of takeover disputes in Australia. The Australian Securities and Investments Commission (the “ASIC”) is the main body responsible for regulating and enforcing Australia’s takeovers laws, and has the power to refer matters to the Takeovers Panel. Australia’s takeovers laws regulate both Australian entities listed on a prescribed financial market operated in Australia and Australian companies that have more than 50 registered members. For so long as we meet this criteria, we will be subject to the rules and restrictions applying under Australia’s takeovers laws in respect of the manner in which we respond or react to any takeover bid or other corporate control transaction, including but not limited to the following: (i) our ability to enter into deal protection arrangements with a bidder would be limited; and (ii) we may not, without the approval of our shareholders, be able to perform certain actions that could have the effect of frustrating an offer, such as issuing shares or carrying out acquisitions or disposals or entering into arrangements that may grant options or rights in respect of our shares or assets.

 

41


As a “foreign private issuer” under the rules and regulations of the SEC, we are permitted to, and may, file less or different information with the SEC than a company incorporated in the United States or otherwise not filing as a “foreign private issuer,” and will follow certain home country corporate governance practices in lieu of certain Nasdaq requirements applicable to U.S. issuers.

We are considered a “foreign private issuer” under the Exchange Act and is therefore exempt from certain rules under the Exchange Act, including the proxy rules, which impose certain disclosure and procedural requirements for proxy solicitations for U.S. and other issuers. Moreover, we are not be required to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or within the same timeframes as U.S. companies with securities registered under the Exchange Act. Although we currently prepare our financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, we are not required to do so, or to reconcile to U.S. GAAP, if we instead elect to prepare our financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. We are not required to comply with Regulation Fair Disclosure, which imposes restrictions on the selective disclosure of material information to shareholders. In addition, our officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules under the Exchange Act with respect to their purchases and sales of our securities. Accordingly, if you continue to hold our securities, you may receive less or different information about our company than you currently receive about a U.S. domestic public company.

In addition, as a “foreign private issuer” whose shares are listed on Nasdaq, we are permitted, subject to certain exceptions, to follow certain home country rules in lieu of certain Nasdaq listing requirements, which we intend to take advantage of. A foreign private issuer must disclose in its annual reports filed with the SEC each Nasdaq requirement with which it does not comply, followed by a description of its applicable home country practice. We have the option to rely on available exemptions under Nasdaq’s Listing Rules that would allow us to follow our home country practice, including, among other things, the ability to opt out of (i) the requirement that our board of directors be comprised of a majority independent directors, (ii) the requirement that our independent directors meet regularly in executive sessions and (iii) the requirement that we obtain shareholder approval prior to the issuance of securities in connection with certain acquisitions, private placements of securities, or the establishment or amendment of certain stock option, purchase or other compensation plans. Our board of directors is comprised of a majority of independent directors. See “Description of Securities—Certain Disclosure Obligations” and “Management” for additional information.

We could lose our status as a “foreign private issuer” under current SEC rules and regulations if more than 50% of our outstanding voting securities become directly or indirectly held of record by U.S. holders and any one of the following is true: (i) the majority of our directors or executive officers are U.S. citizens or residents; (ii) more than 50% of our assets are located in the United States; or (iii) our business is administered principally in the United States. If we lose our status as a foreign private issuer in the future, we will no longer be exempt from the rules described above and, among other things, will be required to file periodic reports and annual and quarterly financial statements as if we were a company incorporated in the United States. If this were to happen, we would likely incur substantial costs in fulfilling these additional regulatory requirements and members of our management would likely have to divert time and resources from other responsibilities to ensuring these additional regulatory requirements are fulfilled.

General Risk Factors

The JOBS Act permits EGCs like us to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to public companies that are not EGCs.

We qualify as an EGC. As such, we expect to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to public companies that are not EGCs, including (a) the exemption from the auditor attestation requirements with respect to internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, (b) the exemptions from say-on-pay, say-on-frequency and say-on-golden parachute voting requirements and (c) reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports

 

42


and proxy statements. As a result, our shareholders may not have access to certain information they deem important. We will remain an EGC until the earliest of (a) the last day of the fiscal year (i) following February 8, 2026, the fifth anniversary of DCRN’s initial public offering, (ii) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion (as adjusted for inflation pursuant to SEC rules from time to time) or (iii) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our Ordinary Shares and Warrants that are held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of the prior second fiscal quarter, and (b) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three year period.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an EGC may take advantage of the exemption from complying with new or revised accounting standards provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act as long as it is an EGC. An EGC can therefore delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. The JOBS Act provides that a company may elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-EGCs, but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. We have elected not to opt out of such extended transition period, which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an EGC, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of our financial statements with another public company, which is neither an EGC nor an EGC, which has opted out of using the extended transition period, difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

We cannot predict if investors will find our Ordinary Shares and Warrants less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our Ordinary Shares and Warrants less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our Ordinary Shares and Warrants, and their stock price may be more volatile.

The United Kingdom’s exit from the European Union may adversely impact our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

The United Kingdom withdrew from the European Union (“Brexit”) on January 31, 2020, subject to a transitional/implementation period, which ended on December 31, 2020. On December 24, 2020, the United Kingdom announced that it had reached agreement on a draft EU-UK Trade and Cooperation Agreement (“TCA”) covering trade in goods and in services, digital trade, intellectual property, public procurement aviation and road transport, energy, fisheries, social security coordination, law enforcement and judicial cooperation in criminal matters, thematic cooperation and participation in the European Union programs. The UK Parliament ratified the United Kingdom’s entry into, and implementation of, the TCA on December 30, 2020 pursuant to the EU (Future Relationship) Act 2020. The impact of Brexit on the economic outlook of the Eurozone and the United Kingdom, and associated global implications, remain uncertain. As a result of the legal, political and economic uncertainty surrounding Brexit, we may experience reductions in business activity, increased delivery times, increased funding costs, increased operating costs due to trade tariffs, increased trade compliance burden and costs to capture, administer and record all item and part origins for customs authorities, differing standards in the United Kingdom and the European Union, and the need to acquire new certifications, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

43


CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Some of the statements contained in this prospectus constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws. Forward-looking statements relate to expectations, beliefs, projections, future plans and strategies, anticipated events or trends and similar expressions concerning matters that are not historical facts. Forward-looking statements reflect our current views, as applicable, with respect to, among other things, our respective capital resources, portfolio performance and results of operations. Likewise, all statements regarding anticipated growth in our operations, anticipated market conditions, demographics and results of operations are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify these forward-looking statements by the use of terminology such as “outlook,” “believes,” “expects,” “potential,” “continues,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “seeks,” “approximately,” “predicts,” “intends,” “plans,” “estimates,” “anticipates” or the negative version of these words or other comparable words or phrases.

The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus reflect our current views, as applicable, about future events and are subject to numerous known and unknown risks, uncertainties, assumptions and changes in circumstances that may cause its actual results to differ significantly from those expressed in any forward-looking statement. We do not guarantee that the transactions and events described will happen as described (or that they will happen at all). The following factors, among others, could cause actual results and future events to differ materially from those set forth or contemplated in the forward-looking statements:

 

   

our ability to realize the anticipated benefits of the Business Combination, which may be affected by, among other things, competition and our ability to manage growth profitability following the Business Combination;

 

   

risks related to the rollout of our business and expansion strategy;

 

   

consumer failure to accept and adopt EVs;

 

   

overall demand for EV charging and the potential for reduced demand if governmental rebates, tax credits and other financial incentives are reduced, modified or eliminated;

 

   

the possibility that our technology and products could have undetected defects or errors;

 

   

our ability to manage growth;

 

   

our ability to obtain and maintain financing arrangements on attractive terms;

 

   

our estimates of expenses, ongoing losses, future revenue, capital requirements and needs for or ability to obtain additional financing.

 

   

the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic or other adverse public health developments on our business;

 

   

the effects of competition on our future business;

 

   

the volatility of currency exchange rates;

 

   

the impact of and changes in governmental regulations or the enforcement thereof, tax laws and rates, accounting guidance and similar matters in regions in which we operate or will operate in the future;

 

   

potential litigation, governmental or regulatory proceedings, investigations or inquiries involving us, including in relation to the Business Combination;

 

   

inability to remediate material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting and failure to maintain an effective system of internal controls, and the inability to accurately or timely report our financial condition or results of operations;

 

   

failure to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, and loss of securityholder confidence in our financial and other public reporting from the inability to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud;

 

   

changes in personnel and availability of qualified personnel;

 

44


   

environmental uncertainties and risks related to adverse weather conditions and natural disasters;

 

   

potential write-downs, write-offs, restructuring and impairment or other charges required to be taken by us subsequent to the Business Combination;

 

   

higher costs as a result of being a public company;

 

   

general economic uncertainty;

 

   

the ability to maintain the listing of our securities on Nasdaq;

 

   

the limited experience of certain members of our management team in operating a public company in the United States; and

 

   

the volatility of the market price and liquidity of our securities; and

While forward-looking statements reflect our good faith beliefs, they are not guarantees of future performance. We disclaim any obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement to reflect changes in underlying assumptions or factors, new information, data or methods, future events or other changes after the date of this prospectus, except as required by applicable law. For a further discussion of these and other factors that could cause our future results, performance or transactions to differ significantly from those expressed in any forward-looking statement, please see the section entitled “Risk Factors.” You should not place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements, which are based only on information currently available to us (or to third parties making the forward-looking statements).

 

45


MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following discussion is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations to U.S. Holders and Non-U.S. Holders (each as defined below) of the ownership and disposition of Ordinary Shares and Warrants. This discussion applies only to Ordinary Shares and Warrants, as the case may be, that are held as “capital assets” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) (generally, property held for investment).

The following does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax considerations arising in connection with the ownership and disposal of Ordinary Shares and Warrants. The effects and considerations of other U.S. federal tax laws, such as estate and gift tax laws, alternative minimum or Medicare contribution tax consequences and any applicable state, local or non-U.S. tax laws are not discussed. This discussion is based on the Code, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions, and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”), in each case in effect as of the date hereof. These authorities may change or be subject to differing interpretations. Any such change or differing interpretation may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect the tax consequences discussed below. Tritium has not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance the IRS will not take or a court will not sustain a contrary position to that discussed below regarding the tax consequences discussed below.

This discussion does not address all U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to a holder’s particular circumstances. In addition, it does not address consequences relevant to holders subject to special rules, including, without limitation:

 

   

regulated investment companies and real estate investment trusts;

 

   

brokers, dealers or traders in securities;

 

   

traders in securities that elect to mark to market interested party transactions that require shareholder approval;

 

   

tax-exempt organizations or governmental organizations;

 

   

U.S. expatriates and former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

   

persons holding Ordinary Shares and/or Warrants, as the case may be, as part of a hedge, straddle, constructive sale, or other risk reduction strategy or as part of a conversion transaction or other integrated investment;

 

   

persons subject to special tax accounting rules as a result of any item of gross income with respect to Ordinary Shares and/or Warrants, as the case may be, being taken into account in an applicable financial statement;

 

   

persons that actually or constructively own 5% or more (by vote or value) of the Ordinary Shares;

 

   

“controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

   

S corporations, partnerships or other entities or arrangements treated as partnerships or other flow-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and investors therein);

 

   

U.S. Holders having a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar;

 

   

persons who hold or received Ordinary Shares and/or Warrants, as the case may be, pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation; and

 

   

tax-qualified retirement plans.

 

46


For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. Holder” is any beneficial owner of Ordinary Shares and/or Warrants, as the case may be, that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

   

in individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation) created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and the control of one or more “United States persons” (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), or (2) has a valid election in effect to be treated as a “United States person” (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

If an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds Ordinary Shares and/or Warrants, the tax treatment of an owner of such entity will depend on the status of the owners, the activities of the entity or arrangement and certain determinations made at the partner level. Accordingly, entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes and the partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to them.

THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES APPLICABLE TO HOLDERS OF ORDINARY SHARES AND WARRANTS WILL DEPEND ON EACH HOLDER’S PARTICULAR TAX CIRCUMSTANCES. YOU ARE URGED TO CONSULT YOUR TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL, AND NON-U.S. INCOME AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES TO YOU, IN LIGHT OF YOUR PARTICULAR INVESTMENT OR TAX CIRCUMSTANCES, OF ACQUIRING, HOLDING, AND DISPOSING OF ORDINARY SHARES AND WARRANTS.

U.S. Holders

Distributions on Ordinary Shares

If Tritium makes distributions of cash or property on the Ordinary Shares, the gross amount of such distributions (including any amount of foreign taxes withheld) will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes first as a dividend to the extent of its current and accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes), and then as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of the U.S. Holder’s tax basis, with any excess treated as capital gain from the sale or exchange of the shares. Because Tritium does not expect to provide calculations of its earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles, a U.S. Holder should expect all cash distributions to be reported as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Any dividend will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction allowed to corporations in respect of dividends received from U.S. corporations.

Subject to the discussions below under “—Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules,” dividends received by certain non-corporate U.S. Holders (including individuals) may be “qualified dividend income,” which is taxed at the lower applicable long-term capital gains rate, provided that:

 

   

either (a) the Ordinary Shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, or (b) Tritium is eligible for the benefits of the Convention between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of the Australia for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with respect to Taxes on Income (the “Treaty”);

 

   

Tritium is neither a PFIC (as discussed below under “—Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules”) nor treated as such with respect to the U.S. Holder for Tritium in any taxable year in which the dividend is paid or the preceding taxable year;

 

   

the U.S. Holder satisfies certain holding period requirements; and

 

   

and certain other requirements are met.

 

47


U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the availability of the lower rate for dividends paid with respect to Ordinary Shares. Subject to certain exceptions, dividends on Ordinary Shares will constitute foreign source income and generally passive income for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

Sale, Exchange, Redemption or Other Taxable Disposition of Ordinary Shares and Warrants

Subject to the discussion below under “ —Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules,” a U.S. Holder generally will recognize gain or loss on any sale, exchange, redemption or other taxable disposition of Ordinary Shares or Warrants in an amount equal to the difference between (i) the amount realized on the disposition and (ii) such U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in such Ordinary Shares and/or Warrants, as the case may be. Any gain or loss recognized by a U.S. Holder on a taxable disposition of Ordinary Shares or Warrants generally will be capital gain or loss. A non-corporate U.S. Holder, including an individual, who has held the Ordinary Shares and/or Warrants for more than one year generally will be eligible for reduced tax rates for such long-term capital gains. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

Any such gain or loss recognized generally will be treated as U.S. source gain or loss. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisor regarding the ability to claim a foreign tax credit and the application of the Treaty to such U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances.

Exercise or Lapse of a Warrant

Except as discussed below with respect to the cashless exercise of a Warrant, a U.S. Holder generally will not recognize gain or loss upon the acquisition of a Ordinary Share on the exercise of a Warrant for cash. A U.S. Holder’s tax basis in Ordinary Shares received upon exercise of the Warrant generally should be an amount equal to the sum of the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the Warrant received therefore and the exercise price. The U.S. Holder’s holding period for a Ordinary Share received upon exercise of the Warrant will begin on the date following the date of exercise (or possibly the date of exercise) of the Warrant and will not include the period during which the U.S. Holder held the Warrant. If a Warrant is allowed to lapse unexercised, a U.S. Holder that has otherwise received no proceeds with respect to such Warrant generally will recognize a capital loss equal to such U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the Warrant.

The tax consequences of a cashless exercise of a Warrant are not clear under current U.S. federal income tax law. A cashless exercise may be tax-deferred, either because the exercise is not a realization event or because the exercise is treated as a recapitalization for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In either situation, a U.S. Holder’s basis in the Ordinary Shares received would equal the U.S. Holder’s basis in the Warrants exercised therefor. If the cashless exercise is not treated as a realization event, a U.S. Holder’s holding period in the Ordinary Shares would be treated as commencing on the date following the date of exercise (or possibly the date of exercise) of the Warrants. If the cashless exercise were treated as a recapitalization, the holding period of the Ordinary Shares would include the holding period of the Warrants exercised therefor.

It is also possible that a cashless exercise of a Warrant could be treated in part as a taxable exchange in which gain or loss would be recognized in the manner set forth above under “ —Sale, Exchange, Redemption or Other Taxable Disposition of Ordinary Shares and Warrants.” In such event, a U.S. Holder could be deemed to have surrendered Warrants equal to the number of Ordinary Shares having an aggregate fair market value equal to the exercise price for the total number of Warrants to be exercised. The U.S. Holder would recognize capital gain or loss in an amount generally equal to the difference between (i) the fair market value of the Warrants deemed surrendered and (ii) the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in such Warrants deemed surrendered. In this case, a U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the Ordinary Shares received would equal the sum of (i) U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the Warrants deemed exercised and (ii) the exercise price of such Warrants. A U.S. Holder’s holding period for the Ordinary Shares received in such case generally would commence on the date following the date of exercise (or possibly the date of exercise) of the Warrants.

 

48


Due to the absence of authority on the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a cashless exercise of Warrants, there can be no assurance which, if any, of the alternative tax consequences and holding periods described above would be adopted by the IRS or a court of law. Accordingly, U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of a cashless exercise of Warrants.

Possible Constructive Distributions

The terms of each Warrant provide for an adjustment to the number of Ordinary Shares for which the Warrant may be exercised or to the exercise price of the Warrant in certain events, as discussed under “Description of Securities.” An adjustment which has the effect of preventing dilution generally is not taxable. A U.S. Holder of a Warrant would, however, be treated as receiving a constructive distribution from Tritium if, for example, the adjustment increases the holder’s proportionate interest in Tritium’s assets or earnings and profits (for instance, through an increase in the number of Ordinary Shares that would be obtained upon exercise of such Warrant) as a result of a distribution of cash or other property such as other securities to the holders of the Ordinary Shares which is taxable to the holders of such shares as described under “ —Distributions on Ordinary Shares” above. Such constructive distribution would generally be subject to tax as described under that section in the same manner as if the U.S. Holder of such Warrant received a cash distribution from Tritium equal to the fair market value of such increased interest. However, it is unclear whether a distribution treated as a dividend deemed paid to a non-corporate U.S. Holder would be eligible for the lower applicable long-term capital gains rates as described above under “ —Distributions on Ordinary Shares.”

Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules

The treatment of U.S. Holders of Ordinary Shares could be materially different from that described above, if Tritium is treated as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A non-U.S. entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes generally will be a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes for any taxable year if either (1) at least 75% of its gross income for such year is passive income or (2) at least 50% of the value of its assets (generally based on an average of the quarterly values of the assets) during such year is attributable to assets that produce passive income or are held for the production of passive income. For this purpose, Tritium will be treated as owning its proportionate share of the assets and earning its proportionate share of the income of any other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes in which Tritium owns, directly or indirectly, 25% or more (by value) of the stock. Based on the current and anticipated composition of the income, assets and operations of Tritium and its subsidiaries, Tritium does not believe it will be treated as a PFIC for the current taxable year.

However, whether we or any of our subsidiaries are a PFIC for any taxable year is a factual determination that depends on, among other things, the composition of our income and assets, our market value and the market value of our subsidiaries’ shares and assets. Changes in the composition of our income or asset may cause us to be or become a PFIC for the current or subsequent taxable years. In addition, whether we are treated as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes is determined annually after the close of each taxable year and, thus, is subject to significant uncertainty. Moreover, the application of the PFIC rules is subject to uncertainty in several respects, and we cannot assure you that the IRS will not take a contrary position or that a court will not sustain such a challenge by the IRS. Accordingly, there can be no assurances that we will not be treated as a PFIC for the current taxable year or in any future taxable year.

Under the PFIC rules, if Tritium were considered a PFIC at any time that a U.S. Holder owns Ordinary Shares or Warrants, Tritium would continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to such U.S. Holder’s investment unless (i) it ceased to be a PFIC and (ii) the U.S. Holder made a “deemed sale” election under the PFIC rules. If such election is made, a U.S. Holder will be deemed to have sold its Ordinary Shares or Warrants at their fair market value on the last day of the last taxable year in which Tritium is classified as a PFIC, and any gain from such deemed sale would be subject to the consequences described below. After the deemed sale election, the Ordinary Shares or Warrants with respect to which the deemed sale election was made will not be treated as shares in a PFIC unless Tritium subsequently becomes a PFIC.

 

49


For each taxable year that Tritium is treated as a PFIC with respect to a U.S. Holder’s Ordinary Shares or Warrants, the U.S. Holder will be subject to special tax rules with respect to any “excess distribution” (as defined below) received and any gain realized from a sale or disposition (including a pledge) of its Ordinary Shares or Warrants (collectively the “Excess Distribution Rules”), unless the U.S. Holder makes a valid QEF election or mark-to-market election as discussed below. Distributions received by a U.S. Holder in a taxable year that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions received during the shorter of the three preceding taxable years or the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the Ordinary Shares will be treated as excess distributions. Under these special tax rules:

 

   

the excess distribution or gain (including gain on a sale of disposition of Warrants) will be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the Ordinary Shares or Warrants;

 

   

the amount allocated to the current taxable year, and any taxable years in the U.S. Holder’s holding period prior to the first taxable year in which Tritium is a PFIC, will be treated as ordinary income; and

 

   

the amount allocated to each other taxable year will be subject to the highest tax rate in effect for individuals or corporations, as applicable, for each such year and the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed on the resulting tax attributable to each such year.

Under the Excess Distribution Rules, the tax liability for amounts allocated to taxable years prior to the year of disposition or excess distribution cannot be offset by any net operating losses, and gains (but not losses) realized on the sale of the Ordinary Shares or Warrants cannot be treated as capital gains, even though the U.S. Holder holds the Ordinary Shares or Warrants as capital assets.

Certain of the PFIC rules may impact U.S. Holders with respect to equity interests in subsidiaries and other entities which Tritium may hold, directly or indirectly, that are PFICs (collectively, “Lower-Tier PFICs”). There can be no assurance, however, that Tritium does not own, or will not in the future acquire, an interest in a subsidiary or other entity that is or would be treated as a Lower-Tier PFIC. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the PFIC rules to any of Tritium’s subsidiaries.

If Tritium is a PFIC, a U.S. Holder of Ordinary Shares (but not Warrants) may avoid taxation under the Excess Distribution Rules described above by making a “qualified electing fund” (“QEF”) election. However, a U.S. Holder may make a QEF election with respect to its Ordinary Shares only if Tritium provides U.S. Holders on an annual basis with certain financial information specified under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations. Because Tritium does not intend to provide such information, however, the QEF Election will not be available to U.S. Holders with respect to Ordinary Shares and a QEF election is not available with respect to Warrants.

Alternatively, a U.S. Holder of “marketable stock” (as defined below) may make a mark-to-market election for its Ordinary Shares to elect out of the Excess Distribution Rules discussed above if Tritium is treated as a PFIC. If a U.S. Holder makes a mark-to-market election with respect to its Ordinary Shares, such U.S. Holder will include in income for each year that Tritium is treated as a PFIC with respect to such Ordinary Shares an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the Ordinary Shares as of the close of the U.S. Holder’s taxable year over the adjusted basis in the Ordinary Shares. A U.S. Holder will be allowed a deduction for the excess, if any, of the adjusted basis of the Ordinary Shares over their fair market value as of the close of the taxable year. However, deductions will be allowed only to the extent of any net mark-to-market gains on the Ordinary Shares included in the U.S. Holder’s income for prior taxable years. Amounts included in income under a mark-to-market election, as well as gain on the actual sale or other disposition of the Ordinary Shares, will be treated as ordinary income. Ordinary loss treatment will also apply to the deductible portion of any mark-to-market loss on the Ordinary Shares, as well as to any loss realized on the actual sale or disposition of the Ordinary Shares, to the extent the amount of such loss does not exceed the net mark-to-market gains for such Ordinary Shares previously included in income. A U.S. Holder’s basis in the Ordinary Shares will be adjusted to reflect any mark-to-market income or loss. If a U.S. Holder makes a mark-to-market election, any distributions Tritium makes would generally be subject to the rules discussed above under “ —Distributions on Ordinary

 

50


Shares,” except the lower rates applicable to qualified dividend income would not apply. U.S. Holders of Warrants may not be able to make a mark-to-market election with respect to their Warrants.

The mark-to-market election is available only for “marketable stock,” which is stock that is regularly traded on a qualified exchange or other market, as defined in applicable U.S. Treasury regulations. The Ordinary Shares, which are expected to be listed on Nasdaq, are expected to qualify as marketable stock for purposes of the PFIC rules, but there can be no assurance that Ordinary Shares will be “regularly traded” for purposes of these rules. Because a mark-to-market election cannot be made for equity interests in any Lower-Tier PFICs, a U.S. Holder will continue to be subject to the Excess Distribution Rules with respect to its indirect interest in any Lower-Tier PFICs as described above, even if a mark-to-market election is made for Tritium.

If a U.S. Holder does not make a mark-to-market election (or a QEF election) effective from the first taxable year of a U.S. Holder’s holding period for the Ordinary Shares in which Tritium is a PFIC, then the U.S. Holder generally will remain subject to the Excess Distribution Rules. A U.S. Holder that first makes a mark-to-market election with respect to the Ordinary Shares in a later year will continue to be subject to the Excess Distribution Rules during the taxable year for which the mark-to-market election becomes effective, including with respect to any mark-to-market gain recognized at the end of that year. In subsequent years for which a valid mark-to-mark election remains in effect, the Excess Distribution Rules generally will not apply. A U.S. Holder that is eligible to make a mark-to-market with respect to its Ordinary Shares may do so by providing the appropriate information on IRS Form 8621 and timely filing that form with the U.S. Holder’s tax return for the year in which the election becomes effective. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors as to the availability and desirability of a mark-to-market election, as well as the impact of such election on interests in any Lower-Tier PFICs.

A U.S. Holder of a PFIC may be required to file an IRS Form 8621 on an annual basis. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding any reporting requirements that may apply to them if Tritium is a PFIC.

U.S. Holders are strongly encouraged to consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the PFIC rules to their particular circumstances.

Non-U.S. Holders

The section applies to Non-U.S. Holders of Ordinary Shares and Warrants. For purposes of this discussion, a Non-U.S. Holder means a beneficial owner (other than a partnership or an entity or arrangement so characterized for U.S. federal income tax purposes) of Ordinary Shares or Warrants that is not a U.S. Holder, including:

 

   

a nonresident alien individual, other than certain former citizens and residents of the United States;

 

   

a foreign corporation; or

 

   

a foreign estate or trust.

U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Ownership and Disposition of Ordinary Shares and Warrants to Non-U.S. Holders

Any (i) distributions of cash or property paid to a Non-U.S. Holders in respect of Ordinary Shares or (ii) gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of Ordinary Shares and/or Warrants generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income taxation unless:

 

   

the gain or distribution is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such gain is attributable); or

 

   

in the case of any gain, the Non-U.S. Holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition and certain other requirements are met.

 

51


Gain or distributions described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular rates. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected gain, as adjusted for certain items.

Gain described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty), which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses of the Non-U.S. Holder (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided the Non-U.S. Holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

The U.S. federal income tax treatment of a Non-U.S. Holder’s exercise of a Warrant, or the lapse of a Warrant held by a Non-U.S. Holder, generally will correspond to the U.S. federal income tax treatment of the exercise or lapse of a Warrant by a U.S. Holder, as described under “—U.S. Holders-Exercise or Lapse of a Warrant,” above, although to the extent a cashless exercise or lapse results in a taxable exchange, the consequences would be similar to those described in the preceding paragraphs above for a Non-U.S. Holder’s gain on the sale or other disposition of Ordinary Shares and Warrants.

Non-U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding potentially applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Information reporting requirements may apply to distributions received by U.S. Holders of Ordinary Shares, and the proceeds received on sale or other taxable the disposition of Ordinary Shares or Warrants effected within the United States (and, in certain cases, outside the United States), in each case other than U.S. Holders that are exempt recipients (such as corporations). Backup withholding may apply to such amounts if the U.S. Holder fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number (generally on an IRS Form W-9 provided to the paying agent of the U.S. Holder’s broker) or is otherwise subject to backup withholding. Any distributions with respect to Ordinary Shares and proceeds from the sale, exchange, redemption or other disposition of Ordinary Shares or Warrants may be subject to information reporting to the IRS and possible U.S. backup withholding. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the U.S. information reporting and backup withholding rules.

Information returns may be filed with the IRS in connection with, and Non-U.S. Holders may be subject to backup withholding on amounts received in respect of, a Non-U.S. Holder’s Ordinary Shares or Warrants, unless the Non-U.S. Holder furnishes to the applicable withholding agent the required certification as to its non-U.S. status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or IRS Form W-8ECI, as applicable, or the Non-U.S. Holder otherwise establishes an exemption. Distributions paid with respect to Ordinary Shares and proceeds from the sale of other disposition of Ordinary Shares or Warrants received in the United States by a Non-U.S. Holder through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding unless such Non-U.S. Holder provides proof an applicable exemption or complies with certain certification procedures described above, and otherwise complies with the applicable requirements of the backup withholding rules.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld as backup withholding generally may be credited against the taxpayer’s U.S. federal income tax liability, and a taxpayer may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by timely filing the appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS and furnishing any required information.

 

52


MATERIAL AUSTRALIAN TAX CONSIDERATIONS

This section below provides a general summary of the Australian tax considerations generally applicable to Australian resident and non-Australian resident shareholders of Tritium with respect to the ownership and disposition of Tritium Ordinary Shares.

The comments in this section deal only with the Australian taxation implications of the ownership and disposition of Tritium Ordinary Shares if you hold your Tritium Ordinary Shares as investments on capital account.

These comments do not apply to you if you:

 

   

hold your securities as revenue assets or trading stock (which will generally be the case if you are a bank, insurance company or carry on a business of share trading); or

 

   

are assessed on gains and losses on the securities under the taxation of financial arrangements “TOFA“ provisions in Division 230 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997.

The Australian taxation implications of holding and disposing of shares in Tritium will vary depending upon your particular circumstances. Accordingly, it should not be relied upon as taxation advice and you should seek and rely upon your own professional advice before concluding on the particular taxation treatment that will apply to you. Furthermore, the discussion below is based upon the Australian income tax laws, applicable case law, regulations and published rulings, determinations and statement of administrative practice of the Australian Taxation Office as at the date of this filing. During the period of ownership of the Tritium Ordinary Shares by Tritium Shareholders, the taxation laws of Australia, or their interpretation, may change (possibly with retroactive effect).

Tritium, Tritium Australia and Tritium and their officers, employees, taxation or other advisers do not accept any liability or responsibility in respect of any statement concerning taxation consequences, or in respect of the taxation consequences.

This taxation summary is necessarily general in nature and is not exhaustive of all Australian tax consequences that could apply in all circumstances for Tritium shareholders. It is strongly recommended that each Tritium shareholder seek their own independent professional tax advice applicable to their particular circumstances.

This summary does not constitute financial product advice as defined in the Corporations Act. This summary is confined to certain taxation matters, based on the relevant Australian tax laws in force, established interpretations of that law and understanding of the practice of the relevant tax authority at the date of this summary. This summary does not take into account the tax laws of countries other than Australia.

Australian Resident Shareholders

This section applies to Tritium shareholders who are residents of Australia for income tax purposes and hold their shares as investments on capital account.

Taxation in respect of dividends on Tritium Ordinary Shares

Dividends paid by Tritium on a share should constitute assessable income of an Australian tax resident shareholder. Australia has a franking system wherein dividends can be franked and the shareholder receives a franking credit which effectively represents the corporate tax paid by the company. Dividends can be “fully franked”, “partially franked” or “unfranked” and the maximum franking credit is calculated at the corporate tax rate (currently 30%).

 

53


Australian Resident Individuals and Complying Superannuation Entities

Australian tax resident shareholders who are individuals or complying superannuation entities should include the dividend in their assessable income in the year the dividend is paid, together with any franking credit attached to that dividend.

Subject to the comments in relation to “Qualified Persons” below, such shareholders should be entitled to a tax offset equal to the franking credit attached to the dividend. The tax offset can be applied to reduce the tax payable on the investor’s taxable income. Where the tax offset exceeds the tax payable on the investor’s taxable income, the investor should be entitled to a tax refund equal to the excess.

To the extent that the dividend is unfranked, an Australian individual shareholders will generally be taxed at their prevailing marginal rate on the dividend received (with no tax offset). Complying Australian superannuation entities will generally be taxed at the prevailing rate for complying superannuation entities on the dividend received (with no tax offset).

Corporate Shareholders

Corporate Tritium shareholders are also required to include both the dividend and the associated franking credits (if any) in their assessable income.

Subject to the comments in relation to “Qualified Persons” below, corporate Tritium shareholders should be entitled to a tax offset up to the amount of the franking credit attached to the dividend.

An Australian resident corporate Tritium shareholder should be entitled to a credit in its own franking account to the extent of the franking credits attached to the distribution received. This will allow the corporate Tritium shareholder to pass on the franking credits to its investor(s) on the subsequent payment of franked dividends.

Excess franking credits received by corporate Tritium shareholders will not give rise to a refund entitlement for a company but can be converted into carry forward tax losses instead. This is subject to specific rules on how the carry forward tax loss is calculated and utilized in future years. For completeness, this tax loss cannot be carried back under the loss carry back tax offset rules introduced in the 2020-21 Federal Budget.

Trusts and Partnerships

Australian tax resident Tritium shareholders who are trustees (other than trustees of complying superannuation entities, which are dealt with above) or partnerships are also required to include any dividends and any franking credits in calculating the net income of the trust or partnership. Where a fully franked or partially franked dividend is received, an Australian resident trust beneficiary that is not under a legal disability and that is presently entitled to a share of the income of the trust estate in the relevant year of income, or the relevant partner in the partnership (as the case may be), may be entitled to a tax offset by reference to the beneficiary’s or partner’s share of the net income of the trust or partnership.

To the extent that the dividend is unfranked, an Australian trustee (other than trustees of complying superannuation entities) or partnerships, will be required to include the unfranked dividend in the net income of the trust or partnership. An Australian resident trust beneficiary that is not under a legal disability and that is presently entitled to a share of the income of the trust estate (and not acting in a capacity as trustee) in the relevant year of income, or the relevant partner in the partnership, will generally be taxed at the relevant prevailing tax rate on their share of the net income of the trust or partnership (with no tax offset).

Additional or alternative considerations may be relevant in relation to shareholders that are trustees of specific categories of trust under Australian tax law (such as managed investment trusts, AMITs, or public

 

54


trading trusts). The precise tax consequences for a trustee shareholder is a complex tax issue which requires analysis based on each shareholder’s individual circumstances and the terms of the relevant trust deed. Tritium shareholders should obtain their own tax advice to determine these matters.

Qualified Persons

The benefit of franking credits can be denied where a Tritium shareholder is not a “qualified person” in which case the Tritium Shareholder will not be able to include an amount for the franking credits in their assessable income and will not be entitled to a tax offset.

Broadly, to be a qualified person, a Tritium shareholder must satisfy the holding period rule and, if necessary, the related payment rule. The holding period rule requires a Tritium shareholder to hold the shares “at risk” for at least 45 days continuously during the qualification period—starting from the day after acquisition of the shares and ending 45 days after the shares become ex-dividend—in order to qualify for franking benefits.

This holding period rule is subject to certain exceptions, including where the total franking offsets of an individual in a year of income do not exceed A$5,000.

Whether you are qualified person is a complex tax issue which requires analysis based on each shareholder’s individual circumstances. Tritium shareholders should obtain their own tax advice to determine if these requirements have been satisfied.

Capital Gains Tax (“CGT”) Implications

Disposal of Shares

For Australian tax resident Tritium shareholders, who hold their Tritium Ordinary Shares on capital account, the future disposal of Tritium Ordinary Shares will give rise to a CGT event at the time which the legal and beneficial ownership of the Tritium Ordinary Shares are disposed of. Tritium shareholders will derive a capital gain on the disposal of their shares in Tritium to the extent that the capital proceeds exceed the cost base of their Tritium Ordinary Shares.

A capital loss will be made where the capital proceeds are less than the reduced cost base of their Tritium Ordinary Shares. Where a capital loss is made, capital losses can only be offset against capital gains derived in the same or later incomes years. They cannot be offset against ordinary income nor carried back to offset net capital gains arising in earlier income years. Capital losses may be carried forward to future income years subject to the satisfaction of the Australian loss testing provisions.

Capital Proceeds

The capital proceeds should be equal to any consideration received by the Tritium shareholder in respect to the disposal of their Tritium Ordinary Shares.

Cost base of Tritium Ordinary Shares

The cost base of a Tritium ordinary share will generally be equal to the cost of acquiring the Tritium ordinary share, plus any incidental costs of acquisition and disposal (i.e. brokerage costs and legal fees). However, to the extent that a roll-over was obtained in relation to the acquisition of the Tritium Ordinary Shares under the Australian scrip for scrip rules, the cost base should be equal to the inherited cost base of the pre-existing shares (i.e. the original interests).

CGT Discount

The CGT discount may apply to Tritium shareholders that are Australian tax resident individuals, complying Australian superannuation funds or trusts, who have held, or are taken to have held, their Tritium Ordinary

 

55


Shares for at least 12 months (not including the date of acquisition or date of disposal) at the time of the disposal of their Tritium Ordinary Shares.

The impact of the scrip for scrip rollover provisions on the holding period should be considered at an individual shareholder level. However, it is expected that the acquisition date of the Tritium Ordinary Shares for the purposes of the CGT discount should be the acquisition date of the Tritium shareholder’s pre-existing shares.

The CGT discount is:

 

   

one-half if the Tritium shareholder is an individual or trustee: meaning only 50% of the capital gain will be included in the shareholder’s assessable income; and

 

   

one-third if the Tritium shareholder is a trustee of a complying superannuation entity: meaning only two-thirds of the capital gain will be included in the shareholder’s assessable income.

The CGT discount is not available to Tritium shareholders that are companies.

If a Tritium shareholder makes a discounted capital gain, any current year and/or carried forward capital losses will be applied to reduce the undiscounted capital gain before the relevant CGT discount is applied. The resulting amount is then included in the Tritium shareholder’s net capital gain for the income year and included in its assessable income.

The CGT discount rules relating to trusts are complex. Subject to certain requirements being satisfied, the capital gain may flow through to the beneficiaries in that trust, who will assess the eligibility for the CGT discount in their own right. Accordingly, we recommend trustees seek their own independent advice on how the CGT discount applies to the trust and its beneficiaries.

Non-Australian Resident Shareholders

This section applies to Tritium shareholders who are not residents of Australia for income tax purposes and hold their shares as investments on capital account.

Taxation in Respect of Dividends on Tritium Ordinary Shares

Non-Australian resident Tritium shareholders who do not have a permanent establishment in Australia should not be subject to Australian income tax but may be subject to Australian dividend withholding tax on their Tritium dividends.

Franked Dividends

As outlined above, Australia has a franking system wherein dividends can be franked and Australian resident shareholders receive a franking credit which effectively represents the corporate tax paid by the underlying company (i.e. Tritium). Dividends can be “fully franked”, “partially franked” or “unfranked”.

Dividends received by non-Australian resident Tritium shareholders which are franked should not be subject to Australian dividend withholding tax to the extent of the franking (i.e. if the dividend if fully franked, it should not be subject to Australian dividend withholding tax at all). However, refunds of franking credits are not available to non-Australian resident shareholders.

Dividends Attributable to Conduit Foreign Income

Non-Australian resident Tritium shareholders should not be subject to Australian dividend withholding tax where Tritium pays an unfranked dividend out of income which Tritium has declared to be conduit foreign

 

56


income (“CFI”). Generally, CFI would include amounts received by Tritium that are attributable to dividends received from foreign subsidiaries which are treated as non-assessable non-exempt income for Australian tax purposes.

Unfranked Dividends

Non-Australian resident Tritium shareholders should generally be subject to Australian dividend withholding tax to the extent of the unfranked component of any dividends received that are not declared to be CFI. Australian dividend withholding tax is imposed at a flat rate of 30% on the amount of the dividend that is unfranked unless the Tritium shareholder is a tax resident of a country that has a double tax treaty (“DTT”) with Australia. In the event the Tritium shareholder is otherwise able to rely on the DTT, the rate of Australian dividend withholding tax may be reduced (typically to 15%), depending on the terms of the DTT.

CGT Implications

Non-Australian resident Tritium shareholders who do not have a permanent establishment in Australia should not be subject to Australian CGT.

General Australian Tax Matters

This section applies to both Australian resident and non-Australian resident Tritium shareholders.

GST

The acquisition or disposal of Tritium Ordinary Shares by a shareholder (who is registered or required to be registered for GST) will be classified as a “financial supply” for Australian GST purposes. Accordingly, Australian GST will not be payable in respect of amounts paid for the acquisition or disposal of Tritium Ordinary Shares.

No GST should be payable in respect of dividends paid to Tritium shareholders.

Subject to certain requirements, there may be a restriction on the entitlement of Tritium shareholders registered for GST to claim an input tax credit for any GST incurred on costs associated with the acquisition or disposal of Tritium Ordinary Shares (e.g. lawyer’s and accountants’ fees).

Stamp Duty

No stamp duty should be payable on the acquisition of Tritium Ordinary Shares.

 

57


CAPITALIZATION AND INDEBTEDNESS

The following table sets forth our total capitalization as of June 30, 2021, on a pro forma basis (unaudited) after giving effect to the Business Combination for gross proceeds, prior to the payment of expenses, to us of approximately $53.2 million, and on an as adjusted basis (unaudited) after giving effect to:

 

   

the refinancing of existing borrowings at the consummation of the Business Combination;

 

   

the issuance of the Option Shares under the Option Agreements entered into with the Holders;

 

   

the issuance of the Subscription Shares under the A&R Subscription Agreement entered into with Palantir; and

 

   

the A&R Warrant Agreement, including the subsequent adjustment to the terms of the Warrants thereunder in connection with our entry into the Option Agreements.

The information in this table should be read in conjunction with DCRN’s unaudited financial statements as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2021 (as restated); DCRN’s audited financial statements as of and for the period from December 4, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020; and Tritium Holdings’ audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended, June 30, 2021 and 2020, as well as the notes thereto, and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus, any prospectus supplement or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. Our historical results do not necessarily indicate our expected results for any future periods. The “As Adjusted” presentation below reflects transactions that were not conditions precedent to the Business Combination but took place on or immediately after the Business Combination.

 

     As of June 30, 2021  
     Pro-forma(1)      As Adjusted  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ (81,727    $ 65,123  

Borrowings(2)

     25        25  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

CIGNA Refinance Loan(3)

     —          86,850  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Indebtedness

     25        86,875  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Tritium Ordinary Shares(4) (5)

     130,493        190,493  

Additional paid-in capital

     4,575        4,575  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (3,696      (3,696

Accumulated losses(6)

     (216,078      (220,076
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity

     (84,706      (28,704
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization

     (84,681      58,171  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Amounts derived from “Pro Forma Combined” column of the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet—As of June 30, 2021 contained under the header “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information.”

(2)

The existing Borrowings pertains to the NAB Facility (as defined herein). For additional information, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Sources of Liquidity—NAB Facility.

(3)

On the Closing Date, we refinanced the existing CIGNA Loan consisting of a new 3-year $90 million CIGNA Refinance Loan (as defined herein). The CIGNA Refinance Loan had commitment fees of $0.9 million and establishment fees of $2.25 million associated with its issuance. The entry of the CIGNA Refinance Loan was concurrent and conditional upon, the completion of the Business Combination. As a result of the high level of redemptions from DCRN’s public shareholders in connection with the Business Combination, the terms of the CIGNA Refinance Loan were adjusted to specify that the conditions to issuance include Tritium holding a minimum cash balance of $50.0 million at completion of the Business Combination and $65.0 million at such time as the additional funds are received from the placement of the

 

58


  Option Shares, as well as the repayment of the existing CIGNA Loan. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Sources of Liquidity—CIGNA Loan” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Sources of Liquidity—CIGNA Refinance Loan.
(4)

On the Closing Date, we entered into the Option Agreements pursuant to which we granted to the Holders the contingent right to subscribe for and purchase, and the Holders committed to subscribe for and purchase, an aggregate of 7,500,000 Ordinary Shares for an exercise price of $6.00 per share for an aggregate purchase price of up to $45.0 million. On January 27, 2022 we provided notice to the Holders that we elected to exercise our rights under the Option Agreements to issue an aggregate of 7,500,000 Ordinary Shares. We expect to receive gross proceeds of approximately $45.0 million from the issuance and expect settlement to occur on or about, or prior to, March 17, 2022.

(5)

On July 27, 2021, we entered into the Subscription Agreement with Palantir. As a result of the high levels of redemptions by DCRN’s public shareholders in connection with the Business Combination, we provided the Minimum Cash Waiver to DCRN. As a result of the Minimum Cash Waiver, Palantir exercised its rights under the Subscription Agreement not to consummate its investment in Tritium. On January 31, 2022 we and DCRN entered into the A&R Subscription Agreement with Palantir, pursuant to which we granted to Palantir the contingent right to subscribe for and purchase, and Palantir committed to subscribe for and purchase, an aggregate of up to 2,500,000 Subscription Shares, subject to certain conditions, for an exercise price of $6.00 per share and an aggregate purchase price of up to $15.0 million. We intend to provide notice to Palantir that we elect to exercise our right under the A&R Subscription Agreement to issue the 2,500,000 Subscription Shares to Palantir and we expect to receive gross proceeds of approximately $15.0 million from the issuance and expect settlement to occur on or about, or prior to, March 17, 2022.

(6)

The warrant agreement originally entered into by DCRN to purchase DCRN Class A Common Stock sold to the public in DCRN’s initial public offering was amended and restated in connection with the issuance and exercise of the Option Agreements resulting in a change in the fair value of the outstanding warrants as of the Business Combination date. An additional 1,000,000 DCRN private placement warrants related to working capital loans have not been considered as they were not outstanding at June 30, 2021 and were issued and repriced following the Business Combination.

 

59


USE OF PROCEEDS

We will receive up to $150.3 million from the exercise of the Warrants, assuming the exercise in full of all of the Warrants for cash. If the Warrants are exercised pursuant to a cashless exercise feature, we will not receive any cash from these exercises. We expect to use the net proceeds from the exercise of the Warrants, if any, for general corporate purposes. Our management will have broad discretion over the use of proceeds from the exercise of the Warrants.

The Selling Securityholders will receive all of the net proceeds from the sale of any Ordinary Shares or Warrants offered by them under this prospectus.

We will bear all costs, expenses and fees in connection with the registration of the Ordinary Shares and Warrants offered by the Selling Securityholders pursuant to this prospectus, whereas the Selling Securityholders will bear all incremental selling expenses, including commissions, brokerage fees and other similar selling expenses.

 

60


DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any cash dividend on our Ordinary Shares. We currently intend to retain any future earnings and do not expect to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. Any further determination to pay dividends on our Ordinary Shares would be at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable laws, and would depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, general business conditions, and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

61


UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Introduction

We are providing the following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information to aid you in your analysis of the financial aspects of the Business Combination. The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X as amended by the final rule, Release No. 33-10786 “Amendments to Financial Disclosures about Acquired and Disposed Businesses.”

Our company was established on May 7, 2021, for the purpose of effectuating the Business Combination described herein. We are a holding company and have no assets and liabilities and do not operate any businesses. Accordingly, no financial statements of our company have been included in this prospectus.

The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet and unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations present the historical financial statements of Tritium Holdings and DCRN, adjusted to reflect the Business Combination.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet of our company as of June 30, 2021 combines the historical audited statement of financial position of Tritium Holdings as of June 30, 2021 and the unaudited balance sheet of DCRN as of June 30, 2021 (as restated) on a pro forma basis as if the Business Combination and the other events contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, summarized below, had been consummated on June 30, 2021.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations of our company for the twelve months ended June 30, 2021 reflects, with respect to Tritium Holdings, the consolidated statement of comprehensive loss of Tritium Holdings for the twelve months ended June 30, 2021, and, with respect to DCRN, (i) the unaudited statements of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2021 (as restated) of DCRN and (ii) the audited statement of operations for the period from December 4, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020 of DCRN, and gives effect to the Business Combination and certain other transactions as if they had been consummated as of July 1, 2020, the beginning of the earliest period presented.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information does not purport to represent, and is not necessarily indicative of, the actual results of operations or financial condition had Tritium Holdings and DCRN been combined during the periods presented in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information and is not intended to project the future results of operations or financial condition that the combined company may achieve.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information gives effect to the following (collectively, the “Transactions”):

 

   

the reverse recapitalization between Tritium Holdings and DCRN as a result of the Business Combination Agreement;

 

   

repayment of the CIGNA Loan, Convertible Notes and Shareholder Loan (each as defined below) held by Tritium pursuant to change in control provisions triggered by the consummation of the Business Combination. This includes payment of interest and early repayment penalties for the CIGNA Loan including tranches drawn down subsequent to June 30, 2021;

 

   

settlement of share-based compensation obligations issued by Tritium Holdings, which was triggered by the consummation of the Business Combination through a payment of cash and issuance of equity instruments;

 

   

recognition of the additional compensation expense and payment of estimated fringe benefit tax payable by Tritium Holdings, which was triggered as a result of the modification of various loan funded share-based compensation plans as a result of the Business Combination;

 

62


   

settlement of the shareholder option held by Vontier, which was settled as a condition precedent to the Business Combination;

 

   

recognition of transaction costs realized as part of the Business Combination; and

 

   

implications of the redemptions on cash reserves.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information was derived from, and should be read in conjunction with, the following, all of which, except for DCRN’s unaudited financial statements as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2021 (as restated), are included elsewhere in this prospectus:

 

   

the accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information;

 

   

DCRN’s unaudited financial statements as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2021 (as restated);

 

   

DCRN’s audited financial statements as of and for the period from December 4, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020;

 

   

Tritium Holdings’ audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended, June 30, 2021 and 2020;

 

   

the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”; and

 

   

other information relating to Tritium Holdings and DCRN, including the Business Combination Agreement.

DCRN’s unaudited financial statements as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2021 (as restated) were filed publicly on the SEC’s EDGAR system with DCRN’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2021 and were restated in DCRN’s unaudited financial statements as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2021, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The adjustments presented in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information have been identified and presented to provide relevant information necessary for an understanding of the combined company after giving effect to the Business Combination.

Description of the Business Combination

Pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, we acquired the shares of Tritium Holdings and Merger Sub merged with and into DCRN, with DCRN surviving the Merger. Tritium Holdings and DCRN became wholly owned subsidiaries of our company. Tritium Holdings’ shareholders received or had the right to receive our Ordinary Shares at a deemed value of $10 per share. The Business Combination has been accounted for as a reverse recapitalization, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded, in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Under this method of accounting, DCRN has been treated as the “acquired” company for financial reporting purposes. For accounting purposes, Tritium Holdings has been deemed to be the accounting acquirer in the transaction and, consequently, the transaction has been treated as a recapitalization of Tritium Holdings (i.e., a capital transaction involving the issuance of shares by DCRN for the shares of Tritium Holdings). Consequently, Tritium Holdings has been deemed the accounting predecessor, meaning that Tritium Holdings’ consolidated assets, liabilities and results of operations have become the historical financial statements of our company.

The shares issued by the acquirer have been recognized at fair value and recorded as consideration for the acquisition of the public shell company, DCRN. There has been no acquisition accounting and no recognition of goodwill or other intangible assets, as DCRN did not meet the definition of a business as defined under ASC 805. The net assets of DCRN have been recognized at historical cost (which is expected to be consistent with carrying value).

 

63


Tritium Holdings has been determined to be the accounting acquirer (notwithstanding that it has been legally acquired by our company) based on evaluation of the following facts and circumstances:

 

   

Tritium Holdings’ business comprises the ongoing operations of the combined company;

 

   

previous Tritium Holdings’ shareholders have the largest ownership interest and voting interest in the combined entity, which is 88.6% based on shareholdings and the number of Ordinary Shares outstanding as of February 7, 2022;

 

   

the combined entity’s board of directors consists of seven directors; Tritium Holdings had the ability to appoint five directors and continues to control the combined company’s board of directors;

 

   

Tritium Holdings was the larger entity, in terms of both revenues and total assets. Tritium Holdings had $87.9 million in total assets as of June 30, 2021 and had $56.2 million in revenue from continuing operations for the year ended June 30, 2021. DCRN had $1.0 million in total assets excluding investments held in trust as part of the proposed Business Combination as of June 30, 2021 and had $0 in total revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2021, and $0 in total revenues for the period from inception (December 4, 2020) through December 31, 2020;

 

   

the senior management team of the combined entity is comprised of the executive officers of Tritium Holdings, as disclosed in this prospectus. Out of the disclosed executive officers, all of them were previous Tritium Holdings employees; and

 

   

we have continued to operate under the Tritium Holdings trade name and the combined entity’s headquarters are based in Australia, with its corporate head office in Brisbane, consistent with the previous location of Tritium Holdings’ head office.

Other factors were considered, including the purpose and intent of the Business Combination, noting that the preponderance of evidence as described above is indicative that Tritium Holdings was the accounting acquirer in the Business Combination.

The following summarizes the pro forma Ordinary Shares outstanding following the consummation of the Business Combination, (totals may not add to 100.0% due to rounding):

 

     Number of Shares      %
Shareholding
 

Shares held by former Tritium Holdings Shareholders(1)

     120,000,000        88.6  

Shares held by former DCRN public stockholders(2)

     5,318,194        3.9  

Shares held by former DCRN initial stockholders(3)

     10,062,500        7.4  
  

 

 

    

Total Tritium Ordinary Shares(4)

     135,380,695     
  

 

 

    

 

(1)

Pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, the aggregate number of Tritium Ordinary Shares issued to the existing Tritium shareholders equal 120 million.

(2)

Reflects redemption of 34,931,806 shares of DCRN Class A Common Stock in connection with the Business Combination.

(3)

Shares held by DCRN Sponsor and certain of DCRN’s previous independent directors.

(4)

Amount also reflects one (1) Ordinary Share held by our original sole shareholder prior to the Business Combination, Mark Johannes Thomas Schutters.

 

64


Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet—As of June 30, 2021

(In thousands, except number of shares and par value)

 

     Tritium
Holdings
    DCRN      Transaction
Accounting
Adjustments
   

Notes 3(1)

   Pro Forma
Combined
 
     As of
June 30,
2021
    As of
June 30,
2021
(As restated)
                   

Assets

            

Current assets

            

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 6,157        $ 53,191     (a)    $ (81,727
          (14,088   (b)   
          (20,956   (c)   
          (24,772   (d)   
          (61,011   (g)   
          (7,244   (h)   
          (7,139   (i)   
          (5,865   (k)   

Accounts receivable—related parties

     2,991               2,991  

Accounts receivable—external parties

     11,318               11,318  

Accounts receivable—allowance for expected credit losses

     (227             (227

Inventory

     36,430               36,430  

Prepaid expenses

     918       674             1,592  

Deposits

     4,912               4,912  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total current assets

     62,499       674        (87,884        (24,711
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Non–current assets

            

Investments held in Trust Account

       402,509        (402,509   (a), (l)       

Property, plant and equipment, net

     5,689               5,689  

Operating lease right of use assets, net

     18,312               18,312  

Prepaid expenses

       394             394  

Deposits

     1,350               1,350  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total non–current assets

     25,351       402,903        (402,509        25,745  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 87,850     $ 403,577      $ (490,393      $ 1,034  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Liabilities, Temporary Equity and Stockholders’ Equity

            

Current liabilities

            

Accounts payable

   $ 17,135     $ 3,352      $ (8,146   (m)    $ 12,341  

Borrowings

     36,571          (36,546   (g)      25  

Contract liabilities

     9,198               9,198  

Employee benefits

     2,037               2,037  

Other provisions

     5,349               5,349  

Obligations under operating leases

     2,941               2,941  

Financial Instrument derivative

     874          (874   (g)      —    

Other current liabilities

     6,101       437        (5,345   (h)      1,193  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     80,206       3,789        (50,911        33,084  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Non–current liabilities

            

Obligations under operating leases

     17,660               17,660  

Contract liabilities

     1,618               1,618  

Employee benefits

     125               125  

Borrowings, less issuance costs

     37,369          (37,369   (g)      —    

Related party borrowings

     6,392          (6,392   (g)      —    

Financial instruments – derivative

     5,947          (5,947   (g)      —    

Other provisions

     2,541               2,541  

Deferred underwriting fee payable

       14,088        (14,088   (b)      —    

 

65


     Tritium
Holdings
    DCRN     Transaction
Accounting
Adjustments
   

Notes 3(1)

   Pro Forma
Combined
 
     As of
June 30,
2021
    As of
June 30,
2021
(As restated)
                  

Warrant liabilities

       30,712            30,712  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

     71,652       44,800       (63,796        52,656  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     151,858       48,589       (114,707        85,740  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Commitment

           

DCRN Class A Common Stock subject to possible redemption

       402,500       (402,500   (f) (l)      —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Stockholders’ Equity

           

Common shares, no par value, unlimited shares authorized at June 2021 and June 2020, 73,254,797 and 69,948,799 shares issued respectively, 67,892,971 shares outstanding as of June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020

     92,809         (92,809   (j)      —    

Treasury shares, 5,361,826 and 2,055,828 as of June 2021 and June 2020

     —             

Class C shares, no par value, unlimited shares authorized at June 2021 and June 2020, 5,468,249 shares outstanding as of June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020

     4,383         (4,383   (j)      —    

Tritium Ordinary Shares
unlimited shares authorized, 171,812,500 and 153,099,450 shares issued and outstanding assuming no redemptions and maximum redemptions, respectively

         130,493     (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (h), (j), (n)      130,493  

Additional paid–in capital

     5,601       —         (1,026   (h), (i), (k), (o)      4,575  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (3,696            (3,696

DCRN Class A Common Stock

       —         —            —    

DCRN Class B Common Stock, $0.0001 par value, 20,000,000 shares authorized, 10,062,500 shares issued and outstanding

       1       (1   (j)      —    

Accumulated losses

     (163,105     (47,513     (5,460   (c), (d), (e), (g), (h), (k), (p)      (216,078
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total Stockholders’ Equity

     (64,008     354,988       26,814          (84,706
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

   $ 87,850     $ 403,577     $ (490,393      $ 1,034  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

66


Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations—For the year ended June 30, 2021

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

     Tritium
Holdings
Year ended
June 30, 2021
    DCRN from
December 4, 2020
(inception) to
June 30, 2021
(As restated)
    Transaction
Accounting
Adjustments
    Notes 3(1)     Pro Forma
Combined
 

Revenue:

          

Service and maintenance revenue—external parties

   $ 2,594           $ 2,594  

Service and maintenance revenue—related parties

     1             1  

Hardware revenue—external parties

     32,299             32,299  

Hardware revenue—related parties

     21,263             21,263  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total Revenue

     56,157             56,157  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation, shown separately below):

          

Service and maintenance—cost of goods sold

     (2,873           (2,873

Hardware—cost of goods sold

     (55,188           (55,188

Total cost of goods sold

     (58,061           (58,061
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 
     (1,904           (1,904
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Selling, general and administration expense

     (30,748     (5,095     (29,284     (c)       (65,127

Product development

     (10,521           (10,521

Depreciation expense

     (2,312           (2,312

Total operating costs and expenses

     (43,581     (5,095     (29,284       (77,960
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (45,485     (5,095     (29,284       (79,864
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net:

 

       

Interest income

     12       9       (9     (d)       12  

Transaction and offering related fees

     (4,794       (4,361     (e)       (9,155

Offering costs allocated to warrant liabilities

       (1,048         (1,048

Finance Costs

     (8,795       8,795       (a)        

Government grants

     1,757             1,757  

Other income

     171             171  

Fair value movements—derivative

     (5,947       (7,807     (b)       (13,754

Fair value movements—warrants

       (1,663         (1,663
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     (17,596     (2,702     (3,382       (23,680
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net loss before income taxes

     (63,081     (7,797     (32,666       (103,544
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Income tax expense

     (11           (11
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net Loss

   $ (63,092   $ (7,797   $ (32,666     $ (103,555
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

67


     Tritium
Holdings
Year ended
June 30, 2021
    DCRN from
December 4, 2020
(inception) to
June 30, 2021
(As restated)
    Transaction
Accounting
Adjustments
    Notes 3(1)      Pro Forma
Combined
 

Loss per common share, basic and diluted

   $ (0.86         

Loss per Class C share, basic and diluted

   $ (0.86         

Weighted average number of common shares, basic and diluted

     67,893           

Weighted average number of Class C shares, basic and diluted

     5,468           

Loss per share of DCRN Class A Common Stock, basic and diluted

       (0.19       

Loss per share of DCRN Class B Common Stock, basic and diluted

       (0.19       

Weighted average number of shares of DCRN Class A Common Stock, basic and diluted

       31,800         

Weighted average number of shares of DCRN Class B Common Stock, basic and diluted

       10,063         

Loss per Tritium Ordinary Share, basic and diluted

              (0.81

Weighted average number of Tritium Ordinary Shares basic and diluted

              127,656  

Other comprehensive income (net of tax):

           

Change in foreign currency translation adjustment

     (136            (136
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (net of tax)

     (136            (136
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss

   $ (63,228   $ (7,797   $ (32,666      $ (103,691
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information

 

1.

Basis of Presentation

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information was prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X as amended by the final rule, Release No. 33-10786 “Amendments to Financial Disclosures about Acquired and Disposed Businesses,” using the assumptions set forth in the notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been adjusted to include Transaction Accounting Adjustments, which reflect the application of the accounting required by U.S. GAAP, for the Business Combination as a reverse recapitalization, described above, to the Tritium Holdings and DCRN historical financial information (“Transaction Accounting Adjustments”).

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information does not give effect to any anticipated synergies, operating efficiencies, tax savings or cost savings that may be associated with the Business Combination.

 

68


The adjustments presented in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information have been identified and presented to provide relevant information necessary for an understanding of the combined company after giving effect to the Business Combination.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared with DCRN as the acquired company and Tritium Holdings as the accounting acquirer for financial reporting purposes.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of June 30, 2021 assumes that the Business Combination occurred on June 30, 2021. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations of our company for the twelve months ended June 30, 2021 reflects, with respect to Tritium Holdings, the consolidated statement of comprehensive loss of Tritium Holdings for the twelve months ended June 30, 2021, and, with respect to DCRN, (i) the unaudited statements of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2021 (as restated) of DCRN and (ii) the audited statement of operations for the period from December 4, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020 of DCRN, and gives effect to the Business Combination and certain other transactions as if they had been consummated as of July 1, 2020.

The pro forma adjustments are based on certain currently available information and certain assumptions and estimates as described in the accompanying notes that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. The unaudited pro forma adjustments, which are described in the accompanying notes, may be revised as additional information becomes available and is evaluated. Additionally, the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information is based on preliminary accounting conclusions, which are subject to change. Therefore, it is likely that the actual adjustments will differ from the pro forma adjustments and it is possible the differences may be material. We believe that our assumptions and methodologies provide a reasonable basis for presenting all of the significant effects of the consummation of the Business Combination based on information available to management at the time and that the pro forma adjustments give appropriate effect to those assumptions and are properly applied in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information does not purport to represent the actual results of operations and financial position of the combined company had Tritium Holdings and DCRN been combined during the periods presented in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information and is not intended to project the future results of operations that the combined company may achieve. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information does not reflect any anticipated synergies, operating efficiencies, tax savings, or cost savings that may be associated with Tritium Holdings and DCRN and should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements and unaudited financial statements and notes thereto of DCRN and the audited financial statements and notes thereto of Tritium Holdings included elsewhere in this prospectus. Tritium Holdings and DCRN have not had any historical relationship prior to the Transaction. Accordingly, no pro forma adjustments were required to eliminate any activities between Tritium Holdings and DCRN.

The unaudited pro forma provision for income taxes does not necessarily reflect the amounts that would have resulted had Tritium Holdings and DCRN filed consolidated income tax returns during the periods presented.

 

2.

Accounting Policies

Following the consummation of the Business Combination, management will perform a comprehensive review of the two entities’ accounting policies. As a result of that review, management may identify differences between the accounting policies of the two entities which, when conformed, could have a material impact on the financial statements of the combined company. Based on its initial analysis, management did not identify any significant differences in accounting policies that would have a material impact on the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information. As a result, the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information does not assume any differences in accounting policies.

 

69


3.

Transaction Accounting Adjustments to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements have been prepared to illustrate the effect of the Business Combination. They have been prepared for informational purposes only and are subject to a number of uncertainties and assumptions as described in these accompanying notes.

Transaction Accounting Adjustments to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet as of June 30, 2021

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of June 30, 2021 gives effect to the Business Combination as if it was completed on June 30, 2021.

 

(1)

The transaction accounting adjustments included in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of June 30, 2021 are as follows:

 

  a.

Reflects the recognition and reclassification of $53.2 million of cash held in the Trust Account as of June 30, 2021 to cash and cash equivalents that becomes available for general use by Tritium following the closing of the Business Combination and post redemptions by DCRN public stockholders.

 

  b.

Reflects the payment of $14.1 million of deferred underwriting fees incurred in connection with the DCRN IPO due as a result of the consummation of the Business Combination.

 

  c.

Represents the transaction costs of $21.0 million incurred by DCRN prior to, or concurrent with, the completion of the Business Combination by DCRN, excluding $14.1 million of deferred underwriting fees related to the DCRN IPO as described in note 3(1)(b). For the purposes of a reverse recapitalization transaction, the direct and incremental transaction costs relating to the Business Combination were approximately $15.1 million and are treated as a reduction of the resulting cash proceeds and accordingly reported as a reduction to Tritium Ordinary Shares. Tritium is a company incorporated in Australia. Under Australian law, share capital does not have any par value or share premium. Accordingly, pro forma adjustments relating to share capital have been recognized in Tritium Ordinary Shares rather than additional paid in capital. This reflects the legal status of capital balances in Tritium. The table below presents this in more detail:

 

     Notes      $’000  

Transaction costs incurred by DCRN considered to be direct and incremental to the transaction and recorded as a reduction to the Tritium Ordinary Shares

     3 (1)(c)       (15,130

Transaction costs historically expensed within selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for DCRN (also included in accounts payable in the accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of June 30, 2021 for DCRN)

     3 (1)(m)       (3,352

Transaction costs not yet incurred by DCRN as of June 30, 2021, recognized in accumulated losses

     3 (1)(p)       (2,474
     

 

 

 

Total transaction costs estimated and incurred by DCRN

        (20,956

 

  d.

Represents transaction costs of $24.8 million incurred by Tritium Holdings prior to or concurrent with, the completion of the Business Combination. For the purpose of a reverse recapitalization transaction, the direct and incremental transaction costs in relation to the Business Combination are approximately

 

70


  $18.1 million and treated as a reduction of the resulting cash proceeds and accordingly reported as a reduction to Tritium Ordinary Shares. The table below presents this in more detail:

 

     Notes      $’000  

Transaction costs by Tritium Holdings considered to be direct and incremental to the transaction and recorded as a reduction to the Tritium Ordinary Shares

     3 (1)(d)       (18,091

Transaction costs historically expensed as transaction and offering related fees within the statement of operations of Tritium Holdings as of June 30, 2021

     3 (1)(m)       (4,794

Transaction costs not yet incurred by Tritium Holdings as of June 30, 2021, recognized in accumulated losses

     3 (1)(p)       (1,887
     

 

 

 

Total transaction costs estimated and incurred by Tritium

        (24,772
     

 

 

 

 

  e.

Reflects the elimination of DCRN’s historical retained earnings against Tritium Ordinary Shares.

 

  f.

Reflects the reclassification of DCRN Class A Common Stock following consummation of the Business Combination and post redemption.

 

  g.

Represents the repayment of Tritium Holdings shareholder and external borrowings which were triggered by change of control provisions as a result of the Business Combination. Subsequent to June 2021, in July 2021, Tritium Holdings issued approximately $30 million aggregate principal amount paid in kind of interest-bearing borrowings (“Tranche 2”) on terms that are substantially the same as its existing interest-bearing borrowings (“Tranche 1”). No adjustment to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been made for Tranche 2 principal amount of the borrowing drawn and repaid as these are not directly related to the Business Combination. Included in the pro forma adjustments is a prepayment penalty amount payable of $13,754,380 for both Tranche 1 and Tranche 2 upon a change in control. $5,947,000 of prepayment liability had previously been measured as a financial derivative liability and the same has been presented within “fair value movements – derivative” within the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations. For the purposes of this prepayment, a payment date of December 31, 2021 has been assumed. The total cash payable is $61,011,445. Additionally, the amounts include $37,419,677 in borrowings under the Convertible Notes (including the derivative recorded for the premium payable) which convert to equity in Tritium of $45,445,356. This is based on a discount to the fair value of 20% and 30%, depending on the tranche of the shareholder borrowings, based on the estimated fair value of the shares issued as of June 30, 2021.

 

  h.

Represents the settlement of Tritium Holdings’ share-based compensation plan which is triggered as a result of the Business Combination. The plan is settled via cash and the issuance of equity instruments. The total amount of the benefit payable is $22,651,289, which is based on the difference between the exercise price under the plan and the fair value of the Tritium Ordinary Shares received by Tritium Holdings shareholders and includes various employee related costs payable as a result of the settlement. This includes the modification of certain awards under the share-based compensation plan as a result of the transaction in the amount of $0.5 million. Upon consummation of the Business Combination, the options issued under the share-based compensation plan vest and payment is triggered. As of June 30, 2021 an amount of $5,345,000 had been recorded as a liability. Upon consummation of the Business Combination, the plan was to be settled in cash. However, an amendment to the form of the benefit has been agreed by the Board of Tritium. Instead, equity instruments at a price of $10 per share and cash on-costs of $7,244,000 equal to the total benefit of $22,651,289 will be provided. Additional compensation expense of $16.8 million recognized upon settlement of Tritium Holdings’ share-based compensation plan, represents the total amount of benefit

 

71


  payable of $22.6 million less the modification amount of $0.5 million recognized in APIC and the amount already expensed and recorded as a liability as of June 30, 2021 of $5.3 million.

 

  i.

Represents Tritium Holdings’ payment of $7,139,000 pursuant to the Vontier Release entered into in connection with the Business Combination. This represents settlement of payment for Tritium Holdings to reacquire the option held by Vontier for a right to acquire Tritium Holdings. The expiry of this option was a condition precedent to the Business Combination. This has been considered to be direct and incremental to the transaction, being a transaction with a shareholder, and therefore presented as an adjustment to Additional Paid in Capital, as disclosed in note 1(o).

 

  j.

Represents the pro forma adjustment for the issuance of 120,000,000 Tritium Ordinary Shares as a result of the acquisition of Tritium Holdings. The total adjustment of $97.2 million consists of the total stockholders’ equity as of June 30, 2021 for Tritium Holdings’ common shares, and Class C shares plus DCRN’s Class B Common Stock.

 

  k.

Represents the pro forma adjustments as a result of the modifications made to Tritium Holdings’ loan funded share-based compensation scheme as a result of the transaction. This represents additional compensation expense recorded of $6,612,000 based on the differences between the original grant fair value and the estimated modified award as well as associated indirect tax payable of $5,865,000 arising as a result of the modification. The fair value on the modification date has been calculated on the basis of the assumptions existing at the date of modification of the loan funded share-based compensation scheme. The associated tax has been calculated on the basis of Australian indirect taxation rules. As the shares have fully vested historically, no options exist following the modification and treated as part of Tritium Ordinary Shares.

 

  l.

Represents the impact to cash of the actual redemptions in which 34,931,806 shares of DCRN Class A Common Stock were redeemed for $349,318,060 allocated to common stock, using a par value of $0.0001 per share at a redemption price of $10.00 per share (based on the fair value of the marketable securities held as of June 30, 2021 of $402.5 million).

 

  m.

Represents settlement of transaction costs of $3.4 million and $4.8 million, historically expensed as not being directly attributable to the Business Combination and incurred prior to the completion of the Business Combination by DCRN and Tritium Holdings, respectively, as disclosed above in notes 1(c) and 1(d), respectively.

 

  n.

For the purposes of the unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of June 30, 2021, the estimated Tritium Ordinary Shares after the transaction accounting adjustments is reconciled below:

 

     Notes      $’000  

Direct and incremental costs incurred by DCRN

     3 (1)(c)       (15,130

Direct and incremental costs incurred by Tritium Holdings

     3 (1)(d)       (18,091

Elimination of DCRN historical accumulated losses

     3 (1)(e)       (47,513

Reclassification of DCRN Class A Common Stock after redemption

     3 (1)(f)       53,182  

Issuance of Tritium Holdings Shares as a result of settlement of share based compensation plan

     3 (1)(h)       15,407  

Issuance of Tritium Holdings Shares as a result of the conversion of the Convertible Notes triggered as a result of the Business Combination

     3 (1)(g)       45,445  

Issuance of 120,000,000 Tritium Ordinary Shares to Tritium Holdings shareholders

     3 (1)(j)       97,193  
     

 

 

 

Total

        130,493  
     

 

 

 

 

72


  o.

For the purposes of the unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of June 30, 2021, the Additional Paid-in capital of Tritium after the transaction accounting adjustments is reconciled below:

 

     Notes      $’000  

Additional paid in capital—Tritium Holdings

        5,601  

Modification of Tritium Holdings’ Loan Funded Share Plan

     3 (1)(h)       (499

Settlement of Vontier option

     3 (1)(i)       (7,139

Modification of cash-based share compensation plan

     3 (1)(k)       6,612  
     

 

 

 

Total

        4,575  
     

 

 

 

 

  p.

For the purposes of the unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of June 30, 2021, the Accumulated Losses in Tritium after the transaction accounting adjustments is reconciled below:

 

     Notes     $’000  

Accumulated losses—Tritium Holdings

       (163,105

Accumulated losses—DCRN

       (47,513

Transaction costs incurred by DCRN, recognized in accumulated losses

     3 (1)(c)      (2,474

Elimination of DCRN historical retained earnings

     3 (1)(e)      47,513  

Estimated transaction costs incurred by Tritium Holdings, recognized in accumulated losses

     3 (1)(d)      (1,887

Recognition of impacts as a result of repayment of debt

     3 (1)(g)      (19,328

Recognition of additional compensation expense upon settlement of Tritium Holdings share-based compensation plan

     3 (1)(h)      (16,807

Recognition of additional compensation expense and associated tax impacts due to modifications of Tritium Holdings’ Loan Funded Share Plan

     3 (1)(k)      (12,477
    

 

 

 

Total

       (216,078
    

 

 

 

 

(2)

For the purposes of the unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of June 30, 2021, the cash balance of Tritium after the transaction accounting adjustments is reconciled below:

 

     Notes      $’000  

Cash held by Tritium Holdings

        6,157  

Cash held by DCRN

        —    

Transaction Accounting Adjustments

     

Receipt of Trust Account funds post redemption

     3 (1)(a)       53,191  

Payment of deferred DCRN IPO costs

     3 (1)(b)       (14,088

Payment of deferred underwriting fees incurred in connection with the DCRN IPO

     3 (1)(c)       (20,956

Post-Transaction Accounting Adjustments

     

Payment of Tritium and Tritium Holdings transaction costs

     3 (1)(d)       (24,772

Settlement of loan funding held by Tritium Holdings

     3 (1)(g)       (61,011

Settlement of cash-based share compensation plan

     3 (1)(h)       (7,244

Settlement of Vontier shareholder option

     3 (1)(i)       (7,139

Settlement of tax payable on share compensation plan modification

     3 (1)(k)       (5,865
     

 

 

 

Total pro forma combined cash balance

        (81,727
     

 

 

 

 

73


Transaction Accounting Adjustments to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations for the year ended June 30, 2021

The pro forma transaction accounting adjustments included in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the twelve months ended June 30, 2021 reflect, with respect to Tritium Holdings, the consolidated statement of comprehensive loss of Tritium Holdings for the twelve months ended June 30, 2021, and, with respect to DCRN, (i) the unaudited statements of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2021 (as restated) of DCRN and (ii) the audited statement of operations for the period from December 4, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020 of DCRN, and gives effect to the Business Combination as if it was completed on July 1, 2020.

 

(1)

The pro forma transaction accounting adjustments included in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the year ended June 30, 2021 are as follows:

 

  a.

Represents the reduction in interest expense for external borrowings repaid as a result of the Business Combination. As no replacement borrowings were entered into, total interest expense of $8,795,000 has been adjusted.

 

  b.

Represents the recognition of the fair value of the prepayment derivative arising from certain external borrowings held by Tritium Holdings which is repaid as a result of the Business Combination. The total prepayment fee arises as a result of the Business Combination is $13,754,380 based on a payment date of December 31, 2021. The total amount adjusted was $7,807,380. An amount of $5,947,000 had been recorded at June 30, 2021, which represents the fair value of the prepayment derivative at that date. The difference between the amounts recorded at June 30, 2021 and the ultimate payment is recognized as an expense in the Statement of Operations when the payment occurs. This expense is not a continuing expense and is a one-off expense that is recognized when the external borrowings are repaid under the transaction.

 

  c.

Represents additional expenditure to be incurred for the settlement of the employee share-based compensation, which is required to be settled as a result of the Business Combination. No further cash settled employee share based plans are outstanding following the transaction. A total benefit of $22,651,289 is payable as a result of the consummation of the Business Combination. This is settled in cash of $7,244,381 and the remainder through the issuance of equity shares. Additionally, as a result of the consummation of the Business Combination, a number of loan funded share-based compensation awards were amended, which resulted in additional expenses. These expenses are not a continuing expense and are one-off expense adjustments that are recognized when the Business Combination is consummated. A reconciliation of the adjustment is outlined below:

 

     Notes      $’000  

Share-based compensation expenses, not yet incurred as of June 30, 2021 by Tritium Holdings

     3 (1)(h)       16,807  

Share-based compensation expenses recorded in June 30, 2021 historical statements

     3 (1)(h)       5,345  

Amount adjusted against APIC on settlement of the share based compensation plan

     3 (1)(h)       499  
     

 

 

 

Sub-total—Total liability payable in cash and equity

        22,651  

Amendment of loan funded plan not yet incurred as of June 30, 2021 by Tritium Holdings

     3 (1)(k)       6,612  

Amendment of loan funded plan (indirect tax expenses) not yet incurred as of June 30, 2021 by Tritium Holdings

     3 (1)(k)       5,865  
     

 

 

 

Sub-total

        12,477  
     

 

 

 

Total

        35,128  
     

 

 

 

Less: Share based compensation expenses recorded in June 30, 2021 historical statements

     3 (1)(h)       (5,345

Less: Amount adjusted against APIC on settlement of the share based compensation plan

     3 (1)(h)       (499
     

 

 

 

Total transaction accounting adjustments to Selling, general and administration expense

        29,284  
     

 

 

 

 

74


  d.

Represents a reversal of interest revenue earned on funds held in the Trust Account for cash paid as part of the Business Combination by DCRN.

 

  e.

Represents additional transaction costs not yet incurred as of June 30, 2021 by DCRN and Tritium Holdings as a result of the Business Combination of $2.5 million and $1.9 million, respectively.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations have not been adjusted for changes in foreign exchange. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations did not record a pro forma tax effect of these transaction accounting adjustments as the deferred tax asset is not realizable and a full valuation allowance has been recognized.

 

4.

Pro forma loss per Share Information

The pro forma loss per share is calculated using the historical weighted average shares outstanding, and the issuance of additional shares in connection with the Business Combination, assuming the shares were outstanding since July 1, 2020. As the Business Combination is being reflected as if it had occurred at the beginning of the earliest period presented, the calculation of weighted average shares outstanding for basic and diluted net loss per share assumes that the shares issuable in connection with the Business Combination have been outstanding for the entire period presented. The weighted average number of shares presented based on the actual redemptions is calculated taking into account an adjustment to eliminate such shares for the entire period.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information based on the actual redemption scenario :

 

(Net loss presented in thousands of dollars)

   Based on
Redemptions
 

Pro Forma Basic and Diluted Loss Per Share

   Year ended
June 30, 2021
 

Pro Forma loss from continuing operations attributable to shareholders

     (103,554,548

Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding, basic and diluted

     127,656,754  

Basic and diluted net loss per common share(1)

     (0.81

Pro Forma Weighted Average Shares—Basic and Diluted

      

Tritium Ordinary Shares held by previous Tritium Holdings shareholders(2)

     112,276,060  

Total DCRN shares

     15,380,694  
  

 

 

 

Total(3)

     127,656,755  
  

 

 

 

 

(1)

As Tritium incurs pro forma losses, potentially dilutive securities as of June 30, 2021, have been excluded from fully diluted loss per share as their impact is anti-dilutive and would reduce the loss per share. This includes 20,783,334 Tritium Ordinary Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Tritium Warrants.

 

(2)

The Tritium Ordinary Shares held by the current Tritium Holdings shareholders includes 7,723,940 treasury shares held by Tritium employees subject to the terms of the loan funded share compensation plan which has been excluded from the Basic earnings per share calculation as these shares are anti-dilutive. A total of 28,507,274 Tritium Ordinary Shares are considered potentially dilutive instruments.

(3)

Amount also reflects one (1) Ordinary Share held by our original sole shareholder prior to the Business Combination, Mark Johannes Thomas Schutters.

 

75


BUSINESS

We design, sell, manufacture and service proprietary hardware and associated software to create advanced and reliable direct current (“DC”) fast chargers for electric vehicles (“EVs”). Our technology is engineered to be easy to install, own and use. As of December 31, 2021, our compact, robust chargers are designed to look great on Main Street and thrive in harsh conditions. Founded in Brisbane and having already sold more than 6,700 DC fast chargers, we have provided more than 3.6 million high-power charging sessions across 41 countries, delivering an aggregate of over 55 gigawatts of energy.

Major auto manufacturers such as BMW, Ford, GM, Honda, and Volkswagen, among others, have committed to producing more EVs and various governments have begun implementing supportive policies. For example, a bipartisan infrastructure bill supports a $7.5 billion investment toward new EV chargers in the United States over the next decade and the Biden Administration has established a target for 50% of all new car sales to be electric by 2030. In the coming years, we believe EVs will cost less than internal combustion engine (“ICE”) vehicles. BNEF has forecasted that this price parity in Europe can be achieved by 2027, and in all countries and vehicle segments by 2029. In addition, BNEF has forecasted that EVs are expected to increase from 4% of global passenger vehicle sales in 2020 to 68% by 2040. Additional factors propelling this shift from ICE vehicles to EVs include proposed fossil fuel bans or restrictions, transit electrification mandates and utility incentive programs. However, the global transition to an EV-based transportation network will depend on, among other things, the availability of sufficient charging infrastructure. Accordingly, a BNEF report projects that the cumulative EV charging infrastructure investment in the United States and Europe will be approximately $60 billion by 2030 and increasing to $192 billion by 2040. We believe we are at the forefront of the charging equipment build-out, focusing exclusively on DC fast charging of EVs.

Our DC Fast Charging

 

LOGO

DC fast chargers have certain advantages over alternating current (“AC”) chargers. Compared to DC charging, AC charging is generally slower. Because DC fast chargers are generally faster than AC chargers, they tend to reduce charging time and may contribute to reduced range anxiety for EV drivers. For example, a typical AC charger may take approximately 91 minutes and 47 minutes at 3.7 kW and 7.7 kW, respectively, to add 20 miles of range to a battery-powered EV (“BEV”). Most BEVs are limited to receiving between seven and 11 kW via onboard AC charging due to space, weight and heat restrictions, resulting in an average time of 47 minutes to add 20 miles of range. Conversely, off-board DC fast charging can deliver more power in less time than AC charging, adding 20 miles of range in approximately seven minutes at 50 kW, or in approximately one minute at 350 kW. Nearly all BEV passenger vehicles are capable of charging at 50 kW DC, with newer models capable of charging at approximately 200 kW DC or more. Due to their efficiency, We believe DC fast chargers will play a critical role in meeting EV energy demand in the future, and driver preferences for fast, convenient charging.

Industry studies estimate that more than 4 million DC fast chargers will be needed by 2040. We believe we are well positioned to help meet this demand because our charging systems are designed to supply charging

 

76


operators across a full range of customer types, including public network operators, fleets, retail operators, EV manufacturers, fuel retailers, utilities and heavy duty and industrial vehicles.

Differentiated Technology

 

LOGO

We focus exclusively on DC fast charging solutions for EVs. This has led to us developing technology solutions differentiated from those of many of our competitors. Our fully liquid-cooled charging technology enables the charging station to achieve an ingress protection (“IP”) 65 rating and be sealed from dirt, dust, salt and other corrosive contaminants, and to operate in a wide range of ambient temperatures and environmental conditions. In contrast, many of our competitors offer air-cooled chargers, which require both a physically larger charging station to accommodate internal space for air circulation, and the use of air filters for dust, moisture and corrosion prevention. These air filters may need to be replaced as frequently as twice a year, with each replacement requiring a site visit to the charging station.

Our technology has been designed with a small and narrow physical footprint to maximize real estate utilization, and with the goal of enabling superior reliability and longevity in the field. The differentiated and patented design can reduce the total cost of ownership up to 37% over ten years of operation compared to air-cooled charging systems. The smaller footprint design allows our chargers to be installed almost anywhere with sufficient grid feed and reduces or eliminates the number of car parking spaces lost to charging stations for site hosts.

Our most recently launched products further differentiate us from many of our competitors. Our retail modular (“RTM”) model charging system, which launched in the fourth quarter of 2020, is built on a modular and scalable technology platform that is designed to allow power conversion modules in the charging stations to be quickly replaced or upgraded. This modularity is designed to allow charging operators to increase or reduce the power capacity of each charging unit depending on the operator’s utilization needs. Our park modular (“PKM”) model charging system, which we launched in December 2021, is built upon the same modular, scalable charging platform as the RTM system, and will also allow the site operator to easily scale the number of

 

77


charging outlets at a site in a cost-effective manner by relocating rectification from the charging units to a centralized rectification unit. From an internal operations perspective, we believe that the modular and scalable components will improve logistics and customer support across the Tritium organization and will reduce costs by minimizing the number of components required to build and service chargers, simplifying the servicing of chargers in the field and optimizing failure modes. We believe that the modular scalable technology platform will also facilitate faster new product development based on common core building blocks across the product suite and will streamline the compliance and certification processes.

We also develop embedded firmware that operates the charging hardware and interaction with the vehicle, and platform software, which provides user interfaces to manage operators’ charging assets. Seven years of operating history and over 3.6 million charging sessions provide insight into driver behavior, charging patterns, grid interaction and the overall performance of our systems. This information is not only used for internal decision making, but we believe access to this data provides a competitive advantage over newcomers to the EV charging industry.

 

LOGO

Our embedded firmware and charging technology software has been developed in-house, using both proprietary and industry-wide standards and protocols. Our firmware allows the charger to communicate securely and seamlessly with the vehicle and to ensure safety protocols are met. In 2020, we became the first charging station manufacturer in the world to implement the Plug and Charge (ISO 15118) software standard, enabling charging operators to take payment via the charging cable and eliminating the need for credit cards, RFID cards or smartphone apps.

 

78


Vehicle manufacturers need to ensure their EVs operate correctly with public charging infrastructure. To facilitate this, we provide confidential testing facilities at our main site locations in Brisbane, Amsterdam and Los Angeles. Based on these tests, we believe EV manufacturers can ensure compliant charging infrastructure compatibility with their new EVs prior to releasing them to the market.

Our platform software, Pulse and MyTritium, provide charging station operators with a charger and service management platform that details charging history, performance and asset utilization data, as well as a ticketing system for fault management. Our roadmap for software development includes significant enhancements to the platform software, such as new features and functionality, to help increase subscription levels. The software roadmap also includes the launch and ongoing development of new software modules, including advertising, preventative maintenance, diagnostics and fleet utilization optimization.

Leading Expertise

 

LOGO

Since selling our first 50 kW charger in 2014, we have developed a talented and experienced engineering team. Dr. David Finn, our Chief Vision Officer, leads the new product engineering team and product development. Dr. Finn co-founded our company over 20 years ago, initially selling power electronics products to the solar racing industry, with eventual technical involvement in specialized projects ranging from electric submarines to cryogenic cooling systems to underground mining vehicles and unmanned aerial vehicles. Dr. Finn holds a Ph.D. in electrical engineering from the University of Queensland, Australia, and is a globally recognized expert in the EV industry.

Our Founder and our Chief Technology Officer, James Kennedy, has more than two decades of experience in embedded power electronics design and manufacturing. He has also been integral to other non-EV battery storage projects, ranging from James Cameron’s Deepsea Challenger submarine to multi-MWh stationary storage systems in green buildings. Mr. Kennedy is a respected global leader in EV charging technology and works closely with EPRI (Electric Power Research Institute, United States) and other global EV standards working groups.

 

79


Our Chief Executive Officer, Jane Hunter, joined us two years ago from an executive role at Boeing, where she worked for more than seven years, specializing in the commercialization of disruptive technology. Ms. Hunter was the Chief Operating Officer of Boeing’s international Phantom Works division, the rapid prototyping and advanced technology division charged with taking early-stage research through test and prototype to commercialization. She led a portfolio of approximately 12 to 15 disruptive technology projects with a focus on autonomous underwater and aerial systems, including UAV/UUV hardware, the mission systems to drive the vehicles, advanced sensor and data fusion technology, as well as UAV detection systems. Ms. Hunter has been publicly recognized for her achievements in these fields, in particular for her contribution to Boeing’s Airpower Teaming System (also known as the Loyal Wingman), a 38-foot stealth, intelligence, surveillance, reconnaissance, unmanned aerial vehicle.

Other Tritium engineering staff participate regularly in industry working groups and testing symposiums to ensure that we remain at the forefront of emerging EV charging standards, regulations, and innovations.

Leading Edge Rapid Product Development

We have a strong history of rapid and leading-edge product development in the emerging EV charging station design and manufacturing industry. We were an early market participant for 50 kW charging stations (selling its first 50 kW charger in 2014) and secured early contracts to develop and commercialize high power charging equipment with an output of 350 kW, in what was at the time a nascent market. Most recently, we have developed our MSC architecture, and DC bus architecture (patents pending), on which the next generation of our products will be built. We anticipate that these new architectures will enable faster development, simpler compliance and certification approvals and servicing from a common base of core product building blocks and components.

The ability to ensure certification standards are being met during the product development phase will also be expedited by our new testing facility, which we believe, based on facilities available to us for product testing, ranks among the world’s highest power electromagnetic compatibility (“EMC”) test facilities for EV chargers when it opened in November 2021. EMC testing is required for electronic products to be sold to the public, ensuring they do not emit levels of electromagnetic energy that cause interference to other devices in the vicinity, and there are very few global test and certification agencies that can test 350 kW charging products. Our EMC test facility also houses a full range of advanced testing equipment such as thermal and environmental test chambers, ingress and impact testing, and glow-wire test facilities. We believe this new facility will ultimately allow us to develop and bring certified and self-certified products to market more quickly.

Global Player

Most DC charging providers are limited to a single geographic business region due to varying compliance standards. We sell a range of products that meet the standards in most countries in North America, Europe, and the Asia Pacific, which allows us to currently sell charging equipment into 41 countries. In Europe and the United States, where we derived approximately 68% and 23% of its revenue for the twelve months ended June 30, 2021, respectively, we hold a market share for DC fast chargers of approximately 20% and 15% as of March 2020, respectively. Based on preliminary revenue figures for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021, the United States and Europe accounted for approximately 43% and 43% of the Company’s revenue, respectively. In the Asia Pacific, we believe we are the leading supplier of DC fast chargers in both Australia and New Zealand with a market share of approximately 75% as of March 2020. To meet the needs of our customers across these geographies, we offer 24/7 global support and a range of service level agreements for in-field support.

 

80


The Portfolio

We are a technology provider that primarily generates revenue from the sale of DC fast charging solutions. Our solutions are made up of core charging hardware including embedded on-device firmware, adjacent software platforms that let owners monitor and manage their assets, and ongoing maintenance services including the provision of spare parts, extended warranties, services outside warranty and a range of service level agreement options.

Charging Station Hardware Portfolio

Stand Alone Chargers

 

   

50 kW: Our 50 kW charger, the RT50, was introduced in 2014 and is a compact, reliable, and robust DC fast charger. The RT50 was the first fully liquid cooled DC charger on the market, a feature that remains unique to Tritium. The patented liquid cooling allows the charger to be fully sealed, achieving an IP65 ingress protection rating. The IP65 rating protects against dirt, dust, salt and other corrosive air ingress, and enables the charger to achieve a small and narrow footprint, due to not requiring internal space for air flow. This all-in-one unit is small enough to fit most site configurations without losing existing parking spaces and limits the need for expensive site modifications. The RT50 is lightweight, strong, easy to install, and can deliver lower total cost of ownership compared to air-cooled chargers over a ten-year operating life. Like all Tritium chargers, the RT50 is backed by our 24/7 specialist customer care and comes with a two-year warranty.

 

   

75 kW: Our 75 kW charger, the RTM75, builds on the competitive advantages of the RT50 product. The RTM75 retains our signature small and narrow footprint and lower total cost of ownership, enabled by liquid cooling technology, while introducing our new MSC hardware platform. The MSC platform in the 75 kW product is comprised of three individual 25 kW liquid cooled power modules. These individual power modules can be lifted by a single person for service purposes, provide increased redundancy in case of failure and can be quickly and easily re-configured or replaced. The RTM75 model offers simultaneous charging of two vehicles, maximizing revenue opportunities for operators of busy charging stations. Like all Tritium chargers, the patented liquid cooling system within the charging station allows for IP65 sealed ingress protection, and a wide operational range across challenging environmental conditions such as high and low temperatures, dust, humidity, and corrosive salt air, making it ideally suited for segments such as mining, marinas and ports.

 

LOGO

Figure 1: Our 75 kW RTM75 model deployed at the Monaco Yacht Club, Portofino Yacht Marina and in Venice, for electric boat charging

 

   

175 kW: Our 175 kW charger, the RT175-S, was introduced in 2020 and is a high-powered DC charger capable of continued 175 kW output at up to 104°F/40°C due to the use of our patented liquid cooling technology. The RT175-S is designed for direct connection to a 600 V and 60 Hz power connection, providing specific advantages in North America. An integrated safety loop, tilt sensor and optional escutcheon panel with interlocking isolator provides increased safety features well suited for customized use in the heavy infrastructure sector. The 175 kW charging station is liquid cooled and fully sealed at an IP65 rating.

 

81


Distributed Chargers

 

   

350 kW: Our 350 kW high-powered charger, the PK350, was introduced in 2018 and is an ultra-fast charging platform, available as 175 kW upgradeable to 350 kW, or at 350 kW from the outset. The PK350 is designed to be deployed at charging parks, where multiple chargers are installed, as the architecture is optimized for larger sites where power can be balanced across available charging stations. The PK350 architecture focuses on delivering operational efficiency by minimizing isolation points, as fewer isolation points reduce conversion losses from grid to vehicle, thereby reducing operator expenditure. High voltage DC transition between charging stations reduces cable sizes and reduces heat in the cabling, delivering further efficiency savings. This high-power charging park configuration is ideally suited to traditional fuel stations, motorways, rest stops, transit hubs and large commercial fleets including buses, vans and small trucks. The PK350 is deployed as two charging stations with an adjacent power unit. The PK350 power units are typically located away from smaller charging stations, which allows customers to maximize their site’s real estate while still providing the high-power charging they need. Like all Tritium chargers, the patented liquid cooling system within the charging station allows for IP65 sealed ingress protection.

Other

 

   

Tritium Pulse Software: In 2022, we expect to launch our Pulse Software, a charger management platform that enables charging station operators to view charging history, performance and utilization data, and fault notifications.

 

   

MyTritium Software: A service management platform where charging station operators can review training materials and service information, and submit service tickets for issues and faults. Currently two MyTritium licenses are provided for the duration of the warranty period with an option to purchase more licenses or extend the license post-warranty.

Service and Maintenance Portfolio

 

LOGO

 

 

82


   

Warranties: Our charging equipment is sold with a two-year warranty as standard. During this period, we provide replacement and repair services for all non-consumable parts. Paid warranty extensions are available, typically up to a maximum length of five years for non-utility customers, and up to ten years for utility customers. Level 1 contact center support is comprised of direct customer support to drivers and public users of the charging stations, rather than to the charging networks. Only equipment-based faults and errors are covered by the charging equipment warranty. We provide 24/7 remote phone support for level 2 and level 3 fixes, which is comprised of remote fault remediation that may require onsite service and basic and complex in-field or remote fault remediation by skilled personnel, respectively, and leverages its global service network for field support, comprised primarily of outsourced trained service agents, who have been accredited to work on Tritium chargers through our online service and training platform.

 

   

Service Level Agreements (“SLAs”): Paid Gold, Silver and Bronze SLA tiers are available to customers who require guaranteed or expedited response and remedy times for any equipment faults and may be available for the life of the charger.

 

   

Spare Parts Sales: Post warranty-period replacement parts for our products are available to all of our existing customers as they operate and maintain their Tritium charging assets for their advertised ten-year operating life.

Markets & Opportunities

We sell our DC charging solutions in North America, Europe, the Middle East and the Asia Pacific and have over 100 high-quality existing commercial customers, with chargers deployed in 41 countries.

 

LOGO

 

83


We believe the market for DC charging solutions is poised to expand rapidly, in line with EV adoption. The rapid deployment of DC fast chargers and an expected overall shift to higher power charging in the next 20 years could increase our market opportunity as a designer and manufacturer of DC charging equipment with an already established market position in high-power charging.

We are currently focused on six key customer types across the charging landscape: Charge Point Operators (“CPOs”), Automakers, Fleets, Fuel Stations, Retail, and Utilities. Each segment has different business drivers for investing in DC chargers; however, our products are segment-agnostic and can be used across all target sectors. We aim to address the emerging markets of heavy-duty vehicle charging and residential and fleet low power DC charging in the future.

Customers

 

   

Charge Point Operators: We work with many global DC fast charging networks. The CPO business model is focused on revenue from charging sessions only and requires low ongoing operational costs. This model is well suited to our products and product architecture that focuses on delivering the lowest total cost of ownership to owner operators. Liquid cooling technology also delivers chargers that generally have a smaller footprint and a narrower profile as compared to air-cooled chargers, giving CPOs flexible deployment options.

 

   

Automakers: Automakers operate Tritium charging assets at a range of sites. Some operate public charging networks, acting like CPOs, to facilitate vehicle sales, and some offer charging at their showrooms. The complete driver experience is important to the automaker business model, so we provide confidential testing facilities to automakers evaluating new vehicle compatibility with compliant charging infrastructure. We have also applied years of field experience to the human user interface on its charging equipment, supporting what we believe to be a premium and intuitive driver experience. Brand experience is also important to automakers, and we provide customized branded vinyl wraps on our charging equipment to enable the customer’s fleet of chargers to reflect their overall brand image. For this type of customer, our slim profile chargers have sold well into luxury car showrooms, where aesthetics are a differentiator.

 

   

EV Fleets: We sell chargers to fleet operators who rely on their charging infrastructure to run their business, including corporate passenger vehicle, utility vehicle, van, small truck and bus fleets. We offer fleet operators high reliability enabled by our unique liquid cooled technology, using fully sealed, liquid cooled components that reduce maintenance. The new generation of Tritium chargers have been designed with modular and scalable power architectures, allowing both higher levels of redundancy and rapid repair times using single person lift power modules. These new features and the liquid cooling are designed with fleet and operations managers in mind, providing an overall lower total cost of ownership than competitor offerings, as well as superior reliability and easy serviceability.

 

   

Fuel Stations: We sell chargers to fuel station operators globally, allowing these businesses to deploy charging equipment at their existing sites and also to expand their business model to new charging locations decoupled from the highly regulated environment of traditional fuel stations. We have worked with fuel station businesses to prototype an in-store payment experience where the charging session can be paid inside the fuel retail outlet, allowing fuel stations to cross-sell and up-sell convenience items during the charging session. Fuel customers typically operate higher powered charging infrastructure in Europe and this has been a competitive advantage for us with the availability of our 175 kW and 350 kW models.

 

   

Retail: The slimline profile and customized branding available on our charging equipment is important to retail customers who do not want to lose car parking spaces through the deployment of charging equipment and who value the look and feel of hardware installed near their businesses. Various payment options are available on Tritium chargers, suited to retail customers, which does not want the complexity of an RFID tag or an app and requires simple customer payment mechanisms. Our RT50

 

84


 

and RTM50 models are well suited to this segment, where the business driver is convenient co-located charging that drives foot traffic into the store, due to their charging speeds which are attractive, but not too fast.

 

   

Utilities: We sell equipment to energy utilities directly in geographies where utilities can own and operate charging stations, as well as to the customers of utilities and to the CPO businesses they run or own. The new generation of our products will have an optional internal DC electricity meter, a compliance requirement that has been implemented in Germany and which is likely to become mandatory in other countries in the future.

Future Opportunities

 

   

Heavy Duty: Operators of heavy duty, freight, logistics and mining vehicles and equipment are beginning to electrify their fleets and require DC high-power charging infrastructure to ensure that their fleets continue to operate efficiently and cost effectively. We are expanding sales coverage to work with these heavy-duty customers who require chargers that can operate in harsh industrial conditions. Our charging units are sealed to an ingress protection IP65 rating, preventing dust, water, and corrosive air from entering the charging station. This sealed design allows Tritium chargers to operate in both mining and industrial port locations where we have sold chargers to support utility vehicles and small trucks, respectively.

 

   

Residential & Low Power DC: In the future, automakers may look to remove onboard AC charging equipment for weight and space savings. In this case, low-power DC charging equipment for both emergency charging and to compete with the slower AC seven to 11 kW segment may become a new market opportunity. We have both a 25 kW DC wall charger for the residential market that may be integrated with residential battery storage and solar photovoltaic systems, as well as a 25 kW DC wall charger for the fleet market on our technology roadmap in the near future as we see this market maturing.

 

   

Multiple Outlet Low Power DC Fleet Charging: A future Tritium market opportunity may be using lower power DC charging in the fleet and depot segment to provide a distributed DC architecture. In the future, this distributed architecture could centralize AC to DC power conversion equipment (rectification), and then use a satellite system of distributed DC 25 kW charging units. We believe that this layout could reduce cabling costs for operators, and benefit from more cost-effective, centralized, larger sized power conversion equipment. We expect that this system layout could provide operators with more flexibility in how the charging capacity is scaled, and by using DC technology could provide more granular charging information to operators.

Product Roadmap

The future product roadmap is centered on a continued expansion of the Tritium MSC architecture. The MSC architecture is our transition to a modular based charging design that continues to deliver key Tritium selling points, such as a fully sealed IP65 enclosure, while providing new features and functionality to the owners and operators of Tritium charging equipment.

We plan to release several new products including a range of software modules and expanded service coverage over next five years. In the near-term, the expansion of our product portfolio will be the PKM150 release, which was officially launched in December 2021, and the PKM360 release. Both chargers utilize the MSC charging architecture to help operators better manage their capital expenditure by providing the ability to expand their charging sites in two ways. With the PKM150 and PKM360, operators are expected to be able to use Tritium charging equipment to scale up the charging capacity of each charger over time by adding new

 

85


charging modules or the ability to scale out the charging site over time by adding new charging stations to the site, as illustrated by the following graphic:

 

LOGO

Manufacturing

We design, test, commercialize, and manufacture our products in-house. We have facilities capable of manufacturing in Australia, Europe and the United States, but currently manufacture most of our charging hardware in Brisbane, Australia. Each Tritium fast charger undergoes high power testing to ensure the safety and reliability of the charging equipment before it is deployed in the field.

In February 2022, we announced site selection for our U.S. manufacturing facility in Tennessee, which, as of the date of this prospectus, is expected to include up to six production lines, employ more than 500 people over the next five years and have initial capacity to produce more than 10,000 DC fast charger units per year, with the potential in the future to produce approximately 30,000 units per year at peak capacity. Production is expected to start at the Tennessee facility sometime in the third calendar quarter of 2022. We also expect to announce expansion of our European manufacturing capabilities, through expansion of existing facilities or establishment of new facilities, in 2023.

Components are sourced from a diverse global supply chain, the majority of which is currently local to the Brisbane factory. We work to have dual suppliers of critical components to reduce supply chain risk, but certification requirements can limit available supplier options. Our operations team works closely with its engineering team to introduce new products to the production line, establish and monitor quality control points, plan ongoing production, and coordinate deliveries to our facilities in Amsterdam and Los Angeles, or directly to the customer.

Manufacturing of the chargers is generally limited to final assembly rather than component manufacturing. Tooling is generally lightweight and mobile, and the single most expensive piece of manufacturing equipment is the end-of-line test equipment. This means our capex requirements are relatively low.

Government Regulation and Incentives

OSHA

We are subject to the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, as amended (“OSHA”) in the United States. OSHA establishes certain employer responsibilities, including maintenance of a workplace free of recognized hazards likely to cause death or serious injury, compliance with standards promulgated by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration and various recordkeeping, disclosure and procedural requirements. Various standards, including standards for notices of hazards, safety in excavation and demolition work and the handling of asbestos, may apply to our operations.

 

86


We are subject to the Work Health and Safety Act 2011 (Qld) and the Work Health and Safety Regulation 2011, as amended, in Queensland, Australia and the Occupational Health and Safety Act 1984 (WA) and Occupational Safety and Health Regulations 1996, as amended, in Western Australia, Australia. This legislation establishes certain responsibilities for persons conducting a business to secure the health and safety of workers and workplaces including duties to eliminate or minimize risks to health and safety as is reasonably practicable and various record keeping, disclosure and procedural requirements.

NEMA

The National Electrical Manufacturers Association (“NEMA”) is the association of electrical equipment and medical imaging manufacturers. NEMA provides a forum for the development of technical standards that are in the best interests of the industry and users, advocacy of industry policies on legislative and regulatory matters, and collection, analysis, and dissemination of industry data.

Bipartisan Infrastructure Framework

In August 2021 the U.S. Senate passed the Bipartisan Infrastructure Framework, which contained funding support for EV charging infrastructure. If passed in the house, the bill would invest $7.5 billion to build out a national network of EV chargers in the United States. Further details on the mechanism in which this investment will be distributed and awarded are not yet available; however, we will target the funding either as a direct recipient or indirectly through supporting charging equipment operators that have chosen to use our charging equipment.

Environmental Laws and Regulation

We are subject to a variety of environmental laws and regulations, including, among others, water use and discharge, air emissions, use of chemicals and recycled materials, energy sources, the storage, handling, and disposal of hazardous materials and waste, the protection of the environment and natural resources, and the remediation of environmental contamination. We are required to obtain and comply with the terms and conditions of environmental permits, many of which may be difficult and expensive to obtain and must be renewed on a periodic basis. A failure to comply with these laws, regulations or permits could result in substantial civil and criminal fines and penalties, the suspension or loss of such permits, and possibly orders to cease the non-compliant operations.

Air Emissions

Our manufacturing operations may be required to meet certain emissions limitations, either by the use of emissions control equipment or modifications to our manufacturing practices. These operations may also require permits or require us to otherwise register our facilities with various government agencies. Failure to obtain such permits or comply with such emissions requirements may result in substantial fines or penalties, require us to expend substantial resources to obtain compliance, or otherwise adversely impact our business or results of operations.

Hazardous Materials and Waste

We are subject to laws and regulations regarding the handling and disposal of hazardous substances and solid wastes, including electronic wastes and batteries. These laws generally regulate the generation, storage, treatment, transportation and disposal of solid and hazardous waste, and may impose strict, joint and several liability for the investigation and remediation of areas where hazardous substances may have been released or disposed. For instance, Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (“CERCLA”), also known as the Superfund law, in the United States and comparable state laws impose liability, without regard to fault or the legality of the original conduct, on certain classes of persons that contributed to the

 

87


release of a hazardous substance into the environment. These persons include current and prior owners or operators of the site where the release occurred as well as companies that disposed or arranged for the disposal of hazardous substances found at the site. Under CERCLA, these persons may be subject to joint and several strict liability for the costs of cleaning up the hazardous substances that have been released into the environment, for damages to natural resources and for the costs of certain health studies. CERCLA also authorizes the Environmental Protection Agency and, in some instances, third parties to act in response to threats to the public health or the environment and to seek to recover from the responsible classes of persons the costs they incur. We may handle hazardous substances within the meaning of CERCLA, or similar state statutes, in the course of ordinary operations and, as a result, may be jointly and severally liable under CERCLA for all or part of the costs required to clean up sites at which these hazardous substances have been released into the environment.

We also generates solid wastes, which may include hazardous wastes that are subject to the requirements of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (“RCRA”) and comparable state statutes. While RCRA regulates both solid and hazardous wastes, it imposes strict requirements on the generation, storage, treatment, transportation and disposal of hazardous wastes. Certain components of our products may be excluded from RCRA’s hazardous waste regulations, provided certain requirements are met. However, if these components do not meet all of the established requirements for the exclusion to apply, or if the requirements for the exclusion change, we may be required to treat such products as hazardous waste, which are subject to more rigorous and costly disposal requirements.

In Europe, we are subject to the Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment Directive (the “WEEE Directive”). The WEEE Directive requires certain entities, such as us, to finance the collection and recycling of waste electrical and electronic equipment at product end-of-life; specifically, it provides for the creation of collection schemes where consumers return waste electrical and electronic equipment to merchants, such as us. The WEEE Directive also sets registration requirements, collection and recycling targets, and other requirements. Compliance with the WEEE Directive may require substantial resources, and if we fail to properly manage such waste electrical and electronic equipment we may be subject to fines, sanctions, or other actions that may adversely affect our financial operations. Any changes in such laws or regulations, or any changes in our ability to qualify the materials used for exclusions under such laws and regulations, could adversely affect our business performance, operating expenses, or results of operations.

Supply Chain

Increasingly, jurisdictions require companies to monitor and address certain practices from their supply chains. For example, several jurisdictions have adopted or are considering adopting supply chain diligence laws. Compliance with such laws entails substantial costs and may require modifying our supply chains if any issues are discovered or could result in substantial fines. Additionally, should we fail to sufficiently monitor our supply chains, we may be subject to fines or penalties for non-compliance, which may have an adverse effect on our operations. Similar or more stringent laws also exist in other jurisdictions where we operate.

 

88


Product Development

 

LOGO

We have invested a significant amount of time and expense into development of our DC fast charging technologies. Our ability to maintain our leadership position depends in part on our ongoing product development activities. Our hardware and software product development is principally conducted at its headquarters in Brisbane. As of December 31, 2021, we had 168 full-time employees in total engaged in its product development activities.

Our product development team is responsible for the design, development, rapid prototyping, testing, certification, and operational handover to manufacturing of products. Our product development focus remains on innovating and optimizing DC charging technology to ensure we remain a technology leader in this field, specifically focusing on our ability to differentiate by delivering lower total cost of ownership, greater ease of use and reliability advantages to customers.

The expansion of our Brisbane, Australia-based product development test and prototyping center was completed and began full operations in November 2021. We believe the expanded product development center ranks among the world’s highest power EMC facility for EV chargers, based on facilities available to us for product testing. The EMC facility will allow us to expedite testing and prototyping, reducing compliance and certification timelines to bring products to market more rapidly. Our test facility is designed to be able to test up to 720 kW devices, in both EMC and Thermal test chambers, to IEC standards.

 

89


Intellectual Property

 

LOGO

Our ability to obtain and maintain intellectual property protection for our products and technology is fundamental to the long-term success of our business. We rely on a combination of intellectual property protection strategies, including patents, trademarks, copyrights trade secrets, confidentiality policies and procedures and contractual restrictions to establish, maintain and protect our intellectual property and confidential information and data used in our business.

As of December 31, 2021, we had one Australian patent issued, two Australian pending non-provisional patent applications and three Australian pending provisional patent applications. Additionally, as of December 31, 2021, we had two U.S. pending non-provisional patent applications and one foreign patent application pending in Germany. As of December 31, 2021, there was one pending Patent Cooperation Treaty (“PCT”) application. These patents relate to various EV charging station designs and/or EV charging functionality. In addition, these patents are projected to expire between 2021 and 2038, excluding any possible patent term adjustments or extensions and assuming payment of all appropriate maintenance, renewal, annuity or other governmental fees, as applicable.

The term of individual patents depends upon the legal term for patents in the countries in which they are granted. In most countries, including the United States and Australia, the patent term is 20 years from the earliest claimed filing date of a non-provisional patent application in the applicable country. In the United States, a patent’s term may, in certain cases, be lengthened by patent term adjustment, which compensates a patentee for administrative delays by the United States Patent and Trademark Office in examining and granting a patent, or may be shortened if a patent is terminally disclaimed over a commonly owned patent or a patent naming a common inventor and having an earlier expiration date. In Australia, the right to seek a patent term extension only applies to pharmaceutical patents (to recognize and compensate patentees for time spent on product development and regulatory authorization).

 

90


We intend to pursue additional intellectual property registrations to the extent we believes it would be beneficial and cost-effective. Our ability to stop third parties from making, using or commercializing any of its patented inventions will depend in part on our success in obtaining, defending and enforcing patent claims that cover our technology, inventions and improvements. We cannot provide any assurance that any of our current or future patent applications will result in the issuance of patents in any particular jurisdiction, or that any of our current or future issued patents will effectively protect any of our current or future technology from infringement. Nor can we be sure that any patents will prevent others from commercializing infringing products or technology, provide us with any competitive advantage, or will not be challenged, invalidated or circumvented.

Distribution

We sell our products directly and via resellers generally contracted under a template distributor agreement on our preferred terms and conditions.

We previously had a three-year, exclusive distributor agreement with Gilbarco Inc. (“Gilbarco”), an affiliate of a Tritium shareholder, who had the sole right during the term of the distributor contract to lead sales into fuel customers and to sell our products into the fuel segment (with an exception for charge point operators). That agreement expired on August 29, 2021, which requires us and Gilbarco to negotiate the assignment of existing contracts between Gilbarco’s and our end customers or enter continuity agreements for supply and servicing under such contracts. The expiration of the agreement also means that in order to sell to fuel segment customers, rather than selling through Gilbarco, we must now either (i) directly tender products and services or enter supply arrangements with those customers or (ii) use our other distributors to sell products and services into the fuel segment. Additionally, as a result of the expiration of the agreement, Gilbarco may now sell products that compete with our products to our existing and prospective customers. Subsequent to the expiration of the agreement, Gilbarco has remained a distributor of our products and Tritium has begun selling directly to certain key fuel customers that were previously serviced under the Gilbarco agreement. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Our contract with our exclusive distributor for the fuel market expired in August 2021, and we do not expect the exclusive distributor contract to be renewed. We expect to continue to work with this distributor to fill fuel customers’ orders that were already secured prior to August 2021.

Competition

We principally compete with approximately five to ten major DC charging manufacturers that are based in Europe and the United States.

We are differentiated from other DC charging manufacturers through its DC fast charging technology that has been developed in-house, including the proprietary and patented liquid cooling system that allows us to obtain an ingress protection rating of IP65. We believe that our new generation of charging technology, the MSC platform, which is expected to launch in the fourth quarter of 2021, will further differentiate us and provide additional benefits to our customers. The new MSC technology platform will be a fully sealed, liquid cooled, module-based design that not only protects the internal power electronics equipment from particle ingress, but also makes the charger easier to service with power modules that can be lifted by a single person, and increases redundancy in the case of a module failure. The unique design allows the system to be modular and scalable in three dimensions across the whole site, where operators can scale the options available to drivers by (i) adding more charging stations, (ii) adding more power modules to charging stations, or (iii) adding more power capacity in the site centralized rectification unit. The MSC design provides increased efficiency to operators as well as

 

91


increased flexibility to better match charging demand to installed capacity, as well as the flexibility to expand the site over time as driver demand increases.

 

LOGO

We also compete with AC charger manufacturers in applications where slow charging may be sufficient, such as small commercial settings or overnight fleet charging applications. Furthermore, our competition includes other types of alternative fuel vehicles, plug-in hybrid EVs and high fuel-economy gasoline powered vehicles.

In addition, there are other means for charging EVs that could affect the level of demand for public charging capabilities. For example, Tesla Inc. continues to build out its proprietary supercharger network, which could reduce overall demand for EV charging at other sites. In addition, many EV manufacturers are now offering home charging equipment which could reduce the demand for fast charging capabilities if EV owners find charging at home to be sufficient for their personal charging requirements.

We believe the primary factors on which we compete include:

 

   

charging speed of its chargers compared to AC chargers;

 

   

total cost of ownership compared to air-cooled chargers;

 

   

variety and quality of product offerings;

 

   

product performance and reliability;

 

   

product features;

 

   

ease of use;

 

   

brand awareness and trust;

 

   

quality of support; and

 

   

scale and location of operations.

 

92


We believe we compete favorably with respect to each of these factors, in particular product performance, reliability, total cost of ownership and ease of use.

Facilities

Our headquarters are located in Brisbane, Australia where we currently lease approximately 3,959 square meters (or approximately 42,614 square feet) of office space, product development and test facilities under a lease that expires on November 12, 2028. In addition to our headquarters, we also lease three other sites in Brisbane, including two factory sites (one site with approximately 8,477 square meters (or approximately 91,246 square feet) under a lease that expires May 31, 2022 and another site, which also includes warehousing and office space, with approximately 1,559 square meters (or approximately 16,781 square feet) under a lease that expires March 31, 2023) and a warehousing and office site (approximately 1,723 square meters (or approximately 18,546 square feet) under a lease that expires January 14, 2023). In February 2022, we also leased a manufacturing facility in Lebanon, Tennessee (approximately 181,894 square feet under a lease that expires May 31, 2027). We believe this space is sufficient to meet our needs for the next nine to 12 months and that any additional space we may require will be available on commercially reasonable terms.

We also maintain office, manufacturing and logistics facilities in Los Angeles, California and Amsterdam, Netherlands, as well as smaller sales offices in Asia and Europe.

We are currently undertaking projects to increase our manufacturing capacity in the United States and Europe. As noted above, in February 2022, we announced site selection for our U.S. manufacturing facility in Tennessee. We also expect to announce expansion of our European manufacturing capabilities, through expansion of existing facilities or establishment of new facilities, come time in 2023. See “—Manufacturing.”

Human Capital

We strive to offer competitive employee compensation and benefits in order to attract and retain a skilled and diverse workforce. As of December 31, 2021, we had 358 employees and 110 contractors. Our workforce comprises the following departments and geographic locations:

 

     Australia      United States      Europe  
     Headcount      Headcount      Headcount  

Corporate Services

     28        1        4  

Customer Support

     8        22        36  

Engineering

     109        1        1  

Production/Operations

     208        4        12  

Sales

     18        11        5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     371        39        58  

As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, some of our employees are currently working remotely. We have returned employees to our facilities where COVID-19 restrictions permit. Due to its classification as an “essential industry,” we have maintained staff onsite throughout the pandemic, including in our factory and warehouse in Australia and our offices and manufacturing and logistics facilities in Amsterdam and Los Angeles.

None of our employees are represented by a labor union, though some are covered by Awards (in Australia) or a Collective Labor Agreement (in the Netherlands). In Australia, Awards are set by the Australian legislature and define the minimum terms of employment within a specific industry or occupation. Awards that apply to our employees in Australia include the Manufacturing and Associated Industries and Occupations Award, the Professional Employees Award and the Clerks Award. Employees employed by our Dutch subsidiaries (i.e., Tritium Europe B.V. and Tritium Technologies B.V.) are covered by a Collective Labor Agreement, which sets out the minimum terms of their employment agreements. We believe we maintain good relations with our employees.

 

93


Legal Proceedings

We are not party to any material legal proceedings. From time to time, we may be involved in legal proceedings or subject to claims incident to the ordinary course of business. Regardless of the outcome, such proceedings or claims can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of resources and other factors, and there can be no assurances that favorable outcomes will be obtained.

 

94


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis provides information which our management believes is relevant to an assessment and understanding of Tritium Holdings’ consolidated results of operations and financial condition. The discussion should be read together with the historical consolidated financial statements of Tritium Holdings for the years ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, and the related notes that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The discussion and analysis should also be read together with the pro forma financial information as of and for the year ended June 30, 2021. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information.” This discussion may contain forward-looking statements based upon current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements, including those set forth under “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” as a result of various factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” or in other parts of this prospectus.

Overview

We design, sell, manufacture and service proprietary hardware and associated software to create advanced and reliable DC fast chargers for EVs. Our technology is engineered to be easy to install, own and use. Our compact, robust chargers are designed to look great on Main Street and thrive in harsh conditions. Founded in Brisbane and, as of December 31, 2021, having already sold more than 6,700 DC fast chargers, we have provided more than 3.6 million high-power charging sessions across 41 countries, delivering an aggregate of over 55 gigawatts of energy.

Major auto manufacturers such as BMW, Ford, GM, Honda, and Volkswagen, among others, have committed to producing more EVs and various governments have begun implementing supportive policies. For example, the Biden Administration has pledged to fund the installation of 500,000 new chargers in the United States over the next decade and has established a target for 50% of all new car sales to be electric by 2030. In the coming years, we believe EVs will cost less than ICE vehicles. BNEF has forecasted that this price parity in Europe can be achieved by 2026, and in all countries and vehicle segments by 2029. In addition, BNEF has forecasted that zero emission vehicles, such as EVs, are expected to increase from 4% of new cars sold in 2020 to 70% by 2040. Additional factors propelling this shift from ICE vehicles to EVs include proposed fossil fuel bans or restrictions, transit electrification mandates and utility incentive programs. However, the global transition to an EV-based transportation network will depend on, among other things, the availability of sufficient charging infrastructure. Accordingly, a BNEF report projects that the cumulative EV charging infrastructure investment in the United States and Europe will be approximately $60 billion by 2030 and increasing to $192 billion by 2040. We believe we are at the forefront of the charging equipment build-out, focusing exclusively on DC fast charging of EVs.

Key Factors Affecting Operating Results

We believe our performance and future success depend on several factors that present significant opportunities for us but also pose risks and challenges, including those discussed below and in the section of this prospectus titled “Risk Factors.”

Growth in EV Adoption

Our revenue growth is directly tied to the charging requirements that stem from the continued adoption of passenger and commercial EVs. The continued adoption of passenger and commercial EVs drives the demand for charging infrastructure. The market for EVs is still rapidly evolving and, although demand for EVs has grown in recent years, there is no guarantee such future demand will persist. Factors impacting the adoption of EVs include but are not limited to: consumer perceptions about EV features, quality, safety, performance and cost; consumer perceptions about the limited range over which EVs may be driven on a single battery charge; volatility in the cost of oil and gasoline; availability of government-backed incentives to purchase EVs; changes

 

95


to fuel economy standards or the success of alternative fuels; evolving governmental regulation and political support of EVs; availability of charging stations and services for EVs; consumers’ perception about the convenience and cost of charging EVs; and increases in fuel efficiency.

We service the DC fast charging market. Typically, only BEVs can use DC fast chargers. The demand for DC charging relies on continued growth in the BEV segment. According to BNEF, approximately 4% of global passenger vehicle sales in 2020 were EVs. BNEF expects sales of EVs to grow to over 30% of the global passenger vehicle market by 2030. In addition, macroeconomic factors could impact demand for EVs. For example, because many EVs are more expensive than comparable traditional gasoline-powered vehicles, the recent decline in sales in the automotive industry globally may result in lower prices on gasoline-powered vehicles and may reduce EV sales due to the greater price disparity. If the market for EVs does not develop as expected or if there is any slow-down or delay in overall EV adoption rates, this would impact our ability to increase our revenue or grow our business. For additional information, see “Business.

Competition

In North America, our DC fast charging equipment ranges in power from 50 kW to 175 kW and is certified by TUV to UL specifications. In Europe, our fast charging equipment ranges in power from 50 kW to 350 kW and is certified by TUV to the CE certification mark. These certifications differentiate us from most DC fast charging OEM competitors who are focused on one region only due to regulatory and certification complexity. It is expected that existing competitors may expand their product offerings, and new competitors may enter the market. Competitors are expected to expand their geographic coverage to multiple regions and improve their internal capabilities to meet regulatory and certification approvals, develop enhanced software, or further expand their service coverage. If our market share decreases due to increased competition, our revenue and ability to generate profits in the future may be impacted.

Distribution

We sell our products directly and via resellers generally contracted under a template distributor agreement on our preferred terms and conditions.

We previously had a three-year, exclusive distributor agreement with Gilbarco, an affiliate of a Tritium shareholder, who had the sole right during the term of the distributor contract to lead sales into fuel customers and to sell our products into the fuel segment (with an exception for charge point operators). That agreement expired on August 29, 2021, which requires us and Gilbarco to negotiate the assignment of existing contracts between Gilbarco’s and our end customers or enter continuity agreements for supply and servicing under such contracts. We do not expect the expiration of the Gilbarco agreement to have a material adverse effect on operating results, as (i) we do not rely heavily on exclusive distributor arrangements, including arrangements like the Gilbarco agreement, (ii) Gilbarco has remained a non-exclusive distributor of our products after expiration of the agreement and (iii) we have begun selling directly to certain key fuel customers that were previously serviced under the Gilbarco agreement, many of which prefer to purchase their products directly from the manufacturer.

For additional information, see “Business—Distribution” and “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Our contract with our exclusive distributor for the fuel market expired in August 2021, and we do not expect the exclusive distributor contract to be renewed. We expect to continue to work with this distributor to fill fuel customers’ orders that were already secured prior to August 2021.

International Operations Expansion

We currently operate in the United States, Europe and Australia and intends to grow operations to up to three global, full scale manufacturing facilities, with investment in new production facilities in Europe and in the United States, and further development of the Brisbane facilities. The factories are expected to conduct final

 

96


assembly of the EV charging hardware, with the majority of components purchased from third-party suppliers. These expansions are intended to increase speed to market and reduce freight costs and delays due to the ability to deliver products via road transport. Multiple risks could constrain the ability for us to meet the regional deployment plans.

We have initiated two internal projects and have engaged external specialist consultants to scope and size the planned international expansion of our production facilities. A project in Europe is underway to research optimal locations via assessments based upon weighted criteria such as utility costs, labor market conditions, labor laws, taxation regimes, import and export duties, government incentives, natural disaster ratings and the rule of law. Strategic planning for the number of facilities globally, their scale, location, timing and cost is ongoing. In February 2022, we announced site selection and entry into a lease agreement for a new U.S. manufacturing facility located in Lebanon, Tennessee. We intend for this facility to be funded by cash on hand and any available incentives from either the landlord or government bodies.

These projects and expansion plans are subject to a number of factors outside of our control that may affect the ultimate location, cost, timing and/or scale of the facilities, or may prevent them from being built at all. See Risk Factors—We have experienced rapid growth and expect to invest in growth for the foreseeable future. If we fail to manage growth effectively, our business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Government Mandates, Incentives and Programs

The U.S. federal government, certain foreign governments and some U.S. state and local governments provide incentives to end users and purchasers of EVs and EV charging stations in the form of rebates, tax credits and other financial incentives. These governmental rebates, tax credits and other financial incentives significantly lower the effective price of EVs and EV charging stations to customers. However, these incentives may expire on specified dates, end when the allocated funding is no longer available, or be reduced or terminated as a matter of regulatory or legislative policy. Any reduction in rebates, tax credits or other financial incentives could reduce the demand for EVs and for charging infrastructure, including infrastructure offered by us.

Impact of COVID-19

The effects of the COVID-19 pandemic have impacted our business and customers. Government responses to the COVID-19 pandemic have resulted in restrictions being placed on Australian-based subject matter experts which has limited their ability to travel internationally. This has impacted our ability to expand, and has increased the risk that new operational facilities may take longer to deploy or may be more expensive than expected and therefore not deliver the expected benefits. If these risks are realized, our revenue and ability to generate profits in the future may be impacted.

The COVID-19 pandemic has also prompted a trend towards expanding contractual liability, including penalties for delivery delays for suppliers under force majeure clauses, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. The impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on international shipping and air freight, including fewer available shipping and air providers and routes and significantly increased costs, has increased our cost of goods sold and may continue to increase cost of goods sold in the future. Additionally, any future shipping or air freight delays as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, or any future pandemic or resurgence, could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Further, the COVID-19 pandemic has affected the manner in which our inventory is managed, resulting in downward pressure on inventory turnover, which, in turn, negatively impacts working capital. As of June 30, 2021, Tritium Holdings’ inventory increased to $36.4 million, compared to $25.2 million as of June 30, 2020. This increase in inventory was a result of a strategic decision to increase our minimum stock levels to offset the

 

97


effects of COVID-19 on our supply chain. Any further decrease in inventory turnover as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, or any future pandemic or resurgence, could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Components of Results of Operations

Hardware Revenue

Hardware revenue consists of revenue generated from the sale of EV chargers. We have three major lines: (i) Stand Alone, (ii) Distributed Chargers and (iii) Other. Stand Alone charging systems are single user units. Distributed charging systems can have multiple user units all connected in the one system. The Distributed charging systems are sold as a site configuration and range upwards from a two-user unit site. The average site configuration is a four-user unit site. Other consists primarily of spare parts sold to customers. Hardware revenue is also broken down into revenue received by (i) related parties to us and (ii) external parties unrelated to us.

Revenue from the sale of EV chargers is recognized at a point in time when we transfer control of the assets to the customer.

We also provide for standard warranty rights for general repairs for either two or three years on all EV chargers sold. This standard warranty is not considered to be a separate performance obligation. The estimated warranty costs are recognized as a liability when we transfer control of the goods to a customer.

On September 22, 2021, we decided to send all remaining European orders by air instead of sea in order to mitigate potential shipping delays. On September 23, 2021, we became aware of significant delays at the ports of Los Angeles and Long Beach, with nearly 100 ships at anchor or in drift areas awaiting berth space. As a result, we decided to send one final shipping container in October 2021 and all remaining U.S. orders after that by air. We cannot assure you that delays in shipping from Australia to the United States and/or other major ports in Europe or Asia or that actions taken to mitigate delays, such as us delivering our chargers by air rather than by sea from late September, will not decrease our revenue for the calendar year ended December 31, 2021. The decision to use air freight to fulfill our European orders since September 22, 2021 and our U.S. orders since October 3, 2021 is expected to increase our freight costs and decrease our gross margin and may adversely affect our operating results. We are not yet able to accurately quantify the full effect of the decision to use air freight.

Service and Maintenance Revenue

We generate revenue from service and maintenance in relation to commissioning, repair, maintenance, and training. Generally, revenue in relation to rendering of service and maintenance is recognized when the service and/or maintenance has been provided, either over time or at a point in time. Service and maintenance revenue is also broken down into revenue received by (i) related parties to us and (ii) external parties unrelated to us. We recognize the material portion of our revenue from service and maintenance at a point of time when the service and/or maintenance is delivered (i.e., for commissioning and repairs). However, if the service and/or maintenance is performed over a period of time and if the outcome can be estimated reliably then the stage of completion of the services based on an input method (i.e., costs incurred) is used to determine the appropriate level of revenue to be recognized in the period.

We provide an extended warranty to our customers for an additional fee. Extended warranty revenue is recognized as a contract liability on receipt and recognized over the period in which the service and/or maintenance is provided based on the time elapsed (this commences after the standard warranty expires).

During the period from January 2019 to December 2019, we provided maintenance and repair services to a customer under a non-recurring, one-off upgrade contract. On January 1, 2020, we entered into an SLA with a different customer, IONITY, for fixed response time maintenance and repair services.

 

98


Software Revenue

We expect to generate revenue from 2022 onwards from software services in relation to Pulse and MyTritium licences and other software modules, such as preventative maintenance and site utilization.

Cost of Goods Sold (exclusive of depreciation)

Hardware

We manufacture our products in Tritium-run facilities in Australia, the United States and the Netherlands. We currently manufacture most of our charging hardware in Brisbane. Cost of goods sold for hardware revenue includes raw materials, associated freight, warranty costs, labor costs and overhead costs directly attributable to the manufacture of products. Overhead costs include salaries and related personnel expenses and warranty provisions. Shipping and handling costs are included in cost of goods sold. Warranty costs are estimated based on historical product failure rates and repair expenses.

On September 22, 2021, we decided to send all remaining European orders by air instead of sea in order to mitigate potential shipping delays. On September 23, 2021, we became aware of significant delays at the ports of Los Angeles and Long Beach, with nearly 100 ships at anchor or in drift areas awaiting berth space. As a result, we decided to send one final shipping container in October 2021 and all remaining U.S. orders after that by air. We cannot assure you that delays in shipping from Australia to the United States and/or other major ports in Europe or Asia or that actions taken to mitigate delays, such as us delivering our chargers by air rather than by sea from late September, will not increase our cost of goods sold for the calendar year ended December 31, 2021. The decision to use air freight to fulfill our European orders since September 22, 2021 and our U.S. orders since October 3, 2021 is expected to increase our freight costs and decrease our gross margin and may adversely affect our operating results. We are not yet able to accurately quantify the full effect of the decision to use air freight.

Service and Maintenance

Cost of goods sold for service and maintenance revenue includes spare part materials and labor costs, including the cost of subcontractors and overhead costs directly attributable to the commissioning and repairs of products. Overhead costs include salaries and related personnel expenses and warranty provisions.

Segment Gross Profit (Loss)

Segment gross profit (loss) is a non-GAAP measure for reporting used by Tritium Holdings and is calculated as revenue less cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation). Segment gross margin is Segment gross profit (loss) expressed as a percentage of total revenue. Tritium Holdings offers a range of EV chargers with each charger having a varied contribution to Segment gross profit (loss). Segment gross profit (loss) and margin vary from period to period due to the mix of products sold, manufacturing costs and warranty costs. For a reconciliation of Segment gross profit (loss) and Segment gross margin to the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measures, see the section entitled “Non-GAAP Financial Measures.” In addition, see “—Results of Operations—Segment Gross Profit (Loss)” below for additional information.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses consist primarily of employee-related expenses including share-based payments expense, and costs to sell and market our products and services, as well as the costs of managing our company overall such as information technology, insurance, rent, professional fees, travel and other administrative expenses.

We expect our SG&A expenses to increase as we continue to expand our business. We expect to increase our salesforce in major markets, including the United States, Asia Pacific and throughout Europe. We also expect to incur additional expenses as a result of operating as a public company, including increased legal and accounting costs, investor relations costs, higher insurance premiums, and compliance costs.

 

99


Product Development Expenses

Product development costs primarily consist of employee labor costs for those employees engaged in product development activities, including the development, design and testing of new products. Other product development costs include tools, materials and equipment and other project costs related to product development. Product development costs are expensed as incurred.

Recently, our product development efforts have been focused on developing our MSC architecture and advancing the development of other products and technologies. We expect our product development expenses to increase on an absolute basis and they may increase as a percentage of total revenue for the foreseeable future as we continue to invest in product development activities to achieve our full suite of planned products.

Depreciation Expenses

Depreciation expenses consist primarily of depreciation and amortization in relation to fixed assets, leased assets and leasehold improvements. Property, plant and equipment, excluding freehold land, is depreciated on a straight-line and reducing balance basis over the asset’s useful life to us, commencing when the asset is ready for use. Leased assets and leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of either the unexpired period of the lease or their estimated useful life.

The depreciation rates used for each class of depreciable asset are shown below:

 

Plant and equipment

     20.00

Furniture, Fixtures and Fittings

     20.00

Motor Vehicles

     20.00

Office Equipment

     20.00

Computer Equipment

     33.34

An item of property, plant and equipment and any significant part initially recognized is derecognized upon disposal. Any gain or loss arising on de-recognition of the asset (calculated as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset) is included in the statement of profit or loss when the asset is derecognized.

At the end of each annual reporting period, the depreciation method, useful life and residual value of each asset is reviewed. Any revisions are accounted for prospectively as a change in estimate.

We intends to grow operations to three global, full scale manufacturing facilities, with investment in new production facilities in Europe and in the United States, and further development of the Brisbane facilities. To the extent we execute on this contemplated expansion, we expect our depreciation expenses to increase as a result.

Finance Costs

Finance costs consist primarily of the interest and borrowing costs incurred on (i) the Senior Loan Note Subscription Agreement, dated April 30, 2020, by and among Tritium Holdings, Commonwealth Bank of Australia, CBA Corporate Services (NSW) Pty Limited and HealthSpring Life & Health Insurance Company, among other parties, including the subsequent expansion of the loan (collectively, the “CIGNA Loan”), (ii) the Shareholder Loan Agreement, dated May 5, 2020, by and between Tritium Holdings and St. Baker Energy Holdings Pty Ltd (the “Shareholder Loan”), and (iii) the convertible notes recognized as issued by Tritium Holdings to certain existing shareholders of Tritium Holdings in January 2021 and May 2021 (the “Convertible Notes.”)

 

100


Other Income

Other income consists of government incentives in the form of the Australian federal government’s “JobKeeper” program which was a program aimed to support companies as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, bank interest received, gains on disposal of assets and other income earned from sales to contractors.

Results of Operations

Comparison of the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2021 to the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2020

The following table summarizes Tritium Holdings’ results of operations for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended June 30,     Period-over-Period Change
Year Ended
June 30, 2021 to 2020
 
     2021     2020  
     (in thousands, except
percentages)
    Change ($)     Change (%)  

Revenue

        

Service and maintenance revenue, external parties

   $ 2,594     $ 5,489       (2,895     (52.7 )% 

Service and maintenance revenue, related parties

     1       2       (1     (50.0 )% 

Hardware revenue, external parties

     32,299       34,095       (1,796     (5.3 )% 

Hardware revenue, related parties

     21,263       7,383       13,880       188.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     56,157       46,969       9,188       19.6

Cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation)

        

Service and maintenance—cost of goods sold

     (2,873     (2,138     (735     34.4

Hardware—cost of goods sold

     (55,188     (45,805     (9,383     20.5

Total cost of goods sold

     (58,061     (47,943     (10,118     21.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating costs and expenses

        

Selling, general and administrative expense

     (30,748     (22,537     (8,211     36.4

Product development expense

     (10,521     (9,548     (973     10.2

Depreciation expense

     (2,312     (1,309     (1,003     76.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating costs and expenses

     (43,581     (33,394     (10,187     30.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (45,485     (34,368     (11,117     32.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance costs

     (8,795     (1,509     (7,286     482.8

Transaction and offering related fees

     (4,794           (4,794      

Fair value movements—derivatives

     (5,947           (5,947      

Other Income

     1,940       1,433       507       35.4

Total other expense

     (17,596     (76     (17,520     23052.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax

     (63,081     (34,444     (28,637     83.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense

     (11           (11      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss)

     (63,092     (34,444     (28,648     83.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) per common share

        

Net (loss) attributable to common shareholders

     (63,092     (34,444     (28,648     83.2

Basic and diluted—common shares

     (0.86     (0.48     (0.38     79.2

Basic and diluted—class C shares

     (0.86     (0.48     (0.38     79.2

Other comprehensive income (loss), net

        

Change in foreign currency translation adjustment

     (136     (600     464       (77.3 )% 

Total other comprehensive income (loss), net

     (136     (600     464       (77.3 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss

   $ (63,228   $ (35,044     (28,184     80.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

101


Revenue

Revenue increased by $9.2 million, or 19.6%, from $47.0 million during the year ended June 30, 2020 to $56.2 million during the year ended June 30, 2021, primarily attributable to an increase in hardware revenue of $12.1 million offset by a decrease in service and maintenance revenue of $2.9 million.

Hardware Revenue

Hardware revenue consists of revenue generated from the sale of EV chargers. We have three major product lines: Stand Alone, Distributed Chargers and Other. Total hardware revenue (external and related party) increased by $12.1 million, or 29.1%, from $41.5 million during the year ended June 30, 2020 to $53.6 million during the year ended June 30, 2021.

The number of Stand Alone products sold increased by 35, or 5.0%, from 702 during the year ended June 30, 2020 to 737 during the year ended June 30, 2021. The average selling price of Stand Alone products increased by $7,569, or 38.5%, from $19,682 during the year ended June 30, 2020 to $27,251 during the year ended June 30, 2021. This was due to the introduction of higher-powered Stand Alone chargers in late 2020 which command a higher price.

A Distributed Charger site is based on a two-user unit configuration. Sales of Distributed Chargers decreased by 26 sites, or 9.8%, from 260 sites in 2020 to 234 sites in 2021. This was due to the fulfillment of a major Distributed Charger contract primarily in 2020 with a finalization in early 2021. The average selling price of Distributed Chargers increased by $35,411, or 33.3%, from $105,503 during the year ended June 30, 2020 to $140,914 during the year ended June 30, 2021. This was primarily due to the introduction of a new Distributed Charger product in 2021.

We do not expect average selling prices to continue to increase at this rate, as higher powered Stand Alone chargers are not expected to be introduced in the near-term.

Service and Maintenance Revenue

Service and maintenance revenue decreased by $2.9 million, or 52.7%, from $5.5 million during the year ended June 30, 2020 to $2.6 million during the year ended June 30, 2021. During 2020, Tritium Holdings undertook the completion of a non-recurring, one-off upgrade contract of chargers in the field. Due to the one-off nature of the contract, it was not repeated in 2021 which contributed to a decrease of $4.7 million in service and maintenance revenue for the year ended June 30, 2021 compared to 2020. This $4.7 million decrease was offset by an increase in commissioning, repair, maintenance, training and extended warranties of $1.9 million from $0.6 million during the year ended June 30, 2020 to $2.5 million during the year ended June 30, 2021 primarily derived from new SLAs.

Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of goods sold increased by $10.1 million, or 21.1%, from $47.9 million during the year ended June 30, 2020 to $58.1 million during the year ended June 30, 2021 primarily attributable to an increase in product cost of goods sold.

Hardware—Cost of Goods Sold

Hardware—cost of goods sold increased by $9.4 million, or 20.5%, from $45.8 million during the year ended June 30, 2020 to $55.2 million during the year ended June 30, 2021, primarily attributable to an increase in the average cost of Stand Alone products and Distributed Chargers.

 

102


The average cost of Stand Alone products increased by $7,110, or 54%, from $13,183 during the year ended June 30, 2020 to $20,293 during the year ended June 30, 2021. This increase was due to the introduction of the high powered range of new chargers, which have higher manufacturing costs.

The average cost of Distributed Chargers increased by $34,092, or 48%, from $70,395 during the year ended June 30, 2020 to $104,486 during the year ended June 30, 2021. This was primarily due to the introduction of a new Distributed Charger product in 2021.

Service and Maintenance—Cost of Goods Sold

Service and maintenance—cost of goods sold increased by $0.7 million, or 34.4%, from $2.1 million during the year ended June 30, 2020 to $2.9 million during the year ended June 30, 2021. The increase is primarily attributable to a change in the mix of service and maintenance offered during the period with reduced non-recurring contract services which have lower service-related cost of goods sold with an increase in SLAs entered into during the year which have a higher associated service-related cost of goods sold.

Segment Gross Profit (Loss)

Segment gross loss increased by $0.9 million, or 95.5%, from a Segment gross loss of $1.0 million during the year ended June 30, 2020 to an Segment gross loss of $1.9 million during the year ended June 30, 2021, primarily attributable to the decreased Segment gross margin on service and maintenance revenue.

Segment gross margin on hardware revenue increased from (10.4)% during the year ended June 30, 2020 to (3.0)% during the year ended June 30, 2021, representing a decrease to Segment gross loss of $2.7 million, from a Segment gross loss of $4.3 million during the year ended June 30, 2020 to a Segment gross loss of $1.6 million during the year ended June 30, 2021, primarily attributable to an increase in Segment gross profit for Distributed Chargers of $3.7 million and increase in Segment gross profit for Other of $0.2 million from a Segment gross loss of $(0.03) million during the year ended June 30, 2020 to a segment gross profit of $0.1 million during the year ended June 30, 2021.

These increases were offset by a decrease in Segment gross profit for Stand Alone chargers of $1.2 million from $0.1 million during the year ended June 30, 2020 to $(1.0) million during the year ended June 30, 2021.

The improved Segment gross margin on Distributed Chargers resulted from a combination of new products with more favorable margin.

Segment gross margin on service and maintenance revenue decreased from 61.1% during the year ended June 30, 2020 to (10.7)% during the year ended June 30, 2021, representing a decrease in Segment gross profit of $3.6 million. This decrease is attributable to the decrease in service and maintenance revenue to external parties for a non-recurring, one-off, high gross margin contract replaced by increased SLA contract service and maintenance revenue which has a lower gross margin.

For the purpose of reconciling non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable GAAP measures, Tritium Holdings has calculated gross (loss) and gross margin inclusive of the allocation of relevant depreciation and amortization in accordance with GAAP. Gross (loss) is calculated as total revenue less total cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation) and depreciation expense attributable to segments, gross margin is gross (loss) expressed as a percentage of total revenue. It is to be noted that GAAP gross (loss) and gross margin are

 

103


not presented in the financial statements. See below for reconciliations of Segment gross (loss) to gross (loss) from operations and Segment gross margin to gross margin.

 

     Group  
     Year Ended
June 30, 2021
$’000
    Year Ended
June 30, 2020
$’000
 

Total revenue

     56,157       46,969  

Total cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation)

     (58,061     (47,943

Segment depreciation expense

     (926     (584
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross (loss)

     (2,830     (1,558
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Add back

    

Segment depreciation expense

     (926     (584
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Segment gross (loss)

     (1,904     (974
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross (loss)

     (2,830     (1,558

Total revenue

     56,157       46,969  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

     (5.0 )%      (3.3 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Segment gross (loss)

     (1,904     (974

Total revenue

     56,157       46,969  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Segment gross margin

     (3.4 )%      (2.1 )% 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

SG&A expenses increased by $8.2 million, or 36.4%, from $22.5 million during the year ended June 30, 2020 to $30.7 million during the year ended June 30, 2021, primarily attributable to increases in stock based payment expenses (total of stock based employee benefits expense and cash settled stock based compensation expense) of $8.4 million, wages, salaries, and other employee benefits of $0.2 million, foreign exchange losses of $1.2 million, IT and communications expenses of $0.2 million, insurance costs of $0.2 million and expected credit losses on trade receivables of $0.3 million. The overall increase in SG&A expenses was offset by a decrease in occupancy costs of $1.3 million due to receiving a lease incentive on the new test facility, sales and marketing costs of $0.1 million and travel, meal and accommodation expenses of $1.0 million due to the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic.

Product Development Expenses

Product development expenses increased by $1.0 million, or 10.2%, from $9.5 million during the year ended June 30, 2020 to $10.5 million during the year ended June 30, 2021, primarily attributable to increases in product development project costs of $1.0 million.

Depreciation Expense

Depreciation expense increased by $1.0 million, or 76.6%, from $1.3 million during the year ended June 30, 2020 to $2.3 million during the year ended June 30, 2021, primarily attributable to increases in depreciation charges for plant and equipment of $0.6 million, computer hardware and software of $0.2 million, furniture and fixtures of $0.1 million and leasehold improvements of $0.1 million. The increase in depreciation expense is primarily attributable to an increase in property, plant and equipment of $0.9 million or 18.8% from $4.8 million during the year ended June 30, 2020 to $5.7 million during the year ended June 30, 2021.

 

104


Finance Costs

Finance costs increased by $7.3 million, or 482.8%, from $1.5 million during the year ended June 30, 2020 to $8.8 million during the year ended June 30, 2021, primarily attributable to a full year of interest expense incurred in connection with the CIGNA Loan, which represented an increase of $2.7 million from $1.2 million for the year ended June 30, 2020 to $3.9 million for the year ended June 30, 2021. Additionally, the increase is attributable to an increase in interest expense incurred on the Shareholder Loan Agreement of $0.4 million and on the Convertible Notes of $3.7 million incurred from $0.3 million and $0, respectively, for the year ended June 30, 2020 to $4.4 million for the year ended June 30, 2021. The remaining increase was attributable to an increase in borrowing expenses of $0.2 million to raise funding and finance costs of $0.2 million in providing settlement discount.

Transaction and Offering Related Fees

Transaction and offering related fees increased by $4.8 million, from $0 during the year ended June 30, 2020, primarily attributable to increases in accounting fees of $1.2 million, audit fees of $1.0 million and legal fees of $2.6 million in relation to the Business Combination.

Fair Value Movements—Derivative

Fair value movements—derivative increased by $5.9 million, from $0 during the year ended June 30, 2020, attributable to the recognition of the embedded derivative associated with the prepayment right for the CIGNA Loan. On December 7, 2021, we refinanced the CIGNA Loan and entered into a Senior Loan Note Subscription Agreement for a principal amount of $90.0 million (the “CIGNA Refinance Loan”). See “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Sources of Liquidity—CIGNA Refinance Loan.”

Other Income

Other income increased by $0.5 million, or 35.4% , from $1.4 million during the year ended June 30, 2020 to $1.9 million during the year ended June 30, 2021, primarily attributable to an increase in the Australian federal government’s “JobKeeper” program in response to the COVID-19 pandemic of $0.3 million and an increase in other income of $0.2 million, primarily attributable to an increase in sales to contractors.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Sources of Liquidity

We are an early-stage growth business and has funded its business operations primarily with the issuance of equity and through borrowings, along with cash from operations. Our primary cash requirements are for inventory, general operating wages, product development expenses and infrastructure. Our short-term liquidity requirements and priorities are to fund the continued increase in manufactured goods, which will require larger volumes of inventory as orders increase in the normal course of business. Over the longer term, our liquidity requirements are expected to include the funding of new planned manufacturing facilities and their potential expansion over time based on capacity needs and sales. Due to the high levels of redemptions by DCRN public stockholders in connection with the Business Combination, our planned expansion activities may be impacted. We continue to assess the impact of the level of redemptions and the anticipated settlement of the Option Shares and Subscription Shares on our expansion activities, and continue to investigate new sources of funding to enable operational growth and the expansion of our facilities.

At June 30, 2021, Tritium Holdings had total stockholders’ deficit of $64.0 million and accumulated losses of $163.1 million, compared to total stockholders’ deficit of $3.9 million and accumulated losses of $100.0 million at June 30, 2020. Tritium Holdings incurred losses after tax of $63.1 million for the year ended

 

105


June 30, 2021 and $34.4 million for the year ended June 30, 2020. As of June 30, 2021, Tritium Holdings had cash and cash equivalents of $6.2 million dollars. Cash and cash equivalents are held in USD, AUD, and Euros (“EUR”).

Tritium Holdings incurred operating cash outflows of $32.5 million for the year ended June 30, 2021 compared to operating cash outflows of $40.4 million for the year ended June 30, 2020.

At June 30, 2021, Tritium Holdings had external borrowing facilities totaling $73.9 million. The terms of the external borrowings, specifically the interest-bearing liabilities, require that Tritium Holdings maintain minimum liquidity reserve levels throughout the term of the arrangement. They also require the borrowings to be mandatorily repaid upon the occurrence of certain events such as a change in control event.

CIGNA Loan

On April 30, 2020, Tritium Holdings entered into a Senior Loan Note Subscription Agreement in connection with the CIGNA Loan, which had $38.3 million outstanding at June 30, 2021. These issuance costs are deducted from the borrowings balance. The CIGNA Loan is due on December 31, 2024 and is subject to certain financial covenants. This accrued interest, including unpaid interest, on borrowings is capitalized into the balance of the borrowings and is repayable in full with the principal at the termination date of the agreement. The CIGNA Loan accrues interest at a rate of 11.0% per annum.

Subsequent to June 30, 2021, working capital funding has been secured with an extension to the CIGNA Loan for an additional A$40.0 million (approximately $29.4 million) for Tritium Holdings to continue its operations as intended, with funds received in July 2021. See “Capitalization and Indebtedness.”

CIGNA Refinance Loan

On December 7, 2021, Tritium Holdings entered into a Senior Loan Note Subscription Agreement for a principal amount of $90.0 million, whereby Tritium Holdings was not permitted to utilize the loan unless certain conditions are met, including the completion of the Business Combination with a minimum cash balance of at least $70.0 million, among other conditions. To the extent that Tritium Holdings had a cash balance in excess of $125.0 million at the completion of the Business Combination, a portion of the principal amount of the CIGNA Refinance Loan would be required to be repaid within 30 days of the first borrowing under the CIGNA Refinance Loan, as further described in the Senior Loan Note Subscription Agreement. The CIGNA Refinance Loan becomes due on December 31, 2024 and is subject to certain financial covenants. Interest on borrowings from the CIGNA Refinance Loan accrues daily and accrued interest is payable quarterly, with any accrued but unpaid interest outstanding on the termination date thereof (or earlier date on which the CIGNA Refinance Loan is repaid in full) being payable on such date. The CIGNA Refinance Loan accrues interest at a rate of 7.50% per annum and is payable quarterly.

On January 25, 2022, subsequent to the consummation of the Business Combination on January 13, 2022, Tritium Holdings entered into a CP Waiver Letter (“CP Waiver Letter”) with HealthSpring Life & Health Insurance Company, Inc., Cigna Health and Life Insurance Company and Barings Target Yield Infrastructure Debt Holdco 1 S.À R.L. providing for the waiver of certain conditions precedent under the Senior Loan Note Subscription Agreement related to the CIGNA Refinance Loan. Pursuant to the CP Waiver Letter, among other things, the Original Lenders (as defined therein) waived the condition precedent that the Post SPAC Merger Cash Balance (as defined therein) be no less than $70 million and that the Shareholder Loan be fully repaid and that any related security thereunder be released. The CP Waiver Letter also requires we maintain a liquidity reserve amount of $65 million through the closing of a qualifying subordinated funding, which may be in the form of an equity raise or subordinated indebtedness, of at least $99 million.

Additionally, we entered into the Intercreditor Deed, dated January 24, 2022 (the “Intercreditor Deed”), by and among the Original Obligors, Original Senior Creditors and Original Subordinated Creditors (as each term is defined in the Intercreditor Deed), describing their respective rights and obligations with respect to the Original

 

106


Obligors and their assets. In particular, the Intercreditor Deed provides that, among other things, the Subordinated Debt may be repaid from the proceeds $99 million qualifying subordinated funding required under the CP Waiver Letter once the full aggregate proceeds have been received, and that the Subordinated Debt is otherwise subordinated to the Senior Debt and the payments of or related to the Subordinated Debt are otherwise postponed from the date of the Intercreditor Deed through the satisfaction or discharge of Senior Debt, as further described in the Intercreditor Deed.

The foregoing description is qualified in its entirety by the text of the Senior Loan Note Subscription Agreement, the CP Waiver Letter and the Intercreditor Deed, which are included as Exhibits 10.21, 10.21.1 and 10.29, respectively, to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms part and is incorporated herein by reference. See “Capitalization and Indebtedness.”

Shareholder Loan

Tritium Holdings entered into the Shareholder Loan with St Baker Energy Holdings Pty Ltd on May 5, 2020 for a loan amount of $5.6 million, under which Tritium Holdings borrowed an aggregate principal amount of $5.6 million. The outstanding balance of the Shareholder Loan at June 30, 2021 was $6.4 million compared to $5.2 million at June 30, 2020.

The Shareholder Loan accrues interest at a rate of 11%. This accrued interest on the borrowing is capitalized into the balance of the Shareholder Loan and is repayable in full with the principal at the termination date of the agreement.

The borrowings under the Shareholder Loan are secured through the inventory value of Tritium Holdings. Total security provided at June 30, 2021 was $40.6 million compared to $30.4 million at June 30, 2020.

Under the Intercreditor Deed, St Baker Energy Holdings Pty Ltd agreed to, among other things, postpone repayment of the Shareholder Loan such that it was not required to be repaid in connection with the consummation of the Business Combination. The CP Waiver Letter provides for the repayment of the Shareholder Loan in full upon the closing of a qualifying subordinated funding, which may be in the form of an equity raise or subordinated indebtedness, of at least $99 million. For additional information, see “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Loans Payable to St. Baker Energy.

Convertible Notes

Tritium Holdings has recognized the issuance of zero coupon mandatorily convertible notes to certain of Tritium Holdings’ existing shareholders in January and May 2021 with a subscription value of $33.8 million and a maturity date of 12 months from the date of issuance (the “Convertible Notes”). The notes will be settled through the issue of a variable number of common shares equivalent to the face value of the notes determined by reference to the fair value of the shares at the redemption date less a 30% discount for the January 2021 issuance and a 20% discount for the May 2021 issuance.

The notes contain a contingent acceleration clause upon occurrence of a change in control event. Upon such an event, the notes must be settled on the same basis and same amount as on maturity. We have determined the feature to be an ‘embedded derivative’ requiring recognition separate from the note liability. The fair value of the embedded derivative recognized is $0.87 million as of June 30, 2021. After recognition of the separate embedded derivative, our accounts for the notes at amortized cost, with the discount amortized in interest expense over the life of the notes.

As described above, the Convertible Notes converted to a variable number of Ordinary Shares equivalent to the face value of the notes determined by reference to the fair value of the shares at the redemption date less a 30% discount for the January 2021 issuance and a 20% discount for the May 2021 issuance. Once the shares were issued, the Convertible Notes ceased to exist and were replaced by normal, fully paid Ordinary Shares. These shares made up approximately $45.8 million of the $1.2 billion in rollover equity for Tritium Holdings shareholders. For additional information, see “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Convertible Notes.

 

107


National Australia Bank facility (“NAB Facility”)

Tritium Holdings entered into the NAB Facility with National Australia Bank on June 1, 2017, which was reissued on January 24, 2021, which is used for credit cards, bank guarantees and other liabilities. The NAB Facility is a bank guarantee 100% supported by term deposits. Security over the NAB Facility borrowings is held by term deposits of $1.0 million. The total facility limit is $1.7 million, of which a total of $0.1 million is unused at June 30, 2021. The Standby Letter of Credit included in the NAB Facility as at June 30, 2021 incurs a facility fee of 1.5% payable in advance. Tritium Australia holds an equal and offsetting term deposit with the National Australia Bank which receives 0.05% interest per annum. Tritium Holdings considers the NAB Facility an off-balance sheet arrangement. The NAB Facility was not repaid in connection with the Business Combination. See “Capitalization and Indebtedness.”

Long-Term Liquidity Requirements

Tritium Holdings’ current liquidity risk is that it will encounter difficulty in meeting its financial obligations as they become due (see Note 1 to Tritium Holdings’ audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information). These conditions give rise to substantial doubt about the Tritium Group’s ability to continue as a going concern for one year from the issuance of the financial statements.

However, our directors believe that we will continue as a going concern because of the following reasons:

In May 2021, Tritium Holdings entered into a business combination agreement – details of which are set out in Note 28 to Tritium Holdings’ audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The proposed transaction is expected to provide a significant source of working capital for the Tritium Group, but is subject to, among other things, the approval by DCRN stockholders, the approval by the Company shareholders, the waiver of options held by one of our shareholders (obtained in August 2021), SEC review of the Registration Statement and the satisfaction or waiver of other customary closing conditions. As such the closing of the transaction is not within the Tritium Group’s control. Post June 30, 2021, working capital funding has been secured with an extension to the CIGNA Loan for a further $29.4 million to continue its operations as intended, with funds received in July 2021. In addition, on December 7, 2021, Tritium Holdings entered into the CIGNA Refinance Loan for a principal amount of $90.0 million, which is subject to certain conditions, including completion of the Business Combination with a minimum cash balance of at least $70.0 million. We plan to utilize the loan for continuing operations. The Tritium Group’s existing major shareholders have also provided confirmation that they will provide additional financial assistance to the Tritium Group as and when it is needed to enable the Tritium Group to continue its operations and fulfill all its financial obligations.

While management has secured a level of additional funding, we will need to raise additional capital through loans or additional investments. If we are unable to raise additional capital, we may be required to take additional measures to conserve liquidity, which could include, but not necessarily be limited to, curtailing operations and reducing overhead expenses. We cannot provide any assurance that new financing will be available to us on commercially acceptable terms, if at all.

Should we be unable to continue as a going concern, we may be required to realize our assets and extinguish our liabilities other than in the ordinary course of business, and at amounts that differ from those stated in Tritium Holdings’ audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Additional capital expenditure is required to establish local production facilities in the future. Long-term risks to liquidity include requirements to purchase inventory if demand outpaces forecast, or if supply chain conditions continue to be disruptive to inventory management.

We manage our liquidity needs by carefully monitoring scheduled debt servicing payments for long term financial liabilities as well as cash outflows required in the day to day business. Funding for long term liquidity needs is additionally secured by committed debt facilities and equity raising.

 

108


As noted above, subsequent to June 30, 2021, working capital funding has been partially secured with an extension to the CIGNA Loan for an additional A$40.0 million (approximately $29.4 million) for Tritium Holdings to continue its operations as intended, with funds received in July 2021. In addition, on December 7, 2021, Tritium Holdings entered into the CIGNA Refinance Loan for a principal amount of $90.0 million, which is subject to certain conditions, including completion of the Business Combination with a minimum cash balance of at least $70.0 million. We plan to utilize the loan for continuing operations. The terms of the CIGNA Finance Loan were adjusted in connection with the consummation of the Business Combination. See “—Sources of Liquidity—CIGNA Refinance Loan” and “Capitalization and Indebtedness.”

Additionally, in connection with the Business Combination, we entered into the A&R Warrant Agreement concerning the Warrants. As a result of the execution of the Option Agreements and the expected issuance of shares thereunder at $6.00 per Ordinary Share, certain pricing terms of the Warrants were adjusted. See “Description of Securities—Our Warrants.”

In addition, certain of our existing major shareholders executed a Confirmation of Financial Support, dated July 15, 2021, providing confirmation that they will jointly accept responsibility of providing, and undertake to provide, additional financial assistance to Tritium Holdings as and when it is needed to enable Tritium Holdings to continue its operations and fulfill all of its financial obligations for a minimum period of twelve months from July 31, 2021.

Additionally, upon the consummation of the Business Combination, Tritium had access to DCRN’s funds. It was a condition of the Business Combination Agreement that the Trust Account contained no less than $200 million at the Closing Date, including the Pipe Funds and after giving effect to the redemption and payment of DCRN expenses, which were $30.4 million. This condition was waived due to the high levels of redemptions in connection with the Business Combination, pursuant to the terms of the Business Combination Agreement.

Cash Flows

For the Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2021 and 2020

The following table sets forth a summary of Tritium Holdings’ cash flows for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended June 30,  
     2021      2020  
     (in thousands)  

Net cash (used in) provided by:

     

Operating activities

     (32,460      (40,436

Investing activities

     (2,572      (1,309

Financing activities

     33,367        48,302  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (1,665      6,557  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Cash Used in Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities decreased by $8.0 million, or 19.7%, from $40.4 million during the year ended June 30, 2020 to $32.5 million during the year ended June 30, 2021, primarily attributable to a decrease in working capital of $12.3 million. The decrease in net cash used in operating activities is offset by an increase in net loss after income tax adjusted for non-cash items of $4.3 million.

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities increased by $1.3 million, or 96.5%, from $1.3 million during the year ended June 30, 2020 to $2.6 million during the year ended June 30, 2021, primarily attributable to an increase in payments for property, plant and equipment of $1.3 million.

We intend to grow operations globally to three full-scale manufacturing facilities, with investment in new production facilities in Europe and in the United States, and further development of the Brisbane facilities. To the extent we execute on this contemplated manufacturing expansion, we expect our Net cash used in investing activities to increase as a result.

 

109


Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities decreased by $14.9 million, or 30.9%, from $48.3 million during the year ended June 30, 2020 to $33.4 million during the year ended June 30, 2021, primarily attributable to decreases in net proceeds from the issuance of shares of $23.7 million, net proceeds from borrowings and related transaction costs of $19.5 million and proceeds from related party borrowings of $5.2 million offset by an increase in the net proceeds from the issue of Convertible Notes of $33.4 million.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of June 30, 2021, as noted above, Tritium Holdings maintained the NAB Facility, which Tritium Holdings used for credit cards, bank guarantees and other liabilities. Tritium Holdings considers the NAB Facility an off-balance sheet arrangement. As of June 30, 2021, Tritium Holdings was not a party to any other off-balance sheet arrangements. We are not aware of any event, demand, commitment, trend or uncertainty that will result in or is reasonably likely to result in the termination or material reduction in availability to Tritium Holdings of the NAB Facility.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Management’s discussion and analysis of Tritium Holdings’ financial condition and results of operations is based on its consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires Tritium Holdings to make estimates and assumptions for the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and related disclosures. Tritium Holdings’ estimates are based on its historical experience and on various other factors that it believes are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions and any such differences may be material.

While Tritium Holdings’ significant accounting policies are described in more detail in Note 1 to its consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, it believes the following accounting policies and estimates to be most critical to the preparation of its consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue From Contracts with Customers

Revenue is recognized when or as the control of the goods or services are transferred to the customer. Depending on the terms of the contract, control of the goods or services may be transferred over time or a point in time. If control of the goods or services transfers over time, revenue is recognized over the period of the contract by reference to the progress towards satisfying the performance obligation, otherwise, revenue is recognized at a point in time when the customer obtains control of the goods and services.

Contracts with customers may include more than one performance obligation. For such arrangements, we allocate the contract price to each distinct performance obligation based on the relative standalone selling price. All revenue is stated net of the amount of taxes. The specific recognition criteria described below must also be met before revenue is recognized.

Sale of Hardware Revenue

We generate revenue from the sale of EV chargers. The contracts with customers include distinct performance obligations relating to the sale of goods and other related services. The overall contract price is allocated to the distinct performance obligations based on the relative standalone selling price. Revenue from sale of EV chargers is recognized at a point in time when we transfer control of the assets to the customer.

 

110


We also provide for standard warranty rights for general repairs for either two or three years on all EV chargers sold. This standard warranty is not considered to be a separate performance obligation. The estimated warranty costs are recognized as a liability when we transfer control of the goods to a customer.

Rendering of Services Revenue

We generate revenue from services in relation to commissioning, repair, maintenance, and training. Generally, revenue in relation to rendering of services is recognized when the service has been provided, either over time or at a point in time. We recognize the material portion of our revenue from services at a point of time when the service is delivered (i.e., for commissioning and repairs). However, if the service is performed over a period of time and if the outcome can be estimated reliably then the stage of completion of the services based on an input method (i.e., costs incurred) is used to determine the appropriate level of revenue to be recognized in the period.

We provide an extended warranty to our customers for an additional fee. Extended warranty revenue is recognized as a contract liability on receipt and recognized over the period in which the service is provided based on the time elapsed (this commences after the standard warranty expires).

Costs to Obtain a Contract

Costs to obtain a contract mainly relate to commissions paid to our sales personnel. As contract costs related to sales are typically fulfilled within one year, the costs to obtain a contract are expensed as incurred. Amounts billed to customers related to shipping and handling are classified as revenue. The cost for freight and shipping are recognized as an expense in cost of goods sold when control over the chargers, parts or accessories have transferred to the customer.

Contract Liabilities

A contract liability balance typically arises due to allocation of a part of the consideration received to unsatisfied performance obligations, including extended warranty obligations under revenue contracts. Contract liabilities also arise due to receipt of advances from the customer, prior to satisfaction of performance obligations.

Tritium Holdings’ balance sheet includes customer advances and unearned revenue as contract liabilities.

Grant Income

Tritium Holdings received government incentives during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 in the form of the JobKeeper program which was a program aimed to support companies as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. Grant income is recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Loss when Tritium Holdings is entitled to the grant, it can be measured reliably, and it is probable that the economic benefits gained from the grant will be received. It is recognized as a liability until these conditions have been met. Government grants received by our company are typically for the reimbursement of expenses incurred.

Leases

We lease a number of office and warehouse facilities for our operations. These leases predominately relate to operating leases. We did not have any material finance lease arrangements during the year and at June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020.

Tritium as Lessee

We assess whether a contract is or contains a lease at inception of a contract. A contract is, or contains, a lease if the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time and obtain all

 

111


the output, in exchange for consideration. In such instances, we recognize a right-of-use asset and a corresponding lease liability with respect to all lease agreements, except for short term leases. For these leases, we recognize the lease payments as an operating expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease unless another systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern in which economic benefits from the leased assets are consumed.

Measurement and Presentation of Lease Liability

For operating leases, the lease liability is initially and subsequently measured at the present value of the unpaid lease payments at the lease commencement date. Tritium Holdings has elected the practical expedient to account for lease and non-lease components as a single lease component. Therefore, the lease payments used to measure the lease liability includes the fixed consideration in the contract.

Key estimates and judgments include how Tritium Holdings determines the lease term of contracts with renewal and termination options. Where this exists, management has included renewal and termination options where there is a reasonable certainty that it will be exercised. There were no significant renewal or termination options during the year and at June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020.

An additional key estimate and judgment is the determination of the discount rate. Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 842 Leases requires a lessee to discount its unpaid lease payments using the interest rate implicit in the lease or, if that rate cannot be readily determined, its incremental borrowing rate. Generally, Tritium Holdings cannot determine the interest rate implicit in the lease because it does not have access to the lessor’s estimated residual value or the amount of the lessor’s deferred initial direct costs. Therefore, Tritium Holdings generally uses its incremental borrowing rate as the discount rate for the lease. The incremental borrowing rate is the rate of interest that Tritium Holdings would have to pay to borrow on a collateralized basis over a similar term for an amount equal to the lease payments in a similar economic environment.

The lease liability is separately disclosed on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. The liabilities which will be repaid within twelve months are recognized as current and the liabilities which will be repaid in excess of twelve months are recognized as non-current liabilities.

The lease liability is subsequently measured by reducing the balance to reflect the principal lease repayments made and increasing the carrying amount by the interest on the lease liability. Tritium Holdings is required to remeasure the lease liability and make an adjustment to the right of use asset in the following instances:

 

   

the term of the lease has been modified or there has been a change in Tritium Holdings’ assessment of a purchase option being exercised, in which case the lease liability is remeasured by discounting the revised lease payments using a revised discount rate;

 

   

a lease contract is modified, and the lease modification is not accounted for as a separate lease, in which case the lease liability is remeasured by discounting the revised lease payments using a revised discount rate; and

 

   

the lease payments are adjusted due to changes in the index or a change in expected payment under a guaranteed residual value, in which cases the lease liability is remeasured by discounting the revised lease payments using the initial discount rate. However, if a change in lease payments is due to a change in a floating interest rate, a revised discount rate is used.

Measurement and Presentation of Right-of-Use Asset

The right-of-use assets recognized by Tritium Holdings comprise the initial measurement of the related lease liability, any lease payments made at or before the commencement of the contract, less any lease incentives

 

112


received and any direct costs. Costs incurred by Tritium Holdings to dismantle the asset, restore the site or restore the asset are included in the cost of the right-of-use asset.

Any remeasurement of the lease liability is also applied against the right-of-use asset value.

Extension Options

The lease term for Tritium Holdings’ leases includes the non-cancelable period of the lease plus any additional periods covered by either Tritium Holdings’ option to extend (or not to terminate) the lease that Tritium Holdings is reasonably certain to exercise, or an option to extend (or not to terminate) the lease controlled by the lessor.

Loans and Debt Securities

Loans and debt securities issued are recognized on the date when they originated at fair value. All other financial liabilities are initially recognized on the trade date. Tritium Holdings derecognizes a financial liability when its contractual obligations are discharged or cancelled or expire. Where there is an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the reporting date, the loans or borrowings are classified as non-current.

Finance cost includes all interest-related expenses.

Convertible Notes

Tritium Holdings has recognized the issuance of Convertible Notes in January and May 2021 with a subscription value of $33.8 million and a maturity date of 12 months from the date of issuance. In connection with the Business Combination, the liability was settled through the issue of equity shares which are measured at their fair value on the date of redemption and take into consideration the cash received under the subscription agreement and a discount rate of 30% for the January 2021 issuance and 20% for the May 2021 issuance, used to determine the number of shares to be issued upon redemption. The amount of $37.4 million has been classified as of June 30, 2021 as a financial liability measured at amortized cost until it is extinguished on conversion or redemption.

Finance Costs

Finance costs are recognized as expenses in the period in which they are incurred.

Finance costs include interest on borrowings using the effective interest method, amortization of discounts or premiums related to borrowings. Borrowing costs that are not directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset are recognized in profit or loss using the effective interest method.

Derivative Instruments

Tritium Holdings recognizes all derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities in the balance sheet at their respective fair values. Tritium Holdings evaluates its debt and equity issuances to determine if those contracts or embedded components of those contracts qualify as derivatives requiring separate recognition in Tritium Holdings’ financial statements. The result of this accounting treatment is that the fair value of the embedded derivative is revalued at each balance sheet date and recorded as a liability, and the change in fair value during the reporting period is recorded in other income/(expense) in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Loss. The current or non-current classification of derivative instruments is reassessed at the end of each reporting period. Derivative instrument liabilities are classified in the balance sheet as current or non-current based on whether or not net-cash settlement of the derivative instrument is expected within twelve months of the balance sheet date.

 

113


Transaction Related Costs

Costs related to the Business Combination have been expensed as incurred.

Warranties

We provide a manufacturer’s standard warranty on all EV chargers sold. Tritium Holdings recognizes a warranty provision for the products sold based on the present value of future cash flows estimated to be required to settle the warranty obligation. The future cash flows have been estimated by reference to Tritium Holdings’ history of warranty claims.

Tritium Holdings considers the standard warranty is not providing incremental service to customers rather an assurance to the quality of the EV charger, and therefore is not a separate performance obligation.

We also provide extended warranty services separately to the standard warranty. The extended warranty is an incremental service provided to the customers and as such the extended warranty is a separate performance obligation distinct from other promises and should be accounted for in accordance with ASC 606 Revenue from Contracts with Customers.

Tritium Holdings also recognizes a provision for future extended warranty measured at the present value of management’s best estimate of the outflow required to settle the obligation at the end of the reporting period.

The portion of the warranty provision expected to be incurred within the next 12 months is included within current provisions, while the remaining balance is included within non-current provisions in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. Warranty expense is recorded as a component of cost of goods sold in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Loss.

Inventories

Inventories are measured at the lower of cost or net realizable value. The cost of inventory is determined using a weighted average approach and is net of any rebates and discounts received.

The costs of inventory included in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Loss includes directly attributable overhead costs to manufacture, raw materials purchases, associated freight and labor costs.

The provision for impairment of inventories assessment requires a degree of estimation and judgement. The level of the provision is assessed by taking into account the recent sales experience, the aging of inventories and other factors that affect inventory obsolescence. There is no material provision for impairment recognized as of June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020.

Employee Benefits

Liabilities in respect of employee benefits which are not due to be settled within twelve months are discounted at period end using rates which most closely match the terms of maturity of the related liabilities. Employee benefits expected to be settled more than one year after the end of the reporting period have been measured at the present value of the estimated future cash outflows to be made for those benefits. In determining the liability, consideration is given to employee wage increases and the probability that the employee may satisfy vesting requirements.

Wages, Salaries, Annual and Long Service Leave

The provision for employee entitlements to wages, salaries and annual and long service leave represents the amount which Tritium Holdings has a present obligation to pay resulting from employees’ services provided up

 

114


to the reporting date. Provisions have been calculated based on expected wage and salary rates and include related costs. In determining the liability for these employee entitlements, consideration is given to estimated future increases in wage rates, and Tritium Holdings’ experience with staff departures.

Superannuation

Defined contribution superannuation plans exist to provide benefits for eligible employees or their dependents. Contributions by Tritium Holdings are expensed to the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Loss as incurred.

Annual Bonus

Tritium Holdings recognizes a liability for bonuses based on a formula that takes into consideration the specific performance indicators outlined in employee contracts. Tritium Holdings recognizes a liability where it is contractually obliged to pay an amount under the bonus plan or where there is a past practice that has created a constructive obligation.

Termination

Termination benefits are recognized as an expense when Tritium Holdings is demonstrably committed, without realistic possibility of withdrawal, to a formal detailed plan to terminate employment before the normal retirement date. Termination benefits for voluntary redundancies are recognized if Tritium Holdings has made an offer encouraging voluntary redundancy, it is probable that the offer will be accepted, and the number of acceptances can be estimated reliably.

Stock-Based Compensation

Employees of Tritium Holdings receive remuneration in the form of stock-based arrangements, whereby employees render services as consideration for equity instruments under Tritium Holdings’ Loan Funded Share Plan (“LFSP”), or cash settlement under Tritium Holdings’ Shadow Equity Plan (“SEP”).

Awards issued under the LFSP are equity settled arrangements and are measured at the fair value of these awards at the grant date. A Black-Scholes model is utilized to estimate the fair value of the expense incurred. Tritium Holdings recognizes this stock-based compensation expense at grant date as there are no service conditions attached to LFSP equity awards.

Awards issued under Tritium Holdings’ SEP contain service conditions and, prior to the Business Combination, were considered cash-settled awards. Tritium Holdings initially measures the cash-settled transactions with employees at fair value using a Black-Scholes model to determine the fair value of the liability incurred. Tritium Holdings recognizes cash-settled transactions as a liability on award grant and records related compensation expense over the requisite service period if the performance condition is probable. Subsequent to the Business Combination, Tritium’s Board of Directors made a determination that the benefit owed to participants under the SEP could be paid to participants in the form of cash or shares, and expects to settle awards through the issuance of Ordinary Shares. See “Executive Compensation—Shadow Equity Scheme.”

For stock-based compensation, the expense is measured at the grant date, based on the fair value of the award considering the market conditions, and then recorded over the requisite service period if the performance condition is probable. As discussed further below, because there was no public market for common stock prior to the Business Combination, Tritium Holdings considered the price per share paid by investors in Tritium Holdings’ private financings, among other factors, to determine the fair value of the ordinary shares at the time of grant included in the Black-Scholes model. Additionally, in applying the Black-Scholes model, Tritium Holdings has assessed the implied volatility utilized by estimating based on similar publicly traded peer companies (as it

 

115


has no company-specific performance measures). Further details as to the inputs into the fair value of the respective grants is outlined in Note 23 to Tritium Holdings’ consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

As stated above, for awards that contain service conditions, Tritium Holdings recognizes stock-based compensation over the period during which an employee is required to provide a service in exchange for the award. For settlement of cash-settled stock-based compensation, the liability is remeasured at the end of each reporting period up to the date of settlement, with any changes in the expected settlement amounts recognized in comprehensive loss as a stock-based compensation expense over the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award. This requires a reassessment of the estimates used at the end of each reporting period.

The following table summarizes the weighted-average assumptions used in estimating the fair value of stock options granted during each of the periods presented:

 

     Year ended
June 30,
 
     2021     2020  

Expected volatility

     60     40

Risk-free interest rate

     1.59     2.18

Dividend rate

     0.00     0.00

Expected term (in years)

     1.50       2.5  

For issuance of stock-based compensation between July 1, 2019 and February 19, 2021, the fair value of the underlying ordinary shares considered the price per share paid by investors in Tritium Holdings’ private financings. In establishing the price to be paid by investors in its private financings, Tritium Holdings considered in part an external valuation report of an independent third-party valuation firm as of June 30, 2018 in addition to other factors, including:

 

   

Tritium Holdings’ actual and expected operating and financial performance;

 

   

likelihood of Tritium Holdings achieving a liquidity event;

 

   

market multiples of comparable companies in Tritium Holdings’ industry;

 

   

Tritium Holdings’ stage of development;

 

   

illiquidity of share-based awards involving securities in a private company;

 

   

industry information, such as market size and growth; and

 

   

macroeconomic conditions.

Based on the factors described above, Tritium Holdings established the price of A$4.44 per share to be paid by investors in its private financings. This valuation utilized a comparable company analysis, the transaction method and an income approach. After considering the price paid by investors, the external valuation report and the other factors described above, Tritium Holdings also determined A$4.44 to be the fair value of the underlying ordinary shares for stock-based compensation issued between July 1, 2019 and February 19, 2021.

There were no issuances under Tritium Holdings’ loan funded share plan or cash-settled compensation plan after February 19, 2021.

On May 25, 2021, the Business Combination Agreement was signed and on June 30, 2021 a reassessment of the equity value was completed taking into account the offer, along with the associated conditions and uncertainties of the Business Combination Agreement.

 

116


Prior to the execution of the draft non-binding letter of intent delivered by DCRN on February 16, 2021 (the “LOI”), Tritium Holdings considered the factors described above to determine the fair value of the underlying ordinary shares, which was used as an input to then determine the stock compensation expense. After execution of the LOI and due to the proximity to the Business Combination, the terms of the LOI were considered the more appropriate valuation basis (adjusted for conditions, uncertainties and risk contingencies). For remeasurement of the outstanding liability of Tritium Holdings’ stock-based compensation as of June 30, 2021, the fair value of the underlying ordinary shares was determined based on pricing terms indicated in the LOI or the Business Combination Agreement (once signed), as adjusted for uncertainties and other management assumptions. This approach resulted in a share valuation of A$12.13. A Black-Scholes model was then applied in determining the stock-based compensation for the period ended June 30, 2021.

Contributing factors to the increased share valuation at June 30, 2021 include:

 

   

Between January 1, 2021 and June 30, 2021, Tritium Holdings successfully certified and completed initial production runs for Tritium Holdings’ new product, the RTM75. These activities resulted in a significant de-risking of this new product, the first of the new MSC product range. These products have modular components and are scalable, giving customers the opportunity to increase the power of the charger by buying more modules rather than replacing the whole charger. A large percentage of the increased sales highlighted below are for this new generation of product.

 

   

A considerable increase in demand for Tritium Holdings’ products. In the fourth calendar quarter of 2020, sales were approximately $9 million, compared to approximately $26 million in the second calendar quarter of 2021.

 

   

Significant further growth and investment in the EV sector, for example:

 

   

The continued growth in EV sales globally.

 

   

The unveiling of the Biden Administration’s American Jobs Plan in 2021, which included provisions for potential significant U.S. government investment in public charging infrastructure.

 

   

The increasing probability that the Business Combination will be approved by Tritium Holdings and DCRN shareholders, as well as the removal of certain discounts previously attributed to risks around due diligence, regulatory approvals and other uncertainties related to the Business Combination.

Expected Volatility

Tritium Holdings historically has been a private company and lacks company-specific historical and implied volatility information. Therefore, it estimates its expected share volatility based on the historical volatility of its publicly traded peer companies and expects to continue to do so until such time as it has adequate historical data regarding the volatility of its own traded share price.

Dividend Yield

Expected dividend yield is based on the fact that Tritium Holdings has never paid cash dividends and does not expect to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

Risk Free Interest Rate

The risk-free interest rate is determined by reference to the appropriate reserve bank yield in effect at the time of grant of the award for time periods approximately equal to the expected term of the award.

Expected Term

The expected term of the share options has been determined based on an assessment of the estimated timing that employees would either exercise or an entitlement event would occur.

 

117


Common Stock Valuation

The weighted average exercise price is equal to the weighted average stock price.

Income Taxes

Tritium Holdings’ income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Tritium Holdings recognizes the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not to be sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely to be realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs.

Tritium Holdings records interest related to unrecognized tax benefits in interest expense and penalties in selling, general, and administrative expenses. Tritium Holdings has not incurred any material interest and penalties in either the June 30, 2021, or June 30, 2020, periods. Tritium Holdings does not have any material uncertain tax positions during the period recognized.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 1 of Tritium Holdings’ consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information regarding recently issued accounting pronouncements.

In December 2019, the FASB issued an Accounting Standards Update (“ASU 2019-12”) “Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes,” which simplifies the accounting for income taxes, eliminates certain exceptions within ASC 740, Income Taxes, and clarifies certain aspects of the current guidance to promote consistency among reporting entities. ASU 2019-12 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. Most amendments within the standard are required to be applied on a prospective basis, while certain amendments must be applied on a retrospective or modified retrospective basis. We are currently assessing the impact of adopting this standard on our financial statements. We expect to apply the exemption available under Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act and adopt ASU 2019-12 for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021.

In August, 2020, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU 2020-06”) “Debt—Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40)”. The amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021. The amendments in this update affect entities that issue convertible instruments and/or contracts indexed to and potentially settled in an entity’s own equity. The new ASU eliminates the beneficial conversion and cash conversion accounting models for convertible instruments. It also amends the accounting for certain contracts in an entity’s own equity that are currently accounted for as derivatives because of specific settlement provisions. In addition, the new guidance modifies how particular convertible instruments and certain contracts that may be settled in cash or shares impact the diluted EPS computation. We are currently assessing the impact of adopting this standard on our financial statements. We expect to apply the exemption available under Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act and adopt ASU 2020-06 for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023.

In October 2020, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU 2020-08”) “Codification Improvements to Subtopic 310—20, Receivables—Non-refundable Fees and Other Costs” and is effective for

 

118


fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. The amendments clarify the FASB’s intent that an entity should revaluate whether a callable debt security that has multiple call dates is within the scope of paragraph 310-20-35-33 for each reporting period. We are currently assessing the impact of adopting this standard on our financial statements. We expect to apply the exemption available under Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act and adopt ASU 2020-08 for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021.

In October 2020, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU 2020-10”) “Codification Improvements”. The purpose of these amendments is to make minor amendments and updates to the Codification for technical corrections such as conforming standards, clarifications of guidance, simplifications to wording or structure of guidance, and other minor improvements. The amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. We are currently assessing the impact of adopting this update on our financial statements. We expect to apply the exemption available under Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act and adopt ASU 2020-10 for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Foreign Currency Risk

We are exposed to foreign currency risk related to our revenue and operating expenses denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollar. Tritium’s functional currency is Australian Dollars (AUD), and our subsidiaries have U.S. dollar and EUR functional currencies.

The assets and liabilities of our company with functional currencies other than USD are translated into USD using the exchange rates at the reporting date. The revenues and expenses of such entities are translated into USD using the average exchange rates, which approximate the rates at the dates of the transactions, for the period. All resulting foreign exchange differences are recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss in shareholders’ deficit.

Net loss attributable to common stockholders is recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Loss when the foreign operation or net investment is disposed of.

For each entity, we determine the functional currency. Items included in the financial statements of each entity are measured using that functional currency. We use the step-by-step method of consolidation.

We do not enter into financial instruments to hedge our foreign currency exchange risk, but it may in the future.

See Tritium Holdings’ accompanying audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 included elsewhere in this prospectus, including Note 1 thereto, for more information on foreign currency translation adjustments.

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

In connection with the preparation of Tritium Holdings’ consolidated financial statements for the years ended June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020, material weaknesses were identified in its internal control over financial reporting. See the subsection titled “Risk Factors— Tritium Holdings’ identified material weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting. If we are unable to remediate these material weaknesses, or if we identify additional material weaknesses in the future or otherwise fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, this may result in material misstatements of our consolidated financial statements or cause us to fail to meet our periodic reporting obligations.”

Emerging Growth Company Accounting Election

Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies are required to comply with the new

 

119


or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can choose not to take advantage of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies, and any such election to not take advantage of the extended transition period is irrevocable. We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(A) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and has elected to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period.

We expect to use this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public business entities and non-public business entities until the earlier of the date we (a) are no longer an emerging growth company or (b) affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. This may make it difficult or impossible to compare our financial results with the financial results of another public company that is either not an emerging growth company or is an emerging growth company that has chosen not to take advantage of the extended transition period exemptions because of the potential differences in accounting standards used. See Note 1 of the accompanying audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for the recent accounting pronouncements adopted and the recent accounting pronouncements not yet adopted for the years ended June 30, 2021 and 2020.

In addition, we intend to rely on the other exemptions and reduced reporting requirements provided by the JOBS Act. Subject to certain conditions set forth in the JOBS Act, if, as an emerging growth company, we intend to rely on such exemptions, we are not required to, among other things: (a) provide an auditor’s attestation report on our system of internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act: (b) provide all of the compensation disclosure that may be required of non-emerging growth public companies under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act; (c) comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the consolidated financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis); and (d) disclose certain executive compensation-related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the Chief Executive Officer’s compensation to median employee compensation.

We will remain an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act until the earliest of (a) the last day of our first fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of DCRN’s IPO, (b) the last date of our fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, (c) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the rules of the SEC with at least $700.0 million of outstanding securities held by non-affiliates or (d) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the previous three years.

 

120


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Tritium Holdings

Historical Compensation of Tritium Holdings’ Directors

Tritium Holdings did not pay any compensation or provide any benefits for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 to any non-employee Tritium Holdings director.

Historical Compensation of Tritium Holdings’ Executive Officers

The amount of compensation paid, and benefits in kind granted, to Tritium Holdings’ executive officers for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 is described in the table below. Amounts payable in Australian dollars have been converted into U.S. dollars using the average exchange rate during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 of A$1.00 to US$1.3429.

 

          Short-Term Benefits     Post-Employment Benefits     Share-Based
Payments
       
          Salary &
Fees(1)
    Other(2)     Superannuation(3)     Retirement
Benefits
    Shares(4)     Phantom
Equity(5)
    Total  

Jane Hunter

    Chief Executive Officer     $ 291,161     $ 60,431     $ 31,719     $ —       $ 705,555     $ —       $ 1,088,866  

Michael Hipwood

    Chief Financial Officer       203,291       43,119       21,718       —         324,293       —         592,421  

David Toomey

    Chief Strategy Officer       233,393       39,616       25,936       —         557,912       403,036       1,259,893  

David Finn

    Chief Growth Officer       238,290       48,147       22,638       —         —         119,099       428,174  

 

(1)

‘Salary and Fees’ represents the actual salary amounts paid to executive officers in the fiscal year ending June 30, 2021.

(2)

‘Other’ represents bonuses earned by the executive officers in the fiscal year ending June 30, 2021 and other fringe benefits provided to the executive officers. With respect to the bonuses referenced above, the executive officers were eligible to receive an annual cash bonuses based on achievement of key performance indicators that are set by the Tritium Holdings directors and linked to company performance, such as EBITDA and revenue goals. Tritium Holdings’ remuneration committee assesses and determines the bonus amount payable which is then approved by the Tritium Holdings directors. The breakdown of the ‘Other’ benefits is as follows:

 

     Bonus
($)
     Fringe
Benefits
($)
     Total
($)
 

Jane Hunter

     42,725        17,706        60,431  

Michael Hipwood

     25,319        17,800        43,119  

David Finn

     —          48,147        48,147  

David Toomey

     39,616        —          39,616  

 

(3)

‘Superannuation’ represents the statutory superannuation entitlement of the executive officers for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2021 in accordance with the Superannuation Guarantee Administration Act 1992 (Cth).

(4)

‘Shares’ represents the grant date fair value (as determined by the Tritium Holdings directors) of the N class shares in Tritium Holdings granted to the executive officers during the fiscal year ending June 30, 2021. These N class shares were granted under Tritium Holdings’ loan funded share plan. A summary of the terms of this plan is set out in the section entitled “Equity Incentive Plan.

(5)

‘Phantom Equity’ represents, for each phantom unit, the share price applied to Tritium Holdings ordinary shares as at the date of the offer of the phantom equity provided to the executive officers during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021. The phantom equity was granted under Tritium Holdings’ shadow equity scheme. A description of the shadow equity scheme is set out in the section entitled “Shadow Equity Scheme.

(6)

David Toomey is employed by St Baker Energy Managers Pty Ltd and has been on secondment to Tritium Australia since 1 September 2020. A description of the secondment agreement between St Baker Energy Managers Pty Ltd and Tritium Australia is set out in the section entitled “Employment Agreements.

 

121


Equity Incentive Plan

In 2017, Tritium Holdings adopted a loan funded share plan (the “Incentive Plan”). The objective of the Incentive Plan is to provide eligible participants in the Incentive Plan (“Participants”) with an opportunity to acquire N class shares in Tritium Holdings using an interest free loan provided by Tritium Holdings.

Participants in the Incentive Plan may include any director, employee, contractor or other person determined by the board of directors of Tritium Holdings as being eligible to be invited to participate in the Incentive Plan.

The board of directors of Tritium Holdings may, from time to time, in its absolute discretion, make an offer to any Participant to apply for a certain number of N class shares, as set out in the offer letter addressed to that Participant containing the offer. The terms of the offer may require the Participant to appoint a bare trustee to hold legal title in its N class shares in accordance with the terms of the trust deed governing the bare trust, with the Participant holding the beneficial interest in those shares.

The acquisition price for shares under the Incentive Plan is an amount equal to the market value of the shares offered to the Participant as determined by the board of directors of Tritium Holdings, which will be specified in the offer letter. The acquisition price will be loaned by Tritium Holdings to the Participant by means of an interest free loan.

A Participant may voluntarily repay some or all of the loan at any time. The loan will become immediately repayable on: (i) the date which is 7 years from the date of an issue of shares under the Incentive Plan; (ii) the sale or reduction of a majority of Tritium Holdings’ ordinary shares; (iii) an insolvency event in respect of Tritium Holdings; (iv) the Participant entering bankruptcy, as defined in section 5 of the Bankruptcy Act 1966 (Cth); (v) death of the Participant; (vi) termination of the Participant’s employment due to poor or non-performance or misconduct; or (vii) the board of directors of Tritium Holdings determining that the Participant has consistently failed to meet their duties or engaged in serious misconduct; engaged in conduct which brings the directors, shareholders or Tritium Holdings into disrepute; knowingly acted in a manner which is likely to impair the reputation, value and goodwill of Tritium Holdings; attempted to dispose of shares; or engaged in conduct that the board of directors determine justifies an accelerated repayment date.

N class shares issued under the Incentive Plan have (i) the right to proportionally participate in any dividend declared on ordinary shares of Tritium Holdings, as if the shares were ordinary shares of Tritium Holdings (and the board of directors of Tritium Holdings will determine, from time to time, the percentage of any dividend that will be applied to repay the loan given by Tritium Holdings to acquire those shares); (ii) the right to participate in any division or distribution of any surplus assets or profits of Tritium Holdings equally with all other members having similar rights; (iii) no voting rights; and (iv) no right to be transfer, sell, mortgage, pledge, assign, alienate, create security over or otherwise deal with all or any part of the holder’s interest in the shares, except with the prior approval of the board of directors of Tritium Holdings.

Subject to any legal or regulatory requirement, the board of directors of Tritium Holdings may at any time amend all or any of the rules of the Incentive Plan, unless such amendment may materially reduce the rights or increase the obligations of any Participant in respect of any shares prior to the date of such amendment (other than an amendment introduced primarily for certain circumstances specified in the rules of the Incentive Plan).

We do not intend for Tritium Holdings to make any new grants of N class shares under this Incentive Plan following consummation of the Business Combination. It is also intended that the terms of the Incentive Plan will be amended so that those loans existing immediately prior to consummation of the Business Combination remain outstanding and their repayment obligations become linked to the Participant’s shares in Tritium. As of June 30, 2021, approximately $15.1 million in loans made by Tritium Holdings is outstanding under the Incentive Plan. Subsequent to June 30, 2021, there has been a modification to the shares issued under the Incentive Plan, which adjusts the loans made by Tritium Holdings to $14.7 million.

 

122


The loans made by Tritium Holdings to the executive officers and directors of Tritium Holdings in connection with the Incentive Plan are set out in the table below.

 

Name

   Loan amount
for the year
ended June 30,
2021
     Total loan
amount
as of June 30,
2021
 
     (in AUD)  

Jane Hunter

   $ 3,230,423      $ 3,230,423 (1) 

Michael Hipwood

     1,484,791        1,484,791  

David Toomey and David James Toomey as trustee for the David James Toomey Family Trust

     2,554,427        2,751,528  

James Kennedy as trustee for the Kennedy Family Trust

     —          840,621  

Finnmax Pty Ltd as trustee for the Finn Family Trust (an entity associated with David Finn)

     —          937,783  

Trevor St Baker

     —          —    

Jeffrey Phillips

     —          —    

Paul Sernia

     —          468,893  

Stephen St Baker

     —          —    

Brian Flannery

     —          —    

Martin Gafinowitz

     —          —    

 

(1)

Subsequent to June 30, 2021, there has been a modification to the shares issued under the Incentive Plan, which adjusts the loans made by Tritium Holdings to $2,786,113.

In respect to the loans made to Jane Hunter, Michael Hipwood, David Toomey and David James Toomey as trustee for the David James Toomey Family Trust, James Kennedy as trustee for the Kennedy Family Trust and Finnmax Pty Ltd as trustee for the Finn Family Trust (an entity associated with David Finn), Tritium Holdings has forgiven the outstanding balances.

Shadow Equity Scheme

Tritium Holdings has in place a shadow equity scheme in Australia, the United States and the Netherlands under which eligible employees may be offered shadow equity units, being a notional number of shares to which an eligible employee is entitled for the purposes of calculating a benefit as specified in their offer to participate in the scheme. The holders of shadow equity units were entitled to the payment of those benefits as a result of the consummation of the Business Combination, and those benefit amounts will be payable by Tritium Holdings. As of June 30, 2021, the aggregate payment amount payable by Tritium Holdings under the shadow equity scheme was approximately $21.6 million.

Prior to the Business Combination, Tritium Holdings treated the form of the benefit payable to holders of shadow equity units as cash. Subsequent to the Business Combination, Tritium’s Board of Directors determined that the benefit payable to participants under the shadow equity schemes could be paid to participants in the form of cash or shares at the discretion of the board of directors. We expect to settle the payment of the benefit in the form of our Ordinary Shares at a price of $10.00 per share. The amount of the benefit does not change as a result of settlement in shares, except for some additional indirect tax amounts incurred by Tritium Holdings. The number of shares to be issued is calculated by reference to the $10 issue price at the Business Combination which is the date at which the shadow equity scheme benefit amount is determined.

 

123


Tritium Holdings’ Equity Incentive Plan and Our Equity Incentive Plan

Our directors and Tritium Holdings’ directors have approved the allocation of up to such number of our Ordinary Shares as is equal to 10% of the total number of issued Ordinary Shares upon consummation of the Business Combination, with such allocation consisting of the following:

 

   

N class shares in Tritium Holdings, which as at June 30, 2021 have already been issued by Tritium Holdings to eligible participants under the Equity Incentive Plan. Upon consummation of the Business Combination, the Tritium Holdings shareholders that held these Tritium Holdings Shares exchanged these shares for Ordinary Shares, which made up approximately 5.7% of the total number of Ordinary Shares outstanding upon consummation of the Business Combination; and

 

   

Ordinary Shares, which are available for grant and issuance to eligible participants under our Incentive Plan. Of this remaining portion of the 10% allocation, up to 1% will only be eligible for issuance under the DCFC Incentive Plan (as defined below) to those persons who were employed by the Tritium Group on or before the consummation of the Business Combination, and a further 1% will be set aside for issuance in connection with forward-looking long-term incentives and new hires.

Tritium DCFC Limited

Compensation of Our Directors

We did not pay any compensation or provide any benefits for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 to our directors.

The amount of compensation payable to all our non-employee directors in the aggregate for service on our board of directors has been set by our board of directors at a maximum of $1,300,000 for the first calendar year following the consummation of the Business Combination, and $800,000 per year thereafter.

Executive Officer and Director Compensation

Tritium Holdings engaged an independent compensation consultant, Mercer, who assisted in the evaluation of executive compensation for our executive officers following the consummation of the Business Combination. Executive compensation decisions are made by our board of directors based on recommendations made by our compensation committee. Our compensation committee reviews executive compensation arrangements and recommends to our board of directors any adjustments that it believes are appropriate in structuring our executive compensation arrangements.

Our directors and executive officers hold Ordinary Shares. For more information about the holdings of directors and executive officers, including the number of Ordinary Shares held by each individual, see the section entitled “Beneficial Ownership of Securities.

Equity Incentive Plan

We have adopted an incentive award plan (the “DCFC Incentive Plan”) in order to facilitate the grant of equity incentive awards to our executive directors, employees (including executive officers) and consultants and certain of our affiliates and to enable us to obtain and retain the services of these individuals, which is essential to our long-term success. The terms of the DCFC Incentive Plan are set out below.

The DCFC Incentive Plan has been designed to attract and retain employees, and to provide additional incentive to eligible participants in the DCFC Incentive Plan (“Participants”) to promote our success. No grants under the DCFC Incentive Plan have been made prior to the Closing Date.

 

124


Participants in the DCFC Incentive Plan may include any director, employee, contractor or other person determined by the our directors as being eligible to participate in the DCFC Incentive Plan.

Our directors may, from time to time, in their absolute discretion, make an offer to any Participant for the following types of awards:

 

   

Ordinary Shares;

 

   

options to subscribe for Ordinary Shares (“Options”);

 

   

rights to be paid a cash amount determined by the price of Ordinary Shares at a specified time or the movement in price over a period of time (“Incentive Rights”);

 

   

ability to subscribe for Ordinary Shares that are subject to restrictions, including on transfer, until specified conditions are satisfied (“Restricted Shares”); or

 

   

rights to receive Ordinary Shares or cash, based on specified performance factors (“Performance Rights”),

(together “Awards”) as set out in the invitation addressed to that Participant containing the offer. The terms of invitation may require the Participant to appoint a bare trustee to hold legal title in its Ordinary Shares or Restricted Shares in accordance with the terms of the trust deed governing the bare trust, with the Participant holding the beneficial interest in those Ordinary Shares and Restricted Shares.

Our directors will determine the terms and conditions of each Award, including:

 

   

the type of Award;

 

   

the number or value of Ordinary Shares or other consideration subject to the Award;

 

   

the manner in which the eligible participant may accept or reject the invitation and the latest date by which the invitation must be accepted;

 

   

if the Award is an Option, the exercise price of the Option; and

 

   

any vesting conditions, including service and/or performance conditions.

The terms and conditions of each Award will be set out in an invitation.

The exercise price payable on exercise of an Option or the amount (if any) that will be paid by a Participant for the grant of an Award or the method by which that amount will be calculated will be determined by our directors and specified in the invitation.

Options will become exercisable when the applicable vesting conditions have been satisfied.

Incentive Rights and Performance Rights will vest and be settled by the delivery of Ordinary Shares (or, where applicable, cash) when the applicable vesting or performance conditions have been satisfied.

Restricted Shares will cease to be restricted when the applicable vesting conditions have been satisfied in accordance with the invitation.

We intend that no Awards under the DCFC Incentive Plan will be offered to eligible participants until our Ordinary Shares have been quoted on Nasdaq for at least three months. This is to ensure that any Award granted by us under the DCFC Incentive Plan satisfies relief under Australian law with respect to employee incentive schemes of listed entities.

 

125


Our board of directors may modify or supplement the terms of the DCFC Incentive Plan with respect to Awards granted to non-Australian participants in order to reflect applicable law, for administrative convenience or such other factors as our board of directors may determine.

Employment Agreements

Jane Hunter, Employment Agreement

Jane Hunter commenced as the Chief Executive Officer of Tritium Holdings on March 9, 2020. Under her employment agreement, either Ms. Hunter or Tritium Australia can terminate Ms. Hunter’s employment by giving the other party six months’ notice in writing (or by Tritium Australia making payment in lieu of Ms. Hunter’s notice period). Tritium Australia may terminate Ms. Hunter’s employment without notice where she commits any serious misconduct or gross negligence in the discharge of her duties.

Pursuant to her employment agreement, Ms. Hunter is entitled to receive annual fixed remuneration of A$391,000 (exclusive of superannuation). Ms. Hunter is entitled to receive superannuation contributions or equivalent to the amount prescribed by the superannuation guarantee percentage referred to in The Superannuation Guarantee Administration Act 1992 (Cth). The superannuation guarantee percentage is currently 10% of base salary. In addition, Ms. Hunter is entitled to an A$15,000 per annum vehicle allowance for an electric vehicle.

Ms. Hunter is eligible to earn an annual discretionary cash bonus of A$153,000, based on the board of directors’ (or a subcommittee thereof) assessment of individual performance against key performance indicators established by the Tritium Holdings’ remuneration committee on an annual basis.

In 2020, in connection with a likely exit event for Tritium Holdings in 2021 and as a long-term incentive, Ms. Hunter was issued 627,065 N class shares under the Inventive Plan.

In connection with her yearly performance review, for each year after fiscal year 2021, Ms. Hunter will be eligible to receive up to 100,000 shares (or other employee stock options as defined by the LTI scheme of the employer or any new holding company). The strike price and vesting criteria will be the strike price and vesting criteria applied by the employer at the time the shares or options are earned or, if not defined, determined by the board of directors. Key performance indicators to earn these shares will be set each year by mutual agreement with the board of directors. The potential for Ms. Hunter to participate in an employee share bonus scheme will be at the employer’s discretion.

Ms. Hunter’s employment agreement contains customary confidentiality provisions, as well as standard non-compete and non-solicitation restrictions effective during employment and for up to one year thereafter.

Michael Hipwood, Employment Agreement

Michael Hipwood commenced as the Chief Financial Officer of Tritium Holdings in April 2019. Under his employment agreement, Tritium Australia can terminate Mr. Hipwood’s employment by giving Mr. Hipwood 4 weeks’ notice in writing (or by Tritium Australia making a payment in lieu of Mr. Hipwood’s notice period). Mr. Hipwood is unable to give notice of termination as his contract is a fixed term arrangement with an end date of September 14, 2022; after such end date, he may give 4 weeks’ notice. Tritium Australia may terminate Mr. Hipwood’s employment without notice where he commits any serious misconduct or gross negligence in the discharge of his duties.

Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Hipwood is entitled to receive annual fixed remuneration of A$273,685 (exclusive of superannuation). Mr. Hipwood is entitled to receive superannuation contributions or equivalent to the amount prescribed by the superannuation guarantee percentage referred to in The

 

126


Superannuation Guarantee Administration Act 1992 (Cth). The superannuation guarantee percentage is currently 10% of base salary. In addition, Mr. Hipwood is entitled to an A$15,000 per annum vehicle allowance or provision of an electric vehicle.

Mr. Hipwood is eligible to earn a one-time bonus of A$100,000 to be paid on the contract term expiry date, September 14, 2022. The payment of this bonus is conditional on Mr. Hipwood meeting key performance indicators set by the board of directors by December 30, 2021 and remaining employed on the contract term expiry date. If Mr. Hipwood is no longer employed at the contract term expiry date due to termination by Tritium Australia, a pro rata of the bonus will be payable by Tritium Australia for the term.

Mr. Hipwood’s employment agreement contains customary confidentiality provisions, as well as standard non-solicitation restrictions effective during employment, the contract term and for six months thereafter. Mr. Hipwood is also restrained for a period of six months’ after the contract term from performing work for any client or supplier of the Tritium Group or from being concerned, interested or employed by a business which is likely to be in competition with the Tritium Group. In addition, Mr. Hipwood is restrained from being engaged as a chief financial officer, head of finance, general manager of finance or chief executive officer by any entity prior to September 14, 2022. This additional restraint was agreed to by the parties in consideration for Tritium Holdings forgiving Mr. Hipwood’s outstanding loan balance under the Equity Incentive Plan.

David Finn, Employment Agreement

David Finn commenced as Tritium Holdings’ Chief Executive Officer in 2005. Dr. Finn was Chief Executive Officer until March 2020 when he became the Chief Growth Officer of Tritium. Under his employment agreement, either Dr. Finn or Tritium Australia can terminate Dr. Finn’s employment by giving the other party one month notice in writing (or by Tritium Australia making payment in lieu of Dr. Finn’s notice period). Tritium Australia may terminate Dr. Finn’s employment without notice where he commits any misconduct or dishonesty, if he is negligent or incompetent in the performance of his duties or he commits a material breach of his terms and conditions of employment.

Pursuant to his employment agreement, Dr. Finn is entitled to receive annual fixed remuneration of A$87,180 (exclusive of superannuation). Dr. Finn’s salary has subsequently increased to A$320,000 since he entered into this employment agreement in 2012. Dr. Finn is entitled to receive superannuation contributions or equivalent to the amount prescribed by the superannuation guarantee percentage referred to in The Superannuation Guarantee Administration Act 1992 (Cth). The superannuation guarantee percentage is currently 10% of base salary.

Dr. Finn’s employment agreement contains customary confidentiality provisions. Dr. Finn also entered into a separate non-compete agreement which contains non-compete restrictions effective for two years after termination of employment.

David Toomey, Secondment Agreement

David Toomey has been seconded to Tritium Australia since 2017. David Toomey is an employee of shareholder St Baker Energy Managers Pty Ltd. Tritium Australia, St Baker Energy Managers Pty Ltd and Mr. Toomey have entered into a new secondment agreement which commenced on September 1, 2020 for an initial 12-month term. After the initial term, the agreement automatically continues on a month-to-month basis. Under the secondment agreement, the secondment may be terminated upon: (i) either Tritium Australia or St Baker Energy Managers Pty Ltd giving 30 days’ notice of termination; (ii) Mr. Toomey ceasing to be an employee of St Baker Energy Managers Pty Ltd; (iii) Tritium Australia terminating the secondment due to a material conflict of interest; (iv) serious misconduct, material breach of policy or extended leave of absence of Mr. Toomey; (v) mutual agreement; or (vi) immediately, upon Tritium Australia giving written notice due to a breach by St Baker Energy Managers Pty Ltd or Mr. Toomey of the agreement.

 

127


Under the secondment agreement, St Baker Energy Managers Pty Ltd will cover all employment costs of Mr. Toomey during the secondment. St Baker Energy Managers Pty Ltd will invoice Tritium Australia for a fee each month for an amount equivalent to the payment of one month of Mr. Toomey’s annual fixed remuneration (i.e., A$343,085.40).

Mr. Toomey is eligible to earn annual discretionary cash bonuses of up to A$70,000 per year, determined by Tritium Holdings’ board of directors (or a subcommittee thereof) in their sole discretion based on their assessment of individual performance against key performance indicators established by the Tritium Holdings’ remuneration committee on an annual basis. Any bonus will be paid by St Baker Energy Managers Pty Ltd and subsequently invoiced to Tritium Australia.

The secondment agreement contains customary restrictive covenants with respect to Tritium Holdings, including confidentiality provisions, as well as non-solicitation restrictions for three months after the expiry of the term and non-compete restrictions for six months after the expiry of the term.

 

128


MANAGEMENT

The following information concerning our management is based on the provisions of our constitution, which is attached as Exhibit 3.1 to this prospectus.

Directors and Executive Officers

The following sets forth certain information concerning our executive officers and directors as of the date of this prospectus:

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Jane Hunter

     49      Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director

Michael Hipwood

     57      Chief Financial Officer

Dr. David Finn

     43      Chief Vision Officer and Executive Director

Robert Tichio

     44      Non-Executive Director and Chair

Trevor St. Baker AO

     82      Non-Executive Director

Kenneth Braithwaite

     61      Non-Executive Director

Kara Phillips

     43      Non-Executive Director

Edward Hightower

     56      Non-Executive Director

Executive Officers

Jane Hunter. Ms. Hunter has served as our Chief Executive Officer since March 2020 and a member of our board of directors since January 2022. She previously served as our Chief Operating Officer and Deputy Chief Executive Officer from September 2019 to March 2020. Prior to joining us, Ms. Hunter served as Chief Operating Officer, Phantom Works International, of Boeing Defence Australia Ltd from January 2014 to September 2019 (joining Boeing in 2012) and was a member of the board of directors of Boeing Defence Australia Ltd and Boeing Distribution Services Inc. Ms. Hunter chaired the South Queensland Defence Advisory Board and is currently a director of the Electric Vehicle Council of Australia and a member of the Manufacturing Ministerial Council (Queensland). Ms. Hunter received a Bachelor of Laws (Hons.) degree and B.A. degree from the University of Queensland. We believe Ms. Hunter’s strategic vision for the combined company and her expertise in technology and business operations makes her qualified to serve on our board.

Michael Hipwood. Mr. Hipwood has served as our Chief Financial Officer since April 2019. Prior to joining us, he served as Head of Finance of Genie Solutions from February 2018 to April 2019. Before that, he served as Chief Financial Officer & General Manager of Corporate Services of Brisbane South PHN Pty Ltd from March 2017 to February 2018. Mr. Hipwood also served as Chief Financial Officer and member of the board of directors of Boeing Defence Australia Pty Ltd from June 2012 to August 2016. From June 2013 to August 2016, he served as a director of Boeing Australia Holdings Party Ltd. Mr. Hipwood received his Graduate Diploma of Professional Accounting and his Bachelor of Arts from Griffith University.

Dr. David Finn. Dr. Finn is our co-founder and has served as a non-executive member of our board of directors since January 2001. He has served as our Chief Vision Officer (formerly, Chief Growth Officer) since 2020 and previously served as our Chief Executive Officer from 2001 to 2020. Dr. Finn received a Ph.D. in electrical engineering, B.S. degree in computer science, and B.E. degree in electrical engineering and computer systems from the University of Queensland, Australia. We believe Dr. Finn is qualified to serve on the our board of directors because of his demonstrated business acumen and decades of experience leading our growth and building our global market presence.

Non-Executive Directors

Robert Tichio. Mr. Tichio has served as a non-executive member and Chair of our board of directors since January 2022. He has also served as a member of DCRN’s board of directors since December 4, 2020 and served

 

129


as DCRN’s Chief Executive Officer from December 2020 to January 2021. Mr. Tichio has served as a member of the board of directors of Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation IV since February 2021, and as a member of the board of directors of Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation V since March 2021. Mr. Tichio served as a member of the board of directors of Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation (“DCRB”) from August 2020 until the consummation of DCRB’s business combination in July 2021, and served as its Chief Executive Officer until September 2020. Mr. Tichio also served as a member of the board of directors of Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation III (“DCRC”) from January 2021 until consummation of DCRC’s business combination with Solid Power, Inc. in December 2021 and served as its Chief Executive Officer until February 2021, and has served as a member of the board of directors and nominating and corporate governance committee of Solid Power, Inc. since December 2021. Mr. Tichio is a partner and managing director of Riverstone Holdings LLC (“Riverstone”). Mr. Tichio joined the firm in 2006 and has been focused on the firm’s Private Equity business. Prior to joining Riverstone, Mr. Tichio was in the Principal Investment Area (PIA) of Goldman Sachs, which manages the firm’s private corporate equity investments. Mr. Tichio began his career at J.P. Morgan in the Mergers & Acquisition Group, where he concentrated on assignments that included public company combinations, asset sales, takeover defenses, and leveraged buyouts. Mr. Tichio received his A.B. from Dartmouth College as a Phi Beta Kappa graduate, and later received his M.B.A. with Distinction from Harvard Business School. Mr. Tichio serves on a number of nonprofit and Riverstone portfolio company boards. We believe Mr. Tichio is qualified to serve as the Chair of our board of directors due to his extensive experience in serving on other boards and business and financial acumen.

Kara Phillips. Ms. Phillips has served as a non-executive member of our board of directors since January 2022. She has served as Managing Partner of Tiger Financial Group since 2011 and previously served as General Partner of Reinventure Group from 2017 to 2018. She also served as Director and Vice President of Goldman Sachs & Co. from 2002 to 2008. Ms. Phillips received a B.A. degree from Princeton University. We believe Ms. Phillips is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of her expertise in corporate governance and investment management matters.

Trevor St Baker. Mr. St Baker has served as non-executive member of our board of directors since 2013 and previously served as Chair of our board from 2013 until January 2022. He has served as non-executive director of Novonix Ltd since September 2020 and previously served as director of ERM Power Limited, from October 2010 to November 2017. Mr. St Baker is currently a director or chairman of a multitude of private companies in the energy and mobility sectors. Mr. St Baker received a B.E. degree from the University of New South Wales and a B.A. degree from Sydney University. In 2021, Mr. St Baker was conferred with the degree of Doctor of Engineering Honoris Causa by the University of Queensland for his lifelong contribution to the Australian electricity sector and greater Australian community. In 2016, Mr. St Baker was awarded an Officer (AO) in the General Division of the Order of Australia for distinguished service to business and commerce as a leader in the energy sector, and through philanthropic support for a range of health, arts and indigenous youth programs. We believe Mr. St Baker is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his more than 60 years of experience in the energy and electricity industries as well as his experience on other public company boards of directors.

Kenneth Braithwaite. Mr. Braithwaite has served as a non-executive member of our board of directors since January 2022. From May 2020 to January 2021, Mr. Braithwaite served as the U.S. Secretary of the Navy, and previously served as the U.S. Ambassador to Norway from February 2018 to May 2020. From November 2011 to January 2018, he served as Group Senior Vice President for Vizient, Inc. Mr. Braithwaite has served as a director and member of the audit and finance committees for Trajector, a privately held company. Mr. Braithwaite received a B.A. degree in international relations and naval engineering from the U.S. Naval Academy and a M.P.A. degree in government administration from the University of Pennsylvania. In 2021, he was awarded the U.S. Defense Distinguished Service Medal. We believe Mr. Braithwaite is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive international experience working with both governments and the private sector.

Edward Hightower. Mr. Hightower has served as a non-executive member of our board of directors since January 2022. He has served as Managing Director of Motoring Ventures LLC since April 2016, and previously

 

130


served as Executive Chief Engineer and Vehicle Line Executive of General Motors Company from October 2013 to April 2016. Mr. Hightower received a B.S.G.E. degree in systems engineering and design from the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, Grainger College of Engineering, and a M.B.A degree in general management and marketing from the University of Michigan Ross School of Business. We believe Mr. Hightower is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his years of experience with advising the global automotive industry.

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships between any of our executive officers and directors.

Our Board of Directors

Board Designations

Under the constitution, the number of our directors shall be a minimum of three directors and a maximum of 12 directors or such lower number as we resolve to authorize at a general meeting. Our directors are elected or re-elected by resolution of our shareholders at our general meetings.

Our directors may also appoint a director to fill a casual vacancy on our board of directors or in addition to the existing directors, who will then hold office until our next annual general meeting and is then eligible for election at that meeting.

No director may hold office without re-election for more than three years or past the third annual general meeting following the meeting at which the director was last elected or re-elected (whichever is later).

Our Board Conflicts of Interest

Any director who has a material personal interest in a contract or proposed contract of our company, holds any office or owns any property such that the director might have duties or interests which conflict with, or which may conflict, either directly or indirectly, with the directors’ duties or interests as a director, must give the directors notice of the interest at a meeting of directors.

A director who has a material personal interest in a matter that is being considered at one of our board meetings must not, except where permitted under the Corporations Act, vote on the matter or be present while the matter is being considered at the meeting.

Director Suspension and Dismissal

We may remove a director by resolution at a general meeting. Subject to the Corporations Act, at least two months’ notice must be given to us of the intention to move a resolution to remove a director at a general meeting.

Our Indemnification and Insurance Obligations

Under the constitution, we must, and have, to the extent permitted by and subject to any applicable law, indemnify current and past directors and other executive officers of our company on a full indemnity basis and to the fullest extent permitted by law against all liabilities incurred by the director or officer as a result of their holding office in our company or a related body corporate.

We may also, to the extent permitted by law, purchase and maintain insurance, or pay or agree to pay a premium for insurance, for each director and officer against any liability incurred by the director or officer as a result of their holding office in our company or a related body corporate.

 

131


Under the Corporations Act, a company or a related body corporate must not indemnify a person against any liabilities incurred as an officer or auditor of the company if it is a liability:

 

   

owed to the company or a related body corporate of the company;

 

   

for a pecuniary penalty order made under section 1317G or a compensation order under section 961M, 1317H, 1317HA, 1317HB, 1317HC or 1317HE of the Corporations Act; or

 

   

that is owed to someone other than the company or a related body corporate of the company and did not arise out of conduct in good faith.

In addition, a company or related body corporate must not indemnify a person against legal costs incurred in defending an action for a liability incurred as an officer or auditor of the company if the costs are incurred in:

 

   

defending or resisting proceedings in which the person is found to have a liability for which they cannot be indemnified as set out above;

 

   

in defending or resisting criminal proceedings in which the person is found guilty;

 

   

in defending or resisting proceedings brought by the ASIC or a liquidator for a court order if the grounds for making the order are found to have been established (except costs incurred in responding to actions taken by the ASIC or a liquidator as part of an investigation before commencing proceedings for the court order); or

 

   

in connection with proceedings for relief to the person under the Corporations Act in which the Court denies the relief.

Board Committees

We have established a separately standing audit committee, nominating and corporate governance committee and compensation committee.

Audit Committee

We have established an audit committee of our board of directors, which comprised of Ms. Phillips and Messrs. Tichio and Hightower. Our board of directors has determined that each of Ms. Phillips and Messrs. Tichio and Hightower is independent under the applicable rules of the SEC and Nasdaq. Ms. Phillips serves as the Chairman of the audit committee. Each member of the audit committee meets the financial literacy requirements of Nasdaq and our board of directors has determined that Ms. Phillips qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in applicable SEC rules and has accounting or related financial management expertise.

Our board of directors has adopted an audit committee charter, which details the principal functions of the audit committee, including:

 

   

appointing, compensating, retaining, evaluating, terminating and overseeing our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

discussing with our independent registered public accounting firm their independence from our management;

 

   

reviewing with our independent registered public accounting firm the scope and results of their audit;

 

   

approving all audit and permissible non-audit services to be performed by our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

overseeing the financial reporting process and discussing with our management and our independent registered public accounting firm the interim and annual financial statements that we file with the SEC;

 

132


   

reviewing and monitoring our accounting principles, accounting policies, financial and accounting controls and compliance with legal and regulatory requirements;

 

   

reviewing our policies on risk assessment and risk management;

 

   

reviewing related party transactions; and

 

   

establishing procedures for the confidential anonymous submission of concerns regarding questionable accounting, internal controls or auditing matters.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

We have established a nominating and corporate governance committee of our board of directors, which is comprised of Ms. Hunter and Messrs. Tichio, St Baker and Finn, of whom each of Messrs. Tichio and St Baker is independent under the applicable rules of the SEC and Nasdaq. Mr. Tichio serves as the Chairman of the committee. Our board of directors has adopted a nominating and corporate governance charter, which details the principal functions of the nominating and corporate governance committee. The nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for overseeing the selection of persons to be nominated to serve on our board of directors.

The nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

   

identifying individuals qualified to become members of our board of directors, consistent with criteria approved by our board of directors;

 

   

evaluating the overall effectiveness of our board of directors and its committees; and

 

   

reviewing developments in corporate governance compliance and developing and recommending to our board of directors a set of corporate governance guidelines and principles.

Guidelines for Selecting Director Nominees

The nominating and corporate governance committee considers persons identified by its members, management, shareholders, investment bankers and others. The guidelines for selecting nominees, which is specified in the nominating and corporate governance committee charter, generally provides that persons to be nominated should:

 

   

have demonstrated notable or significant achievements in business, education or public service;

 

   

possess the requisite intelligence, education and experience to make a significant contribution to our board of directors and bring a range of skills, diverse perspectives and backgrounds to its deliberations; and

 

   

have the highest ethical standards, a strong sense of professionalism and intense dedication to serving the interests of the shareholders.

The nominating and corporate governance committee considers a number of qualifications relating to management and leadership experience, background and integrity and professionalism in evaluating a person’s candidacy for membership on our board of directors. The nominating and corporate governance committee may require certain skills or attributes, such as financial or accounting experience, to meet specific board needs that arise from time to time and also considers the overall experience and makeup of its members to obtain a broad and diverse mix of board members. The nominating and corporate governance committee does not distinguish among nominees recommended by shareholders and other persons.

 

133


Compensation Committee

We have established a compensation committee comprised of Messrs. St Baker, Tichio and Braithwaite, each of whom is independent under the applicable rules of the SEC and Nasdaq. Mr. St Baker serves as Chairman of the compensation committee.

Our board of directors has adopted a compensation committee charter, which details the principal functions of the compensation committee, including:

 

   

reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives with respect to the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer, evaluating our Chief Executive Officer’s performance in light of these goals and objectives and setting compensation;

 

   

reviewing and setting or making recommendations to our board of directors regarding the compensation of our other executive officers;

 

   

reviewing and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding director compensation;

 

   

reviewing and approving or making recommendations to our board of directors regarding our incentive compensation and equity-based plans and arrangements; and

 

   

appointing and overseeing any compensation consultants.

The charter also provides that the compensation committee may, in its sole discretion, retain or obtain the advice of a compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser and is directly responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of any such adviser.

However, before engaging or receiving advice from a compensation consultant, external legal counsel or any other adviser, the compensation committee considers the independence of each such adviser, including the factors required by Nasdaq and the SEC.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our officers currently serve, and in the past year have not served, (i) as a member of the compensation committee or the board of directors of another entity, one of whose officers served on our compensation committee, or (ii) as a member of the compensation committee of another entity, one of whose officers served on our board of directors.

Independence of Directors

The listing standards of Nasdaq generally define an “independent director” as a person, other than an executive officer of a company or any other individual having a relationship which, in the opinion of the issuer’s board of directors, would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. Our board of directors has determined that Ms. Phillips and Messrs. Tichio, St Baker, Hightower and Braithwaite are independent directors. Pursuant to Nasdaq’s “phase-in” rules for newly listed companies, we have one year from the date on which we first listed on Nasdaq to have our board of directors be comprised of a majority of independent directors. Our independent directors will have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present.

Risk Oversight

Our board of directors oversee the risk management activities designed and implemented by our management. Our board of directors execute their oversight responsibility both directly and through their committees. Our board of directors also consider specific risk topics, including risks associated with its strategic initiatives, business plans and capital structure. Our management, including our executive officers, are primarily

 

134


responsible for managing the risks associated with operation and business of our company and provide appropriate updates to our board of directors and the audit committee. Our board of directors delegate to the audit committee oversight of their risk management process, and the other committees also consider risk as they perform their respective committee responsibilities. All committees report to the board of directors as appropriate, including when a matter rises to the level of material or enterprise risk.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have posted our Code of Conduct and Ethics on our website and will post any amendments to or any waivers from a provision of our Code of Conduct and Ethics on our website. We also intend to disclose any amendments to or waivers of certain provisions of our Code of Conduct and Ethics in a manner consistent with the applicable rules or regulations of the SEC and Nasdaq.

Shareholder Communication with the Board of Directors

Our shareholders and interested parties may communicate with our board of directors, any committee chairperson or the independent directors as a group by writing to our board of directors or committee chairperson in care of Tritium DCFC Limited, 48 Miller Street, Murarrie, Queensland 4172 Australia.

Foreign Private Issuer Status

We are a “foreign private issuer” under the securities laws of the United States and the rules of Nasdaq. Under the securities laws of the United States, “foreign private issuers” are subject to different disclosure requirements than U.S. domestic registrants. We take all actions necessary to maintain compliance as a foreign private issuer under the applicable corporate governance requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the rules adopted by the SEC and Nasdaq’s listing standards.

Comparison of the Australian and U.S. Securities Regulatory Landscapes

We are a public limited company organized under the laws of Australia. Our Ordinary Shares and Warrants are listed on Nasdaq, and the rights of our shareholders are primarily governed by the constitution, the Corporations Act, U.S. federal securities laws and Nasdaq listing standards.

A comparison of some of the material provisions of the Corporations Act and ASX Listing Rules, which would have applied to us if we had listed on the Australian Securities Exchange and Nasdaq listing standards and certain U.S. federal securities laws, which apply to us, is set out below.

The comparison is not an exhaustive statement of relevant laws, rules and regulations and is intended as a general guide only.

 

Requirements under the ASX Listing Rules /
Corporations Act

  

Requirement under Nasdaq listing
standards / Certain U.S. federal securities laws

Notice of general meetings

A notice of a general meeting must be given by a listed company at least 28 days before the date of the meeting. The company is required to give notice only to shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting, as well as the directors and auditor of the company.    Notice of general meetings is not governed by Nasdaq listing standards. Additionally, Foreign private issuers are not subject to U.S. proxy rules. Notice of general meetings will be governed by our governing documents.

Continuous disclosure

Under the ASX Listing Rules, subject to some exceptions, a listed company must immediately disclose to ASX any information concerning it, which a    Under Nasdaq listing standards, Nasdaq-listed company shall make prompt disclosure to the public through a Regulation FD compliant method of any material information that would reasonably be

 

135


Requirements under the ASX Listing Rules /
Corporations Act

  

Requirement under Nasdaq listing
standards / Certain U.S. federal securities laws

reasonable person would expect to have a material effect on the price or value of the company’s shares.   

expected to affect the value of its securities or influence investor’s decisions. In the absence of Nasdaq listing standards, Foreign private issuers are not subject to Regulation FD, which governs the fair disclosure of material non-public information.

 

Foreign private issuers are also required to publicly report certain types of material information on Form 6-K under the Securities Exchange Act.

Disclosure of substantial shareholdings

A person who obtains a voting power in 5% or more of an ASX listed company is required to publicly disclose that fact within two business days after becoming aware of that fact via the filing of a substantial holding notice. A person’s voting power consists of their own relevant interest in shares plus the relevant interests of their associates. A further notice must be filed within two business days after each subsequent voting power change of 1% or more, and after the person ceases to have a voting power of 5% or more. The notice must attach all documents which contributed to the voting power the person obtained or provide a written description of arrangements which are not in writing.   

Disclosure of substantial shareholdings is not governed by Nasdaq listing standards. Disclosure requirements are governed by U.S. securities laws.

Shareholders who acquire more than 5% of the outstanding shares of a class of securities registered under the Securities Exchange Act or 1934 must file beneficial ownership reports on Schedule 13D or 13G until their holdings drop below 5%.

 

Schedule 13G is an abbreviated version of 13D that may be available based on facts and circumstances. Schedule 13D reports the acquisition and other information within 10 days after the purchase. Prompt amendment must be made regarding any material changes in the facts contained in the schedule.

Financial reporting

Under the ASX Listing Rules, subject to some exceptions, a listed company must prepare and lodge with ASIC and the ASX financial reports and statements on an annual, half-yearly and, in some cases, quarterly basis.    Under the Securities Exchange Act, a foreign private issuer must file an annual report on Form 20-F containing detailed financial and non-financial disclosure.
  

Under Nasdaq listing standards, a foreign private issuer must:

 

•  submit on Form 6-K an interim balance sheet and income statement as of the end of its second quarter, within six months of the end of the second quarter.

 

•  make available to Shareholders an annual report containing the company’s financial statements within a reasonable period of time following the filing of the annual report with the SEC.

 

However, a foreign private issuer may follow its home country practice in lieu of certain requirements related to financial reporting under Nasdaq listing standards.

 

136


Requirements under the ASX Listing Rules /
Corporations Act

  

Requirement under Nasdaq listing
standards / Certain U.S. federal securities laws

Issues of new shares

Subject to specific exceptions, the ASX Listing Rules apply to restrict a listed company from issuing, or agreeing to issue, more equity securities (including shares and options) in a 12 month period without the approval of shareholders, than the number calculated as follows:

 

15% of the total of:

 

•  the number of fully paid ordinary shares on issue 12 months before the date of the issue or agreement; plus

 

•  the number of fully paid ordinary shares issued in the 12 months under a specified exception; plus

 

•  the number of partly paid ordinary shares share that became fully paid in the 12 months; plus

 

•  the number of fully paid ordinary shares issued in the 12 months with shareholder approval; less

 

•  the number of fully paid ordinary shares cancelled in the 12 months; less

 

•  the number of equity securities issued or agreed to be issued in the 12 months before the date of issue or agreement to issue but not under a specified exception or with shareholder approval.

 

Subject to certain exceptions, the ASX Listing Rules require the approval of shareholders by ordinary resolution in order for a listed entity to issue shares or options to directors.

  

Under Nasdaq listing standards, a company must notify Nasdaq when listing additional shares. Such notification shall happen at least 15 calendar days prior to:

 

•  establishing or materially amending a stock option plan, purchase plan or other equity compensation arrangement pursuant to which stock may be acquired by officers, directors, employees, or consultants without shareholder approval (with some timing exceptions for certain equity grants to induce employment subject exception); or

 

•  issuing securities that may potentially result in a change of control of the company; or

 

•  issuing any common stock or security convertible into common stock in connection with the acquisition of the stock or assets of another company, if any officer or director or Substantial Shareholder of the company has a 5% or greater interest (or if such persons collectively have a 10% or greater interest) in the company to be acquired or in the consideration to be paid; or

 

•  issuing any common stock, or any security convertible into common stock in a transaction that may result in the potential issuance of common stock (or securities convertible into common stock) greater than 10% of the either the total shares outstanding or the voting power outstanding on a pre-transaction basis.

   Additionally, under Nasdaq listing standards, a company cannot create a new class of security that votes at a higher rate than an existing class of securities or take any other action that has the effect of restricting or reducing the voting rights of an existing class of securities.

Remuneration of directors and officers

Under the ASX Listing Rules, the maximum amount to be paid to directors for their services as a director (other than the salary of an executive director) is not to exceed the amount approved by shareholders in a general meeting.    Nasdaq listing standards require a Nasdaq-listed company to publicly disclose the material terms of agreements between directors or director nominees and any third-party relating to compensation in connection with their service as a director. A foreign

 

137


Requirements under the ASX Listing Rules /
Corporations Act

  

Requirement under Nasdaq listing
standards / Certain U.S. federal securities laws

 

The company’s annual report includes a remuneration report within the directors’ report. This remuneration report is required to include a discussion of the company directors’ policy in relation to remuneration of key management personnel of the company.

 

Under the Corporations Act, a listed company must put its remuneration report to a shareholder vote at its annual general meeting. If in two consecutive annual general meetings, 25% or more of the votes cast on the resolution vote against adopting the remuneration report, a ‘spill resolution’ must then be put to shareholders. A spill resolution is a resolution that a spill meeting be held and all directors (other than a managing director who is exempt from the retirement by rotation requirements) cease to hold office immediately before the end of the spill meeting. If the spill resolution is approved by the majority of votes cast on the resolution, a spill meeting will be held within 90 days at which directors wishing to remain directors must stand for re-election.

  

private issuer, however, may follow home country practice in lieu of certain requirements related to director compensation, but must (a) disclose to the SEC in its annual reports each requirement it does not follow and describe the home country practice followed, and (b) submit to Nasdaq a written statement from an independent counsel in the home country certifying that the company’s practices are not prohibited by the home country’s laws.

 

Under Regulation S-K, foreign private issuers must report certain information with respect to executive and director compensation and benefits, as well as information related to director and executive share ownership.

 

Generally, the size and net worth of the company are taken into consideration when determining director and officer compensation. In the U.S., most public companies utilize a consultant to provide peer benchmarking for reasonable compensation metrics.

Termination benefits

Under the ASX Listing Rules, a listed entity must ensure that no director or other officer will be, or may be, entitled to termination benefits if the value of those benefits and the termination benefits that are or may become payable to all officers together exceed 5% of the equity interests of the entity as set out in its latest financial statements given to the ASX. The 5% limit may, however, be exceeded with shareholder approval.   

Termination benefits are not governed by Nasdaq listing standards.

 

Under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of a U.S. publicly listed company must forfeit previously paid bonuses if the company is required to prepare an accounting restatement due to material non-compliance of the company.

Transactions involving related parties

Related party financial benefits

 

The Corporations Act prohibits a public company from giving a related party a financial benefit unless:

 

•  it obtains the approval of shareholders and gives the benefit within 15 months after receipt of such approval; or

 

•  the financial benefit is exempt.

 

A related party is defined by the Corporations Act to include any entity which controls the public company, directors of the public company, directors of any entity which controls the public company and, in each case, spouses and certain relatives of such persons.

 

Exempt financial benefits include indemnities, insurance premiums and payments for legal costs which are not

  

Related party financial benefits

 

Under Nasdaq listing standards, each company shall conduct an appropriate review and oversight of all related party transactions for potential conflicts of interest on an ongoing basis by the Audit Committee or another independent body of the Board.

 

For non-U.S. issuers, the term “Related Party Transaction” refers to transactions that must be disclosed pursuant to Form 20-F, which requires the company to provide certain information (nature and extent of any transactions or presently proposed which are material to the company or related party, or that are unusual; and amount of loans and guarantees made by the company to or for the benefit of a related party) with respect to transactions or loans between the company and

 

138


Requirements under the ASX Listing Rules /
Corporations Act

  

Requirement under Nasdaq listing
standards / Certain U.S. federal securities laws

otherwise prohibited by the Corporations Act and benefit given on arm’s length terms.

 

Acquisition and disposal of a substantial asset to a related party

 

The ASX Listing Rules prohibit a listed entity from acquiring a substantial asset (an asset the value or consideration for which is 5% or more of the entity’s equity interests) from, or disposing of a substantial asset to, certain related parties of the entity, unless it obtains the approval of shareholders. The related parties include directors, persons who have or have had (in aggregate with any of their associates) in the prior six month period an interest in 10% or more of the shares in the company and, in each case, any of their associates. The provisions apply even where the transaction may be on arm’s length terms.

 

Issue of shares to directors

 

The ASX Listing Rules also prohibit a listed entity from issuing or agreeing to issue shares to a director unless it obtains the approval of shareholders or the share issue is exempt. Exempt share issues include issues made pro rata to all shareholders, under an underwriting agreement in relation to a pro rata issue, under certain dividend or distribution plans or under an approved employee incentive plan.

  

 

•  enterprises that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, control or are controlled by, or are under common control with, the company;

 

•  associates;

 

•  individuals owning, directly or indirectly, an interest in the voting power of the company that gives them significant influence over the company, and close members of any such individual’s family;

 

•  key management personnel, that is, those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the company, including directors and senior management of companies and close members of such individuals’ families; and

 

•  enterprises in which a substantial interest in the voting power is owned, directly or indirectly, by any person described in (c) or (d) or over which such a person is able to exercise significant influence. This includes enterprises owned by directors or major shareholders of the company and enterprises that have a member of key management in common with the company. Close members of an individual’s family are those that may be expected to influence, or be influenced by, that person in their dealings with the company.

  

An associate is an unconsolidated enterprise in which the company has a significant influence or which has significant influence over the company. Significant influence over an enterprise is the power to participate in the financial and operating policy decisions of the enterprise but is less than control over those policies. Shareholders beneficially owning a 10% interest in the voting power of the company are presumed to have a significant influence on the company.

 

A foreign private issuer may follow its home country practice in lieu of the requirements of the Rule 5600 Series, except as described under “Corporate governance” below.

 

139


Requirements under the ASX Listing Rules /
Corporations Act

  

Requirement under Nasdaq listing
standards / Certain U.S. federal securities laws

Significant transactions

Under the ASX Listing Rules, where a company proposes a significant change to the nature or scale of its activities or floats significant assets, it must provide full details to the ASX as soon as practicable. It must do so in any event before making the change. If the significant change involves the entity disposing of its main undertaking, the entity must get the approval of all holders of its ordinary shares and comply with any requirements of the ASX in relation to the notice of meeting, which must include a voting exclusion statement. Any agreement to dispose of its main undertaking must be conditional on the entity getting approval. A company must not dispose of a major asset without offer or approval for no offer.   

Under Nasdaq listing standards , shareholder approval is prior to an issuance of securities in connection with:

 

•  the acquisition of the stock or assets of another company;

 

•  equity-based compensation of officers, directors, employees or consultants;

 

•  a change of control; and

 

•  transactions other than public offerings.

 

A foreign private issuer may follow its home country practice in lieu of the requirements of the Rule 5600 Series, except as described under “Corporate governance” below.

Nomination and rotation of directors

Nomination

 

Under the ASX Listing Rules, a listed company must accept nominations for the election of directors up to 35 business days (or 30 business days in the case of a meeting requested by shareholders) before the date of a general meeting at which the directors may be elected, unless the company’s constitution provides otherwise.

 

Rotation

 

The ASX Listing Rules require that:

 

•  a director, other than the managing director and directors appointed to fill casual vacancies or as additions to the board, must not hold office past the third annual general meeting following the director’s appointment or three years, whichever is longer, without submitting himself or herself for re-elections; and

 

•  directors appointed to fill casual vacancies or as additions to the board do not hold office (without re-election) past the next annual general meeting.

  

Nomination

 

Under Nasdaq listing standards , Director nominees must either be selected or recommended for the Board’s selection, either by:

 

•  Independent Directors constituting a majority of the Board’s Independent Directors in a vote in which only Independent Directors participate, or

 

•  A nomination committee comprised solely of Independent Directors.

 

Each company must certify it has adopted a formal written charter or board resolution addressing the nominations process.

 

Rotation

 

There is no formal rotation or term limit requirement under Nasdaq listing standards, although the company can institute term limits in its corporate governance policies.

 

Directors are subject to re-election every year at the annual meeting of shareholders, unless a classified board is put in place.

 

A foreign private issuer may follow its home country practice in lieu of the requirements of the Rule 5600 Series, except as described under “Corporate governance” below.

 

140


Requirements under the ASX Listing Rules /
Corporations Act

  

Requirement under Nasdaq listing
standards / Certain U.S. federal securities laws

Corporate governance

The ASX Corporate Governance Council has published the ASX Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations (the Recommendations), which sets out eight central principles which are intended to assist companies to achieve good governance outcomes and meet the reasonable expectations of most investors.

 

Listed companies are required to provide a statement in their annual report to shareholders disclosing the extent to which they have followed the Recommendations in the reporting period and where they have not followed all the Recommendations, identify the Recommendations that have not been followed and the reasons for not following them. It is not mandatory to follow the Recommendations.

 

The eight central principles are:

 

•  lay solid foundations for management and oversight;

 

•  structure the board to be effective and add value;

 

•  instill a culture of acting lawfully, ethically and responsibly;

 

•  safeguard the integrity of corporate reports;

 

•  make timely and balanced disclosure;

 

•  respect the rights of security holders;

 

•  recognize and manage risk; and

 

•  remunerate fairly and responsibly.

  

Under Nasdaq listing standards Rule 5600 Series, Nasdaq has established Corporate Governance Requirements for all listed Companies. Companies are required to follow the published requirements, unless an applicable exemption exists. One such exemption allows a foreign private issuer to follow its home country practice in lieu of the requirements of the Rule 5600 Series, except that it must comply with:

 

•  Notification of Noncompliance requirement (Rule 5625);

 

•  Voting Rights requirement (Rule 5640);

 

•  The Diverse Board Representation Rule (Rule 5605(f));

 

•  The Board Diversity Disclosure Rule (Rule 5606);

 

•  Having an audit committee that satisfies Rule 5605(c)(3) and ensure that members meet the independence requirement of Rule 5605(c)(2)(A)(ii).

 

141


DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

The following description of the material terms of our securities includes a summary of the specified terms of the constitution, the A&R Warrant Agreement and of applicable Australian law. The following description is intended as a summary only and does not constitute legal advice regarding those matters and should not be regarded as such. This description does not cover any temporary COVID-19 related matters under applicable law. Unless stated otherwise, this description does not address any (proposed) provisions of Australian law that have not become effective as per the date of this prospectus. The description is qualified in its entirety by reference to the complete text of the constitution, which is attached as Exhibit 3.1 to this prospectus, or the A&R Warrant Agreement, which is attached as Exhibit 4.3 to this prospectus. We urge you to read the full text of the constitution and the A&R Warrant Agreement.

Share Capital

Our issued capital consists of 135,380,695 Ordinary Shares issued and 21,783,334 Warrants issued as of February 7, 2022.

Our board of directors may determine the issue prices and terms for such shares or other securities, and may further determine any other provision relating to such issue of shares or securities. We may also issue and redeem redeemable securities on such terms and in such manner as our board of directors shall determine.

Our Ordinary Shares are not redeemable and do not have any preemptive rights.

Meetings of Shareholders and Voting Rights

Under Australian law, we are required to hold an annual general meeting at least once every calendar year and within five months after the end of its financial year. All meetings, other than the annual general meeting of shareholders, are referred to in the constitution as “general meetings.” Our board of directors may call general meetings of our shareholders whenever it sees fit, at such time and place, as it may determine. In addition, our board of directors is obliged to call a general meeting, if requested to do so, by our shareholders with at least 5% of votes that may be cast at the general meeting.

At a general meeting of our company, every shareholder of our company present in person or by proxy, attorney or representative, has one vote on a show of hands and, on a poll, one vote for each Ordinary Share held. On a poll, every shareholder of our company (or his or her proxy, attorney or representative) is entitled to one vote for each fully paid Ordinary Share held and, in respect of each partly paid Ordinary Share, is entitled to a fraction of a vote equivalent to the proportion in which the amount paid up (not credited) on that partly paid Ordinary Share bears to the total amounts paid and payable (excluding amounts credited) on that Ordinary Share. The chairperson has a casting vote.

Dividends

Subject to the Corporations Act, the constitution and any special terms and conditions of issue, our board of directors may, from time to time, resolve to pay a dividend or declare any interim, special or final dividend as, in their judgement, the financial position of our company justifies.

Our board of directors may fix the amount, time and method of payment of the dividends. The payment, resolution to pay, or declaration of a dividend does not require any confirmation by a general meeting.

The constitution contains a provision allowing our board of directors, on the terms and conditions they think fit, to establish, amend, suspend or terminate a dividend reinvestment plan (under which the whole or any part of any dividend or interest due to members may be applied in subscribing for Ordinary Shares).

 

142


Notices

Every shareholder of our company is entitled to receive notice of and, except in certain circumstances, attend and vote at our general meetings and to receive all notices, accounts and other documents required to be sent to our shareholders under the constitution, the Corporations Act and the Listing Rules. Under the Corporations Act, at least 21 days’ notice of meeting must be given to our shareholders. While we are listed on Nasdaq, notice must be given within any time limits prescribed by the Listing Rules.

Transfer of Our Ordinary Shares

Subject to the constitution and to any restrictions attached to any Ordinary Share or classes of shares, our Ordinary Shares may be transferred by DTC transfer or by written transfer in any usual form or in any form approved by our board of directors and permitted by the Corporations Act. Our board of directors may, in circumstances permitted by the constitution or the Listing Rules, decline to register a transfer of Ordinary Shares. If our board of directors decline to register a transfer, we must give the party lodging the transfer written notice of the refusal and the reason for refusal.

Issue of Our Ordinary Shares

Subject to the constitution and the Corporations Act and any special rights conferred on the holders of any shares or class of shares, our board of directors may issue shares, reclassify or convert shares, cancel or otherwise dispose of shares, or grant options over unissued shares to any person and they may do so at such times and on the conditions they think fit. The shares may be issued with preferred, deferred or special rights, or special restrictions about dividends, voting, return of capital, participation in the property of our company on a winding up or otherwise as our board of directors see fit.

Issue of Preference Shares

We may issue preference shares, including preference shares which are, or at the option of us or a holder are, liable to be redeemed or converted into Ordinary Shares. The rights attaching to preference shares are those set out in the constitution.

Winding Up

If we are wound up, then subject to the constitution and to the rights or restrictions attached to a class of shares, any surplus assets must be divided among our shareholders in proportion to the shares held by them (irrespective of the amounts paid or credited as paid on the shares), less any amounts which remain unpaid on these shares at the time of distribution.

Variation of Class Rights

Subject to the Corporations Act and the terms of issue of a class of shares, wherever the capital of our company is divided into different classes of shares, the rights attached to any class of shares may be varied with:

 

   

the written consent of the holders of at least three quarters of the issued shares in the particular class; or

 

   

the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of shares in that class.

Our Board of Directors—Appointment and Retirement

Under the constitution, the number of our board of directors shall be a minimum of three directors and a maximum of 12 directors or such lower number as we resolve to authorize at a general meeting. Our directors are elected or re-elected by resolution by our shareholders at our general meetings.

 

143


Our board of directors may also appoint a director to fill a casual vacancy on our board or in addition to the existing directors, who will then hold office until our next annual general meeting and is then eligible for election at that meeting.

No director of our company may hold office without re-election for more than three years or past the third annual general meeting following the meeting at which the director was last elected or re-elected (whichever is later).

Our Directors—Voting

Questions arising at a meeting of our board of directors will be decided by a majority of votes of the directors present at the meeting and entitled to vote on the matter. In the case of an equality of votes on a resolution, the Chair of the meeting has a second or casting vote.

A written resolution of our board of directors may be passed without holding a meeting, if all of our directors sign or assent to the resolution (other than our directors permitted not to vote on the resolution in accordance with the terms of the constitution).

Powers and Duties of Our Directors

Our board of directors are responsible for managing our business and may exercise all the powers of us, which are not required by law or by the constitution, to be exercised by us in general meeting.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

We, to the extent permitted by law, must indemnify each person who is a current or former director of our company, officer or secretary of our company, and such other officers or former officers of our company as our directors in each case determine, against any losses or liability incurred by that person as an officer of our company.

We, to the extent permitted by law, may enter into and pay premiums on a contract insuring any person who is a current or former director of our company, officer or secretary of our company, and such other officers or former officers of our company as our directors in each case determine, against any liability incurred by the person as an officer or auditor of our company.

Amendment

The constitution may only be amended in accordance with the Corporations Act, which requires a special resolution passed by at least 75% of our shareholders present (in person or by proxy, attorney or representative) and entitled to vote on the resolution at a general meeting of our company. Under the Corporations Act, we must give at least 21 days’ written notice of our intention to propose a resolution as a special resolution. While we are listed on Nasdaq, notice must be given within any time limits prescribed by the Listing Rules.

Takeover Provisions

The takeover provisions in Chapter 6 of the Corporations Act restrict acquisitions of shares in listed companies, and unlisted companies with more than 50 members, if the acquirer’s (or another party’s) a relevant interest in voting shares would increase to above 20%, or would increase from a starting point that is above 20% and below 90%, unless certain exceptions apply.

 

144


Certain Disclosure Obligations

We are subject to continuous disclosure obligations under the Corporations Act. This requires us to disclose to the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”) information not generally available that a reasonable person would expect to have a material effect on the price or value of its securities. We take all actions necessary to comply with our continuous disclosure obligations under the Corporations Act.

Reporting Under Australian Law

We are subject to financial reporting obligations under the Corporations Act. This requires us to prepare, audit and lodge with ASIC half-year and annual reports.

Periodic Reporting Under U.S. Securities Law

We are a “foreign private issuer” under the securities laws of the United States and the Listing Rules. Under the securities laws of the United States, “foreign private issuers” are subject to different disclosure requirements than U.S. registrants. We take all actions necessary to maintain compliance as a foreign private issuer under the applicable corporate governance requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the rules adopted by the SEC and Nasdaq listing standards. Subject to certain exceptions, the Listing Rules permit a “foreign private issuer” to comply with its home country rules in lieu of the listing requirements of Nasdaq.

Additionally, because we qualify as a “foreign private issuer” under the Exchange Act, we are exempt from certain provisions of the securities rules and regulations in the U.S. that are applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, including: (i) the rules under the Exchange Act requiring the filing with the SEC of quarterly reports on Form 10-Q or current reports on Form 8-K; (ii) the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents, or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act; (iii) the sections of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their stock ownership and trading activities and liability for insiders who profit from trades made in a short period of time; and (iv) the selective disclosure rules by issuers of material nonpublic information under Regulation FD.

We are required to file an annual report on Form 20-F within four months of the end of each fiscal year. Press releases relating to financial results and material events will also be furnished to the SEC on Form 6-K.

Listing of Our Securities

Our Ordinary Shares and Warrants are listed under the ticker symbols “DCFC” and “DCFCW,” respectively.

Certain Insider Trading and Market Manipulation Laws

Australian and U.S. law each contain rules intended to prevent insider trading and market manipulation. The following is a general description of those laws as such laws exist as of the date of this document, and should not be viewed as legal advice for specific circumstances.

We have adopted an insider trading policy. This policy provides, among other things, rules on transactions by members of our board of directors and our employees in our Ordinary Shares or in financial instruments, the value of which is determined by the value of the shares.

United States

The United States securities laws generally prohibits any person from trading in a security while in possession of material, non-public information or assisting someone who is engaged in doing the same. The

 

145


insider trading laws cover not only those who trade based on material, non-public information, but also those who disclose material nonpublic information to others who might trade on the basis of that information (known as “tipping”). A “security” includes not just equity securities, but any security (e.g., derivatives). Thus, our board of directors, officers and other employees may not purchase or sell shares or other securities of our company when he or she is in possession of material, non-public information about our company (including our business, prospects or financial condition), nor may they tip any other person by disclosing material, non-public information about our company.

Australia

The Australian securities laws generally prohibits any person from trading in a financial product while in possession of information which is not generally available and, if it were, would be likely to have a material effect on the price or value of the financial product. The insider trading laws cover not only those who trade based on material, non-public information, but also those who directly or indirectly communicate material non-public information to someone who they think might trade, enter into agreements to trade or get another person to trade. A “financial product” includes not only equity securities, but any financial product (e.g., derivatives, debentures). Thus, our board of directors, officers and other employees may not purchase or sell shares or other securities of our company when he or she is in possession of material, non-public information about our company (including our business, prospects or financial condition), nor may they tip any other person by disclosing material, non-public information about our company.

Rule 144

All our Ordinary Shares and Warrants received by DCRN stockholders and Tritium Holdings shareholders in the Business Combination are freely tradable, except that our Ordinary Shares and Warrants received in the Business Combination by persons who become affiliates of our company for purposes of Rule 144 under the Securities Act may be resold by them only in transactions permitted by Rule 144, or as otherwise permitted under the Securities Act. Persons who may be deemed affiliates of our company generally include individuals or entities that control, are controlled by or are under common control with, us and may include the directors and executive officers of our company as well as our principal shareholders.

Registration Rights

Pursuant to the A&R Registration Rights Agreement, we have agreed with certain Selling Securityholders to use our commercially reasonable efforts to keep the registration statement of which this prospectus constitutes a part effective until such time as the securities of such Selling Securityholders covered by this prospectus no longer constitute “Registrable Securities” under and as defined in the A&R Registration Rights Agreement. In certain circumstances, the holders can demand our assistance with underwritten offerings and block trades. The holders will be entitled to customary piggyback registration rights.

Our Warrants

In connection with the Business Combination, we assumed DCRN’s warrant agreement and entered into the A&R Warrant Agreement. Each DCRN warrant then-outstanding and unexercised automatically converted into a Warrant. Each Warrant is subject to the same terms and conditions (including exercisability terms) as were applicable to the corresponding DCRN warrant, except to the extent such terms or conditions are rendered inoperative by the Business Combination. Accordingly, (A) each Warrant is exercisable solely for our Ordinary Shares; (B) the number of our Ordinary Shares, subject to each Warrant, is equal to the number of shares of DCRN Class A Common Stock subject to the applicable DCRN warrant; and (C) the per share exercise price for our Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of such Warrant is equal to the per share exercise price for the shares of DCRN Class A Common Stock subject to the applicable DCRN warrant.

 

146


On the Closing Date, we notified Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., in their joint capacity as warrant agent for our Warrants, of the following adjustment, in accordance with the terms of the A&R Warrant Agreement:

 

   

the adjustment to the warrant price of our Warrants from $11.50 per Ordinary Share to $6.90 per Ordinary Share (representing 115% of the exercise price);

 

   

the adjustment of the $18.00 per share redemption trigger price described under the A&R Warrant Agreement to $10.80 per ordinary Share (representing 180% of the exercise price); and

 

   

the adjustment of the redemption trigger price described under the A&R Warrant Agreement from $10.00 to $6.00.

The terms of the A&R Warrant Agreement are described below.

Public Warrants

Each whole Warrant entitles the registered holder to purchase one Ordinary Share at a price of $6.90 per share, subject to adjustment as discussed below, at any time commencing on the later of 12 months from the closing of the DCRN IPO or 30 days after the completion of the Business Combination. Pursuant to the A&R Warrant Agreement, a holder of Warrants may exercise its warrants only for a whole number of Ordinary Shares. This means that only a whole Warrant may be exercised at any given time by a holder of Warrants. The Warrants will expire five years after the completion of the Combination, at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.

We are not be obligated to deliver any Ordinary Shares pursuant to the exercise of a Warrant and will have no obligation to settle such Warrant exercise unless a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to the Ordinary Shares underlying the Warrants is then effective and a prospectus relating thereto is current, subject to us satisfying our obligations described below with respect to registration. No Warrant will be exercisable and we will not be obligated to issue Ordinary Shares upon exercise of a Warrant unless the Ordinary Shares issuable upon such exercise has been registered, qualified or deemed to be exempt under the securities laws of the state of residence of the registered holder of the Warrants. In the event that the conditions in the two immediately preceding sentences are not satisfied with respect to a Warrant, the holder will not be entitled to exercise such Warrant and such Warrant may have no value and expire worthless. In no event will we be required to net cash settle any Warrant. In the event that a registration statement is not effective for the exercised Warrants, the purchaser of a unit containing such Warrant will have paid the full purchase price for the unit solely for the Ordinary Share underlying such unit.

We have agreed that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 30 days after the consummation of the Business Combination, we will use our best efforts to file with the SEC a registration statement for the registration, under the Securities Act, of the Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants. We will use our best efforts to cause the same to become effective and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement, and a current prospectus relating thereto, until the expiration of the Warrants in accordance with the provisions of the A&R Warrant Agreement. Notwithstanding the above, if the Ordinary Shares at the time of any exercise of a Warrant are not listed on a national securities exchange such that it satisfies the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, we may, at our option, require holders of Warrants who exercise their Warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event we so elect, we will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, but we will be required to use our best efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available.

 

147


Redemption of Warrants for Cash When the Price Per Share of Ordinary Shares Equals or Exceeds $10.80

Once the Warrants become exercisable, we may redeem the outstanding Warrants for cash (except as described below with respect to the Private Placement Warrants):

 

   

in whole and not in part;

 

   

at a price of $0.01 per Warrant;

 

   

upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption (the “30-day redemption period”) to each Warrant holder; and

 

   

if, and only if, the reported last sale price of the Ordinary Shares equals or exceeds $10.80 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending three business days before we send the notice of redemption to the Warrant holders (which we refer to as the “market value”).

We will not redeem the Warrants for cash unless a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants is effective and a current prospectus relating to those Ordinary Shares is available throughout the 30-day redemption period. Any such exercise would not be on a “cashless basis” and would require the exercising Warrant holder to pay the exercise price for each Warrant being exercised. If and when the Warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws.

We have established the last of the redemption criterion discussed above to prevent a redemption call unless there is at the time of the call a significant premium to the Warrant exercise price. If the foregoing conditions are satisfied and we issue a notice of redemption of the Warrants, each Warrant holder will be entitled to exercise his, her or its Warrant prior to the scheduled redemption date. However, the price of the Ordinary Shares may fall below the $10.80 redemption trigger price (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) as well as the $6.90 (for whole shares) Warrant exercise price after the redemption notice is issued.

Redemption of Warrants for Cash When the Price Per Share of Ordinary Shares Equals or Exceeds $6.00

Once the Warrants become exercisable, we may redeem the outstanding Warrants for cash (except as described below with respect to the Private Placement Warrants):

 

   

in whole and not in part;

 

   

at a price of $0.10 per Warrant, provided that holders will be able to exercise their Warrants prior to redemption and receive that number of Ordinary Shares determined by reference to the table below, based on the redemption date and the “fair market value” of Ordinary Shares, except as otherwise described below;

 

   

upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice;

 

   

if, and only if, the last sale price of Ordinary Shares equals or exceeds $6.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) on the trading day prior to the date on which we send the notice of redemption to the Warrant holders; and

 

   

if the last sale price of Ordinary Shares on the trading day prior to the date on which we send the notice of redemption to the Warrant holders is less than $10.80 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like), the Private Placement Warrants must also be concurrently called for redemption on the same terms as the outstanding Public Warrants, as described above.

 

148


Beginning on the date the notice of redemption is given until the Warrants are redeemed or exercised, Warrant holders may elect to exercise their Warrants on a cashless basis. The numbers in the table below represent the number of shares of Ordinary Shares that a Warrant holder will receive upon a cashless exercise in connection with a redemption by us pursuant to this redemption feature, based on the “fair market value” of Ordinary Shares on the corresponding redemption date (assuming Warrant holders elect to exercise their Warrants and such Warrants are not redeemed for $0.10 per Warrant), and the number of months that the corresponding redemption date precedes the expiration date of the Warrants, each as set forth in the table below.

 

     Fair Market Value of Ordinary Shares  

Redemption Date (period to
expiration of Warrants)

   <6.00      6.60      7.20      7.80      8.40      9.00      9.60      10.20      >10.80  

60 months

     0.261        0.281        0.297        0.311        0.324        0.337        0.348        0.358        0.361  

57 months

     0.257        0.277        0.294        0.310        0.324        0.337        0.348        0.358        0.361  

54 months

     0.252        0.272        0.291        0.307        0.322        0.335        0.347        0.357        0.361  

51 months

     0.246        0.268        0.287        0.304        0.320        0.333        0.346        0.357        0.361  

48 months

     0.241        0.263        0.283        0.301        0.317        0.332        0.344        0.356        0.361  

45 months

     0.235        0.258        0.279        0.298        0.315        0.330        0.343        0.356        0.361  

42 months

     0.228        0.252        0.274        0.294        0.312        0.328        0.342        0.355        0.361  

39 months

     0.221        0.246        0.269        0.290        0.309        0.325        0.340        0.354        0.361  

36 months

     0.213        0.239        0.263        0.285        0.305        0.323        0.339        0.353        0.361  

33 months

     0.205        0.232        0.257        0.280        0.301        0.320        0.337        0.352        0.361  

30 months

     0.196        0.224        0.250        0.274        0.297        0.316        0.335        0.351        0.361  

27 months

     0.185        0.214        0.242        0.268        0.291        0.313        0.332        0.350        0.361  

24 months

     0.173        0.204        0.233        0.260        0.285        0.308        0.329        0.348        0.361  

21 months

     0.161        0.193        0.223        0.252        0.279        0.304        0.326        0.347        0.361  

18 months

     0.146        0.179        0.211        0.242        0.271        0.298        0.322        0.345        0.361  

15 months

     0.130        0.164        0.197        0.230        0.262        0.291        0.317        0.342        0.361  

12 months

     0.111        0.146        0.181        0.216        0.250        0.282        0.312        0.339        0.361  

9 months

     0.090        0.125        0.162        0.199        0.237        0.272        0.305        0.336        0.361  

6 months

     0.065        0.099        0.137        0.178        0.219        0.259        0.296        0.331        0.361  

3 months

     0.034        0.065        0.104        0.150        0.197        0.243        0.286        0.326        0.361  

0 months

     —          —          0.042        0.115        0.179        0.233        0.281        0.323        0.361  

The “fair market value” of Ordinary Shares shall mean the average reported last sale price of Ordinary Shares for the 10 trading days immediately following the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to Warrant holders. We will provide Warrant holders with the final fair market value no later than one business day after the ten-trading day period described above ends.

The exact fair market value and redemption date may not be set forth in the table above, in which case, if the fair market value is between two values in the table or the redemption date is between two redemption dates in the table, the number of Ordinary Shares to be issued for each Warrant exercised will be determined by a straight-line interpolation between the number of shares set forth for the higher and lower fair market values and the earlier and later redemption dates, as applicable, based on a 365-day year. For example, if the average reported last sale price of Ordinary Shares for the 10 trading days immediately following the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to Warrant holders is $6.60 per share, and at such time there are 57 months until the expiration of the Warrants, holders may choose to, in connection with this redemption feature, exercise their warrants for 0.277 Ordinary Shares for each whole Warrant. For example, where the exact fair market value and redemption date are not as set forth in the table above, if the average reported last sale price of Ordinary Shares for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading date prior to the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to Warrant holders is $8.10 per share, and at such time there are 38 months until the expiration of the Warrants, holders may choose to, in connection with this redemption feature, exercise their Warrants for 0.298 Ordinary Shares for each whole Warrant. In no event will the Warrants be exercisable in connection with this redemption

 

149


feature for more than 0.361 Ordinary Shares per whole Warrant (subject to adjustment). Finally, as reflected in the table above, if the Warrants are “out of the money” (i.e. the trading price of Ordinary Shares is below the exercise price of the warrants) and about to expire, they cannot be exercised on a cashless basis in connection with a redemption by us pursuant to this redemption feature, since they will not be exercisable for any Ordinary Shares.

This redemption feature differs from the typical warrant redemption features used in some other blank check offerings, which typically only provide for a redemption of warrants for cash (other than the private placement warrants) when the trading price for the ordinary shares exceeds $10.80 per share for a specified period of time. This redemption feature is structured to allow for all of the outstanding Warrants to be redeemed when the Ordinary Shares are trading at or above $6.00 per share, which may be at a time when the trading price of Ordinary Shares is below the exercise price of the Warrants. We have established this redemption feature to provide the Warrants with an additional liquidity feature, which provides us with the flexibility to redeem the Warrants without the Warrants having to reach the $10.80 per share threshold. Holders choosing to exercise their Warrants in connection with a redemption pursuant to this feature will, in effect, receive a number of Ordinary Shares for their Warrants, based on the “redemption price” as determined pursuant to the above table. We have calculated the “redemption prices” as set forth in the table above to reflect a Black-Scholes option pricing model with a fixed volatility input as of February 3, 2021. This redemption right provides us an additional mechanism by which to redeem all of the outstanding Warrants and therefore have certainty as to our capital structure as the Warrants would no longer be outstanding and would have been exercised or redeemed, and we will effectively be required to pay the redemption price to Warrant holders if we choose to exercise this redemption right, it will allow us to quickly proceed with a redemption of the Warrants if we determine it is in our best interest to do so. As such, we would redeem the Warrants in this manner when we believe it is in our best interest to update our capital structure to remove the Warrants and pay the redemption price to the Warrant holders.

As stated above, we can redeem the Warrants when the Ordinary Shares are trading at a price starting at $6.00, which is below the exercise price of $6.90, because it will provide certainty with respect to our capital structure and cash position while providing Warrant holders with the opportunity to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis for the applicable number of Ordinary Shares. If we choose to redeem the Warrants when the Ordinary Shares are trading at a price below the exercise price of the Warrants, this could result in the Warrant holders receiving fewer shares of Ordinary Shares than they would have received if they had chosen to wait to exercise their Warrants for Ordinary Shares if and when such Ordinary Shares were trading at a price higher than the exercise price of $6.90. No fractional Ordinary Shares will be issued upon exercise. If, upon exercise, a Warrant holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will round down to the nearest whole number of the number of Ordinary Shares to be issued to the holder.

Redemption Procedures

A Warrant holder may notify us in writing in the event it elects to be subject to a requirement that such holder will not have the right to exercise such Warrant, to the extent that after giving effect to such exercise, such person (together with such person’s affiliates), to the warrant agent’s actual knowledge, would beneficially own in excess of 9.8% (or such other amount as a holder may specify) of the Ordinary Shares outstanding immediately after giving effect to such exercise.

Anti-Dilution Adjustments

The stock prices set forth in the column headings of the table above shall be adjusted as of any date on which the number of shares issuable upon exercise of a Warrant is adjusted pursuant to the following three paragraphs. The adjusted stock prices in the column headings shall equal the stock prices immediately prior to such adjustment, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Ordinary Shares deliverable upon exercise of a Warrant immediately prior to such adjustment and the denominator of which is the number of Ordinary Shares deliverable upon exercise of a Warrant as so adjusted. The number of shares in the table above

 

150


shall be adjusted in the same manner and at the same time as the number of shares issuable upon exercise of a Warrant.

If the number of outstanding Ordinary Shares is increased by a stock dividend payable in Ordinary Shares, or by a split-up of Ordinary Shares or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such stock dividend, split-up or similar event, the number of Ordinary Shares issuable on exercise of each Warrant will be increased in proportion to such increase in the outstanding Ordinary Shares. A rights offering to holders of Ordinary Shares entitling holders to purchase Ordinary Shares at a price less than the fair market value will be deemed a stock dividend of a number of Ordinary Shares equal to the product of (i) the number of Ordinary Shares actually sold in such rights offering (or issuable under any other equity securities sold in such rights offering that are convertible into or exercisable for Ordinary Shares) multiplied by (ii) one (1) minus the quotient of (x) the price per Ordinary Share paid in such rights offering divided by (y) the fair market value. For these purposes (i) if the rights offering is for securities convertible into or exercisable for Ordinary Shares, in determining the price payable for Ordinary Shares, there will be taken into account any consideration received for such rights, as well as any additional amount payable upon exercise or conversion and (ii) fair market value means the volume weighted average price of Ordinary Shares as reported during the ten (10) trading day period ending on the trading day prior to the first date on which the Ordinary Shares trade on the applicable exchange or in the applicable market, regular way, without the right to receive such rights.

In addition, if we, at any time while the Warrants are outstanding and unexpired, pay a dividend or make a distribution in cash, securities or other assets to the holders of Ordinary Shares on account of such Ordinary Shares (or other shares of our capital stock into which the Warrants are convertible), other than (a) as described above or (b) certain ordinary cash dividends, then the Warrant exercise price will be decreased, effective immediately after the effective date of such event, by the amount of cash and/or the fair market value of any securities or other assets paid on each Ordinary Share in respect of such event.

If the number of outstanding Ordinary Shares is decreased by a consolidation, combination, reverse stock split or reclassification of Ordinary Shares or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such consolidation, combination, reverse stock split, reclassification or similar event, the number of Ordinary Shares issuable on exercise of each Warrant will be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding Ordinary Shares.

Whenever the number of Ordinary Shares purchasable upon the exercise of the Warrants is adjusted, as described above, the Warrant exercise price will be adjusted by multiplying the Warrant exercise price immediately prior to such adjustment by a fraction (x) the numerator of which will be the number of Ordinary Shares purchasable upon the exercise of the Warrants immediately prior to such adjustment, and (y) the denominator of which will be the number of Ordinary Shares so purchasable immediately thereafter.

In case of any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding Ordinary Shares (other than those described above or that solely affects the par value of such Ordinary Shares), or in the case of any merger or consolidation of us with or into another corporation (other than a consolidation or merger in which we are the continuing corporation and that does not result in any reclassification or reorganization of outstanding Ordinary Shares), or in the case of any sale or conveyance to another corporation or entity of the assets or other property of us as an entirety or substantially as an entirety in connection with which we are dissolved, the Warrant holders will thereafter have the right to purchase and receive, upon the basis and upon the terms and conditions specified in the Warrants and in lieu of the Ordinary Shares immediately theretofore purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of the rights represented thereby, the kind and amount of shares of stock or other securities or property (including cash) receivable upon such reclassification, reorganization, merger or consolidation, or upon a dissolution following any such sale or transfer, that the Warrant holder would have received if such holder had exercised their Warrants immediately prior to such event. If less than 70% of the consideration receivable by the holders of Ordinary Shares in such a transaction is payable in the form of common stock in the successor entity that is listed for trading on a national securities exchange or is quoted in an established over-the-counter market,

 

151


or is to be so listed for trading or quoted immediately following such event, and if the registered holder of the Warrant properly exercises the warrant within thirty days following public disclosure of such transaction, the Warrant exercise price will be reduced as specified in the A&R Warrant Agreement based on the Black-Scholes value (as defined in the A&R Warrant Agreement) of the Warrant.

The Warrants have been issued in registered form under the A&R Warrant Agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and us. The A&R Warrant Agreement provides that the terms of the Warrants may be amended without the consent of any Warrant holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision, but requires the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding Public Warrants to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders of the Public Warrants. If an amendment adversely affects the Private Placement Warrants in a different manner than the Public Warrants or vice versa, then approval of holders of at least 65% of the then-outstanding Public Warrants and 65% of the then-outstanding Private Placement Warrants, voting as separate classes, will be required.

The Warrants may be exercised upon surrender of the warrant certificate on or prior to the expiration date at the offices of the warrant agent, with the exercise form on the reverse side of the warrant certificate completed and executed as indicated, accompanied by full payment of the exercise price (or on a cashless basis, if applicable), by certified or official bank check payable to us, for the number of Warrants being exercised. The Warrant holders do not have the rights or privileges of holders of Ordinary Shares or any voting rights until they exercise their Warrants and receive Ordinary Shares. After the issuance of Ordinary Shares upon exercise of the Warrants, each holder will be entitled to one (1) vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on by stockholders.

No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of the Warrants. If, upon exercise of the Warrants, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will, upon exercise, round down to the nearest whole number of Ordinary Shares to be issued to the Warrant holder.

Private Placement Warrants

The Private Placement Warrants (including the Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the Private Placement Warrants) will not be transferable, assignable or salable until 30 days after the consummation of the Business Combination (except, among other limited exceptions, to our officers and directors and other persons or entities affiliated with DCRN Sponsor), and they will not be redeemable (except as described above under “—Redemption of Warrants for Cash When the Price Per Share of Ordinary Shares Equals or Exceeds $6.00”) so long as they are held by the initial purchasers of the Private Placement Warrants or their or its permitted transferees. The initial purchasers, or their permitted transferees, have the option to exercise the Private Placement Warrants on a cashless basis. Otherwise, the Private Placement Warrants have terms and provisions that are identical to those of the Public Warrants, including as to exercise price, exercisability and exercise period. If the Private Placement Warrants are held by holders other than the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees, the Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by us in all redemption scenarios and exercisable by the holders on the same basis as the Public Warrants.

If holders of the Private Placement Warrants elect to exercise them on a cashless basis, they would pay the exercise price by surrendering their warrants in exchange for a number of Ordinary Shares equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of (A) the number of Ordinary Shares underlying the warrants and (B) the difference between the exercise price of the warrants and the “fair market value” (defined below) by (y) such fair market value. The “fair market value” shall mean the average reported last sale price of the Ordinary Shares for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of warrant exercise is sent to the warrant agent.

 

152


Transfer Agent and Warrant Agent

The transfer agent for our Ordinary Shares in the United States is Computershare Trust Company, N.A. Each person investing in our Ordinary Shares held through The Depository Trust Company must rely on the procedures thereof and on institutions that have accounts therewith to exercise any rights as a shareholder of our company.

For as long as any of our Ordinary Shares are listed on Nasdaq or on any other stock exchange operating in the United States, the laws of the State of New York shall apply to the property law aspects of our Ordinary Shares reflected in the register administered by our transfer agent.

We have listed the Ordinary Shares in registered form and such Ordinary Shares, through the transfer agent, have not been certificated. We have appointed Computershare Trust Company, N.A. as our agent in New York to maintain the shareholders’ register of our company on behalf of our board of directors and to act as transfer agent and registrar for our Ordinary Shares. The Ordinary Shares are traded on Nasdaq in book-entry form.

The warrant agent for our Warrants is Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

 

153


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS

Business Combination and Merger

On May 25, 2021, we entered into a Business Combination Agreement (the “Business Combination Agreement”) with Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation II, a Delaware corporation (“DCRN”), Tritium Holdings Pty Ltd, an Australian proprietary company limited by shares (including its subsidiaries, “Tritium Holdings”) and Hulk Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (“Merger Sub”), pursuant to which, among other things, we acquired all of the issued equity interests in Tritium Holdings and DCRN merged with and into Merger Sub, in each case, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein (the “Business Combination”).

On January 13, 2022 (the “Closing Date”), we consummated the Business Combination through the following transactions:

 

   

pursuant to the share transfer agreement we entered into with DCRN, Tritium Holdings and all then-existing Tritium Holdings shareholders, the holders of ordinary shares in Tritium (“Tritium Shares”) transferred their Tritium Shares to our company in exchange for an aggregate of 120,000,000 Ordinary Shares and we became the ultimate parent company of Tritium Holdings and any subsidiaries of Tritium Holdings;

 

   

Merger Sub merged with and into DCRN (the “Merger”), with DCRN surviving as our wholly owned subsidiary, as a result of which each share of Class A common stock of DCRN (other than those shares redeemed) (the “DCRN Class A Common Stock”) were exchanged for one Ordinary Share and each DCRN warrant (“DCRN Warrant”) to acquire one share of common stock of DCRN was automatically converted into a Warrant to acquire one Ordinary Share and thereupon were assumed by us pursuant to the (i) Warrant Assignment and Assumption Agreement we entered into with DCRN, Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A. on the Closing Date (the “Warrant Assignment and Assumption Agreement”) and (ii) Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement we entered into with Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A on the Closing Date, as adjusted in accordance with the terms of the agreement (the “A&R Warrant Agreement”); and

 

   

at the effective time of the Merger, each share of Class B common stock of DCRN (“DCRN Class B Common Stock”) was cancelled and converted into DCRN Class A Common Stock in accordance with DCRN’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation and, accordingly, were exchanged for Ordinary Shares pursuant to the Merger.

Option Agreements

On the Closing Date, we entered into separate option agreements (each, an “Option Agreement”) with each of (i) St Baker Energy Holdings Pty Ltd, (ii) Varley Holdings Pty Ltd, (iii) Ilwella Pty Ltd and (iv) Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Sponsor II LLC (each a “Holder”), pursuant to which we granted to the Holders the contingent right to subscribe for and purchase, and the Holders committed to subscribe for and purchase, an aggregate of up to 7,500,000 Ordinary Shares (the “Option Shares”), for an exercise price of $6.00 per share (the “Option Exercise Price”) and an aggregate purchase price of up to $45.0 million.

On January 27, 2022, we provided notice to the Holders that we elected to exercise our rights under the Option Agreements to issue an aggregate of 7,500,000 Ordinary Shares to the Holders in the amounts set forth in the table below. We expect to receive gross proceeds of approximately $45.0 million from the issuance and expect settlement to occur on or about, or prior to, March 17, 2022. The Option Shares that will be issued pursuant to the Option Agreements will not initially be registered under the Securities Act, in reliance upon the exemption provided in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. Each of the Holders is a major shareholder in the

 

154


Company. Additionally, Mr. St Baker, an affiliate of St Baker Energy Holdings Pty Ltd, and Mr. Tichio, an affiliate of Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Sponsor II LLC, are non-executive directors of the Company.

 

Holder

   Option Shares  

Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Sponsor II LLC

     3,333,333  

St Baker Energy Holdings Pty Ltd

     2,500,834  

Varley Holdings Pty Ltd

     895,333  

Ilwella Pty Ltd

     770,500  

Total

     7,500,000  

Transactions with Gilbarco

For the years ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, we were engaged in certain commercial transactions with Gilbarco, a subsidiary of Vontier Corporation. Vontier Corporation is our shareholder. For the years ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, (i) purchases from Gilbarco amounted to $0.3 million and $0, respectively, (ii) product revenue to Gilbarco amounted to $19.1 million and $6.4 million, respectively, (iii) payables to Gilbarco amounted to $0.1 million and $0, respectively, and (iv) receivables from Gilbarco amounted to $2.5 million and $3.5 million, respectively.

Vontier, an affiliate of Gilbarco, previously had rights to purchase Tritium Holdings that would expire within 90 days of receiving notice from Tritium Holdings of a determined valuation of Tritium Holdings, pursuant to a valuation process conducted after the IFRS fiscal year 2021 statutory accounts had been finalized. On August 1, 2021, Vontier agreed to waive their rights to acquire Tritium Holdings, pursuant to the release deed we entered into with DCRN, Tritium Holdings and Vontier on August 1, 2021.

Tritium Holdings also had an exclusivity agreement with Gilbarco, which provided exclusive distribution rights to Gilbarco to sell our products into the fuel retail channel, with the exception of CPOs. This agreement expired on August 29, 2021. The receivables due at the end of the period are payable within 60 days and are normal trade receivables.

Additionally, in October 2021, Tritium Holdings entered into a verbal arrangement with Gilbarco to provide a 1.5% early payment discount on invoices that Gilbarco pays in full at least 30 days in advance of the agreed due date.

Transactions with Fast Cities

We have sold products to Fast Cities Australia Pty Ltd (“Fast Cities”) during the year ended June 30, 2021 at normal trading terms. The receivables due at the end of the period are payable within 30 days and are normal trade receivables. Trevor St Baker, a non-executive director of our company, is also a director of Fast Cities. Additionally, Mr. St Baker is a beneficiary of the St Baker Energy Innovation Trust, which owns 100% of the shares of Fast Cities. For the years ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, (i) hardware revenue to Fast Cities amounted to $2.1 million and $1.0 million, respectively, and (ii) receivables from Fast Cities amounted to $0.5 million and $0.4 million, respectively.

Additionally, in October 2021, we entered into an agreement with Fast Cities to provide a 5% discount on our products sold to Fast Cities in exchange for Fast Cities increasing its deposit on purchases from 20% to 80% of the invoiced amount.

Loans Payable to St. Baker Energy

We entered into the Shareholder Loan on May 5, 2020 with St. Baker Energy Holdings Pty Ltd, our shareholder, for a loan amount of $5.6 million. We initially borrowed an aggregate principal amount of

 

155


$5.6 million under the Shareholder Loan. As at June 30, 2021 and 2020, the outstanding balance of the Shareholder Loan was $6.4 million and $5.2 million, respectively.

The Shareholder Loan bears interest at the coupon of 11%. This accrued interest on the Shareholder Loan is capitalized into the balance of the loan and is repayable in full with the principal at termination date.

Under the Intercreditor Deed, St Baker Energy Holdings Pty Ltd agreed to, among other things, postpone repayment of the Shareholder Loan such that it was not required to be repaid in connection with the consummation of the Business Combination. The CP Waiver Letter provides for the repayment of the Shareholder Loan in full upon the closing of a qualifying subordinated funding, which may be in the form of an equity raise or subordinated indebtedness, of at least $99 million. For additional information, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Sources of Liquidity—Shareholder Loan.

Convertible Notes

In January 2021, Tritium Holdings invited certain of its existing shareholders to subscribe for convertible notes in a private placement with a subscription value of approximately $18.8 million and a conversion date of the earlier of: (i) January 31, 2022; (ii) on the date of a change of control event; (iii) the date of either an issue of Tritium Holdings’ securities or a disposal of a legal or beneficial interest of more than 15% of Tritium Holdings’ shares on issue at a board approved valuation of Tritium; or (iv) the date of occurrence of an insolvency event. The total number of shares to be issued on conversion will be based on the fair value at the date of redemption at a discount of 30% ensuring a subscription value of approximately $18.8 million.

In May 2021, Tritium Holdings invited certain of its existing shareholders to subscribe for convertible notes in a private placement with a subscription value of approximately $15.0 million and a conversion date of the earlier of: (i) June 18, 2022; (ii) on the date of a change of control event; (iii) the date of either an issue of Tritium Holdings’ securities or a disposal of a legal or beneficial interest of more than 15% of Tritium Holdings’ shares on issue at a board approved valuation of Tritium Holdings; or (iv) the date of occurrence of an insolvency event. The total number of shares to be issued on conversion will be based on the fair value at the date of redemption at a discount of 20% ensuring a subscription value of approximately $15.0 million.

These raises were participated in by existing shareholders with offer for participation made on a pro rata basis to voting rights (equal to preemptive rights) multiplied by the amount being raised. Existing shareholders at the time of these issuances consisted partially of current and former staff as well as external investors. St Baker Energy Holdings Pty Ltd, Varley Holdings Pty Ltd, Ilwella Pty Ltd and GGC International Holdings LLC (a current shareholder affiliated with Gilbarco/Vontier) all participated in both Convertible Note issuances.

In connection with the Business Combination, the Convertible Notes were converted into Ordinary Shares. For additional information, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Sources of Liquidity—Convertible Notes.

Equity Raises

In August 2019, Tritium Holdings invited investors to participate in a private placement an aggregate of 6,752,007 ordinary shares of Tritium Holdings at a purchase price of A$4.4431 per share, for aggregate consideration of approximately A$30.0 million. Tritium Holdings expanded this offer on January 28, 2020, to invite investors to participate in a private placement of 1,125,341 ordinary shares of Tritium Holdings at a purchase price of A$4.4431 per share, for aggregate consideration of approximately A$5.0 million.

This private placement was participated in by existing shareholders and new investors. Existing shareholders at the time of the equity raises consisted partially of current and former staff as well as external investors. St Baker Energy Holdings Pty Ltd, Varley Pty Ltd, Ilwella Pty Ltd and Gilbarco Catlow LLC (a former shareholder affiliated with Gilbarco/Vontier) all participated. Gilbarco Catlow LLC’s shares were transferred to GGC International LLC (a current shareholder affiliated with Gilbarco/Vontier) subsequent to this raise.

 

156


Confirmation of Financial Support

Certain of Tritium Holdings major shareholders executed a Confirmation of Financial Support, dated July 15, 2021, providing confirmation that they will jointly accept responsibility of providing, and undertake to provide, additional financial assistance to Tritium Holdings as and when it is needed to enable us to continue our operations and fulfill all of our financial obligations for a minimum period of twelve months from July 31, 2021. St Baker Energy Holdings Pty Ltd, Varley Pty Ltd and Ilwella Pty Ltd executed this Confirmation of Financial Support.

Loan Funded Share Plan (LFSP)

In 2017, Tritium Holdings adopted the Incentive Plan. Pursuant to the Incentive Plan, Tritium Holdings provided eligible employees with an opportunity to purchase shares with an interest free, limited recourse loan payable to Tritium Holdings. These limited recourse loans were not collateralized and were not recourse to the assets of the borrower, except to the extent of the shares issued. The amount outstanding on the limited recourse loan is repayable by the employee on the earliest of the date which is 7 years from the issuance of the common stock and certain accelerated repayment dates including the sale or reduction of a majority of Tritium Holdings’ ordinary shares, an insolvency event in respect of Tritium Holdings, bankruptcy or death of an employee or accelerated repayment dates. There are no service or performance conditions attached to the shares issued under the Incentive Plan. As of June 30, 2021, approximately $15.1 million in loans made by Tritium Holdings is outstanding under the Incentive Plan. Subsequent to June 30, 2021, there has been a modification to the shares issued under the Incentive Plan, which adjusts the loans made by Tritium Holdings to $14.7 million. See “Executive Compensation—Tritium Holdings—Equity Incentive Plan” for additional information.

Certain executives and staff participated in this program. Offers made to executives to participate in the Incentive Plan were at the discretion of the Tritium Holdings board of directors.

Shadow Equity Scheme

Tritium Holdings has in place a shadow equity scheme in Australia, the United States and the Netherlands under which eligible employees may be offered shadow equity units, being a notional number of shares to which an eligible employee is entitled for the purposes of calculating a benefit as specified in their offer to participate in the scheme. The holders of shadow equity units were entitled to the payment of those benefits as a result of the consummation of the Business Combination, and those benefit amounts will be payable by Tritium Holdings. As of June 30, 2021, the aggregate payment amount payable by Tritium Holdings under the shadow equity scheme was approximately $21.6 million.

Prior to the Business Combination, Tritium Holdings treated the form of the benefit payable to holders of shadow equity units as cash. Subsequent to the Business Combination, Tritium’s Board of Directors determined that the benefit payable to participants under the shadow equity schemes could be paid to participants in the form of cash or shares at the discretion of the board of directors. We expect to settle the payment of the benefit in the form of our Ordinary Shares at a price of $10.00 per share. The amount of the benefit does not change as a result of settlement in shares, except for some additional indirect tax amounts incurred by Tritium Holdings. The number of shares to be issued is calculated by reference to the $10 issue price at the Business Combination which is the date at which the shadow equity scheme benefit amount is determined.

Two of our executive officers, Jane Hunter and Dr. David Finn, are entitled to a benefit under the shadow equity scheme.

DCRN Relationships and Related Party Transactions

Founder Shares

On December 8, 2020, DCRN issued an aggregate of 5,750,000 shares of DCRN’s Class B Common Stock (“DCRN Founder Shares”) to DCRN Sponsor for a capital contribution of $25,000, or approximately $0.004 per share. In January 2021, DCRN effected a stock dividend with respect to DCRN Class B Common Stock of

 

157


4,312,500 shares thereof, resulting in DCRN Sponsor holding an aggregate of 10,062,500 DCRN Founder Shares. The DCRN Founder Shares were identical to the DCRN Class A Common Stock sold as part of the DCRN units in DCRN’s initial public offering (“DCRN IPO”) (whether they were purchased in the DCRN IPO or thereafter in the open market) (“DCRN public shares”) except that the DCRN Founder Shares automatically converted into shares of DCRN Class A Common Stock at the time of the Business Combination and were subject to certain transfer restrictions. The number of DCRN Founder Shares issued was determined based on the expectation that such DCRN Founder Shares would represent 20% of the outstanding shares upon completion of the DCRN IPO. In January 2021, DCRN Sponsor forfeited an aggregate of 400,000 DCRN Founder Shares, and an aggregate of 400,000 DCRN Founder Shares were later issued to DCRN independent directors at their original purchase price. In April 2021, Michael Warren, in connection with his resignation from the DCRN Board, forfeited 40,000 DCRN Founder Shares, and 40,000 DCRN Founder Shares were issued to DCRN Sponsor at their original purchase price.

DCRN Sponsor and DCRN’s officers and directors waived their redemption rights with respect to any DCRN Founder Shares and any DCRN public shares held by them in connection with the completion of an initial merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses (an “Initial Business Combination”). DCRN Sponsor and DCRN’s officers and directors agreed to waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account that held the proceeds (including interest not previously released to DCRN to pay its franchise and income taxes) from the DCRN IPO and the concurrent private placement of the DCRN private placement warrants (the “Trust Account”) with respect to any DCRN Founder Shares held by them if DCRN did not complete an Initial Business Combination by February 8, 2023, the deadline for DCRN to complete its Initial Business Combination (the “Deadline Date”).

The DCRN initial stockholders agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of the DCRN Founder Shares until the earlier to occur of (i) one year after the completion of the Initial Business Combination or (ii) subsequent to the Initial Business Combination, (x) if the last sale price of DCRN Class A Common Stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after the Initial Business Combination or (y) the date on which DCRN completes a liquidation, merger, stock exchange or other similar transaction that results in all DCRN stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of DCRN Common Stock for cash, securities or other property.

Private Placement Warrants

Simultaneously with the closing of the DCRN IPO, DCRN Sponsor and DCRN’s former independent directors purchased 7,366,667 DCRN private placement warrants at a price of $1.50 per warrant, for an aggregate purchase price of $11.05 million. Each whole DCRN private placement warrant was exercisable for one share of DCRN Class A Common Stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment. A portion of the proceeds from the DCRN private placement warrants were added to the proceeds from the DCRN IPO held in the Trust Account. The DCRN private placement warrants are non-redeemable and exercisable on a cashless basis so long as they are held by the initial purchasers of the DCRN private placement warrants or their permitted transferees. In June 2021, Michael Warren, in connection with his resignation from the DCRN Board, sold to DCRN Sponsor 33,267 DCRN private placement warrants at a price of $1.50 per warrant.

DCRN Sponsor and certain of DCRN’s independent directors have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of their DCRN private placement warrants until 30 days after the completion of the Initial Business Combination.

Registration Rights

The holders of the DCRN Founder Shares, DCRN private placement warrants and warrants that were issued upon conversion of working capital loans are entitled to registration rights pursuant to the registration rights agreement, dated February 3, 2021, requiring DCRN to register such securities for resale. The holders of at least

 

158


$25 million in value of these securities were entitled to demand that DCRN file a registration statement covering such securities and to require DCRN to effect up to an aggregate of three underwritten offerings of such securities. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to DCRN’s completion of the Initial Business Combination.

Concurrently with the Closing, DCRN entered into the A&R Registration Rights Agreement, pursuant to which the existing Tritium Holdings shareholders became party thereto and we agreed that, within 30 calendar days after the Closing, we would file a resale registration statement with the SEC (at our sole cost and expense), pursuant to which certain securities held by or issuable to certain existing shareholders of DCRN and Tritium Holdings will be registered for resale, and we will use our commercially reasonable efforts to have the resale registration statement declared effective as soon as reasonably practicable after the filing thereof. In certain circumstances, the holders party thereto can demand our assistance with underwritten offerings and block trades. Such holders are entitled to customary piggyback registration rights.

Administrative Support Agreement

DCRN agreed to pay an affiliate of DCRN Sponsor a total of $10,000 per month for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support. Upon completion of the Initial Business Combination, DCRN ceased paying these monthly fees. As of September 30, 2021, DCRN incurred $78,571 in monthly fees to the affiliate of DCRN Sponsor.

Related Party Loans and Advances

DCRN’s liquidity needs up to the DCRN IPO were satisfied through the receipt of a $25,000 capital contribution from DCRN Sponsor in exchange for the issuance of DCRN Founder Shares to DCRN Sponsor and a loan from DCRN Sponsor for an aggregate amount of $0.3 million to cover organizational expenses and expenses related to the DCRN IPO pursuant to a promissory note (the “Note”). On December 22, 2020, DCRN drew down $0.3 million on the Note. DCRN repaid the Note in full to DCRN Sponsor on February 4, 2021, and this facility is no longer available to DCRN. Subsequent to the consummation of the DCRN IPO, DCRN’s liquidity needs were satisfied through the net proceeds of approximately $1.1 million from the DCRN private placement warrants held outside of the Trust Account. As of September 30, 2021, DCRN owed DCRN Sponsor $962,323 for additional expenses paid on its behalf.

Working Capital Loans

In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with an Initial Business Combination, on December 10, 2021, DCRN issued an unsecured promissory note in the principal amount of up to $1,500,000 to DCRN Sponsor. The note did not bear interest and was repayable in full upon consummation of an Initial Business Combination. If DCRN had not completed the Initial Business Combination, the note would not have been repaid and all amounts owed under it would have been forgiven. Immediately prior to the consummation of the Initial Business Combination, DCRN Sponsor exercised the option to convert all of the unpaid principal balance of the note into that number of our Warrants equal to the principal amount of the note so converted divided by $1.50, or 1,000,000 Warrants. The terms of such Warrants were identical to the terms of the DCRN private placement warrants.

Sponsor Support Agreement

In connection with the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, on May 25, 2021, DCRN Sponsor entered into the Sponsor Support Agreement with DCRN, us and Tritium Holdings, pursuant to which, among other things, DCRN Sponsor agreed to (i) waive the anti-dilution rights set forth in the DCRN Charter with respect to DCRN Founder Shares held by it, (ii) vote all the DCRN Class A Common Stock and DCRN Founder Shares held by it in favor of the adoption and approval of the Business Combination Agreement and the Business Combination, (iii) not transfer the DCRN Founder Shares (or the Company’s Ordinary Shares issuable

 

159


upon conversion thereof in the Merger) until the earlier of (a) one year after the Closing or (b) subsequent to the Closing, (x) if the last sale price of the Ordinary Shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after the Closing or (y) the date on which we complete a liquidation, merger, capital stock exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction that results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their Ordinary Shares for cash, securities or other property and (iv) not transfer any warrants (or Ordinary Shares issued or issuable upon the exercise of the warrants) until 30 days after the Closing.

 

160


BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our Ordinary Shares and our Warrants as of the date of this prospectus by:

 

   

each person known by us who is the beneficial owner of 5% or more of our outstanding Ordinary Shares;

 

   

each of our named executive officers

 

   

each of our directors; and

 

   

all of our executive officers and directors as a group.

Beneficial ownership is determined according to the rules of the SEC, which generally provide that a person has beneficial ownership of a security if he, she or it possesses sole or shared voting or investment power over that security, including options and warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days, provided that any person who acquires any such right with the purpose or effect of changing or influencing the control of the issuer, or in connection with or as a participant in any transaction having such purpose or effect, immediately upon such acquisition shall be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the securities which may be acquired through the exercise of such right. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of the same securities.

As of February 7, 2022, there were 135,380,695 Ordinary Shares issued and 21,783,334 Warrants issued.

Unless otherwise indicated and subject to applicable community property laws, we believe that all persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all Ordinary Shares beneficially owned by them. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each person named below is c/o Tritium DCFC Limited, 48 Miller Street, Murarrie, QLD 4172, Australia.

 

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Number of
Ordinary
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
     % of
Ordinary
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
    Number of
Warrants
Beneficially
Owned
     % of
Warrants
Beneficially
Owned
 

5% or Greater Shareholders

          

St Baker Energy Holdings Pty Ltd(1)

     34,010,820        24.7     —          —    

Varley Holdings Pty Ltd(2)

     23,009,065        16.9     —          —    

GGC International Holdings LLC(3)

     22,035,281        16.3     —          —    

Ilwella Pty Ltd(4)

     12,937,543        9.5     —          —    

Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Sponsor II LLC(5)

     13,035,833        9.6     8,067,263        37.0

Named Executive Officers and Directors

          —          —    

Jane Hunter

     922,828        *       —          —    

Michael Hipwood

     491,799        *       —          —    

Dr. David Finn(6)

     6,065,766        4.5     —          —    

Robert Tichio(7)

     —          —         —          —    

Trevor St. Baker AO(1)

     34,010,820        25.1     —          —    

Kenneth Braithwaite

     —          —         —          —    

Kara Phillips

     —          —         —          —    

Edward Hightower

     —          —         —          —    

All current executive officers and directors as a group (8 persons)

     41,491,213        30.6     —          —    

 

*

Less than one percent.

 

161


(1)

St Baker Energy Holdings Pty Ltd is the record holder of the 31,509,986 Ordinary Shares and 2,500,834 Option Shares, which the reporting entity has the right to acquire within 60 days of the date of this registration statement, reported herein. Trevor St Baker, one of our Non-Executive Directors, serves as a director of St Baker Energy Holdings Pty Ltd, which serves as Trustee for St Baker Energy Innovation Trust. Mr. St Baker is a beneficiary of St Baker Energy Innovation Trust. The business address for this entity is Level 11, 344 Queen Street, Brisbane, QLD 4000, Australia, Attn: Trevor St Baker.

(2)

Varley Holdings Pty Ltd is the record holder of the 22,113,732 Ordinary Shares and 895,333 Option Shares, which the reporting entity has the right to acquire within 60 days of the date of this registration statement, reported herein. The business address for this entity is 21C School Drive, Tomago, NSW 2322, Australia, Attn: Justin England.

(3)

The amount shown and the following information is derived from a Schedule 13G filed on January 24, 2022 by Vontier Corporation (“Vontier”), a Delaware corporation, and GGC International Holdings LLC (“GGC International Holdings”), a Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of Vontier, which sets forth Vontier’s and GGC International Holdings’ beneficial ownership as of January 13, 2022. These securities are held of record by GGC International Holdings. Vontier may be deemed to beneficially own these securities because GGC International Holdings is a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of Vontier. The address of the principal business office of Vontier is 5438 Wade Park Boulevard, Suite 600, Raleigh, NC 27607.

(4)

Ilwella Pty Ltd is the record holder of the 12,167,043 Ordinary Shares and 770,500 Option Shares, which the reporting entity has the right to acquire within 60 days of the date of this registration statement, reported herein. The business address for this entity is L22, 56 Pitt St, Sydney, NSW 2000, Australia, Attn: Quentin Flannery.

(5)

DCRN Sponsor is the record holder of the 9,702,500 Ordinary Shares and 3,333,333 Option Shares, which the reporting entity has the right to acquire within 60 days of the date of this registration statement, and 8,067,263 Private Placement Warrants reported herein. David M. Leuschen and Pierre F. Lapeyre, Jr. are the managing directors of Riverstone Holdings LLC and have shared voting and investment discretion with respect to the securities held of record by DCRN Sponsor. As such, each of Riverstone Holdings LLC, David M. Leuschen and Pierre F. Lapeyre, Jr. may be deemed to have or share beneficial ownership of the Ordinary Shares held directly by DCRN Sponsor. Each such entity or person disclaims any such beneficial ownership. The business address of each of these entities and individuals is c/o Riverstone Holdings LLC, 712 Fifth Avenue, 36th Floor, New York, NY 10019.

(6)

Represents shares held by Finnmax Pty Ltd, which serves as Trustee for Finn Family Trust. Dr. David Finn is a beneficiary of the Finn Family Trust.

(7)

The address for this person is c/o 2744 Sand Hill Road, Suite 100, Menlo Park, CA 94025.

 

162


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

As of February 7, 2022, we have up to 135,380,695 Ordinary Shares issued and 21,783,334 Ordinary Shares issuable upon the exercise of Warrants. All our Ordinary Shares and Warrants received by DCRN public stockholders and Tritium Holdings shareholders in the Business Combination are freely tradable, except that our Ordinary Shares and Warrants received in the Business Combination by persons who become affiliates of our company for purposes of Rule 144 under the Securities Act may be resold by them only in transactions permitted by Rule 144, or as otherwise permitted under the Securities Act. Sales of substantial amounts of our Ordinary Shares in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices of the Ordinary Shares.

Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement

Our shareholders and DCRN securityholders entered into a A&R Registration Rights Agreement and a lock-up agreement (the “Lock-Up Agreement”), which became effective at the Closing Date. Pursuant to the terms of the A&R Registration Rights Agreement, we are obligated to file a registration statement to register the resale of certain securities held by the shareholders. Pursuant to the terms of the Lock-Up Agreement, the shareholders agreed, subject to certain customary exceptions, not to (i) effect any sale of, offer to sell, contract or agreement to sell, hypothecate, pledge, grant of any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of or agreement to dispose of, directly or indirectly, or establishment or increase of a put equivalent position or liquidation with respect to or decrease of a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder with respect to, any of our securities, (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any of our securities, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of such securities, in cash or otherwise or (iii) make any public announcement of any intention to effect any transaction specified in clause (i) or (ii), for six months after the Closing Date.

Pursuant to the A&R Registration Rights Agreement, we have agreed with certain Selling Securityholders to use our commercially reasonable efforts to keep the registration statement of which this prospectus constitutes a part effective until such time as the securities of such Selling Securityholders covered by this prospectus no longer constitute “Registrable Securities” under and as defined in the A&R Registration Rights Agreement. In certain circumstances, the holders can demand our assistance with underwritten offerings and block trades. The holders will be entitled to customary piggyback registration rights.

PIPE Resale Registration Statement

Pursuant to the Subscription Agreement relating to the PIPE Shares, we have agreed that, within 30 calendar days after the closing of the PIPE Financing, we will file with the SEC (at our sole cost and expense) a registration statement registering the resale of the PIPE Shares, and we will use our commercially reasonable efforts to have the registration statement declared effective as soon as practicable after the filing thereof, subject to certain conditions.

Option Shares Resale Registration Statement

Pursuant to the Option Agreements relating to the Option Shares, we have agreed that, within 30 calendar days after the consummation of the Business Combination, we will file with the SEC (at our sole cost and expense) a registration statement registering the resale of the Option Shares, and we will use our commercially reasonable efforts to have the registration statement declared effective as soon as practicable after the filing thereof, subject to certain conditions.

Rule 144

A person who has beneficially owned restricted Ordinary Shares or restricted Warrants for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities provided that (i) such person is not deemed to have been one of

 

163


our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale and (ii) we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least three months before the sale. Persons who have beneficially owned restricted Ordinary Shares or restricted Warrants for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the three months preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

 

   

1% of then-outstanding equity shares of the same class; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of Ordinary Shares or Warrants, as applicable, during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with the SEC.

Sales by our affiliates under Rule 144 are also subject to certain requirements relating to manner of sale, notice and the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act as currently in effect, to the extent we adhere to the requirements of Rule 701 in issuing such securities, each of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchases equity shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock plan or other written agreement executed prior to the Closing Date is eligible to resell those equity shares in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with some of the restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144. However, the Rule 701 shares would remain subject to lock-up arrangements and would only become eligible for sale when the lock-up period expires.

 

164


SELLING SECURITYHOLDERS

This prospectus relates to the possible resale by the Selling Securityholders of up to 115,368,935 Ordinary Shares and 8,366,667 Warrants. This prospectus also relates to the resale by DCRN Sponsor and certain previous independent directors of DCRN of the 8,366,667 Ordinary Shares issuable upon the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants.

The Selling Securityholders may from time to time offer and sell any or all of the ordinary shares and warrants set forth below pursuant to this prospectus. In this prospectus, the term “Selling Securityholders” includes (i) the entities identified in the table and in the footnotes in the table below (as such table may be amended from time to time by means of an amendment to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part or by a supplement to this prospectus) and (ii) any donees, pledgees, transferees or other successors-in-interest (as a gift, pledge, partnership distribution or other non-sale related transfer) that acquire any of the securities covered by this prospectus after the date of this prospectus from the named Selling Securityholders.

The table below sets forth, as of the date of this prospectus, the name of the Selling Securityholders for which we are registering Ordinary Shares and Warrants for resale to the public, and the aggregate principal amount that the Selling Securityholders may offer pursuant to this prospectus. In accordance with SEC rules, individuals and entities below are shown as having beneficial ownership over the Ordinary Shares and Warrants they own or have the right to acquire within 60 days, as well as Ordinary Shares and Warrants for which they have the right to vote or dispose of such securities. Also in accordance with SEC rules, for purposes of calculating percentages of beneficial ownership, Ordinary Shares, which a person has the right to acquire within 60 days of the date of this prospectus, are included both in that person’s beneficial ownership as well as in the total number of Ordinary Shares issued used to calculate that person’s percentage ownership but not for purposes of calculating the percentage for other persons. In some cases, the same ordinary shares are reflected more than once in the table below because more than one holder may be deemed the beneficial owner of the same Ordinary Shares.

We cannot advise you as to whether the Selling Securityholders will in fact sell any or all of such securities. In addition, the Selling Securityholders may sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of, at any time and from time to time, the ordinary shares or warrants in transactions exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act after the date of this prospectus, subject to applicable law.

Selling Securityholder information for each additional Selling Securityholder, if any, will be set forth by prospectus supplement to the extent required prior to the time of any offer or sale of such Selling Securityholder’s securities pursuant to this prospectus. Any prospectus supplement may add, update, substitute, or change the information contained in this prospectus, including the identity of each Selling Securityholder and the number of ordinary shares and warrants registered on its behalf. A Selling Securityholder may sell all, some or none of such securities in this offering. See “Plan of Distribution.”

The information in the table below is based upon information provided by the Selling Securityholders. Unless otherwise indicated, the business address of each beneficial owner listed in the tables below is c/o Tritium DCFC Limited, 48 Miller Street, Murarrie, QLD 4172, Australia.

 

Name and Address of Selling Securityholder(1)

  Ordinary
Shares
Beneficially
Owned Prior to
the Offering
    As a % of
Ordinary Shares
Outstanding
    Private
Placement
Warrants
Beneficially
Owned Prior to
the Offering
    Number of
Ordinary
Shares Being
Offered
    Number of
Warrants
Being Offered
 

Decarbonization Plus
Acquisition Sponsor II LLC(2)(3)

    13,035,833       9.6     8,067,263       21,103,096       8,067,263  

Dr. Jennifer Aaker(3)(4)

    40,000       *       33,267       73,267       33,267  

Jane Kearns(3)(5)

    40,000       *       33,267       73,267       33,267  

 

165


Name and Address of Selling Securityholder(1)

  Ordinary
Shares
Beneficially
Owned Prior to
the Offering
    As a % of
Ordinary Shares
Outstanding
    Private
Placement
Warrants
Beneficially
Owned Prior to
the Offering
    Number of
Ordinary
Shares Being
Offered
    Number of
Warrants
Being Offered
 

Jim McDermott(3)(6)

    240,000       *       199,603       439,603       199,603  

Jeffrey Tepper(3)(7)

    40,000       *       33,267       73,267       33,267  

St Baker Energy Holdings Pty Ltd(8)

    34,010,820       24.7     —         34,010,820       —    

Varley Holdings Pty Ltd(9)

    23,009,065       16.9     —         23,009,065       —    

GGC International Holdings LLC(10)

    22,035,281       16.3     —         22,035,281       —    

Ilwella Pty Ltd(11)

    12,937,543       9.5     —         12,937,543       —    

Palantir Technologies Inc.(12)

    2,500,000       1.8     —         2,500,000       —    

Finnmax Pty Ltd

    6,065,766       4.5     —         6,065,766       —    

Jane Hunter

    922,828       *       —         922,828       —    

Michael Hipwood

    491,799       *       —         491,799       —    

 

*

Less than one percent.

(1)

The beneficial ownership of Ordinary Shares is based on 135,380,695 Ordinary Shares issued and 21,783,334 Warrants issued as of February 7, 2022.

(2)

Securities offered hereby consist of (i) 9,702,500 Ordinary Shares, (ii) 3,333,333 Option Shares, which the reporting entity has the right to acquire within 60 days of the date of this registration statement, (iii) 8,067,263 Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of an equal number of Private Placement Warrants and (iv) 8,067,263 Private Placement Warrants held of record by DCRN Sponsor. David M. Leuschen and Pierre F. Lapeyre, Jr. are the managing directors of Riverstone Holdings LLC and have shared voting and investment discretion with respect to the securities held of record by DCRN Sponsor. As such, each of Riverstone Holdings LLC, David M. Leuschen and Pierre F. Lapeyre, Jr. may be deemed to have or share beneficial ownership of the securities held directly by DCRN Sponsor. Each such entity or person disclaims any such beneficial ownership. See “Beneficial Ownership of Securities.”

(3)

The business address of each of these entities and individuals is c/o Riverstone Holdings LLC, 712 Fifth Avenue, 36th Floor, New York, NY 10019.

(4)

Securities offered hereby consist of (i) 40,000 Ordinary Shares held by Dr. Aaker, (ii) 33,267 Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of an equal number of Private Placement Warrants and (iii) 33,267 Private Placement Warrants held by Dr. Aaker. Dr. Aaker was an independent director of DCRN prior to the closing of the business combination.

(5)

Securities offered hereby consist of (i) 40,000 Ordinary Shares held by Ms. Kearns, (ii) 33,267 Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of an equal number of Private Placement Warrants and (iii) 33,267 Private Placement Warrants held by Ms. Kearns. Ms. Kearns was an independent director of DCRN prior to the closing of the business combination.

(6)

Securities offered hereby consist of (i) 240,000 Ordinary Shares held by Mr. McDermott, (ii) 199,603 Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of an equal number of Private Placement Warrants and (iii) 199,603 Private Placement Warrants held by Mr. McDermott. Mr. McDermott was an independent director of DCRN prior to the closing of the business combination.

(7)

Securities offered hereby consist of (i) 40,000 shares of Ordinary Shares held by Mr. Tepper, (ii) 33,267 Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of an equal number of Private Placement Warrants and (iii) 33,267 Private Placement Warrants held by Mr. Tepper. Mr. Tepper was an independent director of DCRN prior to the closing of the business combination.

(8)

St Baker Energy Holdings Pty Ltd is the record holder of the 31,509,986 Ordinary Shares and 2,500,834 Option Shares, which the reporting entity has the right to acquire within 60 days of the date of this registration statement, reported herein. The business address for this entity is Level 11, 344 Queen Street, Brisbane, QLD 4000, Australia, Attn: Trevor St Baker. See “Beneficial Ownership of Securities.”

(9)

Varley Holdings Pty Ltd is the record holder of the 22,113,732 Ordinary Shares and 895,333 Option Shares, which the reporting entity has the right to acquire within 60 days of the date of this registration statement,

 

166


  reported herein. The business address for this entity is 21C School Drive, Tomago, NSW 2322, Australia, Attn: Justin England. See “Beneficial Ownership of Securities.”
(10)

GGC International Holdings is the record holder of 22,035,281 Ordinary Shares. The address of the principal business office of Vontier is 5438 Wade Park Boulevard, Suite 600, Raleigh, NC 27607. See “Beneficial Ownership of Securities.”

(11)

Ilwella Pty Ltd is the record holder of the 12,167,043 Ordinary Shares and 770,500 Option Shares, which the reporting entity has the right to acquire within 60 days of the date of this registration statement, reported herein. The business address for this entity is L22, 56 Pitt St, Sydney, NSW 2000, Australia, Attn: Quentin Flannery. See “Beneficial Ownership of Securities.”

(12)

Palantir Technologies Inc. is currently controlled by its board of directors. For more information, please see Palantir Technologies Inc.’s public filings with the SEC. We are a customer of Palantir Technologies Inc. The address of Palantir Technologies Inc. is 1555 Blake Street, Suite 250, Denver, CO 80202.

 

167


PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

We are registering the resale by the Selling Securityholders named in this prospectus, including their donees, pledgees, transferees or their successors, of: (i) 115,368,935 Ordinary Shares of the Company and (ii) 8,366,667 Warrants. This prospectus also relates to the resale by DCRN Sponsor and certain previous independent directors of DCRN of the 8,366,667 Ordinary Shares issuable upon the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants.

We will not receive any proceeds from any sale by the Selling Securityholders of the Ordinary Shares or the Warrants being registered for resale hereunder. We will bear all costs, expenses and fees in connection with the registration of the securities offered by this prospectus, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, Nasdaq listing fees and fees and expenses of our counsel and our independent registered public accountants. The Selling Securityholders will bear all incremental selling expenses, including commissions, brokerage fees and other similar selling expenses.

The Selling Securityholders may offer and sell, from time to time, some or all of the securities covered by this prospectus. As used herein, “Selling Securityholders” includes donees, pledgees, transferees or other successors-in-interest (as a gift, pledge, partnership distribution or other non-sale related transfer) selling securities received after the date of this prospectus from the Selling Securityholders. We have registered the securities covered by this prospectus for offer and sale so that those securities may be freely sold to the public by the Selling Securityholders. Registration of the securities covered by this prospectus does not mean, however, that those securities necessarily will be offered or resold by the Selling Securityholders. The Selling Securityholders will act independently of us in making decisions with respect to the timing, manner and size of each sale.

Sales of the securities offered hereby may be effected by the Selling Securityholders from time to time in one or more types of transactions (which may include block transactions), including but not limited to, on Nasdaq at prevailing market prices, in negotiated transactions, through put or call options transactions relating to the securities offered hereby, through short sales of the securities offered hereby, or a combination of such methods of sale. Such transactions may or may not involve brokers or dealers. In effecting sales, brokers or dealers engaged by the Selling Securityholder may arrange for other brokers or dealers to participate. Broker-dealer transactions may include purchases of the securities by a broker-dealer as principal and resales of the securities by the broker-dealer for its account pursuant to this prospectus, ordinary brokerage transactions or transactions in which the broker-dealer solicits purchasers. Such broker-dealers may receive compensation in the form of discounts, concessions or commissions from the Selling Securityholders and/or the purchasers of the securities offered hereby for whom such broker-dealers may act as agents or to whom they sell as principal, or both (which compensation as to a particular broker-dealer might be in excess of customary commissions). Any broker-dealers participating in the distribution of the securities covered by this prospectus may be deemed to be “underwriters” within the meaning of the Securities Act, and any commissions received by any of those broker-dealers may be deemed to be underwriting commissions under the Securities Act. The Selling Securityholders have advised us that they have not entered into any agreements, understandings or arrangements with any broker-dealers regarding the sale of the securities covered by this prospectus.

In addition, a Selling Securityholder that is an entity may elect to make a pro rata in-kind distribution of securities to its members, partners or shareholders pursuant to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part by delivering a prospectus with a plan of distribution. Such members, partners or shareholders would thereby receive freely tradeable securities pursuant to the distribution through a registration statement. To the extent a distributee is an affiliate of ours (or to the extent otherwise required by law), we may file a prospectus supplement in order to permit the distributees to use the prospectus to resell the securities acquired in the distribution.

There can be no assurance that the Selling Securityholders will sell all or any of the securities offered by this prospectus. In addition, the Selling Securityholders may also sell securities under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, if available, or in other transactions exempt from registration, rather than under this prospectus.

 

168


The Selling Securityholders have the sole and absolute discretion not to accept any purchase offer or make any sale of securities if they deem the purchase price to be unsatisfactory at any particular time.

The Selling Securityholders also may transfer the securities in other circumstances, in which case the transferees, pledgees or other successors-in-interest will be the selling beneficial owners for purposes of this prospectus. Upon being notified by a Selling Securityholder that a donee, pledgee, transferee, other successor-in-interest intends to sell our securities, we will, to the extent required, promptly file a supplement to this prospectus to name specifically such person as a Selling Securityholder.

Upon our being notified by any Selling Securityholder that any material arrangement has been entered into with a broker-dealer for the sale of securities offered hereby through a block trade, special offering, exchange distribution or secondary distribution or a purchase by a broker or dealer, a supplement to this prospectus will be filed, if required, pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act, disclosing:

 

   

the name of the participating broker-dealer(s);

 

   

the specific securities involved;

 

   

the initial price at which such securities are to be sold;

 

   

the commissions paid or discounts or concessions allowed to such broker-dealers(s), where applicable; and

 

   

other facts material to the transaction.

The Selling Securityholders may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions. In connection with such transactions, broker-dealers or other financial institutions may engage in short sales of the securities offered hereby or of securities convertible into or exchangeable for such securities in the course of hedging positions they assume with the Selling Securityholders. The Selling Securityholders may also enter into options or other transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions which require the delivery to such broker-dealers or other financial institutions of the securities offered by this prospectus, which securities such broker-dealer or other financial institution may resell pursuant to this prospectus (as amended or supplemented to reflect such transaction).

A Selling Securityholder may enter into derivative transactions with third parties, or sell securities not covered by this prospectus to third parties in privately negotiated transactions. If the applicable prospectus supplement indicates, in connection with those derivatives, the third parties may sell the Securities covered by this prospectus and the applicable prospectus supplement, including in short sale transactions. If so, the third party may use securities pledged by any Selling Securityholder or borrowed from any Selling Securityholder or others to settle those sales or to close out any related open borrowings of stock, and may use securities received from any Selling Securityholder in settlement of those derivatives to close out any related open borrowings of stock. The third party in such sale transactions will be an underwriter and will be identified in the applicable prospectus supplement (or a post-effective amendment). In addition, any Selling Securityholder may otherwise loan or pledge the Securities to a financial institution or other third party that in turn may sell the Securities short using this prospectus. Such financial institution or other third party may transfer its economic short position to investors in our securities or in connection with a concurrent offering of other securities.

To the extent required, we will use our best efforts to file one or more supplements to this prospectus to describe any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in this prospectus or any material change to such information.

In compliance with the guidelines of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), the aggregate maximum discount, commission, fees or other items constituting underwriting compensation to be received by any FINRA member or independent broker-dealer will not exceed 8% of the gross proceeds of any offering pursuant to this prospectus and any applicable prospectus supplement.

 

169


We have agreed to indemnify the Selling Securityholders against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. The Selling Securityholders have agreed to indemnify us in certain circumstances against certain liabilities, including certain liabilities under the Securities Act. The Selling Securityholders may indemnify any broker or underwriter that participates in transactions involving the sale of the securities against certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act.

 

170


EXPENSES RELATED TO THE OFFERING

We estimate the following expenses in connection with the offer and sale of our Ordinary Shares and Warrants by the Selling Securityholders. With the exception of the SEC Registration Fee, all amounts are estimates.

 

     Amount  

SEC registration fee

   $ 89,782.68  

FINRA filing fee

     *  

Legal fees and expenses

     *  

Accountants’ fees and expenses

     *  

Printing expenses

     *  

Transfer agent fees and expenses

     *  

Miscellaneous costs

     *  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ *  
  

 

 

 

 

*

These fees are calculated based on the securities offered and the number of issuances and accordingly cannot be defined at this time.

Under agreements to which we are party with the Selling Securityholders, we have agreed to bear all expenses relating to the registration of the resale of the securities pursuant to this prospectus.

 

171


LEGAL MATTERS

Corrs Chambers Westgarth, Australian counsel to the Company, has provided a legal opinion for the Company regarding the validity of the Ordinary Shares offered by this prospectus. Latham & Watkins LLP, U.S. counsel to the Company, has provided a legal opinion for the Company regarding the validity of the Warrants offered by this prospectus.

EXPERTS

The financial statements of DCRN as of December 31, 2020 and for the period from December 4, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, appearing in this prospectus have been audited by WithumSmith+Brown, PC, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The financial statements of Tritium Holdings Pty Ltd as of June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020 and for each of the two years then ended included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report (which contains an explanatory paragraph relating to Tritium Holdings Pty Ltd’s ability to continue as a going concern as described in Note 1 to the financial statements) of PricewaterhouseCoopers, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES AND AGENT FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE UNITED STATES

We are a public limited company organized under the laws of Australia. As a result, the rights of holders of our Ordinary Shares will be governed by Australian law and our constitution. The rights of shareholders under Australian law may differ from the rights of shareholders of companies incorporated in other jurisdictions. A substantial amount of our assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to enforce in the United States judgments obtained in U.S. courts against us based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. securities laws. It is doubtful whether courts in Australia will enforce judgments obtained in other jurisdictions, including the United States, against us or our directors or officers under the securities laws of those jurisdictions or entertain actions in Australia against us or our directors or officers under the securities laws of other jurisdictions.

Our registered address in Australia is c/o Tritium DCFC Limited, 48 Miller Street, Murarrie, QLD 4172, Australia

We have irrevocably appointed Cogency Global Inc. as our agent to receive service of process in any action against us in any U.S. federal or state court arising out of this offering or any purchase or sale of securities in connection with this offering. The address of our agent is 122 E 42nd St., 18th Floor, New York, New York 10168.

Our authorized representative in the United States for this offering as required pursuant to Section 6(a) of the Securities Act is Cogency Global Inc., 22 East 42nd Street, 18th Floor New York, NY 10168.

 

172


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement (including amendments and exhibits to the registration statement) on Form F-1 under the Securities Act. For purposes of this section, the term registration statement means the original registration statement and any and all amendments including the schedules and exhibits to the original registration statement or any amendment. This prospectus, which is part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. For further information, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed as part of the registration statement. If a document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, we refer you to the copy of the document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. We are subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act that are applicable to foreign private issuers. Accordingly, we are required to file or furnish reports and other information with the SEC, including annual reports on Form 20-F and reports on Form 6-K. The SEC maintains an Internet website that contains reports and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. Our filings with the SEC are available to the public through the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt under the Exchange Act from, among other things, the rules prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our executive officers, directors and principal and selling shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we will not be required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. We maintain a corporate website at www.tritiumcharging.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website does not constitute a part of this prospectus. We have included our website address in this prospectus solely for informational purposes.

 

173


INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

     Page  

Unaudited Financial Statements of Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation II

  

Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2021 (unaudited) and December  31, 2020

     F-2  

Unaudited Statements of Operations for the Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2021

     F-3  

Unaudited Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2021

     F-4  

Unaudited Statement of Cash Flows for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2021

     F-5  

Notes to Financial Statements

     F-6  

Audited Financial Statements of Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation II

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-24  

Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2020

     F-25  

Statement of Operations for the period from December  4, 2020 (inception) to December 31, 2020

     F-26  

Statement of Changes in Stockholder’s Equity for the period from December 4, 2020 (inception) to December 31, 2020

     F-27  

Statement of Cash Flows for the period from December  4, 2020 (inception) to December 31, 2020

     F-28  

Notes to Financial Statements

     F-29  

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements of Tritium Holdings Pty Ltd

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-39  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the years ended June 30, 2021 and 2020

     F-40  

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position as of June  30, 2021 and 2020

     F-41  

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Deficit for the years ended June 30, 2021 and 2020

     F-42  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended June  30, 2021 and 2020

     F-43  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-44  

 

F-1


DECARBONIZATION PLUS ACQUISITION CORPORATION II

BALANCE SHEETS

 

     September 30,
2021 (unaudited)
    December 31,
2020
 

ASSETS

    

Current Assets:

    

Cash

   $ —       $ 325,000  

Prepaid insurance

     668,538       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Current Assets

     668,538       325,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investments held in Trust Account

     402,515,460       —    

Prepaid insurance

     230,738       —    

Deferred offering costs

     —         164,788  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 403,414,781     $ 489,788  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable — offering costs (affiliate)

   $ —       $ 117,288  

Accounts payable — affiliate

     1,137,323       973  

Accrued expenses

     2,733,750       —    

Accounts payable — franchise tax

     128,219       —    

Sponsor note payable

     —         300,000  

Accrued offering expenses

     437,500       47,500  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     4,436,792       465,761  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Warrant liabilities

     25,563,500       —    

Deferred underwriting fee payable

     14,087,500       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 44,087,792     $ 465,761  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

    

Class A common stock subject to possible redemption, 40,250,000 and no shares at $10.00 per share at September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively

     402,500,000       —    

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

    

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; none issued or outstanding

     —         —    

Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value; 250,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding (excluding 40,250,000 shares and no shares subject to possible redemption at September 30, 2021 and December 30, 2021, respectively)

     —         —    

Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value, 20,000,000 shares authorized, 10,062,500 shares issued and outstanding

     1,006       1,006  

Additional paid-in capital

     —         23,994  

Accumulated deficit

     (43,174,017     (973
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (43,173,011     24,027  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ (deficit) equity

   $ 403,414,781     $ 489,788  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-2


DECARBONIZATION PLUS ACQUISITION CORPORATION II

UNAUDITED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

     FOR THE THREE
MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30, 2021
    FOR THE NINE
MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30, 2021
 

Operating expenses:

    

General and administrative expenses

   $ 765,440     $ 5,781,741  

Franchise tax expense

     50,411       128,219  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (815,851     (5,909,960
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

    

Interest earned on investments held in Trust Account

     6,078       15,460  

Offering costs allocated to warrant liabilities

     —         (1,048,296

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

     5,148,501       3,485,840  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     4,338,728       (3,456,956
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares of Class A common stock, basic and diluted

     40,250,000       34,626,838  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (Loss)/Basic and diluted Class A common stock

   $ 0.09     $ (0.08
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares of Class B common stock, basic and diluted

     10,062,500       10,062,500  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (Loss)/Basic and diluted Class B common stock

   $ 0.09     $ (0.08
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-3


DECARBONIZATION PLUS ACQUISITION CORPORATION II

UNAUDITED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY

FOR THE THREE AND NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2021

 

    Class A Common
Stock
    Class B Common
Stock
    Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Stockholders’
(Deficit) Equity
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount  

Balance as of January 1, 2021

    —       $ —         10,062,500     $ 1,006     $ 23,994     $ (973   $ 24,027  

Excess of proceeds over the fair value of Private Placement Warrants

    —         —         —         —         515,667       —         515,667  

Accretion of Class A common stock to redemption amount

    —         —         —         —         (539,661     (39,716,088     (40,255,749

Net loss

    —         —         —         —         —         (7,100,141     (7,100,141
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of March 31, 2021 (unaudited)

    —       $ —         10,062,500     $ 1,006     $ —       $ (46,817,202   $ (46,816,196

Net loss

    —         —         —         —         —         (695,543     (695,543
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of June 30, 2021 (unaudited)

    —       $ —         10,062,500     $ 1,006     $ —       $ (47,512,745   $ (47,511,739

Net income

    —         —         —         —         —         4,338,728       4,338,728  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2021 (unaudited)

    —       $ —         10,062,500     $ 1,006     $ —       $ (43,174,017   $ (43,173,011
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-4


DECARBONIZATION PLUS ACQUISITION CORPORATION II

UNAUDITED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2021

 

Cash flow from operating activities:

  

Net loss

     (3,456,956

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash used in operating activities:

  

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

     (3,485,840

Offering costs allocated to warrant liabilities

     1,048,296  

Interest earned on investments held in Trust Account

     (15,460

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

  

Accounts payable

     1,136,350  

Franchise tax payable

     128,219  

Accrued expenses

     2,733,750  

Prepaid insurance

     (899,321
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (2,810,962
  

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

  

Cash deposited into Trust Account

     (402,500,000
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (402,500,000
  

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

  

Proceeds from sale of Units, net of underwriting discounts paid

     394,450,000  

Proceeds from sale of Private Placement Warrants

     11,050,000  

Payment of offering costs

     (214,038

Payment of sponsor note

     (300,000
  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     404,985,962  
  

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash

     (325,000

Cash at beginning of period

     325,000  
  

 

 

 

Cash at end of period

   $ —    

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash financing activities:

  

Deferred underwriting fee payable

   $ 14,087,500  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-5


Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation II

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 — Description of Organization and Business Operations

Organization and General

Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation II (the “Company”) was incorporated in Delaware on December 4, 2020. The Company was formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses (the “Initial Business Combination”). The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the “Securities Act,” as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”).

At September 30, 2021, the Company had not commenced any operations. All activity through September 30, 2021 relates to the Company’s formation and initial public offering (the “Initial Public Offering”), which is described below, as well as the identification and evaluation of prospective acquisition targets for an Initial Business Combination and ongoing administrative and compliance matters. The Company will not generate any operating revenues until after the completion of its Initial Business Combination, at the earliest. The Company will generate non-operating income in the form of interest income from the proceeds derived from the Initial Public Offering.

The registration statement for the Initial Public Offering was declared effective on February 3, 2021. On February 8, 2021, the Company consummated the Initial Public Offering of 40,250,000 units (the “Units” and, with respect to the Class A common stock included in the Units sold, the “Public Shares”), which includes the exercise in full of the underwriters’ option to purchase an additional 5,250,000 Units to cover over-allotments, at $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds of $402,500,000, which is described in Note 4.

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company consummated the private sale of 7,366,667 warrants (the “Private Placement Warrants”) at a price of $1.50 per Private Placement Warrant in a private placement to Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Sponsor II LLC (the “Sponsor”) and the Company’s independent directors, generating gross proceeds of $11,050,000, which is described in Note 5.

Transaction costs amounted to $22,789,038, consisting of $8,050,000 of underwriting fees, $14,087,500 of deferred underwriting fees and $651,538 of other offering costs.

Following the closing of the Initial Public Offering on February 8, 2021, an amount of $402,500,000 ($10.00 per Unit) from the net proceeds of the sale of the Units in the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants was placed in a trust account (the “Trust Account”) located in the United States. The proceeds held in the Trust Account will be invested only in U.S. government treasury bills with a maturity of one hundred eighty five (185) days or less or in money market funds that meet certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and that invest only in direct U.S. government obligations. Funds will remain in the Trust Account until the earlier of (i) the consummation of the Initial Business Combination or (ii) the distribution of the Trust Account proceeds as described below. The remaining proceeds outside the Trust Account may be used to pay for business, legal and accounting due diligence on prospective acquisitions and continuing general and administrative expenses.

The Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, other than the withdrawal of interest to pay taxes, if any, none of the funds held in the Trust Account will be released until the earlier of: (i) the completion of the Initial Business Combination; (ii) the redemption of any Public Shares sold in the Initial Public Offering that are properly tendered in connection with a stockholder vote to amend the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation to modify the substance or timing of its obligation to redeem

 

F-6


Note 1 — Description of Organization and Business Operations  (cont.)

 

100% of the Public Shares if it does not complete the Initial Business Combination within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering; and (iii) the redemption of 100% of the Public Shares if the Company is unable to complete an Initial Business Combination within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering (subject to the requirements of law). The proceeds deposited in the Trust Account could become subject to the claims of the Company’s creditors, if any, which could have priority over the claims of the Company’s public stockholders.

Initial Business Combination

The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering, although substantially all of the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering are intended to be generally applied toward consummating an Initial Business Combination. The Initial Business Combination must occur with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the assets held in the Trust Account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on income earned on the Trust Account) at the time of the agreement to enter into the Initial Business Combination. Furthermore, there is no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully effect an Initial Business Combination.

The Company, after signing a definitive agreement for an Initial Business Combination, will either (i) seek stockholder approval of the Initial Business Combination at a meeting called for such purpose in connection with which stockholders may seek to redeem their shares, regardless of whether they vote for or against the Initial Business Combination, for cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the Initial Business Combination, including interest but less taxes payable, or (ii) provide stockholders with the opportunity to sell their Public Shares to the Company by means of a tender offer (and thereby avoid the need for a stockholder vote) for an amount in cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the Initial Business Combination, including interest but less taxes payable. The decision as to whether the Company will seek stockholder approval of the Initial Business Combination or will allow stockholders to sell their Public Shares in a tender offer will be made by the Company, solely in its discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require the Company to seek stockholder approval, unless a vote is required by law or under the NASDAQ Capital Market rules. If the Company seeks stockholder approval, it will complete its Initial Business Combination only if a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock voted are voted in favor of the Initial Business Combination. However, in no event will the Company redeem its Public Shares in an amount that would cause its net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001. In such case, the Company would not proceed with the redemption of its Public Shares and the related Initial Business Combination, and instead may search for an alternate Initial Business Combination.

If the Company holds a stockholder vote or there is a tender offer for shares in connection with an Initial Business Combination, a public stockholder will have the right to redeem its shares for an amount in cash equal to its pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the Initial Business Combination, including interest but net of any taxes payable. As a result, such shares of Class A common stock are recorded at redemption amount and classified as temporary equity upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering, in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 480, “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.”

Pursuant to the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation, if the Company is unable to complete the Initial Business Combination within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but no more than ten business days thereafter subject to lawfully available funds therefor, redeem the

 

F-7


Note 1 — Description of Organization and Business Operations  (cont.)

 

Public Shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to us to pay the Company’s franchise and income taxes (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding Public Shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholder’s rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the Company’s remaining stockholders and the Company’s board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to the Company’s obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. The Sponsor and the Company’s independent directors and an affiliate of the Company’s chief executive officer have entered into a letter agreement with the Company, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to any Founder Shares (as defined below) held by them if the Company fails to complete the Initial Business Combination within 24 months of the closing of the Initial Public Offering. However, if the Sponsor or any of the Company’s directors, officers or affiliates acquires shares of Class A common stock in or after the Initial Public Offering, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to such shares if the Company fails to complete the Initial Business Combination within the prescribed time period.

In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company after an Initial Business Combination, the Company’s stockholders are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining available for distribution to them after payment of liabilities and after provision is made for each class of stock, if any, having preference over the common stock. The Company’s stockholders have no preemptive or other subscription rights. There are no sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock, except that the Company will provide its stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their Public Shares for cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, upon the completion of the Initial Business Combination, subject to the limitations described herein.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of September 30, 2021, the Company had a cash balance of $0, but the Company has access to Working Capital Loans (as defined below) from the Sponsor, which is described in Note 5, to partially cover the working capital deficit of approximately $3.9 million as of September 30, 2021. This excludes interest income of approximately $15,460 from the Company’s investment in the Trust Account which is available to the Company for tax obligations. Through September 30, 2021, the Company has not withdrawn any interest income from the Trust Account to pay its income and franchise taxes.

If the Company’s estimates of the costs of identifying a target business, undertaking in-depth due diligence and negotiating an Initial Business Combination are less than the actual amount necessary to do so, the Company may have insufficient funds available to operate its business prior to an Initial Business Combination. Moreover, the Company may need to obtain additional financing either to complete an Initial Business Combination or because it becomes obligated to redeem a significant number of its Public Shares upon completion of an Initial Business Combination, in which case the Company may issue additional securities or incur debt in connection with such Initial Business Combination.

The Company does not have sufficient liquidity to meet its anticipated obligations over the next year from the date of issuance of these financial statements. In connection with the Company’s assessment of going concern considerations in accordance with Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-15, “Disclosures of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern,” management has determined that the Company has access to funds from the Sponsor, which is described in Note 5, and the Sponsor has the financial ability to provide such funds, that are sufficient to fund the working capital needs of the Company until the earlier of the consummation of the Initial Business Combination and one year from the date of issuance of these financial statements.

 

F-8


Note 2 — Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements

In connection with the preparation of the Company’s financial statements as of September 30, 2021, management determined it should restate its previously reported financial statements. The Company determined, at the closing of the Company’s Initial Public Offering and shares sold pursuant to the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment, it had improperly valued its Class A common stock subject to possible redemption. The Company previously determined the Class A common stock subject to possible redemption to be equal to the redemption value of $10.00 per Class A common stock while also taking into consideration that a redemption cannot result in net tangible assets being less than $5,000,001. Previously, the Company did not consider redeemable stock classified as temporary equity as part of net tangible assets. Management determined that the Class A common stock issued in the Initial Public Offering and pursuant to the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option can be redeemed or become redeemable subject to the occurrence of future events considered outside the Company’s control. Therefore, management concluded that the redemption value should include all shares of Class A common stock subject to possible redemption, resulting in the Class A common stock subject to possible redemption being equal to their redemption value. As a result, management has noted a reclassification adjustment related to temporary equity and permanent equity. This resulted in an adjustment to the initial carrying value of the Class A common stock subject to possible redemption with the offset recorded to additional paid-in capital (to the extent available), accumulated deficit and Class A common stock.

In connection with the change in presentation for the Class A common stock subject to redemption, the Company also restated its earnings per share calculation to allocate net income (loss) pro rata to Class A and Class B common stock. This presentation contemplates an Initial Business Combination as the most likely outcome, in which case, both classes of common stock share pro rata in the income (loss) of the Company.

There has been no change in the Company’s total assets, liabilities or operating results.

 

F-9


Note 2 — Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements  (cont.)

 

The impact of the restatement on the Company’s financial statements is reflected in the following tables:

BALANCE SHEETS

 

     February 8,
2021
    March 31,
2021
    June 30,
2021
 
     Unaudited     Unaudited     Unaudited  

Class A common stock subject to possible redemption

      

As Previously Reported

   $ 356,735,620     $ 350,683,800     $ 349,988,257  

Adjustment

   $ 45,764,380     $ 51,816,200     $ 52,511,743  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As Restated

   $ 402,500,000     $ 402,500,000     $ 402,500,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Class A common stock

      

As Previously Reported

   $ 457     $ 518     $ 525  

Adjustment

   $ (457   $ (518   $ (525
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As Restated

   $ —       $ —       $ —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additional paid-in capital

      

As Previously Reported

   $ 6,047,835     $ 12,099,594     $ 12,795,130  

Adjustment

   $ (6,047,835   $ (12,099,594   $ (12,795,130
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As Restated

   $ —       $ —       $ —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated deficit

      

As Previously Reported

   $ (1,049,289   $ (7,101,114   $ (7,796,657

Adjustment

   $ (39,716,088   $ (39,716,088   $ (39,716,088
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As Restated

   $ (40,765,377   $ (46,817,202   $ (47,512,745
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

      

As Previously Reported

   $ 5,000,009     $ 5,000,004     $ 5,000,004  

Adjustment

   $ (45,764,380   $ (51,816,200   $ (52,511,743
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As Restated

   $ (40,764,371   $ (46,816,196   $ (47,511,739
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

     Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2021
    Three Months
Ended
June 30,
2021
    Six Months
Ended
June 30,
2021
 
     Unaudited     Unaudited     Unaudited  

Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding, Class A common stock subject to redemption

      

As Previously Reported

     23,064,607       40,250,000       40,250,000  

Adjustment

     190,949       —         (8,450,276
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As Restated

     23,255,556       40,250,000       31,799,724  

Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share, Class A common stock subject to possible redemption

      

As Previously Reported

   $ 0.00     $ 0.00     $ 0.00  

Adjustment

   $ (0.21   $ (0.01   $ (0.19
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As Restated

   $ (0.21   $ (0.01   $ (0.19

Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share, Class B non-redeemable common stock

      

As Previously Reported

   $ (0.71   $ (0.08   $ (0.78

Adjustment

   $ 0.50     $ 0.07     $ 0.59  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As Restated

   $ (0.21   $ (0.01   $ (0.19

 

F-10


Note 2 — Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements  (cont.)

 

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2021
    Six Months
Ended
June 30,
2021
 
     Unaudited     Unaudited  

Initial classification of common stock subject to possible redemption

    

As Previously Reported

   $ 356,735,620     $ 356,735,620  

Adjustment

   $ (356,735,620   $ (356,735,620
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As Restated

   $ —       $ —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in value of common stock subject to possible redemption

    

As Previously Reported

   $ (6,051,820   $ 6,747,363  

Adjustment

   $ 6,051,820     $ (6,747,363
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As Restated

   $ —       $ —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note 3 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) for interim financial information and with instruction to Form 10-Q and Article 8 of Regulation S-X and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by GAAP. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal accruals) considered for a fair presentation have been included. Operating results for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2021 or any future periods.

Emerging Growth Company

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act, and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in the Company’s periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the (the “Exchange Act”)) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such an election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

 

F-11


Note 3 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  (cont.) 

 

Net Income (Loss) Per Common Share

Net income (loss) per common share is computed by dividing net income (loss) applicable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period, excluding shares of common stock subject to forfeiture, plus, to the extent dilutive, the incremental number of shares of common stock to settle Warrants (as defined below), as calculated using the treasury stock method. At September 30, 2021, the Company did not have any other dilutive securities and other contracts that could, potentially, be exercised or converted into common stock and then share in the earnings of the Company under the treasury stock method. Since the exercise of Warrants are contingent upon the occurrence of future events, diluted income (loss) per common share is the same as basic income (loss) per common share for the periods presented.

The Company has two classes of shares, which are referred to as Class A common stock and Class B common stock (the “Founder Shares”). Earnings and losses are shared pro rata between the two classes of shares as long as an Initial Business Combination is consummated. Accretion associated with the redeemable shares of Class A common stock is excluded from earnings per share as the redemption value approximates fair value.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of cash accounts in a financial institution, which, at times, may exceed the Federal Depository Insurance Corporation coverage limits of $250,000. The Company has not experienced losses on these accounts and management believes the Company is not exposed to significant risks on such accounts.

Warrant Liabilities

The Company accounts for warrants as either equity-classified or liability-classified instruments based on an assessment of the warrant’s specific terms and applicable authoritative guidance in ASC 480 and 815-40, Derivatives and Hedging — Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (“ASC 815”). The assessment considers whether the warrants are freestanding financial instruments pursuant to ASC 480, meet the definition of a liability pursuant to ASC 480, and whether the warrants meet all of the requirements for equity classification under ASC 815, including whether the warrants are indexed to the Company’s own common stock, among other conditions for equity classification. This assessment, which requires the use of professional judgment, is conducted at the time of warrant issuance and as of each subsequent quarterly period end date while the warrants are outstanding.

For issued or modified warrants that meet all of the criteria for equity classification, the warrants are required to be recorded as a component of additional paid-in capital at the time of issuance. For issued or modified warrants that do not meet all the criteria for equity classification, the warrants are required to be recorded at their initial fair value on the date of issuance, and each balance sheet date thereafter. Changes in the estimated fair value of the warrants are recognized as a non-cash gain or loss on the statements of operations. The Company utilized a Monte Carlo simulation model to value the Public Warrant (as defined below) liabilities at the date of the Initial Public Offering and then the unadjusted, quoted price listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market for each subsequent reporting period, and utilizes a Black-Scholes model to value the Private Placement Warrant liabilities that are categorized within Level 3 at each reporting period, with changes in fair value recognized in the Statement of Operations (see Note 8).

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company applies ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement (“ASC 820”), which establishes framework for measuring fair value and clarifies the definition of fair value within that framework. ASC 820 defines fair value as an exit price, which is the price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the

 

F-12


Note 3 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  (cont.) 

 

Company’s principal or most advantageous market in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The fair value hierarchy established in ASC 820 generally requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. Observable inputs reflect the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability and are developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the reporting entity. Unobservable inputs reflect the entity’s own assumptions based on market data and the entity’s judgments about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability and are to be developed based on the best information available in the circumstances.

The valuation hierarchy is composed of three levels. The classification within the valuation hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The levels within the valuation hierarchy are described below:

Level 1—Assets and liabilities with unadjusted, quoted prices listed on active market exchanges. Inputs to the fair value measurement are observable inputs, such as quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2—Inputs to the fair value measurement are determined using prices for recently traded assets and liabilities with similar underlying terms, as well as direct or indirect observable inputs, such as interest rates and yield curves that are observable at commonly quoted intervals.

Level 3—Inputs to the fair value measurement are unobservable inputs, such as estimates, assumptions, and valuation techniques when little or no market data exists for the assets or liabilities.

See Note 9 for additional information on assets and liabilities measured at fair value.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires the Company’s management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of these financial statements. Making estimates requires management to exercise significant judgment. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimate of the effect of a condition, situation or set of circumstances that existed at the date of the financial statements, which management considered in formulating its estimate, could change in the near term due to one or more future confirming events. Accordingly, the actual results could differ from those estimates.

One of the significant accounting estimates included in these financial statements is the determination of the fair value of the warrant liabilities. Warrant liabilities are held by the Company as issued or modified warrants that do not meet all the criteria for equity classification, the warrants are required to be recorded at their initial fair value on the date of issuance, and each balance sheet date thereafter. Given that these instruments are categorized as a Level 3, the changes in the estimated fair value of the warrants are recognized as a non-cash gain or loss on the statements of operations given the application of an appropriate estimate.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash includes amounts held at banks with an original maturity of less than six months. As of September 30, 2021, and December 31, 2020, the Company held $0 and $325,000, respectively, in cash and no cash equivalents.

Common stock subject to possible redemption

The Company accounts for its Class A common stock subject to possible redemption in accordance with the guidance in ASC 480. Class A common stock subject to mandatory redemption are classified as a liability

 

F-13


Note 3 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  (cont.) 

 

instrument and are measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable common stock (including common stock that feature redemption rights that are either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within the Company’s control) are classified as temporary equity. At all other times, common stock are classified as stockholders’ equity. The Company’s common stock features certain redemption rights that are considered to be outside of the Company’s control and subject to occurrence of uncertain future events. Accordingly, at September 30, 2021, 40,250,000 shares of Class A common stock subject to possible redemption are presented as temporary equity, outside of the stockholders’ equity section of the Company’s balance sheet. At December 31, 2020, there were no shares of Class A common stock outstanding.

The Class A common stock subject to possible redemption reflected on the balance sheet as of September 30, 2021 are reconciled in the following table:

 

Gross Proceeds

   $ 402,500,000  

Proceeds Allocated to Public Warrants

     (18,515,000

Class A share offering costs

     (21,740,742

Accretion of carrying value to redemption value

     40,255,742  
  

 

 

 

Class A common stock subject to possible redemption

   $ 402,500,000  

Offering Costs

Offering costs consist of legal, accounting, underwriting fees and other costs incurred through the Initial Public Offering that are directly related to the Initial Public Offering. The Company incurred offering costs amounting to $22,789,038 upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering.

The Company complies with the requirements of ASC 852-10. Offering costs directly attributable to the issuance of an equity contract to be classified in equity are recorded as a reduction in equity. Offering costs for equity contracts that are classified as assets and liabilities are expensed immediately. The Company recorded $21,740,742 of offering costs as a reduction of temporary equity in connection with the Public Shares included in the Units. The Company immediately expensed $1,048,296 of offering costs in connection with the Public Warrants (as defined below) included in the Units that were classified as liabilities.

As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company had $0 and $164,788, respectively, of deferred offering costs on the accompanying balance sheets.

Income Taxes

The Company follows the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes under FASB ASC 740, “Income Taxes” (“ASC 740”). Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that included the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. The deferred tax assets are de minimus as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020.

ASC 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing

 

F-14


Note 3 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  (cont.) 

 

authorities. There were no unrecognized tax benefits as of September 30, 2021. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. No amounts were accrued for the payment of interest and penalties at September 30, 2021. The Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position. The Company is subject to income tax examinations by major taxing authorities since inception.

The Company’s deferred tax assets and provision for income taxes were deemed to be de minimis as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020 and for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-06, “Debt—Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity” (“ASU 2020-06”), which simplifies accounting for convertible instruments by removing major separation models required under current GAAP. ASU 2020-06 also removes certain settlement conditions that are required for equity-linked contracts to qualify for the derivative scope exception and it also simplifies the diluted earnings per share calculation in certain areas. The Company early adopted ASU 2020-06 on January 1, 2021. Adoption of ASU 2020-06 did not impact the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

The Company’s management does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards updates, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements.

Note 4 — Public Offering

Pursuant to the Initial Public Offering, the Company sold 40,250,000 Units, at a purchase price of $10.00 per Unit. Each Unit consists of one share of Class A common stock and one-third of one redeemable warrant (each whole redeemable warrant included in the Units, a “Public Warrant”). Each whole Public Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of Class A common stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment (see Note 8).

Note 5 — Related Party Transactions

Founder Shares

On December 8, 2020, the Sponsor purchased 5,750,000 Founder Shares for an aggregate price of $25,000, or approximately $0.004 per share. On January 15, 2021, the Company effected a stock dividend with respect to its Founder Shares of 4,312,500 shares thereof, resulting in the Sponsor holding an aggregate of 10,062,500 Founder Shares. All share and per share amounts have been retroactively restated. As used herein, unless the context otherwise requires, “Founder Shares” shall be deemed to include the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion thereof. The Founder Shares are identical to the Public Shares except that the Founder Shares automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock at the time of the Company’s Initial Business Combination and are subject to certain transfer restrictions, as described in more detail below. Holders of Founder Shares may also elect to convert their shares of Class B common stock into an equal number of shares of Class A common stock, subject to adjustment as provided above, at any time. The Sponsor agreed to forfeit up to an aggregate of 1,312,500 Founder Shares to the extent that the over-allotment option was not exercised in full by the underwriters, so that the Founder Shares represented 20.0% of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares after the Initial Public Offering.

On February 3, 2021, the Company, the Sponsor and the Company’s independent directors entered into several securities agreements, pursuant to which the Company issued an aggregate of 400,000 Founder Shares

 

F-15


Note 5 — Related Party Transactions  (cont.)

 

and the Sponsor agreed to forfeit 400,000 Founder Shares at no cost, which were cancelled by the Company. On February 4, 2021, the underwriters fully exercised their over-allotment option; thus, the 1,312,500 Founder Shares were no longer subject to forfeiture. In April 2021, Michael Warren, in connection with his resignation from the Company’s board of directors, forfeited 40,000 Founder Shares, and 40,000 Founder Shares were issued to the Sponsor. The Sponsor and the Company’s independent directors have waived their redemption rights with respect to any Founder Shares and any Public Shares held by them in connection with the completion of the Initial Business Combination. If the Initial Business Combination is not completed within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Sponsor and the Company’s independent directors agree to waive their right to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to any Founder Shares held by them.

The Company’s initial stockholders have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of their Founder Shares until the earlier to occur of: (A) one year after the completion of the Initial Business Combination or (B) subsequent to the Initial Business Combination, (x) if the last sale price of the Company’s Class A common stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after the Initial Business Combination, or (y) the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, stock exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of the Company’s stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of common stock for cash, securities or other property.

Private Placement Warrants

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Sponsor and the Company’s independent directors purchased an aggregate of 7,366,667 Private Placement Warrants, including 700,000 additional Private Placement Warrants as a stipulation for the over-allotment option being fully exercised, at a price of $1.50 per whole Warrant (as defined below) or $11,050,000 in the aggregate (see Note 4 for further information regarding the accounting treatment of the Private Placement Warrants).

Each whole Private Placement Warrant is exercisable for one whole share of the Company’s Class A common stock at a price of $11.50 per share. A portion of the purchase price of the Private Placement Warrants was added to the proceeds from the Initial Public Offering to be held in the Trust Account such that at the closing of the Initial Public Offering, $402.5 million was held in the Trust Account. If the Initial Business Combination is not completed within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Warrants held in the Trust Account will be used to fund the redemption of the Public Shares (subject to the requirements of applicable law) and the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless. The Private Placement Warrants will be non-redeemable and exercisable on a cashless basis so long as they are held by the initial purchasers of the Private Placement Warrants or their permitted transferees.

The Sponsor and the Company’s independent directors have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of their Private Placement Warrants until 30 days after the completion of the Initial Business Combination.

Registration Rights

Pursuant to a registration rights agreement entered into on February 3, 2021, the holders of Founder Shares, Private Placement Warrants and warrants that may be issued upon conversion of Working Capital Loans (as defined below) (the “Working Capital Warrants”), if any, will be entitled to registration rights (in the case of the Founder Shares, only after conversion of such shares to shares of Class A common stock). These holders will be entitled to certain demand and “piggyback” registration rights. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

 

F-16


Note 5 — Related Party Transactions  (cont.)

 

Related Party Loans

On December 8, 2020, the Company and the Sponsor entered into a loan agreement, whereby the Sponsor agreed to loan the Company an aggregate of $300,000 to cover expenses related to the Initial Public Offering pursuant to a promissory note (the “Note”). This loan was non-interest bearing and payable on the earlier of June 6, 2021 or the completion of the Initial Public Offering (the “Maturity Date”). On December 22, 2020, the Company drew down $300,000 on this Note. On February 4, 2021, the Company paid back the Sponsor for the full amount of the outstanding Note, and this facility is no longer available to the Company.

As of September 30, 2021, the Company owed the Sponsor $962,323 for additional expenses paid on its behalf.

Administrative Support Agreement

The Company has agreed to pay an affiliate of the Sponsor a total of $10,000 per month for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support. Upon completion of the Initial Business Combination or the Company’s liquidation, the Company will cease paying these monthly fees. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021, the Company incurred $30,000 and $78,571, respectively, of monthly fees to the affiliate of the Sponsor, which were outstanding at September 30, 2021.

Working Capital Loans

In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with an Initial Business Combination, the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor, or the Company’s officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds as may be required (“Working Capital Loans”). If the Company completes an Initial Business Combination, the Company would repay the Working Capital Loans. In the event that an Initial Business Combination does not close, the Company may use a portion of proceeds held outside the Trust Account to repay the Working Capital Loans but no proceeds held in the Trust Account would be used to repay the Working Capital Loans. If the Sponsor makes any Working Capital Loans, up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be converted into Working Capital Warrants of the post-business combination entity at the price of $1.50 per Working Capital Warrant at the option of the lender. Such Working Capital Warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants, including as to exercise price, exercisability and exercise period. As of September 30, 2021, and December 31, 2020 the Company had no borrowings under any Working Capital Loans. 

Note 6 — Commitments and Contingencies

Underwriting Agreement

The underwriters are entitled to a deferred fee of $0.35 per Unit, or $14,087,500 in the aggregate. The deferred fee will become payable to the underwriters from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event that the Company completes an Initial Business Combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement.

Business Combination Agreement

On May 25, 2021, the Company, Tritium Holdings Pty Ltd, an Australian proprietary company limited by shares (“Tritium”), Tritium DCFC Limited, an Australian public company limited by shares (“NewCo”) and Hulk Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of NewCo (“Merger Sub”), entered into a Business Combination Agreement (the “Business Combination Agreement,” and the transactions contemplated thereby, the “Business Combination”), pursuant to which, among other things and subject to the

 

F-17


Note 6 — Commitments and Contingencies  (cont.)

 

terms and conditions contained therein, (i) the Company, NewCo, Tritium and all existing shareholders of Tritium will enter into a share transfer agreement (the “Share Transfer Agreement”) pursuant to which the holders of all of the shares in the capital of Tritium (the “Tritium Shares”) will transfer their Tritium Shares to NewCo in exchange for an aggregate of 120,000,000 fully paid ordinary shares in the capital of NewCo valued at $10.00 per share (the “NewCo Ordinary Shares”) to be issued simultaneously with the issuance of NewCo Ordinary Shares in connection with the Merger (as defined below) (the “Share Transfer”) and (ii) Merger Sub will merge with and into the Company, with the Company surviving as a wholly owned subsidiary of NewCo (the “Merger”). In connection with the Merger, (i) each holder of warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, will receive in exchange an equal number of warrants to purchase NewCo Ordinary Shares and (ii) each holder of Class A common stock will receive in exchange an equal number of NewCo Ordinary Shares. Please see the Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 26, 2021 for additional information.

On July 27, 2021, the Company, Tritium, NewCo and Merger Sub entered into the First Amendment to the Business Combination Agreement (the “Amendment”). The Amendment provides that (i) the obligations of Tritium, NewCo and Merger Sub to consummate the Business Combination are subject to the condition that the sum of (A) the amount of cash in the Company’s Trust Account and (B) the amount of cash proceeds to NewCo resulting from any private placements of NewCo Ordinary Shares be not less than $200,000,000 and (ii) the parties will use reasonable best efforts to consummate any private placements of NewCo Ordinary Shares.

On July 27, 2021, the Company, NewCo and Palantir Technologies Inc. (the “Investor”) entered into a subscription agreement (the “Subscription Agreement”), pursuant to which, among other things, the Investor agreed to subscribe for and purchase, and NewCo agreed to issue and sell to the Investor, immediately prior to or substantially concurrently with the closing of the Business Combination, 1,500,000 NewCo Ordinary Shares (the “PIPE Shares”) at a purchase price of $10.00 per share, for gross proceeds of $15,000,000 (the “PIPE Financing”). The PIPE Financing is contingent upon, among other things, the consummation of the Business Combination.

The PIPE Shares to be issued pursuant to the Subscription Agreement will not be registered under the Securities Act, in reliance upon the exemption provided in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. Pursuant to the Subscription Agreement, NewCo agreed that, within 30 calendar days after the closing of the PIPE Financing, NewCo will file with the SEC (at NewCo’s sole cost and expense) a registration statement registering the resale of the PIPE Shares (the “PIPE Resale Registration Statement”), and NewCo will use its commercially reasonable efforts to have the PIPE Resale Registration Statement declared effective as soon as practicable after the filing thereof.

Risks and Uncertainties

The Company is continuing to evaluate the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the industry and has concluded that while it is reasonably possible that the virus could have a negative effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations and search for a target company, the specific impact is not readily determinable as of the date of these financial statements. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Note 7 — Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity

Common Stock

The authorized common stock of the Company includes up to 250,000,000 shares of Class A common stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share and 20,000,000 shares of Class B common stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share. If the Company enters into an Initial Business Combination, it may (depending on the terms of

 

F-18


Note 7 — Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity  (cont.)

 

such an Initial Business Combination) be required to increase the number of shares of Class A common stock which the Company is authorized to issue at the same time as the Company’s stockholders vote on the Initial Business Combination to the extent the Company seeks stockholder approval in connection with the Initial Business Combination. Holders of the Company’s common stock are entitled to one vote for each share of common stock. At September 30, 2021, and December 31, 2020, there were 40,250,000 and 0 shares, respectively, of Class A common stock issued and outstanding subject to possible redemption. At September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, there were 10,062,500 shares of Class B common stock issued and outstanding.

The Sponsor agreed to forfeit up to an aggregate of 1,312,500 Founder Shares to the extent that the over-allotment option was not exercised by the underwriters, so that the Founder Shares would represent 20.0% of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares after the Initial Public Offering. On February 4, 2021, the underwriters fully exercised their over-allotment option; thus, these 1,312,500 Founder Shares were no longer subject to forfeiture.

Preferred Stock

The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share with such designations (the “Preferred Stock”), voting and other rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the Company’s board of directors. At September 30, 2021, and December 31, 2020 there were no shares of Preferred Stock issued or outstanding.

Note 8 — Warrants

Each whole warrant (the Public Warrants, Private Placement Warrants and Working Capital Warrants, collectively, the “Warrants”) entitles the holder thereof to purchase one share of our Class A common stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as described herein. Only whole Warrants are exercisable. The Warrants will become exercisable on the later of 30 days after the completion of our Initial Business Combination or 12 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering, and will expire five years after the completion of our Initial Business Combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation, as described in the Company’s Initial Public Offering prospectus. No fractional Warrants will be issued upon separation of the Units and only whole Warrants will trade.

The exercise price of each Warrant is $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as described herein. In addition, if the Company issues additional shares of Class A common stock or equity-linked securities for capital raising purposes in connection with the closing of its Initial Business Combination at an issue price or effective issue price of less than $9.20 per share of Class A common stock (with such issue price or effective issue price to be determined in good faith by the Company’s board and, in the case of any such issuance to the Sponsor or its affiliates, without taking into account any Founder Shares held by the Sponsor or such affiliates, as applicable, prior to such issuance) (the “Newly Issued Price”), the exercise price of the Warrants will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 115% of the Newly Issued Price.

The Warrants will become exercisable on the later of:

 

   

30 days after the completion of the Initial Business Combination or,

 

   

12 months from the closing of the offering;

provided in each case that we have an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants and a current prospectus relating to them is available and such shares are registered, qualified or exempt from registration under the securities, or blue sky, laws of the state of residence of the holder (or we permit holders to exercise their Warrants on a cashless basis under the circumstances specified in the warrant agreement).

 

F-19


Note 8 — Warrants  (cont.)

 

The Company has not registered the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants. However, the Company has agreed that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than fifteen (15) business days, after the closing of its Initial Business Combination, it will use its best efforts to file with the SEC a registration statement for the registration, under the Securities Act, of the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants. The Company will use its best efforts to cause the same to become effective and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement, and a current prospectus relating thereto, until the expiration of the Warrants in accordance with the provisions of the warrant agreement. Notwithstanding the above, if the Company’s Class A common stock is at the time of any exercise of a Warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that it satisfies the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, the Company may, at its option, require holders of Public Warrants who exercise their Warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event the Company so elects, it will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, but the Company will be required to use its best efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available.

The Warrants will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, five years after the completion of the Company’s Initial Business Combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation. On the exercise of any Warrant, the Warrant exercise price will be paid directly to the Company and not placed in the Trust Account.

Once the Warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the outstanding Warrants for cash (except as described herein with respect to the Private Placement Warrants):

 

   

In whole and not in part;

 

   

At a price of $0.01 per Warrant;

 

   

Upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption, referred to as the 30-day redemption period; and

 

   

if, and only if, the last sale price of our Class A common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which we send the notice of redemption to the warrantholders.

The Company will not redeem the Warrants for cash unless a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants is effective and a current prospectus relating to those shares of Class A common stock is available throughout the 30-day redemption period. If and when the Warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if the Company is unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws.

Except as described below, none of the Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by the Company so long as they are held by the initial purchasers of the Private Placement Warrants or their permitted transferees.

Once the Warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the outstanding Warrants (except as described below with respect to the Private Placement Warrants):

 

   

in whole and not in part;

 

   

at a price of $0.10 per Warrant, provided that holders will be able to exercise their Warrants on a cashless basis prior to redemption and receive that number of shares of Class A common stock determined by reference to the table set forth under “Description of Securities — Warrants — Public Stockholders’ Warrants” based on the redemption date and the “fair market value” of our Class A common stock (as defined below) except as otherwise described in “Description of Securities — Warrants — Public Stockholders’ Warrants”;

 

F-20


Note 8 — Warrants  (cont.)

 

   

upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption;

 

   

if, and only if, the last sale price of the Company’s Class A common stock equals or exceeds $10.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) on the trading day prior to the date on which the Company sends the notice of redemption to the warrantholders; and

 

   

if the last sale price of the Company’s Class A common stock on the trading day prior to the date on which the Company sends the notice of redemption to the warrantholders is less than $18.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like), the Private Placement Warrants must also be concurrently called for redemption on the same terms as the outstanding Warrants, as described above.

The “fair market value” of the Company’s Class A common stock shall mean the average reported last sale price of the Company’s Class A common stock for the 10 trading days immediately following the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of Warrants.

No fractional shares of Class A common stock will be issued upon redemption. If, upon redemption, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will round down to the nearest whole number of the number of shares of Class A common stock to be issued to the holder.

As of September 30, 2021, there were 13,416,667 Public Warrants and 7,366,667 Private Placement Warrants outstanding. As of December 31, 2020, there were no Warrants outstanding. The Company classifies the outstanding Public Warrants and Private Placement Warrants as warrant liabilities on its balance sheet in accordance with the guidance contained in ASC 815.

The warrant liabilities are initially measured at fair value upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering and subsequently re-measured at each reporting period. The Public Warrants were allocated a portion of the proceeds from the issuance of the Units equal to its fair value. The Company recognized gains (losses) in connection with changes in the fair value of warrant liabilities of $5,148,501 and $3,485,840, respectively, within change in fair value of warrant liabilities in the Statement of Operations during the three and nine month period ended September 30, 2021.

Note 9 — Fair Value Measurements

At September 30, 2021, assets held in the Trust Account were comprised of $402,515,460 in money market funds which are invested in U.S. Treasury Securities. Through September 30, 2021, the Company has not withdrawn any interest earned on the Trust Account to pay its franchise and income tax obligations.

The following table presents information about the Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at September 30, 2021 and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation inputs the Company utilized to determine such fair value:

 

Description

   Amount at
Fair Value
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

September 30, 2021

           

Assets:

           

Investments held in Trust Account — U.S. Treasury Securities Money Market Fund

   $ 402,515,460      $ 402,515,460        —        $ —    

Liabilities:

           

Warrant liability — Public Warrants

   $ 16,502,500      $ 16,502,500      $ —        $ —    

Warrant liability — Private Placement Warrants

   $ 9,061,000      $ —        $ —        $ 9,061,000  

 

F-21


Note 9 — Fair Value Measurements  (cont.)

 

There were no assets or liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2020.

The Company utilized a Monte Carlo simulation model to value the Public Warrant liabilities at the date of the Initial Public Offering and then the unadjusted, quoted price listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market for each subsequent reporting period, and utilizes a Black-Scholes model to value the Private Placement Warrant liabilities that are categorized within Level 3 at each reporting period, with changes in fair value recognized in the Statement of Operations. The estimated fair value of the Private Warrant liability is determined using Level 3 inputs. Inherent in a binomial options pricing model are assumptions related to expected share-price volatility, expected life, risk-free interest rate and dividend yield. The Company estimates the volatility of its common stock based on historical volatility that matches the expected remaining life of the Warrants. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury zero-coupon yield curve on the grant date for a maturity similar to the expected remaining life of the Warrants. The expected life of the Warrants is assumed to be equivalent to their remaining contractual term. The dividend rate is based on the historical rate, which the Company anticipates to remain at zero.

The significant unobservable inputs used in the Monte Carlo simulation model to value the Public Warrants at the date of the Initial Public Offering and the Black-Scholes model to measure the Private Placement Warrant liabilities that are categorized within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

 

     As of
September 30,
2021
 

Stock price

   $ 9.87  

Strike price

   $ 11.50  

Term (in years)

     5.17  

Volatility

     18.2

Risk-free rate

     1.00

Dividend yield

     —  

Fair value of warrants

   $ 1.23  

The following table provides a summary of the changes in fair value of the Level 3 warrant liabilities:

 

     Private
Placement
     Public      Warrant
Liabilities
 

Fair Value as of December 31, 2020

   $ —        $ —        $ —    

Initial measurement at February 8, 2021

     10,534,340        18,515,000        29,049,340  

Change in valuation inputs or other assumptions

     957,661        1,207,500        2,165,161  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value as of March 31, 2021

   $ 11,492,001      $ 19,722,500      $ 31,214,501  

Change in valuation inputs or other assumptions

     (368,334      —          (368,334

Transferred to Level 1

        (19,722,500      (19,722,500
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value as of June 30, 2021

   $ 11,123,667      $ —        $ 11,123,667  

Change in valuation inputs or other assumptions

     (2,062,667      —          (2,062,667
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value as of September 30, 2021

   $ 9,061,000      $ —        $ 9,061,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company transferred $19,722,500 of Public Warrants on the date of the Initial Public Offering from Level 3 to Level 1 in the nine months ended September 30, 2021. Upon trading separately, the Public Warrants had observable market prices qualifying for Level 1 treatment.

 

F-22


Note 10 — Subsequent Events

Management has evaluated the impact of subsequent events through November 23, 2021. There are no subsequent events required to be disclosed.

 

F-23


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of

Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation II

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation II (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2020, the related statements of operations, changes in stockholder’s equity and cash flows for the period from December 4, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from December 4, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (the “PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures include examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ WithumSmith+Brown, PC

We have serviced as the Company’s auditor since 2020.

New York, New York

March 30, 2021

 

F-24


DECARBONIZATION PLUS ACQUISITION CORPORATION II

BALANCE SHEET AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2020

 

ASSETS:

  

Current asset: cash

   $ 325,000  

Deferred offering costs

     164,788  
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 489,788  
  

 

 

 
  

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

  

Current liabilities:

  

Accounts payable — offering costs (affiliate)

   $ 117,288  

Accounts payable

     973  

Accrued offering expenses

     47,500  

Total current liabilities

     165,761  

Sponsor note payable

     300,000  
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     465,761  
  

 

 

 
  

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

  

Stockholder’s equity:

  

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding

     —    

Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value, 250,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding

     —    

Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value, 20,000,000 shares authorized, 10,062,500 shares issued and outstanding(1)(2)

     1,006  

Additional paid-in capital

     23,994  

Accumulated deficit

     (973
  

 

 

 

Total stockholder’s equity

     24,027  
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity

   $ 489,788  
  

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes up to 1,312,500 shares of subject to forfeiture if the over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part by the underwriters (See Note 4)

(2)

On January 14, 2021, the Company effected a stock dividend with respect to its Class B common stock of 4,312,500 shares thereof, resulting in the Sponsor holding an aggregate of 10,062,500 shares of Class B common stock. All share and per-share amounts have been retroactively adjusted.

 

F-25


DECARBONIZATION PLUS ACQUISITION CORPORATION II

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE PERIOD FROM DECEMBER 4, 2020 (INCEPTION) TO DECEMBER 31, 2020

 

Operating expenses:

  

Formation expenses

   $ 973  
  

 

 

 

Net loss

     (973
  

 

 

 
  

Weighted average shares outstanding Class B common stock, basic and diluted(1)(2)

     8,750,000  
  

 

 

 
  

Basic and diluted net loss per common share, non-redeemable common stock

   $ (0.00
  

 

 

 

 

(1)

Excludes up to 1,312,500 shares of subject to forfeiture if the over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part by the underwriters (See Note 4)

(2)

On January 14, 2021, the Company effected a stock dividend with respect to its Class B common stock of 4,312,500 shares thereof, resulting in the Sponsor holding an aggregate of 10,062,500 shares of Class B common stock. All share and per-share amounts have been retroactively adjusted.

 

F-26


DECARBONIZATION PLUS ACQUISITION CORPORATION II

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

FOR THE PERIOD FROM DECEMBER 4, 2020 (INCEPTION) TO DECEMBER 31, 2020

 

    Class A Common Stock     Class B Common Stock     Additional
Paid-in

Capital
    (Accumulated
Deficit)
    Stockholder’s
Equity
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount  

Balance as of December 4, 2020 (inception)

    —       $ —         —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —    

Class B Common Stock issued to Sponsor(1)(2)

    —       $ —         10,062,500     $ 1,006     $ 23,994     $ —       $ 25,000  

Net loss

    —         —         —         —         —         (973     (973
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2020

    —       $ —         10,062,500     $ 1,006     $ 23,994     $ (973   $ 24,027  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes up to 1,312,500 shares of subject to forfeiture if the over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part by the underwriters (See Note 4)

(2)

On January 14, 2021, the Company effected a stock dividend with respect to its Class B common stock of 4,312,500 shares thereof, resulting in the Sponsor holding an aggregate of 10,062,500 shares of Class B common stock. All share and per-share amounts have been retroactively adjusted.

 

F-27


DECARBONIZATION PLUS ACQUISITION CORPORATION II

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE PERIOD FROM DECEMBER 4, 2020 (INCEPTION) TO DECEMBER 31, 2020

 

Cash flow from operating activities:

  

Net loss

   $ (973

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

  

Increase in accounts payable

     973  

Net cash used in operating activities

     —    
  

 

 

 
  

Cash flows from financing activities:

  

Proceeds from sale of Class B Common Stock to Sponsor

     25,000  

Proceeds from Sponsor promissory note

     300,000  
  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     325,000  
  

 

 

 

Net increase in cash

     325,000  

Cash at beginning of period

     —    
  

 

 

 

Cash at end of period

   $ 325,000  
  

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash financing activities:

  

Accrued deferred offering costs

   $ 164,788  

 

F-28


DECARBONIZATION PLUS ACQUISITION CORPORATION II

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 — Description of Organization and Business Operations

Organization and General

Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation II (the “Company”) was incorporated in Delaware on December 4, 2020. The Company was formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses (the “Initial Business Combination”). The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the “Securities Act,” as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”).

At December 31, 2020, the Company had not commenced any operations. All activity for the period from December 4, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020 relates to the Company’s formation and the proposed initial public offering (“Proposed Offering”) described below. The Company will not generate any operating revenues until after completion of its Initial Business Combination, at the earliest. The Company will generate non-operating income in the form of interest income on cash and cash equivalents from the proceeds derived from the Proposed Offering. The Company has selected December 31st as its fiscal year end.

The registration statement for the Initial Public Offering was declared effective on February 3, 2021. On February 8, 2021, the Company consummated the Initial Public Offering of 40,250,000 units (the “Units” and, with respect to the Class A common stock included in the Units sold, the “Public Shares”), which includes the exercise in full of the underwriters’ option to purchase an additional 5,250,000 Units to cover over-allotments (the “Over-Allotment Units”), at $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds of $402,500,000, which is described in Note 3.

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company consummated the private sale of 7,366,667 warrants (the “Private Placement Warrants”) at a price of $1.50 per Private Placement Warrant in a private placement to Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Sponsor II, LLC (the “Sponsor”) and certain of the Company’s independent directors, generating gross proceeds of $11,050,000, which is described in Note 4.

Transaction costs amounted to $22,789,038, consisting of $8,050,000 of underwriting fees, $14,087,500 of deferred underwriting fees and $651,538 of other offering costs. In addition, at February 8, 2021, cash of $2,869,552 was held outside of the Trust Account (as defined below) and is available for working capital purposes.

Following the closing of the Initial Public Offering on February 8, 2021, an amount of $402,500,000 ($10.00 per Unit) from the net proceeds of the sale of the Units in the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants was placed in a trust account (the “Trust Account”) located in the United States. The proceeds held in the Trust Account will be invested only in U.S. government treasury bills with a maturity of one hundred eighty (185) days or less or in money market funds that meet certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and that invest only in direct U.S. government obligations. Funds will remain in the Trust Account until the earlier of (i) the consummation of the Initial Business Combination or (ii) the distribution of the Trust Account proceeds as described below. The remaining proceeds outside the Trust Account may be used to pay for business, legal and accounting due diligence on prospective acquisitions and continuing general and administrative expenses

Initial Business Combination

The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the Proposed Offering, although substantially all of the net proceeds of the Proposed Offering are

 

F-29


Note 1 — Description of Organization and Business Operations  (cont.)

 

intended to be generally applied toward consummating an Initial Business Combination. The Initial Business Combination must occur with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the assets held in the Trust Account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on income earned on the Trust Account) at the time of the agreement to enter into the Initial Business Combination. Furthermore, there is no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully effect an Initial Business Combination.

The Company, after signing a definitive agreement for an Initial Business Combination, will either (i) seek stockholder approval of the Initial Business Combination at a meeting called for such purpose in connection with which stockholders may seek to redeem their shares, regardless of whether they vote for or against the Initial Business Combination, for cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the Initial Business Combination, including interest but less taxes payable, or (ii) provide stockholders with the opportunity to sell their Public Shares to the Company by means of a tender offer (and thereby avoid the need for a stockholder vote) for an amount in cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the Initial Business Combination, including interest but less taxes payable. The decision as to whether the Company will seek stockholder approval of the Initial Business Combination or will allow stockholders to sell their Public Shares in a tender offer will be made by the Company, solely in its discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require the Company to seek stockholder approval, unless a vote is required by law or under NASDAQ rules. If the Company seeks stockholder approval, it will complete its Initial Business Combination only if a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock voted are voted in favor of the Initial Business Combination. However, in no event will the Company redeem its Public Shares in an amount that would cause its net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001. In such case, the Company would not proceed with the redemption of its Public Shares and the related Initial Business Combination, and instead may search for an alternate Initial Business Combination.

If the Company holds a stockholder vote or there is a tender offer for shares in connection with an Initial Business Combination, a public stockholder will have the right to redeem its shares for an amount in cash equal to its pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the Initial Business Combination, including interest but less taxes payable. As a result, such shares of Class A common stock will be recorded at redemption amount and classified as temporary equity upon the completion of the Proposed Offering, in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 480, “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.”

Pursuant to the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation, if the Company is unable to complete the Initial Business Combination within 24 months from the closing of the Proposed Offering, the Company will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but no more than ten business days thereafter subject to lawfully available funds therefor, redeem the Public Shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account including interest earned and not previously released to pay the Company’s franchise and income taxes (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses and net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then outstanding Public Shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholder’s rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the Company’s remaining stockholders and the Company’s board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to the Company’s obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. The Sponsor and the Company’s independent director nominees will enter into a letter agreement with the Company, pursuant to which they will agree to waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to any Founder Shares (as defined below) held by them if the Company fails to

 

F-30


Note 1 — Description of Organization and Business Operations  (cont.)

 

complete the Initial Business Combination within 24 months of the closing of the Proposed Offering. However, if the Sponsor or any of the Company’s directors, officers or affiliates acquires shares of Class A common stock in or after the Proposed Offering, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to such shares if the Company fails to complete the Initial Business Combination within the prescribed time period.

In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company after an Initial Business Combination, the Company’s stockholders are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining available for distribution to them after payment of liabilities and after provision is made for each class of stock, if any, having preference over the common stock. The Company’s stockholders have no preemptive or other subscription rights. There are no sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock, except that the Company will provide its stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their Public Shares for cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, upon the completion of the Initial Business Combination, subject to the limitations described herein.

Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC.

Emerging Growth Company

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), as modified by the Jumpstart our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in the Company’s periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such an election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statement with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

Net Loss Per Common Share

Net loss per common share is computed by dividing net loss applicable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period, excluding shares of common stock

 

F-31


Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  (cont.)

 

subject to forfeiture, plus, to the extent dilutive, the incremental number of shares of common stock to settle warrants, as calculated using the treasury stock method. Weighted average shares were reduced for the effect of an aggregate of 1,312,500 of Founder Shares that were subject to forfeiture if the over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part by the underwriters (see Note 3). At December 31, 2020, the Company did not have any dilutive securities and other contracts that could, potentially, be exercised or converted into common stock and then share in the earnings of the Company under the treasury stock method. As a result, diluted loss per common share is the same as basic loss per common share for the period.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of cash accounts in a financial institution, which, at times, may exceed the Federal Depository Insurance Coverage of $250,000. The Company has not experienced losses on these accounts and management believes the Company is not exposed to significant risks on such accounts.

Financial Instruments

The fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under the FASB ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” approximates the carrying amounts represented in the balance sheet, primarily due to their short-term nature.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires the Company’s management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash

Cash includes amounts held at banks with an original maturity of less than three months. As of December 31, 2020, the Company held $325,000 in cash.

Offering Costs

Offering costs consist of legal, accounting, underwriting fees and other costs incurred through the Initial Public Offering that are directly related to the Initial Public Offering. Offering costs amounting to $22,789,038 were charged to stockholders’ equity upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had $164,788 of deferred offering costs on the accompanying balance sheet.

Income Taxes

The Company follows the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes under FASB ASC 740, “Income Taxes.” Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statements carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that included the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

 

F-32


Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  (cont.)

 

FASB ASC 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. There were no unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2020. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. No amounts were accrued for the payment of interest and penalties at December 31, 2020. The Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position. The Company is subject to income tax examinations by major taxing authorities since inception. The provision for income taxes was deemed to be de minimis for the period from December 4, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020. The Company’s deferred tax assets were deemed to be de minimis as of December 31, 2020.

The Company had no tax liability as of December 31, 2020.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

The Company’s management does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting pronouncements, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.

Note 3 — Public Offering

Pursuant to the Initial Public Offering, the Company sold 40,250,000 Units, at a purchase price of $10.00 per Unit. Each Unit consists of one share of Class A common stock and one-third of one redeemable warrant (“Public Warrant”). Each whole Public Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of Class A common stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment (see Note 6).

Note 4 — Related Party Transactions

Founder Shares

On December 8, 2020, the Sponsor purchased 5,750,000 shares of Class B common stock (the “Founder Shares”) for an aggregate price of $25,000, or approximately $0.004 per share. On January 15, 2021, the Company effected a stock dividend with respect to its Founder Shares of 4,312,500 shares thereof, resulting in the Sponsor holding an aggregate of 10,062,500 Founder Shares. All share and per-share amounts have been retroactively adjusted. As used herein, unless the context otherwise requires, “Founder Shares” shall be deemed to include the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion thereof. The Founder Shares are identical to the Public Shares except that the Founder Shares automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock at the time of the Company’s Initial Business Combination and are subject to certain transfer restrictions, as described in more detail below. Holders of Founder Shares may also elect to convert their shares of Class B common stock into an equal number of shares of Class A common stock, subject to adjustment as provided above, at any time. The Sponsor agreed to forfeit up to an aggregate of 1,312,500 Founder Shares to the extent that the over-allotment option is not exercised in full by the underwriters, so that the Founder Shares represent 20.0% of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares after the Initial Public Offering. On February 3, 2021, the Company, the Sponsor and the Company’s independent directors entered into several Securities Agreements, pursuant to which the Company issued an aggregate of 400,000 Founder Shares and the Sponsor agreed to forfeit 400,000 Founder Shares at no cost, which were cancelled by the Company. On February 4, 2021, the underwriters fully exercised their over-allotment option; thus, these 1,312,500 Founder Shares were no longer subject to forfeiture. The Sponsor and the Company’s independent directors have waived their redemption rights with respect to any Founder Shares and any Public Shares held by them in connection with the completion of the Initial Business Combination. If the Initial Business Combination is not completed within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Sponsor and the Company’s independent directors agree to waive their right to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to any Founder Shares held by them.

 

F-33


Note 4 — Related Party Transactions  (cont.)

 

The Company’s initial stockholders will agree, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of their Founder Shares until the earlier to occur of: (A) one year after the completion of the Initial Business Combination or (B) subsequent to the Initial Business Combination, (x) if the last sale price of the Company’s Class A common stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after the Initial Business Combination, or (y) the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, stock exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of the Company’s stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of common stock for cash, securities or other property.

Private Placement Warrants

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Sponsor and certain of the Company’s independent directors purchased an aggregate of 7,366,667 Private Placement Warrants, including 700,000 additional Private Placement Warrants to cover over-allotments, at a price of $1.50 per whole Warrant or $11,050,000 in the aggregate. Each whole Private Placement Warrant is exercisable for one whole share of the Company’s Class A common stock at a price of $11.50 per share. A portion of the purchase price of the Private Placement Warrants was added to the proceeds from the Initial Public Offering to be held in the Trust Account such that at the closing of the Initial Public Offering, $402.5 million was held in the Trust Account. If the Initial Business Combination is not completed within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Warrants held in the Trust Account will be used to fund the redemption of the Public Shares (subject to the requirements of applicable law) and the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless. The Private Placement Warrants will be non-redeemable and exercisable on a cashless basis so long as they are held by the initial purchasers of the Private Placement Warrants or their permitted transferees.

The Sponsor and certain of the Company’s independent directors have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of their Private Placement Warrants until 30 days after the completion of the Initial Business Combination.

Registration Rights

The holders of Founder Shares, Private Placement Warrants and Warrants that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans, if any, will be entitled to registration rights (in the case of the Founder Shares, only after conversion of such shares to shares of Class A common stock) pursuant to a registration rights agreement to be signed on or before the date of the prospectus for the Proposed Offering. These holders will be entitled to certain demand and “piggyback” registration rights. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Administrative Support Agreement

The Company has agreed to pay an affiliate of the Sponsor a total of $10,000 per month for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support. Upon completion of the Initial Business Combination or the Company’s liquidation, the Company will cease paying these monthly fees.

Sponsor Note Payable

On December 8, 2020, the Company and the Sponsor entered into a loan agreement, whereby the Sponsor agreed to loan the Company an aggregate of $300,000 to cover expenses related to the Proposed Offering pursuant to a promissory note (the “Note”). This loan is non-interest bearing and payable on the earlier of June 6, 2021 or the completion of the Proposed Offering (the “Maturity Date”). On December 22, 2020, the Company drew down $300,000 on this Note. On February 4, 2021, the Company paid back the Sponsor for the full amount of the outstanding Note.

 

F-34


Note 5 — Commitments and Contingencies

Underwriting Agreement

The underwriters are entitled to a deferred fee of $0.35 per Unit, or $14,087,500 in the aggregate. The deferred fee will become payable to the underwriters from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event that the Company completes an Initial Business Combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement.

Working Capital Loans

In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with its Initial Business Combination, the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor, or the Company’s officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds as may be required (“Working Capital Loans”). If the Company completes its Initial Business Combination, the Company would repay the Working Capital Loans. In the event that the Initial Business Combination does not close, the Company may use a portion of proceeds held outside the Trust Account to repay the Working Capital Loans but no proceeds held in the Trust Account would be used to repay the Working Capital Loans. If the Sponsor makes any Working Capital Loans, up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be converted into warrants of the post business combination entity at the price of $1.50 per warrant at the option of the lender. Such warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants, including as to exercise price, exercisability and exercise period. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had no borrowings under the Working Capital Loans.

Risks and Uncertainties

Management is continuing to evaluate the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the industry and has concluded that while it is reasonably possible that the virus could have a negative effect on the Company’s financial position, results of its operations and/or close on the Proposed Offering and search for a target company, the specific impact is not readily determinable as of the date of these financial statements. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Note 6 — Stockholder’s Equity

Common Stock

The authorized common stock of the Company includes up to 200,000,000 shares of Class A common stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share and 20,000,000 shares of Class B common stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share. If the Company enters into an Initial Business Combination, it may (depending on the terms of such an Initial Business Combination) be required to increase the number of shares of Class A common stock which the Company is authorized to issue at the same time as the Company’s stockholders vote on the Initial Business Combination to the extent the Company seeks stockholder approval in connection with the Initial Business Combination. Holders of the Company’s common stock are entitled to one vote for each share of common stock. As of February 8, 2021, there were 10,062,500 shares of Class B common stock issued and outstanding.

The Sponsor agreed to forfeit up to an aggregate of 1,312,500 Founder Shares depending on the extent to which the over-allotment option is not exercised by the underwriters so that the Founder Shares will represent 20% of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares after the Proposed Offering. On February 4, 2021, the underwriters fully exercised their over-allotment option; thus, these 1,312,500 Founder Shares were no longer subject to forfeiture.

Preferred Stock

The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share with such designations, voting and other rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the Company’s board of directors. At December 31, 2020, there were no shares of preferred stock issued or outstanding.

 

F-35


Note 6 — Stockholder’s Equity  (cont.)

 

Warrants

Each whole Warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one share of our Class A common stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as described herein. Only whole Warrants are exercisable. The Warrants will become exercisable on the later of 30 days after the completion of the Initial Business Combination or 12 months from the closing of the Proposed Offering, and will expire five years after the completion of the Initial Business Combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation. No fractional Warrants will be issued upon separation of the Units and only whole Warrants will trade. The Company has also granted the underwriters a 45-day option to purchase up to an additional 5,250,000 Units to cover over-allotments, if any.

Each whole Warrant is exercisable to purchase one share of our Class A common stock and only whole Warrants are exercisable. No fractional Warrants will be issued upon separation of the Units and only whole Warrants will trade.

The exercise price of each Warrant is $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as described herein. In addition, if we issue additional shares of Class A common stock or equity-linked securities for capital raising purposes in connection with the closing of the Initial Business Combination at an issue price or effective issue price of less than $9.20 per share of Class A common stock (with such issue price or effective issue price to be determined in good faith by our board and, in the case of any such issuance to the Sponsor or its affiliates, without taking into account any Founder Shares held by the Sponsor or such affiliates, as applicable, prior to such issuance) (the “Newly Issued Price”), the exercise price of the Warrants will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 115% of the Newly Issued Price.

The Warrants will become exercisable on the later of:

 

   

30 days after the completion of the Initial Business Combination or,

 

   

12 months from the closing of the Proposed Offering;

provided in each case that we have an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants and a current prospectus relating to them is available and such shares are registered, qualified or exempt from registration under the securities, or blue sky, laws of the state of residence of the holder (or we permit holders to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis under the circumstances specified in the warrant agreement).

The Company is not registering the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants at this time. However, the Company has agreed that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than fifteen (15) business days, after the closing of the Initial Business Combination, the Company will use its best efforts to file with the SEC a registration statement for the registration, under the Securities Act, of the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants. The Company will use its best efforts to cause the same to become effective and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement, and a current prospectus relating thereto, until the expiration of the Warrants in accordance with the provisions of the warrant agreement. Notwithstanding the above, if the Company’s Class A common stock is at the time of any exercise of a Warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that it satisfies the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, the Company may, at its option, require holders of Warrants who exercise their Warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event the Company so elects, it will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, but the Company will be required to use its best efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available.

The Warrants will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, five years after the completion of the Initial Business Combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation. On the exercise of any Warrant, the Warrant exercise price will be paid directly to us and not placed in the Trust Account.

 

F-36


Note 6 — Stockholder’s Equity  (cont.)

 

Once the Warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the outstanding Warrants for cash (except as described herein with respect to the Private Placement Warrants):

 

   

In whole and not in part;

 

   

At a price of $0.01 per Warrant;

 

   

Upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption, referred to as the 30-day redemption period; and

 

   

if, and only if, the last sale price of our Class A common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the Company sends the notice of redemption to the warrantholders.

The Company will not redeem the Warrants for cash unless a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants is effective and a current prospectus relating to those shares of Class A common stock is available throughout the 30-day redemption period. If and when the Warrants become redeemable by the Company, it may exercise its redemption right even if it is unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws.

Except as described below, none of the Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by the Company so long as they are held by the initial purchasers of the Private Placement Warrants or their permitted transferees.

Once the Warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the outstanding Warrants (except as described below with respect to the Private Placement Warrants):

 

   

in whole and not in part;

 

   

at a price of $0.10 per Warrant, provided that holders will be able to exercise their Warrants on a cashless basis prior to redemption and receive that number of shares of Class A common stock determined by reference to the table set forth under “Description of Securities—Warrants—Public Stockholders’ Warrants” based on the redemption date and the “fair market value” of our Class A common stock except as otherwise described in “Description of Securities—Warrants—Public Stockholders’ Warrants”;

 

   

upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption;

 

   

if, and only if, the last sale price of the Company’s Class A common stock equals or exceeds $10.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) on the trading day prior to the date on which we send the notice of redemption to the warrantholders; and

 

   

if the last sale price of the Company’s Class A common stock on the trading day prior to the date on which the Company send the notice of redemption to the warrantholders is less than $18.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like), the Private Placement Warrants must also be concurrently called for redemption on the same terms as the outstanding Warrants, as described above.

The “fair market value” of the Company’s Class A common stock shall mean the average reported last sale price of the Company’s Class A common stock for the 10 trading days immediately following the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of Warrants.

No fractional shares of Class A common stock will be issued upon redemption. If, upon redemption, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, the Company will round down to the nearest whole number of the number of shares of Class A common stock to be issued to the holder. Please see the section entitled “Description of Securities — Warrants — Public Stockholders’ Warrants” for additional information.

 

F-37


Note 7 — Subsequent Events

Management has evaluated the impact of subsequent events through the date the financial statements were available to be issued. All subsequent events required to be disclosed are included in the financial statements.

 

F-38


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Tritium Holdings Pty Ltd

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statement of financial position of Tritium Holdings Pty Ltd and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of June 30, 2021 and 2020, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive loss, of shareholders’ deficit and of cash flows for the years then ended, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of June 30, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Substantial Doubt about the Company’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has suffered recurring losses from operations, has a net capital deficiency and has incurred cash outflows from operating activities that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers

Brisbane, Australia

September 24, 2021

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2021.

 

F-39


TRITIUM HOLDINGS PTY LTD

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2021 AND 2020

 

     Note      Year Ended
June 30, 2021
$’000
    Year Ended
June 30, 2020
$’000
 

Revenue

       

Service and maintenance revenue – external parties

     2(a)        2,594       5,489  

Service and maintenance revenue – related parties

     2(a)        1       2  

Hardware revenue – external parties

     2(a)        32,299       34,095  

Hardware revenue – related parties

     2(a)        21,263       7,383  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

        56,157       46,969  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation, shown separately below)

       

Service and maintenance - costs of goods sold

        (2,873     (2,138

Hardware – cost of goods sold

        (55,188     (45,805
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of goods sold

        (58,061     (47,943
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Selling, general and administration expense

     3        (30,748     (22,537

Product development expense

        (10,521     (9,548

Depreciation expense

        (2,312     (1,309
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating costs and expenses

        (43,581     (33,394
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

        (45,485     (34,368
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net

       

Finance costs

     4        (8,795     (1,509

Transaction and offering related fees

     5        (4,794     —    

Fair value movements – derivative

     14        (5,947     —    

Other income

     2(b)        1,940       1,433  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense

        (17,596     (76
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) before income taxes

        (63,081     (34,444
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense

     6        (11     —    
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss)

        (63,092     (34,444
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) per common share

       

Net (loss) per common share attributable to common shareholders

     21        (63,092     (34,444

Basic and diluted – common shares

     21        (0.86     (0.48

Basic and diluted – class C shares

     21        (0.86     (0.48

Weighted average shares outstanding

       

Basic and diluted – common shares

        67,893       66,296  

Basic and diluted – class C shares

        5,468       5,468  

Comprehensive loss

       

Net (loss)

        (63,092     (34,444

Other comprehensive (loss) (net of tax)

       

Change in foreign currency translation adjustment

        (136     (600
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive (loss) (net of tax)

        (136 )      (600 ) 
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive (loss)

        (63,228 )      (35,044 ) 
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-40


TRITIUM HOLDINGS PTY LTD

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

AS OF JUNE 30, 2021 AND 2020

 

     Note    As of
June 30, 2021
$’000
    As of
June 30, 2020
$’000
 

Assets

       

Cash and cash equivalents

   7      6,157       7,702  

Accounts receivable - related parties

   8      2,991       3,888  

Accounts receivable - external parties

   8      11,318       8,084  

Accounts receivable - allowance for expected credit losses

   8      (227     (73

Inventory

   9      36,430       25,202  

Prepaid expenses

   10      918       578  

Deposits

   11      4,912       2,863  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

        62,499       48,244  

Property, plant and equipment, net

   13      5,689       4,784  

Operating lease right of use assets, net

   18      18,312       14,120  

Deposits

   11      1,350       750  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

        25,351       19,654  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

        87,850       67,898  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Deficit

       

Accounts Payable

   12      17,135       8,211  

Borrowings

   14      36,571       14  

Contract liabilities

   19      9,198       2,005  

Employee benefits

   15      2,037       1,410  

Other provisions

   17      5,349       2,975  

Obligations under operating leases

   18      2,941       2,327  

Financial instruments – derivative

   14      874       —    

Other current liabilities

   16      6,101       437  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

        80,206       17,379  

Obligations under operating leases

   18      17,660       13,680  

Contract liabilities

   19      1,618       2,590  

Employee benefits

   15      125       199  

Borrowings net of unamortised issuance costs

   14      37,369       30,289  

Related party borrowings

   14/25      6,392       5,240  

Other provisions

   17      2,541       2,380  

Financial instruments - derivative

   14      5,947       —    

Other non-current liabilities

        —         43  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

        71,652       54,421  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

        151,858       71,800  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingent liabilities

   24     

Shareholders’ Deficit

       

Common shares, no par value, unlimited shares authorized at June 2021 and June 2020, 73,254,797 and 69,948,799 shares issued respectively, 67,892,971 shares outstanding as of June 2021 and June 2020

        92,809       92,809  

Treasury shares, 5,361,826 and 2,055,828 as of June 2021 and June 2020

        —         —    

Class C shares, no par value, unlimited shares authorized at June 2021 and June 2020, 5,468,249 shares issued and outstanding as of June 2021 and June 2020

        4,383       4,383  

Additional paid in capital

        5,601       2,479  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

        (3,696     (3,560

Accumulated deficit

        (163,105     (100,013
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Shareholders’ deficit

        (64,008     (3,902
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities, and Shareholders’ Deficit

        87,850       67,898  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-41


TRITIUM HOLDINGS PTY LTD

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

FOR THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2021 AND 2020

 

    Common shares     Class C shares     Treasury shares     Additional
paid-in
capital
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
loss
    Accumulated
deficit
    Total
Shareholders’
Deficit
 
    shares     Amount     shares     Amount     shares     Amount     Amount     Amount     Amount     Amount  
          $’000           $’000           $’000     $’000     $’000     $’000     $’000  

Balance at June 30, 2019

    62,071,451       69,132       5,468,249       4,383       (2,055,828     —         2,479       (2,960     (65,569     7,465  

Share-based payment compensation

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Issuance of shares

    7,877,348       23,910       —         —         —         —         —         —         —         23,910  

Equity issuance cost

    —         (233     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (233

Net loss

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (34,444     (34,444

Change in foreign currency translation adjustment

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (600     —         (600
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2020

    69,948,799       92,809       5,468,249       4,383       (2,055,828     —         2,479       (3,560     (100,013     (3,902

Share-based payment compensation

    3,305,998       —         —         —         (3,305,998     —         3,122       —         —         3,122  

Issuance of shares

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Equity issuance cost

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Net loss

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (63,092     (63,092

Change in foreign currency translation adjustment

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (136     —         (136
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2021

    73,254,797       92,809       5,468,249       4,383       (5,361,826     —         5,601       (3,696     (163,105     (64,008
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-42


TRITIUM HOLDINGS PTY LTD

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2021 AND 2020

 

     Year Ended
June 30, 2021
$’000
    Year Ended
June 30, 2020
$’000
 

Cash flows from operating activities

    

Net loss

     (63,092     (34,444

Reconciliation of net loss to net cash used in operating activities

    

Share-based employee benefits expense

     8,371       —    

Foreign exchange gains or losses

     1,436       231  

Depreciation expense

     2,312       1,309  

Borrowing costs

     —         725  

Fair value movements – derivative

     5,947       —    

Adjustment for capitalized interest

     8,559       —    

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

    

Accounts receivable

     (1,063     (4,755

Inventory

     (8,771     (2,455

Accounts payable

     6,619       (1,085

Employee benefits

     720       507  

Other liabilities

     9,069       1,800  

Other assets

     (2,567     (2,269
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (32,460     (40,436
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

    

Payments for property, plant and equipment

     (2,572     (1,309
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (2,572     (1,309
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

    

Proceeds from issuance of shares

     —         23,677  

Proceeds from borrowings

     —         33,029  

Proceeds from related party borrowings

     —         5,150  

Proceeds from convertible notes including derivative

     33,367       —    

Transaction costs for borrowings

     —         (1,162

Repayment of borrowings

     —         (12,392
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     33,367       48,302  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     120       (60

Net increase / (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (1,665     6,557  

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period

     7,702       1,205  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at reporting date

     6,157       7,702  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-43


TRITIUM HOLDINGS PTY LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Description of Business and General information

Tritium Holdings Pty Ltd (the “Group” or “Tritium”) is in the business of development, design, testing and manufacturing of innovative power electronic systems and renewable energy solutions.

The financial statements cover Tritium Holdings Pty Ltd (the “Company”) as a consolidated entity consisting of Tritium Holdings Pty Ltd and the entities it controlled at the end of, or during, the year. The financial statements are presented in United States dollars, which is Tritium Holdings Pty Ltd’s reporting currency.

Amounts in the consolidated financial statements have been rounded off to the nearest thousand dollars, unless otherwise stated.

Basis of Preparation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”).

For the purpose of these financial statements, intercompany accounts, transactions, and profits are eliminated in consolidation.

Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are all entities (including structured entities) over which the Company has control. All subsidiaries of Tritium Holdings Pty Ltd have a reporting year end of June 30, 2021.

Presentation

The financial statements are presented in United States dollars which is the Group’s elected reporting currency. All amounts disclosed in the financial statements relate to the Group unless otherwise stated. The financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis, except for derivative financial instruments that have been measured at fair value and share-based compensation.

Going Concern Basis

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the basis that the Group is a going concern. At June 30, 2021 the Group had a total shareholders’ deficit of $64 million. The Group incurred losses after tax of $63.1 million for the year ended June 30, 2021 and $34.4 million for the year ended June 30, 2020.

The Group incurred operating cash outflows of $32.5 million for the year ended June 30, 2021, compared to operating cash outflows of $40.4 million for the year to June 30, 2020.

The board approved cash flow forecasts indicate that the Group will continue to incur operating cash outflows for at least 12 months from the date of this report as it continues to expand its operational activities to meet customer demand. In addition, as detailed in note 14, the Group also has external borrowing facilities totalling $73.9 million and $6.4 million in related party borrowings. The terms of the external borrowings, specifically the interest-bearing liabilities, require that the Group maintain minimum liquidity reserve levels throughout the term of the arrangement and require the borrowings to be mandatorily repaid upon the occurrence of certain events such as a change in control event.

 

F-44


Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  (cont.)

 

In order to fund the operating cashflows, maintain these minimum liquidity reserve levels, and repay borrowings under certain circumstances, additional working capital funding is required in the short and medium term.

In May 2021, the Group entered into a business combination agreement – details of which are set out in Note 28 ‘Other events’. The proposed transaction is expected to provide a significant source of working capital for the Group, but is subject to, among other things, the approval by DCRN shareholders, the approval by the Company shareholders, the waiver of options held by one of our shareholders (obtained in August 2021), SEC review of registration statement and the satisfaction or waiver of other customary closing conditions. As such the closing of the transaction is not within the Group’s control.

Post June 30, 2021, working capital funding has been secured with an extension to the CIGNA borrowings for a further $29.4 million to continue its operations as intended, with funds received in July 2021. In addition, the Group’s existing major shareholders have provided confirmation that they will provide additional financial assistance to the Group as and when it is needed to enable the Group to continue its operations and fulfill all its financial obligations.

While management has secured a level of additional funding, due to the uncertainty surrounding the timing and likelihood of the proposed transactions with DCRN, there can be no assurances that the Transaction will close or that it will close in its current form. In such circumstances, the Company will need to raise additional capital through loans or additional investments. If the Company is unable to raise additional capital, it may be required to take additional measures to conserve liquidity, which could include, but not necessarily be limited to, curtailing operations and reducing overhead expenses. The Company cannot provide any assurance that new financing will be available to it on commercially acceptable terms, if at all.

As such, the above conditions give rise to substantial doubt about the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern for one year from the issuance date of these financial statements.

However, the Directors believe that the going concern basis of preparation is appropriate for the reasons outlined above.

Should the Group be unable to continue as a going concern, it may be required to realise its assets and extinguish its liabilities other than in the ordinary course of business, and at amounts that differ from those stated in the financial statements. These financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or the amounts or classification of liabilities and appropriate disclosures that may be necessary should the Group be unable to continue as a going concern.

New and Amended Standards Adopted by the Group

In June 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-13 (“ASU 2016-13”) “Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments”, to replace the incurred loss impairment methodology under current GAAP with a methodology that reflects expected credit losses and requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to inform credit loss estimates. The Group adopted the standard effective July 1, 2020. The Group uses a forward-looking expected credit loss model for accounts receivable, loans, and other financial instruments. Credit losses relating to available-for-sale debt securities are recorded through an allowance for credit losses rather than as a reduction in the amortized cost basis of the securities. The Group applied a modified retrospective approach to align the credit loss methodology with the new standard. The adoption of the standard did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework—Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement”, which modifies the

 

F-45


Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  (cont.)

 

disclosure requirements on fair value measurements in ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement. After the adoption of this update, an entity will no longer be required to disclose the amount of and reasons for transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy; the policy for timing of transfers between levels; the valuation processes for Level 3 fair value measurements. ASU 2018-13 is effective for the Group’s annual period beginning July 1, 2020. The amendments on changes in unrealized gains and losses will be applied prospectively for only the most recent period presented in the initial fiscal year of adoption. All other amendments will be applied retrospectively to all periods presented on their effective date. The Group has assessed the adoption on the financial statements, and it does not have a material impact on the results of operations or the consolidated financial statements.

Leases (ASC 842)

On July 1, 2019, the Group adopted ASC 842, Leases (“ASC 842”), which requires rights and obligations related to lease arrangements to be recognized on the balance sheet, using the modified retrospective approach to each lease that existed at the date of initial application as well as leases entered into after that date. The date of initial application has been elected to be the beginning of the period of adoption hence the comparative figures have not been restated. The Group leases a number of office and warehouse facilities for its operations. The adoption of ASC 842 resulted in the recognition of Operating Lease right of use assets of $15.6 million and related lease liabilities of $15.6 million on July 1, 2019. The Group does not have material finance lease obligations recognized.

For leases that commenced before the effective date of the new accounting standard, the Group elected the permitted practical expedients to not reassess the following: (i) whether any expired or existing contracts contain leases; (ii) the lease classification for any expired or existing leases; and (iii) initial direct costs for any existing leases. Additionally, the Group elected to utilise the practical expedient to not separate payments made for lease and non-lease components and treated as if part of the leasing component and applied the short-term lease exemption for any leases less than twelve months.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In December 2019, the FASB issued an Accounting Standards Update (ASU 2019-12) “Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes”, which simplifies the accounting for income taxes, eliminates certain exceptions within ASC 740, Income Taxes, and clarifies certain aspects of the current guidance to promote consistency among reporting entities. ASU 2019-12 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. Most amendments within the standard are required to be applied on a prospective basis, while certain amendments must be applied on a retrospective or modified retrospective basis. The Group is currently assessing the impact of adopting this standard on its financial statements. The Group will apply the exemption available under Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act and adopt ASU 2019-12 for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021.

In August, 2020, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU 2020-06”) “Debt - Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging - Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40)”. The amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021. The amendments in this update affect entities that issue convertible instruments and/or contracts indexed to and potentially settled in an entity’s own equity. The new ASU eliminates the beneficial conversion and cash conversion accounting models for convertible instruments. It also amends the accounting for certain contracts in an entity’s own equity that are currently accounted for as derivatives because of specific settlement provisions. In addition, the new guidance modifies how particular convertible instruments and certain contracts that may be settled in cash or shares, impact the diluted EPS computation. The Group is currently assessing the impact of adopting this standard on its financial statements. The Group will apply the exemption available under Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act and adopt ASU 2020-06 for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023.

 

F-46


Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  (cont.)

 

In October 2020, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU 2020-08”) “Codification Improvements to Subtopic310 – 20, Receivables – Non-refundable Fees and Other Costs” and is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. The amendments clarify the Board’s intent that an entity should revaluate whether a callable debt security that has multiple call dates is within the scope of paragraph 310-20-35-33 for each reporting period. The Group is currently assessing the impact of adopting this standard on its financial statements. The Group will apply the exemption available under Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act and adopt ASU 2020-08 for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021.

In October 2020, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU 2020-10”) “Codification Improvements”. The purpose of these amendments is to make minor amendments and updates to the Codification for technical corrections such as conforming standards, clarifications of guidance, simplifications to wording or structure of guidance, and other minor improvements. The amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. The Group is currently assessing the impact of adopting this update on its financial statements. The Group will apply the exemption available under Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act and adopt ASU 2020-10 for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021.

Basis of Consolidation

Subsidiaries

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) and include the accounts of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries. Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated from the consolidated financial statements. The decision whether or not to consolidate an entity requires consideration of majority voting interests, as well as effective control over the entity.

We present our financial statements on the basis of our fiscal year ending June 30. All references to years in these consolidated financial statements refer to the fiscal year ending or ended on June 30 of that year.

 

a)

Use of estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.

Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include but are not limited to: determining the lease term of contracts with renewal and termination options, discount rates, share-based payment transactions, estimation of the fair value of derivatives, estimation of useful lives of assets, impairment of assets, taxes, employee benefits provisions and warranty provision. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions believed to be reasonable, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities. Actual results could differ from those estimates due to risks and uncertainties and may be material.

 

b)

Revenue recognition

Revenue From Contracts With Customers

Revenue is recognized when or as the control of the goods or services are transferred to the customer. Depending on the terms of the contract, control of the goods or services may be transferred over time or a point in time. If control of the goods or services transfers over time, revenue is recognized over the period of the contract by reference to the progress towards satisfying the performance obligation, otherwise, revenue is recognized at a point in time when the customer obtains control of the goods and services.

Contracts with customers may include more than one performance obligation. For such arrangements, the Group allocates the contract price to each distinct performance obligation based on relative standalone selling

 

F-47


Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  (cont.)

 

price. All revenue is stated net of the amount of taxes. The specific recognition criteria described below must also be met before revenue is recognized.

Sale of Hardware Revenue

The Group generates revenue from the sale of electric vehicle chargers. The contracts with customers include distinct performance obligations relating to the sale of goods and other related services. The overall contract price is allocated to the distinct performance obligations based on the relative standalone selling price. Revenue from sale of electric vehicle chargers is recognized at a point in time when the Group transfers control of the assets to the customer.

The Group also provides for standard warranty rights for general repairs for either two or three years on all electric vehicle chargers sold. This standard warranty is not considered to be a separate performance obligation. The estimated warranty costs are recognized as a liability when the Group transfers control of the goods to a customer.

Rendering of Services Revenue

The Group generates revenue from services in relation to installation, repair, maintenance, and training. Generally, revenue in relation to rendering of services is recognized when the service has been provided, either over time or at a point in time. The Group recognizes the material portion of their revenue from services at a point of time when the service is delivered (i.e., For installation and repairs). However, if the service is performed over a period of time and if the outcome can be estimated reliably then the stage of completion of the services based on an input method (i.e., costs incurred) is used to determine the appropriate level of revenue to be recognized in the period.

The Group provides an extended warranty to its customers for an additional fee. Extended warranty revenue is recognized as a contract liability on receipt and recognized over the period in which the service is provided based on the time elapsed (this commences after the standard warranty expires).

Costs to Obtain a Contract

Costs to obtain a contract mainly relate to commissions paid to the Group’s sales personnel. As contract costs related to sales are typically fulfilled within one year, the costs to obtain a contract are expensed as incurred. Amounts billed to customers related to shipping and handling are classified as revenue. The cost for freight and shipping are recognized as an expense in cost of goods sold when control over the chargers, parts or accessories have transferred to the customer.

Contract Liabilities

A contract liability balance typically arises due to allocation of a part of the consideration received to unsatisfied performance obligations, including extended warranty obligations under revenue contracts. Contract liabilities also arise due to receipt of advances from the customer, prior to satisfaction of performance obligations.

The Group’s balance sheet includes customer advances and unearned revenue as contract liabilities.

Grant Income

The Group received government incentives during the year in the form of the Job Keeper program which was a program aimed to support companies as a result of the COVID 19 pandemic. Grant income is recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Loss when the Group is entitled to the grant, it can be measured

 

F-48


Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  (cont.)

 

reliably, and it is probable that the economic benefits gained from the grant will be received. It is recognized as a liability until these conditions have been met. Government grants received by the Group are typically for the reimbursement of expenses incurred.

 

c)

Cost of sales

Hardware

Cost of hardware revenue includes raw materials, associated freight, warranty costs, labour costs and overheads directly attributable to the manufacture of products.

Service and Maintenance

Cost of service and maintenance revenue includes spare part materials and labour costs, including the cost of subcontractors.

 

d)

Product development

All costs associated with new product development are expensed as incurred, including software development costs. Software development costs are expensed as incurred on the basis the threshold of technical feasibility as defined in ASC 985, Software, has not been achieved. Product development costs primarily consist of employee compensation for those employees engaged in product development activities, including the development, design and testing of innovative renewable energy solutions. For the years ended June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020 product development expenses were $10.5 million and $9.5 million, respectively.

 

e)

Finance costs

Finance costs are recognized as expenses in the period in which they are incurred.

Finance costs include interest on borrowings using the effective interest method, amortisation of discounts or premiums related to borrowings. Borrowing costs that are not directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset are recognized in profit or loss using the effective interest method.

 

f)

Income tax

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carry forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. The Group recognizes the effect of income tax positions or benefit from uncertain tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of being sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs.

The Group records interest related to unrecognized tax benefits in interest expense and penalties in selling, general, and administrative expenses. The Group has not incurred any material interest and penalties in either the June 30, 2021 or 2020 periods. The Group does not have any material uncertain tax positions during the period recognized.

 

F-49


Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  (cont.)

 

g)

Loans and debt securities

Loans and debt securities issued are recognized on the date when they are originated at fair value. All other financial liabilities are initially recognized on the trade date. The Group derecognizes a financial liability when its contractual obligations are discharged or cancelled or expire. Where there is an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the reporting date, the loans or borrowings are classified as non-current.

Finance cost includes all interest-related expenses.

 

h)

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, deposits held at call with financial institutions, other short-term, highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash with an original maturity date of less than 90 days and which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

 

i)

Derivative Instruments

The Group recognizes all derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities in the balance sheet at their respective fair values. The Group evaluates its debt and equity issuances to determine if those contracts or embedded components of those contracts qualify as derivatives requiring separate recognition in the Group’s financial statements. The result of this accounting treatment is that the fair value of the embedded derivative is revalued at each balance sheet date and recorded as a liability, and the change in fair value during the reporting period is recorded in other income (expense) in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Loss. The current or non-current classification of derivative instruments is reassessed at the end of each reporting period. Derivative instrument liabilities are classified in the balance sheet as current or non-current liabilities based on whether or not net-cash settlement of the derivative instrument is expected within twelve months of the balance sheet date.

 

j)

Trade and other receivables

Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. Amounts collected on trade accounts receivable are included in net cash provided by operating activities in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. The Group records an allowance for estimated credit losses for estimated losses inherent in its accounts receivable portfolio. In establishing the required allowance, the Group considers historical losses adjusted to take into account current market conditions and the Group’s customers’ financial condition, the amount of receivables in dispute, and the current receivables aging and current payment patterns. The Group reviews its allowance for credit losses monthly. The Group does not have any off-balance-sheet credit exposure related to its customers.

Trade accounts are generally written off as bad debts when they are both in dispute and significantly aged. Balances are not considered past due until they are 30 days after the original due date of the payment.

 

k)

Inventory

Inventories are measured at the lower of cost or net realizable value. The cost of inventory is determined using a weighted average approach basis and is net of any rebates and discounts received.

The costs of inventory included in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Loss includes directly attributable overhead costs to manufacture, raw materials purchases, associated freight and labour costs.

The provision for impairment of inventories assessment requires a degree of estimation and judgement. The level of the provision is assessed by taking into account the recent sales experience, the aging of inventories and other factors that affect inventory obsolescence. There is no material provision for impairment recognized as of June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020.

 

F-50


Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  (cont.)

 

l)

Property, plant and equipment

Recognition and Measurement

The Group’s fixed assets are stated at cost. Fixed assets, excluding freehold land, are depreciated on a straight-line and declining balance basis over the assets useful life to the Group, commencing when the asset is ready for use.

Depreciation

Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of either the unexpired period of the lease or their estimated useful life.

The depreciation rates generally used for each class of depreciable asset are shown below:

 

   

Plant and equipment 20.00%

   

Furniture, Fixtures and Fittings 20.00%

   

Motor Vehicles 20.00%

   

Office Equipment 20.00%

   

Computer Equipment 33.34%

An item of fixed asset and any material part initially recognized is derecognized upon disposal.

Any gain or loss arising on de-recognition of the fixed asset (calculated as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset) is included in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Loss when the asset is derecognized.

At the end of each annual reporting period, the depreciation method, useful life and residual value of each asset is reviewed. Any revisions are accounted for prospectively as a change in estimate.

The costs of maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.

 

m)

Impairment of long-lived assets

Long-lived assets such as fixed assets subject to depreciation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If circumstances require a long-lived asset or asset group be tested for possible impairment, the Group first compares undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by that asset or asset group to its carrying amount. If the carrying amount of the long-lived asset or asset group is not recoverable on an undiscounted cash flow basis, an impairment is recognized to the extent that the carrying amount exceeds its fair value. Fair value is determined through various valuation techniques including discounted cash flow models, quoted market values and third-party independent appraisals, as considered necessary.

As of June 30, 2021, and June 30, 2020 the Group determined that there were no indicators of impairment and did not recognize any impairment of its long-lived assets.

 

n)

Leases

The Group leases a number of office and warehouse facilities for its operations. These leases predominately relate to operating leases. The Group did not have any material finance lease arrangements in the year and at June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020.

The Group as Lessee

The Group assesses whether a contract is or contains a lease, at inception of a contract. A contract is, or contains, a lease if the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time and

 

F-51


Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  (cont.)

 

obtain all the output, in exchange for consideration. In such instances, the Group recognizes a right-of-use asset and a corresponding lease liability with respect to all lease agreements, except for short term leases. For these leases, the Group recognizes the lease payments as an operating expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease unless another systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern in which economic benefits from the leased assets are consumed.

Measurement and Presentation of Lease Liability

For operating leases, the lease liability is initially and subsequently measured at the present value of the unpaid lease payments at the lease commencement date. The Group has elected the practical expedient to account for lease and non-lease components as a single lease component. Therefore, the lease payments used to measure the lease liability includes the fixed consideration in the contract.

Key estimates and judgments include how the Group determines the lease term of contracts with renewal and termination options. Where this exists, management has included renewal and termination options where there is a reasonable certainty that it will be exercised. There were no significant renewal or termination options in the year and at June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020.

An additional key estimate and judgment is the determination of the discount rate. Topic 842 requires a lessee to discount its unpaid lease payments using the interest rate implicit in the lease or, if that rate cannot be readily determined, its incremental borrowing rate. Generally, the Group cannot determine the interest rate implicit in the lease because it does not have access to the lessor’s estimated residual value or the amount of the lessor’s deferred initial direct costs. Therefore, the Group generally uses its incremental borrowing rate as the discount rate for the lease. The incremental borrowing rate is the rate of interest that the Group would have to pay to borrow on a collateralized basis over a similar term an amount equal to the lease payments in a similar economic environment.

The lease liability is separately disclosed on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. The liabilities which will be repaid within twelve months are recognized as current and the liabilities which will be repaid in excess of twelve months are recognized as non-current.

The lease liability is subsequently measured by reducing the balance to reflect the principal lease repayments made and increasing the carrying amount by the interest on the lease liability.

The Group is required to remeasure the lease liability and make an adjustment in the following instances:

 

   

The term of the lease has been modified or there has been a change in the Group’s assessment of a purchase option being exercised, in which case the lease liability is remeasured by discounting the revised lease payments using a revised discount rate;

 

   

A lease contract is modified, and the lease modification is not accounted for as a separate lease, in which case the lease liability is remeasured by discounting the revised lease payments using a revised discount rate; and

 

   

The lease payments are adjusted due to changes in the index or a change in expected payment under a guaranteed residual value, in which cases the lease liability is remeasured by discounting the revised lease payments using the initial discount rate. However, if a change in lease payments is due to a change in a floating interest rate, a revised discount rate is used.

Measurement and Presentation of Right-of-Use Asset

The right-of-use assets recognized by the Group comprise the initial measurement of the related lease liability, any lease payments made at or before the commencement of the contract, less any lease incentives

 

F-52


Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  (cont.)

 

received and any direct costs. Costs incurred by the Group to dismantle the asset, restore the site or restore the asset are included in the cost of the right-of-use asset.

Any remeasurement of the lease liability is also applied against the right-of-use asset value.

Extension Options

The lease term for the Group’s leases includes the non-cancelable period of the lease plus any additional periods covered by either the Group’s option to extend (or not to terminate) the lease that the Group is reasonably certain to exercise, or an option to extend (or not to terminate) the lease controlled by the lessor.

 

o)

Trade and other payables

Trade and other payables are recognized as liabilities for goods and services provided to the Group prior to the end of the financial year and which are unpaid. Due to their short-term nature, they are measured at amortized cost and are not discounted. The amounts are unsecured and are usually paid within 30 days of recognition.

 

p)

Warranties

The Group provides a manufacturer’s standard warranty on all electric vehicle chargers sold. The Group recognizes a warranty provision for the products sold based on the present value of future cash flows estimated to be required to settle the warranty obligation. The future cash flows have been estimated by reference to the Group’s history of warranty claims.

The Group considers the standard warranty is not providing incremental service to customers rather an assurance to the quality of the electric vehicle charger, and therefore is not a separate performance obligation.

The Group also provides extended warranty services separately to the standard warranty. The extended warranty is an incremental service provided to the customers and as such the extended warranty is a separate performance obligation distinct from other promises and should be accounted for in accordance with ASC 606.

The Group also recognizes a provision for future extended warranty measured at the present value of management’s best estimate of the outflow required to settle the obligation at the end of the reporting period.

The portion of the warranty provision expected to be incurred within the next 12 months is included within current provisions, while the remaining balance is included within non-current provisions in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. Warranty expense is recorded as a component of cost of goods sold in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Loss.

 

q)

Employee benefits

Liabilities in respect of employee benefits which are not due to be settled within twelve months are discounted at period end using rates which most closely match the terms of maturity of the related liabilities. Employee benefits expected to be settled more than one year after the end of the reporting period have been measured at the present value of the estimated future cash outflows to be made for those benefits. In determining the liability, consideration is given to employee wage increases and the probability that the employee may satisfy vesting requirements.

Wages, Salaries, Annual and Long Service Leave

The provision for employee entitlements to wages, salaries and annual and long service leave represents the amount which the Group has a present obligation to pay resulting from employees’ services provided up to the reporting date. Provisions have been calculated based on expected wage and salary rates and include related

 

F-53


Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  (cont.)

 

on-costs. In determining the liability for these employee entitlements, consideration is given to estimated future increases in wage rates, and the Group’s experience with staff departures.

Pension Contribution

Defined contribution pension plans exist to provide benefits for eligible employees or their dependants. Contributions by the Group are expensed to the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Loss as incurred.

Annual Bonus

The Group recognises a liability for bonuses based on a formula that takes into consideration the specific performance indicators outlined in employee contracts. The Group recognises a liability where it is contractually obliged to pay an amount under the bonus plan or where there is a past practice that has created a constructive obligation.

Termination

Termination benefits are recognized as an expense when the Group is demonstrably committed, without realistic possibility of withdrawal, to a formal detailed plan to terminate employment before the normal retirement date. Termination benefits for voluntary redundancies are recognized if the Group has made an offer encouraging voluntary redundancy, it is probable that the offer will be accepted, and the number of acceptances can be estimated reliably.

 

r)

Share-based payments

Employees of the Group receive remuneration in the form of share-based arrangements, whereby employees render services as consideration for equity instruments under the Groups Loan Funded Share Plan (LFSP), or cash settlement under the Groups Shadow Equity Plan (SEP).

Awards issued under the LFSP are equity settled arrangements and are measured at the fair value of these awards at the grant date. A Black-Scholes model is utilized to estimate the fair value. The Group recognizes this share-based compensation expense at grant date as there are no service conditions attached to LFSP equity awards.

For share-based compensation, the expense is measured at the grant date, based on the fair value of the award considering the market conditions, and then recorded over the requisite service period if the performance condition is probable. Because there was no public market for common shares, the fair value of the common shares at the time of grant is considered the price per share paid by investors in the company’s private financings in addition to independent external valuations obtained. Additionally, in applying the Black-Scholes model, the Group has assessed the implied volatility utilised by estimating based on similar publicly traded peer companies (as it has no company-specific performance measures). Further details as to the inputs into the fair value of the respective grants is outlined in note 23.

Awards issued under the Group’s SEP are cash-settled arrangements. The Group recognizes cash settled transactions as a liability on award grant. The Group initially measures the cash-settled transactions with employees at fair value to determine the fair value of the liability incurred.

The Group recognizes share-based compensation over the period during which an employee is required to provide a service in exchange for the award. For cash-settled share-based payment transactions, the liability is remeasured at the end of each reporting period up to the date of settlement, with any changes in the expected settlement amounts recognized in comprehensive loss as a share-based compensation expense over the period

 

F-54


Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  (cont.)

 

during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award. This requires a reassessment of the estimates used at the end of each reporting period.

 

s)

Net loss per share

Net loss per share information is determined using the two-class method, which includes the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period and other securities that participate in dividends (a participating security). The Group’s class C shares are participating securities as defined by Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 260-10, Earnings Per Share. Under the two-class method, basic net loss per share applicable to ordinary shareholders is computed by dividing the net loss applicable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted-average number of shares of ordinary shares outstanding for the reporting period. Diluted loss per share is computed by dividing loss available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of share of common shares outstanding during the period increased to include the number of additional common shares that would have been outstanding if the potentially dilutive securities had been issued, using the treasury-share method. As the Group incurred losses for all periods presented, potentially dilutive securities have been excluded from fully diluted loss per share as their impact is anti-dilutive and would reduce the loss per share.

 

t)

Fair value measurements

The Group uses valuation approaches that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs to the extent possible. The Group determines fair value based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability in the principal or most advantageous market. When considering market participant assumptions in fair value measurements, the following fair value hierarchy distinguishes between observable and unobservable inputs, which are categorized in one of the following levels:

 

   

Level 1 inputs: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities accessible to the reporting entity at the measurement date.

 

   

Level 2 inputs: Other than quoted prices included in Level 1 inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

 

   

Level 3 inputs: Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability used to measure fair value to the extent that observable inputs are not available, thereby allowing for situations in which there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability at measurement date.

The fair value hierarchy also requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. Assets and liabilities measured at fair value are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is material to the fair value measurement.

 

u)

Foreign currency translation

Transactions and Balances

The parent entity’s functional currency is Australian Dollars (AUD), and subsidiaries have United States Dollars (USD) and Euro (EUR) as their functional currency.

Foreign Currency Transactions

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the Group’s functional currency (AUD) using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at financial year-end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Loss.

 

F-55


Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  (cont.)

 

Foreign Operations

The assets and liabilities of the parent entity and the subsidiaries are translated into USD using the exchange rates at the reporting date. The revenues and expenses of such group entities are translated into USD using the average exchange rates, which approximate the rates at the dates of the transactions, for the period. All resulting foreign exchange differences are recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss in Shareholders’ deficit.

The cumulative translation adjustment is recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Loss when the foreign operation or net investment is disposed of.

For each entity, the Group determines the functional currency. Items included in the financial statements of each entity are measured using that functional currency.

 

v)

Current and non-current classification

The Group presents assets and liabilities in the balance sheet based on current/non-current classification.

An asset is current when it is:

 

   

Expected to be realized or intended to be sold or consumed in the normal operating cycle;

 

   

Held primarily for the purpose of trading;

 

   

Expected to be realized within twelve months after the reporting period; or

 

   

Cash or cash equivalents unless restricted from being exchanged or used to settle a liability for at least twelve months after the reporting period.

All other assets are classified as non-current.

A liability is current when:

 

   

It is expected to be settled in the normal operating cycle;

 

   

It is held primarily for the purpose of trading;

 

   

It is due to be settled within twelve months after the reporting period; or

 

   

Short-term loans are classified as long term if the entity intends to refinance the loan on a long-term basis and, prior to issuing the financial statements, the entity can demonstrate an ability to refinance the loan by meeting specific criteria.

 

w)

Concentrations of credit risk

Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in a financial loss to the Group.

Credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents, and deposits with banks and financial institutions, as well as credit exposure to wholesale and retail customers, including outstanding receivables and committed transactions. Customer terms range from 7 to 60 days.

Trade receivables consist of customers, spread across a diverse geographical area. Ongoing credit evaluation is performed on the financial condition of accounts receivable.

Management considers that all the financial assets that are not impaired for each of the reporting dates under review are of good credit quality, including those that are past due. Please see note 8 for the associated expected credit loss calculations.

 

F-56


Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  (cont.)

 

The credit risk for liquid funds and other short-term financial assets is considered negligible since the counterparties are reputable banks with high quality external credit ratings.

The Group has no material concentration of credit risk with respect to any single counterparty or group of counterparties.

On a geographical basis, the Group’s credit risk exposure is spread across multiple regions, not just Australia.

 

x)

Risks and uncertainties

The Group operates in an industry that is subject to intense competition, government regulation and rapid technological change. The Group’s operations are subject to material risk and uncertainties including financial, operational, technological, regulatory, and other risks, including the potential risk of business failure.

 

y)

Contributed Equity

Common shares and Class C Shares

As of June 30, 2021 and 2020, there were 73,254,797 and 69,948,799 common shares issued; 67,892,971 shares outstanding respectively, which included 5,361,826 of treasury shares reserved to satisfy future equity awards under the Group’s Loan Funded Share Plan. These treasury shares are subject to limited recourse loans to employees as discussed in note 1(r). As of June 30, 2021 and 2020, there were 5,468,249 class C shares outstanding.

Any issuance costs incurred in relation to the issue of common shares or class C shares are classified as a reduction against common shares.

The terms, rights, preferences, and privileges of the common shares are as follows:

Voting Rights

Each holder of common shares and class C shares is entitled to one vote for each common share held on all matters submitted to a vote of the shareholders, including the election of directors.

Dividends

The holders of the Group’s outstanding common shares and class C shares are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared by the Group’s board of directors out of legally available funds.

Liquidation

In the event of the Group’s liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of common shares and class C shares will be entitled to shares rateably in the net assets legally available for distribution to shareholders after the payment of all the Group’s debts and other liabilities.

 

z)

Impact of COVID-19

The effects of the COVID-19 pandemic have impacted Tritium’s business and customers. Government responses to the COVID-19 pandemic have resulted in restrictions being placed on Australian-based subject matter experts which has limited their ability to travel internationally. This has impacted Tritium’s ability to expand and has increased the risk that new operational facilities may take longer to deploy or may be more expensive than expected and therefore not deliver the expected benefits.

 

F-57


Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  (cont.)

 

The COVID-19 pandemic has also prompted a trend towards expanding contractual liability, including penalties for delivery delays for suppliers under force majeure clauses, which could have a material adverse effect on Tritium’s business and results of operations. The impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on international shipping and air freight, including fewer available shipping and air providers and routes and significantly increased costs, has increased Tritium’s COGS and may continue to increase COGS in the future. Additionally, any future shipping or air freight delays as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, or any future pandemic or resurgence, could have a material adverse effect on Tritium’s business and results of operations. Further, the COVID-19 pandemic has affected the manner in which Tritium’s inventory is managed, resulting in downward pressure on inventory turnover, which, in turn, negatively impacts working capital. For the year ended June 30, 2021, Tritium’s inventory increased to $36.4 million compared to $25.2 million for the year ended June 30, 2020. This increase in inventory was a result of a strategic decision to increase our minimum stock levels to offset the effects of COVID-19 on supply chain. Any further decrease in inventory turnover as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, or any future pandemic or resurgence, could have a material adverse effect on Tritium’s business and results of operations.

As the COVID-19 pandemic continues to evolve, the extent of the impact to Tritium’s businesses, operating results, cash flows, liquidity and financial condition will be primarily driven by the severity and duration of the pandemic, the pandemic’s impact on the Australian and global economies and the timing, scope and effectiveness of federal, state and local governmental responses to the pandemic. Those primary drivers are beyond Tritium’s knowledge and control and, as a result, at this time, Tritium is unable to predict with certainty the cumulative impact, both in terms of severity and duration, that the COVID-19 pandemic will have on Tritium’s business, operating result, cash flows and financial condition. Although Tritium has made its best estimates based upon current information, actual results could materially differ from the estimates and assumptions developed by management. Accordingly, it is reasonably possible that the estimates made in the consolidated financial statements have been, or will be, materially and adversely impacted in the near term as a result of these conditions, and if so, Tritium may be subject to future impairment losses related to long-lived assets as well as changes in the fair value of its financial instruments.

Note 2 – Revenue and Other Income

 

     Year Ended
June 30, 2021
$’000
     Year Ended
June 30, 2020
$’000
 

(a) Revenue from contracts with customers

     

Sale of hardware – external parties

     32,299        34,095  

Sale of hardware – related parties

     21,263        7,383  

Sale of service and maintenance – external parties

     2,594        5,489  

Sale of service and maintenance – related parties

     1        2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

     56,157        46,969  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

(b) Other income

     

Interest received

     12        18  

Government grants

     1,757        1,412  

Other income

     171        3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other income

     1,940        1,433  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Sale of hardware reflects the revenues from the sale of electric vehicle chargers. Hardware revenue is broken down into the sale of Standalone, or Distributed Chargers, or other products provided to customers. This revenue is recognized at a point in time when the performance obligations per the terms of a contract are satisfied. Depending on specific contract terms, this may be at delivery or dispatch.

 

F-58


Note 2 – Revenue and Other Income  (cont.)

 

Service and maintenance revenues can reflect either a point in time or an overtime obligation dependent on the services provided. The substantial portion of service and maintenance revenue is satisfied at a point in time, with the exception of Service Level Agreements which are recorded overtime.

For the year ended June 30, 2020, the Group had a large one-off contract with an external party to provide services. This contract expired in the prior year period and was not renewed. The value of revenue associated with this contract was $4.7 million which accounted for 85% of total service and maintenance revenues.

Details on the reportable segments have been referenced in note 20, Segment Reporting.

Note 3 – Selling, General and Administration Expenses

 

     Year Ended
June 30, 2021
$’000
     Year Ended
June 30, 2020
$’000
 

Equity settled share-based employee benefits expense

     (3,122      —    

Cash settled share-based compensation expense

     (5,249      —    

Wages, salaries, and other employee benefits

     (14,543      (14,354

Foreign exchange gain/(loss)

     (1,436      (231

IT and communications

     (1,660      (1,428

Occupancy

     (1,464      (2,729

Sales and marketing

     (188      (304

Insurance

     (627      (382

Professional fees

     (1,470      (1,439

Expected credit losses on trade receivables

     (148      151  

Bad debt expenses

     (21      (4

Travel, meals, and accommodation expenses

     (178      (1,221

Other administration expenses

     (290      (230

Other operating expenses

     (352      (366
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total selling, general and administration expenses

     (30,748      (22,537
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 4 – Finance Costs

 

     Year Ended
June 30, 2021
$’000
     Year Ended
June 30, 2020
$’000
 

Interest on debt and borrowings (note 14)

     8,588        1,508  

Other finance costs

     207        1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total finance costs

     8,795        1,509  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 5 – Transaction and Offering Related Fees

 

     Year Ended
June 30, 2021
$’000
     Year Ended
June 30, 2020
$’000
 

Professional accounting fees

     1,190        —    

Professional audit fees

     979        —    

Professional legal fees

     2,625        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total transaction and offering related fees

     4,794        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-59


Note 5 – Transaction and Offering Related Fees  (cont.)

 

Transaction and offering related fees presented above are transactions costs in relation to the business combination agreement with Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation.

Note 6 – Income Tax Expense

There is no provision for income taxes because the Group has historically incurred operating losses and maintains a full valuation allowance against its net deferred tax assets.

The Group’s loss before provision for income taxes for the years ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 was generated in Australia.

As a result, any material income tax results arise in foreign jurisdictions.

A reconciliation of the statutory income tax rate to the Group’s effective income tax rate is as follows:

 

     Year Ended
June 30, 2021
$’000
     Year Ended
June 30, 2020
$’000
 

Tax at the statutory tax rate of 30%

     (18,928      (10,333

Tax effect amounts which are not deductible/(taxable) in calculating taxable income:

     

Foreign tax rate differential

     321        466  

Non-deductible items

     3,389        504  

Current year tax losses and temporary difference not brought to account 1

     15,207        9,363  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Effective income tax

     (11      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

1 

The material amounts unrecognised represents deferred tax losses for which a valuation allowance has been recorded.

Net deferred tax assets as of June 30, 2021 and 2020 consisted of the following:

 

     As of
June 30, 2021
$’000
     As of
June 30, 2020
$’000
 

Deferred tax assets

     

Unused tax losses

     36,797        24,201  

Employee entitlements

     650        390  

Warranties

     1,178        440  

Lease liabilities

     6,173        4,789  

Other

     5,262        405  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     50,060        30,225  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

     

Right of use assets

     (5,476      (4,236

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (5,476      (4,236
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Valuation allowance applied

     (44,584      (25,989
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-60


Note 6 – Income Tax Expense  (cont.)

 

     As of
June 30, 2021
$’000
     As of
June 30, 2020
$’000
 

Changes in deferred taxation allowance

     

Opening balance – July 1

     (25,989      (16,982

(Increase) in deferred tax assets (excluding losses)

     (15,818      (8,531

Increase recorded to income tax provision

     —          —    

Other movements including foreign currency and rate differential

     (2,777      (476

Valuation allowance on tax losses

     (44,584      (25,989
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Group has not recorded any amounts for unrecognized tax benefits as of June 30, 2021, and 2020. The material amounts unrecognised represents deferred tax losses for which a valuation allowance has been recorded.

The Group’s historical tax losses predominantly arose in Australia. At June 30, 2021 and 2020 there are $126 million and $83 million respectively available indefinitely for offsetting against future taxable profits of the companies in which the losses arose, subject to certain tests being met. The losses are subject to confirmation with taxing authorities and the lodgement and finalization of income tax returns. The actual losses available on lodgement of these returns may be different. The future use is also uncertain due to Group operations, continuity of ownership limitations, tax law changes and compliance with existing tax law. Consequently, a full valuation allowance has been recorded.

The Group files income tax returns in a number of jurisdictions including United States, Netherlands and Australia. Income tax returns for all jurisdictions except Netherlands have been filed for the period ending June 30, 2020. Additionally, the Group has not filed income tax returns for the Netherlands relating to period June 2019 and June 2020, however, do not expect any material amendments, penalties, or interest to be incurred as a result of this late filing for June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 year ends.

Note 7 – Cash and Cash Equivalent

 

     June 30, 2021
$’000
     June 30, 2020
$’000
 

Cash and cash equivalents

     6,157        7,702  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents represent cash held with financial institutions.

Note 8 – Accounts Receivable, Net of Allowance for Expected Credit Losses

 

     June 30, 2021
$’000
     June 30, 2020
$’000
 

Account receivable – related parties

     2,991        3,888  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accounts receivable – related parties

     2,991        3,888  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trade receivables

     9,427        7,068  

Less: Allowance for expected credit losses

     (227      (73

Sales tax receivable

     1,037        425  

Other receivables

     854        591  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accounts receivables – external parties

     11,091        8,011  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-61


Note 8 – Accounts Receivable, Net of Allowance for Expected Credit Losses  (cont.)

 

Consolidated

   Expected credit loss rate      Carrying amount      Allowance for expected credit losses  
     2021      2020      2021      2020      2021     2020  
     %      %      $’000      $’000      $’000     $’000  

Less than 30 days past due

     —          —          7,867        8,129        —         —    

30 to 60 days past due

     —          —          2,512        200        —         —    

61 to 90 days past due

     —          —          562        1,597        —         —    

Greater than 90 days past due

     15.4        7.1        1,477        1,030        (227     (73
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
           12,418        10,956        (227     (73
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Provision

   June 30, 2021
$’000
     June 30, 2020
$’000
 

Opening balance of provision – July 1

     (73      (230

Provision created during the year

     (145      (35

Recoveries during the year

     —          184  

Foreign currency translation movements

     (9      8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Closing balance of provision – June 30

     (227      (73
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 9 – Inventory

 

     June 30, 2021
$’000
     June 30, 2020
$’000
 

Raw materials and consumables

     24,431        17,123  

Work in progress

     1,132        1,454  

Finished goods

     10,069        5,694  

Stock in transit

     798        931  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total inventory

     36,430        25,202  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Inventory has been recorded at the lower of cost or net realisable value. Inventories recognised as an expense during the year ended June 30, 2021, amounted to $40 million ($34 million as of June 30, 2020). A total of $0.09 million is recognised in inventory obsolescence provisions at June 30, 2021 (nil as of June 30, 2020).

Note 10 – Prepaid Expenses

 

     June 30, 2021
$’000
     June 30, 2020
$’000
 

Prepaid expenses

     918        578  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total prepaid expenses

     918        578  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Prepaid expenses reflect the monies paid for operating expenses to be expensed over the committed term.

Note 11 – Deposits

 

Current assets

   June 30, 2021
$’000
     June 30, 2020
$’000
 

Term deposits held against bank guarantees

     401        367  

Supplier deposits

     4,511        2,496  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current deposits

     4,912        2,863  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current assets

     

Term deposits held against bank guarantees

     1,350        517  

Supplier deposits

     —          233  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-current deposits

     1,350        750  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-62


Note 11 – Deposits  (cont.)

 

Supplier deposits are funds paid by the Group to suppliers for manufacturing and prepayments for services or utilities to be provided and invoiced later by the supplier.

Note 12 – Accounts Payable

 

Current liabilities

   June 30, 2021
$’000
     June 30, 2020
$’000
 

Trade payables

     10,982        5,553  

Other payables

     6,129        2,638  

Related party payables

     24        20  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accounts payable

     17,135        8,211  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trade and other payables are unsecured, non-interest bearing and are normally settled within 30 days. The carrying amounts are a reasonable approximation of fair value.

Note 13 – Property, Plant and Equipment

 

     Plant and
equipment
$’000
    Furniture,
fixtures and
fittings
$’000
    Motor
vehicles
$’000
    Computer
equipment
$’000
    Leasehold
improvements
$’000
    Total property,
plant and
equipment
$’000
 

Year ended June 30, 2020

            

Opening net book amount

     1,980       241       330       215       2,139       4,906  

Additions

     813       107       3       183       358       1,463  

Disposals

     (48     —         —         (40     —         (88

Depreciation

     (476     (65     (65     (130     (573     (1,309

Exchange rate variation

     (93     (6     (39     (3     (47     (188
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Closing net book amount

     2,176       277       229       225       1,877       4,784  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year ended June 30, 2020

            

Cost

     3,160       525       424       1,285       2,869       8,263  

Accumulated depreciation

     (984     (247     (195     (1,060     (992     (3,479
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net book amount

     2,176       277       229       225       1,877       4,784  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year ended June 30, 2021

            

Opening net book amount

     2,176       277       229       225       1,877       4,784  

Additions

     2,168       36       182       292       381       3,059  

Disposals

     —         —         (99     (148     —         (247

Depreciation

     (1,040     (185     (63     (372     (652     (2,312

Exchange rate variation

     185       27       (5     21       177       405  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Closing net book amount

     3,489       155       244       18       1,783       5,689  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year ended June 30, 2021

            

Cost

     5,648       606       457       1,403       3,524       11,638  

Accumulated depreciation

     (2,159     (451     (213     (1,384     (1,741     (5,948
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net book amount

     3,489       155       244       18       1,783       5,689  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense is recorded within operating costs in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss and amounted to $2.3 million for the year ended June 30, 2021 ($1.3 million for the year ended June 30, 2020).

 

F-63


Note 14 – Borrowings

 

Current liabilities

   June 30, 2021
$’000
     June 30, 2020
$’000
 

Interest-bearing borrowings

     —          3  

Convertible notes

     36,546        —    

Credit card liability

     25        11  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

     

Interest-bearing borrowings

     38,350        31,441  

Related party borrowings

     6,392        5,240  

Borrowing costs

     (981      (1,152
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total borrowings

     80,332        35,543  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Borrowings Rollforward

   June 30, 2021
$’000
     June 30, 2020
$’000
 

Opening Balance – July 1

     35,543        9,873  

Drawdowns of facilities

     32,493        38,179  

Issuance costs of borrowings capitalised

     286        (1,162

Repayment of borrowings

     —          (12,392

Capitalisation of Interest

     8,273        612  

Credit card borrowings

     10        (4

Foreign currency translations movements

     3,727        437  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Closing Balance – June 30

     80,332        35,543  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current borrowings

Mandatorily Convertible Notes

The Group has recognized the issuance of zero coupon mandatorily convertible notes in January and May 2021 with a subscription value of the AUD equivalent of $33.8 million and a maturity date of 12 months from the date of issuance. The notes will be settled through the issue of a variable number of common shares equivalent to the face value of the notes determined by reference to the fair value of the shares at the redemption date less a 30% discount for the January 2021 issuance and a 20% discount for the May 2021 issuance.

The notes contain a contingent acceleration clause upon occurrence of a change in control event. Upon such an event, the notes must be settled on the same basis and same amount as on maturity. The Group has determined the feature to be an ‘embedded derivative’ requiring recognition separate from the note liability. The fair value of the embedded derivative recognized is $0.87 million as of June 30, 2021. After recognition of the separate embedded derivative, the Group accounts for the notes at amortized cost, with the discount amortized in interest expense over the life of the notes.

The following table sets out the sensitivity analysis of key inputs used in determination of fair value:

 

Inputs

   Fair value output
$’000
 

Financial instruments – derivative value recognized

     874  

Probability +10%

     961  

Probability -10%

     786  

 

F-64


Note 14 – Borrowings  (cont.)

 

Non-current borrowings

Senior Loan Note Subscription Agreement

On April 30, 2020, the Group entered into a Senior Loan Note Subscription Agreement (“borrowings”) for finance of $33.8 million. The outstanding balance at June 30, 2021 is $38.3 million (June 30, 2020: $31.4 million).

Issuance costs of $1.0 million were incurred on entering this arrangement. These issuance costs are deducted from the borrowings balance.

The borrowings attract interest at the coupon rate of 11%. This accrued interest on borrowings is capitalized into the balance of the borrowings and is repayable in full with the principal at termination date.

The borrowings are secured through the inventory value of the Group as well as through the minimum liquidity reserves. Total security provided at June 30, 2021 is $40.6 million (June 30, 2020: $30 million).

The borrowings have a number of conditions including the following Financial Covenants commencing on March 31, 2022.

Total Leverage Ratio (TLR) must not be greater than the corresponding level specified below in respect of the Compliance Date

 

 

TLR of 3.00x for March 31, 2022 and June 30, 2022

 

 

TLR of 2.5x for September 30, 2022

 

 

TLR of 2.5x each compliance date thereafter

Total Interest Cover Ratio must not be less than 3.00x

The borrowings are payable on the loan termination date of December 31, 2024, or upon the occurrence of certain events such as change in control, IPO event, among others; whichever is the earliest.

The Group’s borrowing arrangements contain a change in control clause that requires immediate repayment of $38.3 million in borrowings together with a prepayment amount of $5.9 million upon occurrence of a change in control event. Such a feature in the borrowings agreement has been determined to be an ‘embedded put option’ requiring recognition separate from the borrowing at fair value. One of the Group’s shareholders (Vontier) holds an option to acquire all of the share capital of the Company for fair value. This shareholder option may be exercised from July 2021 to January 2022 subject to certain conditions precedent and agreement on the determination of fair value between shareholders in accordance with the Shareholders’ Deed. Should that option be exercised, the borrowings will become immediately due and payable including a prepayment charge as a result of the operation of the change in control provision. Refer to Note 27 ‘Subsequent events’.

Additionally, in May 2021, the Group entered into a Business Combination Agreement subject to a number of certain conditions precedent including shareholder approval by both parties to the agreement (Note 28). Immediately on satisfaction of those conditions, the borrowings and prepayment charge would also become due and payable. As at June 30, 2021, shareholder approvals had not yet been obtained, nor the other conditions satisfied. The Group expects shareholders to vote on the matter and the other conditions to be resolved within the next 12 months.

The fair value of the prepayment right has been based on unobservable market data (Level 3) which considers the total prepayment fee and the likelihood of the event occurring.

 

F-65


Note 14 – Borrowings  (cont.)

 

The Group has assessed that the probability of occurrence of these events has considerably increased since the previous reporting date. The Group considered a range of probabilities in estimating the fair value of this put option and determined that the probability of the occurrence of this event is in the range of 75 – 95%. Based on this range, the Group has determined the fair value at $5.9 million. The movement has been recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Loss under fair value movements – derivatives.

The following table sets out the sensitivity analysis of key inputs used in determination of fair value:

 

Inputs

   Fair value output
$’000
 

Financial instruments – derivative value recognized

     5,947  

Probability +10%

     6,646  

Probability -10%

     5,247  

Mandatory prepayment deferred by 4 months

     4,840  

Shareholder Loan Agreement (“St Baker Energy Holdings Pty Ltd Loan”)

The Group entered into a Shareholder Loan Agreement (“borrowing”) on May 5, 2020. Finance of $5.6 million was obtained from this borrowing agreement. The outstanding balance at June 30, 2021 is $6.4 million (June 30, 2020: $5.2 million).

The borrowing attracts interest at the coupon rate of 11%. This accrued interest on the borrowing is capitalized into the balance of the loan and is repayable in full with the principal at termination date.

The borrowings are secured through the inventory value of the Group. Total security provided at June 30, 2021 is $40.6 million (June 30, 2020: $30.4 million). The borrowing is repayable on the termination date of December 31, 2024.

NAB Facility

The Group has a NAB facility which is used for credit cards, bank guarantees and other liabilities in the Group. The NAB facility is 100% supported by term deposits and is a non-interest bearing facility. Security over the facility is held by term deposits of $1.0 million. The total facility limit is $1.7 million and a total of $0.1 million is unused as of June 30, 2021.

Fair Value Measurements

The fair values of the Group’s financial assets and financial liabilities reflect the amounts that would be received to sell the assets or paid to transfer the liabilities in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (exit price).

The fair value of the Group’s long-term debt with fixed interest rates is based on market prices, if available, or expected future cash flows discounted at the current interest rate for financial liabilities with similar risk profiles (level 2 fair value hierarchy). Based on this assessment the fair value of the Group’s long-term debt is materially the same as the carrying value.

 

F-66


Note 15 – Employee Benefits

 

Current liabilities

   June 30, 2021
$’000
     June 30, 2020
$’000
 

Annual leave

     2,037        1,410  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

     

Long service leave

     125        199  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total employee benefits

     2,162        1,609  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 16 – Other Liabilities

 

Current liabilities

   June 30, 2021
$’000
     June 30, 2020
$’000
 

Insurance and other liabilities

     90        73  

Cash settled employee liabilities

     5,345        —    

Deferred fulfillment liabilities

     432        —    

Commissions

     234        364  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current other liabilities

     6,101        437  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred fulfillment liabilities are inventories that are to be provided based on a specific terms and arrangements as agreed with an external party.

Note 17 – Other Provisions

 

Current liabilities

   June 30, 2021
$’000
     June 30, 2020
$’000
 

Warranties

     1,384        1,190  

Legal Provisions

     326        1,509  

Bonus Provision

     627        276  

Transaction and offering related fees

     3,012        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

     

Warranties

     2,541        2,380  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other provisions

     7,890        5,355  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Provision for warranties

   June 30, 2021
$’000
     June 30, 2020
$’000
 

Opening balance of warranties – July 1

     3,570        2,976  

Warranty utilized during the year

     (2,308      (2,166

Provision created during the year

     2,329        2,808  

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     334        (48
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Closing balance of provision for warranties – June 30

     3,925        3,570  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 18 – Right of Use Assets and Lease Liabilities

 

     June 30, 2021
$’000
     June 30, 2020
$’000
 

Total right of use assets, net

     18,312        14,120  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Lease liabilities

     

Current lease liabilities

     2,941        2,327  

Non-current lease liabilities

     17,660        13,680  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total lease liabilities

     20,601        16,007  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-67


Note 18 – Right of Use Assets and Lease Liabilities  (cont.)

 

The Group has lease contracts for various property, buildings, motor vehicles and other equipment used within its operations. The Group’s obligations under its leases are secured by the lessor’s title to the leased assets. Generally, the Group is restricted from assigning and subleasing the leased assets. There are several lease contracts that include extension and termination options.

The Group had total cash outflows for leases of $1.1 million in 2021 ($1.8 million in 2020). The Group recognized expenses relating to short term leases of $0.01 million in 2021 ($0.01 million in 2020).

The weighted average incremental borrowing rate at June 30, 2021 was 1.45% (June 30, 2020: 3.12%). As most of the Group’s leases do not provide an implicit rate of return, the use of the incremental borrowing rate has been adhered to, based on the information available at lease commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments.

For the current period ending June 30, 2021, the maturity of the lease payments is as follows:

 

Operating leases

   Amount
$’000
 

June 30, 2022

     2,986  

June 30, 2023

     2,953  

June 30, 2024

     2,918  

June 30, 2025

     3,010  

June 30, 2026

     1,091  

Thereafter

     10,255  
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

     23,213  
  

 

 

 

Less interest

     (2,612
  

 

 

 

Present value of lease liabilities

     20,601  
  

 

 

 

Less: current portion

     (2,941
  

 

 

 

Long term portion of lease liabilities

     17,660  
  

 

 

 

The weighted average lease term is 7.4 years for the June 30, 2021 period (June 30, 2020: 7.4 years).

The Group has several lease contracts that include extension and termination options. These options are negotiated by management to provide flexibility in managing the leased-asset portfolio and align with the Group’s business needs. Management exercises significant judgement in determining whether these extension and termination options are reasonably certain to be exercised.

In December 2020, the Group entered into a lease renewal agreement in respect of the property located at 48 Miller Street, Murarrie Queensland, Australia. As a result, the right-of-use asset and lease liability at December 2020 was remeasured by applying the new lease term of another eight years from January 2021 including the new lease payments that apply from January 2021 under the new agreement. The annual discount rate applied to 48 Miller Street, Murarrie was revised to 1.92% (3.5% in 2020).

 

F-68


Note 19 – Contract Liabilities

 

Current liabilities

   June 30, 2021
$’000
     June 30, 2020
$’000
 

Customer advance deposits

     6,561        1,902  

Unearned revenue

     2,637        103  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

     

Unearned revenue

     1,618        2,590  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contract liabilities

     10,816        4,595  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

It is expected that the performance obligations recognised as current contract liabilities which are yet to be satisfied for the June 30, 2021 will be recognised in revenue in the next 12 months. Apportioned amounts recorded as a contract liability at June 30, 2020 of $0.12 million has been recognised in revenue from sales of products in the 2021 period.

Unearned revenue represents the sale of extended warranties which is recognized as revenue over the term of the extended warranty.

Customer advance deposits represent advance payments for products, which are made at the time the order is placed and is recorded as revenue once the performance obligation is satisfied.

Note 20 – Segment Reporting

The following table presents revenue by the Group’s reportable segments:

 

     Hardware Revenue              
     Stand Alone
$’000
    Distributed Chargers
$’000
    Other
$’000
    Total Hardware
Revenue
$’000
    Service and
Maintenance
Revenue
$’000
    Total Revenue
$’000
 

Year ended June 30, 2020

            

Revenue

     13,817       27,431       230       41,478       5,491       46,969  

Cost of goods sold

     (13,682     (31,867     (256     (45,805     (2,138     (47,943
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Segment gross profit/(loss)

     135       (4,436     (26     (4,327     3,353       (974
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year ended June 30, 2021

            

Revenue

     20,084       32,974       504       53,562       2,595       56,157  

Cost of goods sold

     (21,099     (33,718     (371     (55,188     (2,873     (58,061
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Segment gross profit/(loss)

     (1,015     (744     133       (1,626     (278     (1,904
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of goods sold referenced in the table above does not include depreciation or amortization.

The Group manages its business across seven operating segments for the purposes of assessing performance and making operating decisions. These operating segments are based on stand alone products, distributed chargers and other products.

These operating segments are aggregated into 3 reportable segments, being stand alone products, distributed chargers and other products. Stand alone charging systems are single units. Distributed charging systems can have multiple user units all connected in the one system.

The operating segments meet the qualitative criteria for aggregation in this manner as the operating segments that are aggregated into the stand alone segment have similar economic characteristics, are similar in nature and they have similar manufacture, distribution chains and customers. This is also the case for those operating segments that are aggregated into the ‘distributed chargers’ segment.

 

F-69


Note 20 – Segment Reporting  (cont.)

 

Other products are managed as a single operating and reportable segment and are monitored by the CODM in this way.

The Group believes the current method of segment reporting reflects both the way its business segments are currently managed and the way the performance of each segment is evaluated.

The Group does not monitor services and maintenance revenue as it is not considered a key part of the current business operations.

The Group’s Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM) uses revenue and gross margin/loss to evaluate segment performance and allocate resources. The CODM does not evaluate operating segments using asset or liability information nor are there any other performance metrics or measures used to monitor the operations.

The accounting policies of the reportable segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies and there are no inter-segment revenues or costs.

In terms of concentration of customer risks, revenues from one customer in the distributed chargers segment represents approximately $17 million of the total amount (2020: $17.1 million). In aggregate, no customer represents more than 10% of the total revenue.

The following table reconciles segment gross (loss) to loss from operations and a calculation of segment gross margin:

 

     Group  
     Year Ended
June 30, 2021
$’000
    Year Ended
June 30, 2020
$’000
 

Revenue

     56,157       46,969  

Cost of goods sold

     (58,061     (47,943

Segment gross (loss)

     (1,904     (974

Selling, general and administration expense

     (30,748     (22,537

Product development expense

     (10,521     (9,548

Depreciation expense

     (2,312     (1,309
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (45,485     (34,368
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Segment gross (loss)

     (1,904     (974

Revenue

     56,157       46,969  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Segment gross margin

     (3.4 )%      (2.1 )% 

The Group has historically assessed segment performance on a measure of segment gross profit/(loss). Segment gross profit (loss) is calculated as revenue less cost of goods sold, exclusive of depreciation. This measure does not include depreciation related to assets used in production as the effect has been immaterial to date. The Group will monitor the segment performance metric prospectively and will include an allocation of depreciation and amortization if the respective charges become material.

The following table presents the Group’s revenue by geographic area based on the entity that has entered the external contract to supply the product and services. The entity’s geographical area is based on the place of incorporation.

 

     Group  
     Year Ended
June 30, 2021
$’000
     Year Ended
June 30, 2020
$’000
 

Australia

     5,044        10,420  

United States

     12,730        5,802  

The Netherlands

     38,383        30,747  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

     56,157        46,969  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-70


Note 20 – Segment Reporting  (cont.)

 

The following table presents long-lived assets by geographic area on the same basis as detailed above:

 

     Group  
     Year Ended
June 30, 2021
$’000
     Year Ended
June 30, 2020
$’000
 

Australia

     17,716        11,138  

United States

     4,953        5,315  

The Netherlands

     2,682        3,201  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-lived assets

     25,351        19,654  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Group’s manufacturing and inventory is predominately located in and supplied from Australia.

Note 21 – Loss Per Share

 

     Group  

Basic EPS

   June 30, 2021      June 30, 2020  

Net loss attributable to common shareholders

     (58,389,069      (31,819,734

Weighted average number of common shares

     67,892,971        66,295,918  

EPS – common shareholders

     (0.86      (0.48

Net loss attributable to class C shareholders

     (4,702,784      (2,624,569

Weighted average number of class C shares

     5,468,249        5,468,249  

EPS – class C shareholders

     (0.86      (0.48

Net loss per share information is determined using the two-class method, which includes the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period and other securities that participate in dividends (a participating security). The two-class method requires income available to ordinary shareholders for the period to be allocated between ordinary shares and participating securities based upon their respective rights to receive dividends as if all income for the period had been distributed. The Group’s class C shares are participating securities as defined by Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 260-10, Earnings Per Share, and as such the net loss for the periods presented was allocated to these participating securities. Under the two-class method, basic net loss per share applicable to ordinary shareholders is computed by dividing the net loss applicable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted-average number of shares of ordinary shares outstanding for the reporting period.

Diluted loss per share is computed by dividing loss available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of share of common shares outstanding during the period increased to include the number of additional common shares that would have been outstanding if the potentially dilutive securities had been issued, using the treasury-share method. As the Group incurred losses for all periods presented, potentially dilutive securities of 5,361,826 and 2,055,828 (issued subject to limited recourse loans) as of June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020 have been excluded from fully diluted loss per share as their impact is anti-dilutive and would reduce the loss per share.

Note 22 – Share Options Outstanding

Loan Funded Share Plan (“LFSP”)

In 2017 the Group adopted the LFSP. Pursuant to the LFSP, the Group issued common shares to employees to purchase such common shares with an interest free, limited recourse loan payable to the Group. These limited recourse loans were not collateralized and were not recourse to the assets of the borrower, except to the extent of the shares issued. Because the loans were the sole consideration for the shares issued, the Group accounts for

 

F-71


Note 22 – Share Options Outstanding  (cont.)

 

these arrangements as share options since the substance is similar to the grant of an option, with a deemed exercise price equal to the loan amount. The fair value of the notional share options is expensed in the period in which the notional share options are issued, with a corresponding credit to additional paid-in capital. The limited recourse loans are repayable in 7 years from the issuance of the common shares. There are no service or performance conditions attached to the notional share options issued under the LFSP.

The shares issued under the loan funded share plan are treasury shares. The balance of the limited recourse loans outstanding relating to these treasury shares as of June 30, 2021, and 2020 were $15 million and $3.7 million. The Group does not recognize a separate receivable for limited recourse loans as the LFSP is accounted for as share-based compensation. As at June 30, 2021, the total compensation value associated with the LFSP is $15 million (based on the fair value inputs disclosed) of which $9.6 million has not been recognized (as it relates to nonvested awards). No tax benefits have been recorded or expected due to significant tax losses and valuation allowance recognized due to uncertainty of recovery. No compensation expenses have been recorded as part of an asset.

The Group has issued the following share-based compensation subject to limited recourse loans:

 

    Average
Weighted Life
Contractually
Remaining
(Years)
    Average
Weighted
Fair Value
AUD $
    Average
Weighted
Exercise
Price
AUD $
    June 30, 2021
No. of shares
    Average
Weighted Life
Contractually
Remaining (Years)
    Average
Weighted
Fair Value
AUD $
    Average
Weighted
Exercise
Price
AUD $
    June 30, 2020
No. of shares
 

Balance of shares subject to options at beginning of year

    4.82       1.44       2.60       2,055,828       5.82       1.44       2.60       2,055,828  

Options granted

    7       1.31       4.44       3,305,998       —         —         —         —    

Options exercised

    —         —           —         —         —         —         —    

Options cancelled

    —         —           —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at reporting date (vested and exercisable)

    5.31       1.36       3.74       5,361,826       4.82       1.44       2.60       2,055,828  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shadow Equity Plan (“SEP”)

In July 2018, the Group adopted SEP. The SEP is akin to a share appreciation right where an eligible employee is given the right to receive an amount of cash, the value of which equals the appreciation in the Group’s share value between the award’s grant date and its vesting date. The share appreciation right vests upon the occurrence of an entitlement event or 7 years whichever is earlier.    

The Group had issued 27,451 rights under the SEP up to June 2020. During the year ended June 30, 2021, further issues of 1,584,077 rights were made by the Group. An assessment of the fair value of the rights was made at each period utilising an option pricing methodology. The share price is a key assumption in the option pricing model. At June 30, 2021 the share price has been based on the price per share pursuant to the current purchase consideration agreement with DCRN. To determine the FV of the rights outstanding as at the year end, this share price has been discounted to reflect the estimated market value at this point in time. The expected timing of the entitlement event has been estimated to be 7 months from June 30, 2021. The weighted fair value for the appreciation rights outstanding as at June 30, 2021 was assessed to be AUD $8.74 (PY: AUD $2.46). As at June 30, 2021, the total compensation value associated with the SEP is $10.58 million (based on the fair value inputs disclosed) of which $5.24 million has not been recognized (as it relates to nonvested awards). No tax benefits have been recorded or expected due to significant tax losses and valuation allowance recognized due to uncertainty of recovery. No compensation expenses have been recorded as part of an asset.

 

F-72


Note 22 – Share Options Outstanding  (cont.)

 

The carrying amount of the liability relating to the SEPs at June 30, 2021, was $5.3 million (2020: nil). The total expense arising from share-based payment transactions during the year is $5.2 million (2020: nil).

 

    Weighted average fair value
of the rights
AUD $
    2021
No. of shares
    Weighted average fair value
of the rights
AUD $
    2020
No. of shares
 

Balance of shares subject to options at beginning of year

    2.46       27,451       2.46       27,451  

Rights granted

    8.76       1,584,077       —         —    

Rights exercised

    —         —         —         —    

Rights cancelled

    —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at reporting date

    8.74       1,611,528       2.46       27,451  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

On July 29, 2021, there was a SEP share issue of 100,000 due to a modification. The share issue was made from LFSP shares to SEP shares.

Note 23 – Fair Valuation of Share-Based Payments

LFSP

The Group uses the fair value method in recognizing share-based compensation expense. The fair value of each notional share option is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model including a range of assumptions.    

The weighted average fair value for share options that were outstanding (including issuances in the year) as at June 30, 2021 and 2020 are as follows:

 

     Group  
     June 30, 2021     June 30, 2020  

Risk free interest rate

     1.59     2.18

Expected term

     1.5 years       2.5 years  

Expected volatility

     60     40

Dividend yield

     0.00     0.00

Grant value fair value per share

   $ 1.36 AUD     $ 1.44 AUD  

Share price

   $ 3.74 AUD     $ 2.60 AUD  

Aggregate intrinsic value of shares vested and not yet exercised (USD)

   $ 2,835,795     $ 2,605,641  

The fair value of the underlying ordinary shares considered the price per share paid by investors in the Company’s private financings in addition to independent external valuations obtained.

The Group historically has been a private company and lacks company-specific historical and implied volatility information. Therefore, it estimates its expected share volatility based on the historical volatility of its publicly traded peer companies and expects to continue to do so until such time as it has adequate historical data regarding the volatility of its own traded share price.

The expected term of the share options has been determined based on an assessment of the estimated timing that employees would either exercise or an entitlement event would occur.

The risk-free interest rate is determined by reference to the appropriate reserve bank yield in effect at the time of grant of the award for time periods approximately equal to the expected term of the award.

 

F-73


Note 23 – Fair Valuation of Share-Based Payments  (cont.)

 

Expected dividend yield is based on the fact that the Group has never paid cash dividends and does not expect to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

SEP

The weighted average fair value for the share appreciation rights under the SEP that were outstanding (including issuances in the year) as at June 30, 2021 and 2020 was determined using the following key inputs:

 

     Group  
     June 30, 2021     June 30, 2020  

Risk free interest rate

     0.04     0.04

Expected term

     0.6 years       1.6 years  

Expected volatility

     60     60

Dividend yield

     0.00     0.00

Indicative share price

   $ 12.13 AUD     $ 4.44 AUD  

Offer value

   $ 3.40 AUD     $ 4.44 AUD  

The following table sets out the sensitivity analysis of the vesting period as a key input used in determination of fair value:

 

Inputs

   Fair value output
$
 

Vesting period used from June 2021 at 7 months

     5,345  

Estimated vesting period from June 2021 at 5 months

     6,204  

Estimated vesting period from June 2021 at 12 months

     3,993  

Changes to the vesting period alone will not change the overall amount payable however will increase or decrease the liability as at June 30, 2021.

The following table sets out the sensitivity analysis of the indicative share price at $12.13 AUD as a key input used in determination of fair value:

 

Inputs

   Fair value output
$
 

Share price used from June 2021

     5,345  

Share price increase of 25%

     7,186  

Share price decrease of 25%

     3,518  

Changes to the indicative share price will increase or decrease the final amount payable. The above table details the sensitivity of the model to the indicative share price, however the amount payable upon vesting will be driven by the actual share price at that date.

Note 24 – Commitments and Contingent Liabilities

Legal Proceedings

Any material legal proceedings have been provided for as at June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020 as disclosed in note 17. Legal proceedings were related to product matters and have since been settled within the amounts provided for. Any differences are immaterial.

 

F-74


Note 24 – Commitments and Contingent Liabilities  (cont.)

 

Contingent Liabilities

In relation to the execution of the business combination agreement with DCRN, should the Group terminate the agreement, a termination fee of $50 million is payable. Reference note 28 ‘Other events’ for the key terms of the agreement and the conditions for termination. As June 30, 2021, the outflow of these funds has not been deemed probable and as such no provision has been allocated. The Group did not have any contingent liabilities as of June 30, 2020.

Contractual Commitments

The Group did not have any commitments as of June 30, 2021 or June 30, 2020.

Note 25 – Related Party Disclosures

Unless otherwise disclosed, transactions with other related parties are made on normal commercial terms and at market rates. All related parties are companies that are associated shareholders.

 

     Year Ended
June 30, 2021
$’000
     Year Ended
June 30, 2020
$’000
 

Related Parties

     

Gilbarco

     

St Baker Energy

     

Fast Cities Australia

     

Transactions

     

Purchases from Gilbarco

     335        1  

Hardware revenue to Gilbarco

     19,122        6,402  

Service and maintenance revenue to Gilbarco

     —          2  

Payables to Gilbarco

     142        —    

Receivables from Gilbarco

     2,471        3,510  

Purchases from St Baker Energy

     256        194  

Payables to St Baker Energy

     23        20  

Hardware revenue to Fast Cities Australia

     2,141        981  

Receivables from Fast Cities Australia

     520        378  

Service and maintenance revenue to Fast Cities Australia

     1        —    

Loans payable to St Baker Energy

     6,392        5,240  

Payables to Gilbarco and St Baker Energy are included in the Trade Payables total.

Transactions with Gilbarco

Vontier, as a nominee for Gilbarco, had a 90 day option to purchase the company exercisable post the finalization of the 2021 financial statements. Vontier’s option was waived for a consideration of $7.1 million on August 1, 2021. Refer to ‘Subsequent events’ Note 27.

The Group had an exclusivity agreement with Gilbarco, an affiliate of Vontier, which provides exclusive distribution rights to Gilbarco to sell the Group’s products into the fuel retail channel, with the exception of charge point operators. This agreement expired on August 31, 2021. The receivables due at the end of the period are payable within 60 days and are normal trade receivables.

 

F-75


Note 25 – Related Party Disclosures  (cont.)

 

Transactions with Fast Cities

The Group has sold products to Fast Cities during the period at normal trading terms. The receivables due at the end of the period are payable within 30 days.

Loans payable to St Baker Energy

The terms of this arrangement have been disclosed in note 14.

Note 26 – Tritium Holdings Pty Ltd and Controlled Entities

Controlled entities

 

Name of entity

  Ownership interest 2021     Ownership interest 2020     Place of
incorporation
 

Tritium America Corporation

    100     100     United States of America  

Tritium Technologies LLC

    100     100     United States of America  

Tritium Europe B.V

    100     100     The Netherlands  

Tritium Technologies B.V

    100     100     The Netherlands  

Tritium Pty Ltd

    100     100     Australia  

Tritium Nominee Pty Ltd

    100     100     Australia  

Tritium Technologies Limited

    100     —         The United Kingdom  

Tritium America Corporation is the parent company to Tritium Technologies LLC, a foreign trading entity. Similarly, Tritium Europe BV is the parent company of the trading entity Tritium Technologies BV.

Note 27 – Subsequent Events

The Group has assessed subsequent events up to September 24, 2021, which is the date on which these financial statements were available to be issued.

Working capital funding has been secured with an extension to the CIGNA borrowings for a further $29.4 million to continue the company operations as intended. Finance of $29.4 million was provided based on the Senior Loan Note Subscription Agreement on July 27, 2021 with the interest rate charged at the coupon rate of 11%. Security for the loan is provided by a General Security Deed guaranteed by the original guarantors who are Tritium Pty Ltd, Tritium Holdings Pty Ltd, Tritium America Corp, Tritium Technologies LLC, Tritium Europe B.V. and Tritium Technologies B.V.

The Group has additionally received a committed purchase order from IONITY for $18 million dated July 23, 2021.

On August 1, 2021, Vontier, as a nominee for Gilbarco, agreed to waive their option to acquire Tritium via settlement of $7.1 million. This represents settlement of payment for Tritium to reacquire the option held by Vontier for the right to acquire Tritium.

As required by Sarbanes-Oxley regulations, the Group plans to forgive the loans made to directors and executives prior to completion of the merger. These loans are in relation to the Loan Funded Share Plan, as discussed in Note 22, Share Options Outstanding.

 

F-76


Note 28 – Other Events

In May 2021, the Company entered into a business combination agreement with Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation II (“DCRN”), a special purpose acquisition company. The business combination is expected to be completed in the fourth quarter of calendar year 2021, or early 2022, subject to, among other things, the approval by DCRN shareholders, the approval by the Company shareholders, the waiver of options held by one of our shareholders (obtained in August 2021), SEC review of registration statement and the satisfaction or waiver of other customary closing conditions.

In relation to the execution of the business combination agreement with DCRN, should the Group terminate the agreement, a termination fee of $50 million is payable.

The business combination agreement may be terminated, and the transactions may be abandoned at any time prior to the closing, notwithstanding any requisite approval and adoptions of the agreement and the transaction by the DCRN shareholders, as follows:

 

  (a)

by mutual written consent of DCRN and the Group;

 

  (b)

by either DCRN or the Group if the closing shall not have occurred prior to January 14, 2022 (subject to various extension provisions);

 

  (c)

by either DCRN or the Group if any Governmental Authority shall have enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered any injunction, order, decree or ruling (whether temporary, preliminary or permanent) which has become final and non-appealable and has the effect of making consummation of the transactions illegal or otherwise preventing or prohibiting consummation of the transactions; or

 

  (d)

by either DCRN or the Group if the DCRN shareholder approval is not obtained at the DCRN shareholders’ meeting.

 

F-77


PART II. INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 6.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Australian law. Australian law provides that a company or a related body corporate of the company may provide for indemnification of a person as an officer or auditor of the company, except to the extent of any of the following liabilities incurred as an officer or auditor of the company:

 

   

a liability owed to the company or a related body corporate of the company;

 

   

a liability for a pecuniary penalty order made under section 1317G or a compensation order under section 961M, 1317H, 1317HA, 1317HB, 1317HC or 1317HE of the Corporations Act; or

 

   

a liability that is owed to someone other than the company or a related body corporate of the company and did not arise out of conduct in good faith.

Australian law provides that a company or related body corporate of the company must not indemnify a person against legal costs incurred in defending an action for a liability incurred as an officer or auditor of the company if the costs are incurred:

 

   

in defending or resisting proceedings in which the officer or director is found to have a liability for which they cannot be indemnified as set out above;

 

   

in defending or resisting criminal proceedings in which the person is found guilty;

 

   

in defending or resisting proceedings brought by the ASIC or a liquidator for a court order if the grounds for making the order are found by the court to have been established (except costs incurred in responding to actions taken by the ASIC or a liquidator as part of an investigation before commencing proceedings for the court order); or

 

   

in connection with proceedings for relief to the officer or a director under the Corporations Act, in which the court denies the relief.

Constitution. Our constitution provides, to the extent permitted by and subject to any applicable law, for the indemnification of each director, secretary and officer of our company, or a subsidiary of our company against any liability incurred by that person in such capacity, and for any legal costs incurred in defending or resisting (or otherwise in connection with) proceedings, whether civil or criminal or of an administrative or investigatory nature, in which the person becomes involved because of that capacity.

SEC Position. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling our company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, our company has been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

Item 7.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Set forth below is information regarding all securities sold or granted by us within the past three years that were not registered under the Securities Act and the consideration, if any, received by us for such securities:

 

   

In connection with the Subscription Agreement, on or about, or prior to, March 17, 2022, we expect to issue 2,500,000 Subscription Shares to Palantir for gross proceeds of approximately $15.0 million.

 

   

In connection with the Option Agreements, on or about, or prior to, March 17, 2022, we expect to issue 7,500,000 Option Shares to the Holders for gross proceeds of approximately $45.0 million.

 

II-1


Item 8.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

  (a)

The following exhibits are included in this registration statement on Form F-1:

 

          Incorporation by Reference
Exhibit
No.
  

Description

   Form      File No.      Exhibit No.      Filing Date
  2.1    Business Combination Agreement, dated May  25, 2021 by and among Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation II, Tritium Holdings Pty Ltd, Tritium DCFC Limited and Hulk Merger Sub, Inc.      F-4        333-259793        2.1      September 24,
2021
  2.2    First Amendment to the Business Combination Agreement, dated July  27, 2021 by and among Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation II, Tritium Holdings Pty Ltd, Tritium DCFC Limited and Hulk Merger Sub, Inc.      F-4        333-259793        2.2      September 24,
2021
  3.1    Constitution of Tritium DCFC Limited.      6-K        001-41226        3.1      January 14,
2022
  4.1    Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated January  13, 2022, by and among Tritium DCFC Limited and the holders named therein.      6-K        001-41226        10.1      January 14,
2022
  4.2    Warrant Assignment and Assumption Agreement dated January  13, 2022, by and among Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation II, Tritium DCFC Limited, Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as Warrant Agent.      6-K        001-41226        4.1      January 14,
2022
  4.3    Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement dated January  13, 2022, by and between Tritium DCFC Limited, Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company N.A.      6-K        001-41226        4.2      January 14,
2022
  4.4*    Specimen Ordinary Share Certificate.            
  5.1*    Opinion of Corrs Chambers Westgarth as to the validity of the Ordinary Shares to be issued.            
  5.2*    Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP as to the validity of the Warrants to be issued.            
10.1    Sponsor Support Agreement, dated as of May  25, 2021, by and among Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Sponsor II LLC, Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation II, Tritium DCFC Limited and Tritium Holdings Pty Ltd.      F-4        333-259793        10.1      September 24,
2021
10.2    Commitment Agreement, dated as of May  25, 2021, by and among Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation II, Tritium DCFC Limited and certain shareholders of Tritium Holdings Pty Ltd.      F-4        333-259793        10.2      September 24,
2021

 

II-2


          Incorporation by Reference
Exhibit
No.
  

Description

   Form      File No.      Exhibit No.      Filing Date
10.3    Termination Fee Side Letter, dated as of May  25, 2021, by and among Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation II and certain shareholders of Tritium Holdings Pty Ltd.      F-4        333-259793        10.3      September 24,
2021
10.4    Exit Notice, dated as of May 17, 2021.      F-4        333-259793        10.4      September 24,
2021
10.5*    Share Transfer Agreement.            
10.6    Form of Lock-Up Agreement.      F-4        333-259793        10.6      September 24,
2021
10.7    Loan Funded Share Plan of Tritium Holdings Pty Ltd.      F-4        333-259793        10.7      October 29,
2021
10.8    Tritium Technologies, LLC Shadow Equity Employee Plan      F-4        333-259793        10.8      October 29,
2021
10.9    Tritium Technologies B.V. Shadow Equity Employee Plan      F-4        333-259793        10.9      October 29,
2021
10.10    Tritium Pty Ltd Shadow Equity Employee Plan      F-4        333-259793        10.10      October 29,
2021
10.11    Confirmation of Financial Support, dated July  15, 2021, by and among Tritium Holdings Pty Ltd and certain of its shareholders.      F-4        333-259793        10.11      October 29,
2021
10.12    Senior Loan Note Subscription Agreement, dated April  30, 2020, by and among Tritium Holdings Pty Ltd, Commonwealth Bank of Australia and the other parties named therein.      F-4        333-259793        10.12      October 29,
2021
10.13    First Amendment Deed—Senior Loan Note Subscription Agreement, dated July  22, 2021, by and among Tritium Holdings Pty Ltd, Commonwealth Bank of Australia and the other parties named therein.      F-4        333-259793        10.13      October 29,
2021
10.14    Shareholder Loan Agreement, dated May 5, 2020, by and between Tritium Holdings Pty Ltd and St.  Baker Energy Holdings Pty Ltd.      F-4        333-259793        10.14      October 29,
2021
10.14.1*    Amendment Deed—St Baker Loan Agreement, dated January 21, 2022, by and between Tritium Holdings Pty Ltd, as borrower, Tritium Pty Ltd, as guarantor, and St Baker Energy Holdings Pty Ltd, as lender.            
10.15    Employment Agreement, dated November 24, 2020, by and between Tritium Pty Ltd and Jane Hunter.      F-4        333-259793        10.15      December 16,
2021
10.16    Employment Agreement, dated September 17, 2021, by and between Tritium Pty Ltd and Michael Hipwood.      F-4        333-259793        10.16      December 16,
2021

 

II-3


          Incorporation by Reference
Exhibit
No.
  

Description

   Form      File No.      Exhibit No.      Filing Date
10.17    Employment Agreement, dated May 4, 2012, by and between Tritium Pty Ltd and Dr. David Finn.      F-4        333-259793        10.17      December 16,
2021
10.18*    Tritium DCFC Limited Incentive Plan.            
10.19    Subscription Agreement (with respect to January 2021 issuance) by and among Tritium Holdings Pty Ltd and the investors named therein.      F-4        333-259793        10.19      December 16,
2021
10.20    Subscription Agreement (with respect to May 2021 issuance) by and among Tritium Holdings Pty Ltd and the investors named therein.      F-4        333-259793        10.20      December 16,
2021
10.21    Senior Loan Note Subscription Agreement, dated December  7, 2021, by and among Tritium Holdings Pty Ltd, Commonwealth Bank of Australia and the other parties named therein.      F-4        333-259793        10.21      December 16,
2021
10.21.1*    Senior Loan Note Subscription Agreement dated 7  December 2021 amongst, among others, HealthSpring Life & Health Insurance Company, Inc., Cigna Health and Life Insurance Company and Barings Target Yield Infrastructure Debt Holdco 1 S.À R.L. and Tritium Pty Ltd (LNSA)—CP Waiver Letter.            
10.22    Form of Option Agreement.      6-K        001-41226        10.2      January 14,
2022
10.23*    Form of Deed of Access, Insurance and Indemnity for Directors.            
10.24*    Form of Deed of Access, Insurance and Indemnity for Officers.            
10.25*    Form of Letter of Confirmation of Benefit under Tritium Technologies, LLC Shadow Equity Employee Plan.            
10.26*    Form of Letter of Confirmation of Benefit under Tritium Technologies, B.V. Shadow Equity Employee Plan.            
10.27*    Form of Letter of Confirmation of Benefit under Tritium Pty Ltd Shadow Equity Employee Plan.            
10.28    Amended and Restated Subscription Agreement, dated January 31, 2022, by and among the Registrant, DCRN and Palantir.      6-K        001-41226        10.1      February 8,
2022
10.29*    Intercreditor Deed, dated January 24, 2022, by and among the Original Obligors, the Original Senior Creditors and the Original Subordinated Creditors (each as defined therein).            
21.1*    List of subsidiaries of Tritium DCFC Limited.            
23.1*    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers.            

 

II-4


          Incorporation by Reference
Exhibit
No.
  

Description

   Form      File No.      Exhibit No.      Filing Date
23.2*    Consent of WithumSmith+Brown, PC.            
23.3*    Consent of Corrs Chambers Westgarth (included as part of Exhibit 5.1 hereto).            
23.4*    Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP (included as part of Exhibit 5.2 hereto).            
24.1*    Power of Attorney (included on the signature page of this Registration Statement).            
107*    Filing Fee Table.            

 

*

Filed herewith.

(b)

Financial Statement Schedules

All schedules have been omitted because they are not required, are not applicable or the information is otherwise set forth in the financial statements or notes thereto.

 

Item 9.

Undertakings

(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;

(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof), which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and

(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(4) To file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement to include any financial statements required by Item 8.A of Form 20-F at the start of any delayed offering or throughout a continuous offering. Provided, however, that financial statements and information otherwise required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act need not be furnished, provided that the registrant includes in the prospectus, by means of a post- effective amendment, financial statements required pursuant to this paragraph (a)(4) and other information necessary to ensure that all other information in the prospectus is at least as current as the date of those financial statements.

 

II-5


(5) That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchasers, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

(6) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i) any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

(ii) any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(iii) the portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(iv) any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

(b)

(1) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes as follows: that prior to any public reoffering of the securities registered hereunder through use of a prospectus which is a part of this registration statement, by any person or party who is deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of Rule 145(c), the issuer undertakes that such reoffering prospectus will contain the information called for by the applicable registration form with respect to reofferings by persons who may be deemed underwriters, in addition to the information called for by the other items of this form.

(2) The registrant undertakes that every prospectus (i) that is filed pursuant to paragraph (1) immediately preceding or (ii) that purports to meet the requirements of Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act and is used in connection with an offering of securities subject to Rule 415, will be filed as a part of an amendment to the registration statement and will not be used until such amendment is effective, and that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(c) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by

 

II-6


controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(d) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Items 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this Form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.

(e) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

 

II-7


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Brisbane, State of Queensland, Australia on the 11th day of February, 2022.

 

Tritium DCFC Limited
By:   /s/ Jane Hunter
Name:   Jane Hunter
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below does hereby constitute and appoint each of Jane Hunter and Michael Hipwood, with full power of substitution and full power to act without the other, as his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent to act for him or her in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, and to file this registration statement, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in order to effectuate the same as fully, to all intents and purposes, as they or he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following person in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

 

Title

  

Date

By:  

/s/ Jane Hunter

Jane Hunter

  Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
   February 11, 2022
By:  

/s/ Michael Hipwood

Michael Hipwood

 

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

   February 11, 2022
By:  

/s/ Dr. David Finn

Dr. David Finn

  Chief Vision Officer and Executive Director    February 11, 2022
By:  

/s/ Robert Tichio

Robert Tichio

  Non-Executive Director and Chair    February 11, 2022
By:  

/s/ Trevor St. Baker AO

Trevor St. Baker AO

  Non-Executive Director    February 11, 2022
By:  

/s/ Kenneth Braithwaite

Kenneth Braithwaite

  Non-Executive Director    February 11, 2022
By:  

/s/ Kara Phillips

Kara Phillips

  Non-Executive Director    February 11, 2022
By:  

/s/ Edward Hightower

Edward Hightower

  Non-Executive Director    February 11, 2022

 

II-8


AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE IN THE UNITED STATES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Tritium DCFC Limited has duly caused this registration statement to be signed by the following duly authorized representative in the United States on February 11, 2022.

 

By:   /s/ Colleen A. De Vries
Name:   Colleen A. De Vries
Title:   Senior Vice President on behalf of Cogency Global Inc., Authorized Representative in the United States

 

II-9

EX-4.4

Exhibit 4.4

LOGO

EX-5.1

Exhibit 5.1

 

11 February 2022   

Tritium DCFC Limited

48 Miller Street

Murarrie QLD 4172

  

Contact

Alexandra Feros (07) 3228 9789

Email: alexandra.feros@corrs.com.au

Dear Sir/Madam

Registration Statement on Form F-1

We have been retained as Australian legal advisers to Tritium DCFC Limited ACN 650 026 314 (Tritium DCFC), a company which is incorporated in Australia, in connection with its filing of a registration statement on Form F-1, on or about 11 February 2022, to which this opinion letter is attached as an exhibit (such registration statement, as amended, including the documents incorporated by reference therein, the Registration Statement) under the U.S. Securities Act of 1993, as amended (Securities Act), with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the Exchange Commission).

The Registration Statement relates to the registration of:

 

(a)

up to 115,368,935 fully paid ordinary shares in the capital of Tritium DCFC, no par value (Ordinary Shares), consisting of:

 

  (i)

95,306,435 Ordinary Shares (BCA Shares) issued by Tritium DCFC to certain shareholders of Tritium DCFC pursuant to the business combination agreement between Tritium DCFC, Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation II (DCRN), Hulk Merger Sub, Inc. (Merger Sub) and Tritium Holdings Pty Ltd dated 26 May 2021, as amended (the Business Combination Agreement, and the transactions contemplated thereby, the Business Combination);

 

  (ii)

7,500,000 Ordinary Shares (Option Shares) Tritium DCFC anticipates issuing to certain shareholders in connection with the separate option agreements (each an Option Agreement and together, the Option Agreements) dated 13 January 2022 entered into by Tritium DCFC with each of: (i) Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Sponsor II, LLC (DCRN Sponsor); (ii) St Baker Energy Holdings Pty Ltd as trustee for St Baker Energy Innovation Trust; (iii) Varley Holdings Pty Ltd; and (iv) Ilwella Pty Ltd;

 

  (iii)

2,500,000 Ordinary Shares (Palantir Shares) Tritium DCFC anticipates issuing to Palantir Technologies Inc. in connection with the amended and restated subscription agreement dated 31 January 2022 between Tritium DCFC, DCRN and Palantir Technologies Inc.(the A&R Palantir Subscription Agreement); and


  (iv)

10,062,500 Ordinary Shares (DCRN Shares) held by the DCRN Sponsor and certain of DCRN’s previous management and board of directors that were previously held as shares of Class B common stock of DCRN, which was converted into shares of Class A common stock of DCRN in accordance with DCRN’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation at the effective time of the merger of Merger Sub with and into DCRN, and subsequently exchanged for Ordinary Shares in connection with the Business Combination; and

 

(b)

up to 8,366,667 warrants (Private Placement Warrants), originally issued to the DCRN Sponsor and certain of DCRN’s independent directors, which entitle warrant holders on exercise of a Private Placement Warrant to acquire one Ordinary Share pursuant to the amended and restated warrant agreement dated 13 January 2022 entered into between Tritium DCFC, Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A and the warrant assignment and assumption agreement dated 13 January 2022 between Tritium DCFC, DCRN, Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A.; and

 

(c)

up to 21,783,334 Ordinary Shares (Warrant Shares) which may become issuable upon exercise of warrants to purchase Ordinary Shares (Warrants).

The BCA Shares, Option Shares, Palantir Shares, DCRN Shares and Warrant Shares are together referred to in this letter as the Shares.

 

1

Material reviewed

In connection with the opinions in this letter, we have reviewed:

 

(a)

a copy of the Registration Statement;

 

(b)

a copy of the certificate of registration of Tritium DCFC;

 

(c)

a copy of the constitution of Tritium DCFC as at the date of this letter;

 

(d)

a copy of each Option Agreement;

 

(e)

a copy of the A&R Palantir Subscription Agreement;

 

(f)

a copy of the written resolutions of the directors of Tritium DCFC dated 26 May 2021 (Brisbane time), 25 September 2021 (Brisbane time), 13 January 2022 (Brisbane time), 14 January 2022 (Brisbane time) and 11 February 2022 (US Eastern time) authorising the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, the consummation of the Business Combination, the issue of the Shares and the filing of the Registration Statement (Board Resolutions);

 

(g)

the results of a search conducted on the date of this letter at 11:13 am Brisbane time of the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC) database for Tritium DCFC (ASIC Search); and

 

(h)

such other instruments, agreements, certificates, minutes and other documents we deem necessary in order to give the opinions expressed below.


We have also considered such questions of law as we have considered relevant or necessary in order to give the opinions expressed below.

 

2

Opinions

Subject to the assumptions and qualifications set out in Schedule 1 and elsewhere in this letter, and subject further to the following:

 

(a)

the Registration Statement, as finally amended, having become effective under the Securities Act and continuing to be so effective;

 

(b)

the Board Resolutions remaining in full force and effect and not having been rescinded or amended; and

 

(c)

valid entries having been made in relation to the issue of the Shares and the assumption of the Warrants in the books and registers of Tritium DCFC,

we are of the opinion that:

 

(d)

Tritium DCFC has been duly incorporated and is validly registered and existing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Australia;

 

(e)

the BCA Shares have been validly issued and fully paid and will not be subject to any call for payment of further capital;

 

(f)

the DCRN Shares have been validly issued and fully paid and will not be subject to any call for payment of further capital;

 

(g)

the Option Shares, if and when issued as described in the Registration Statement and in accordance with the applicable Option Agreement, will be validly issued and fully paid and will not be subject to any call for payment of further capital;

 

(h)

the Palantir Shares, if and when issued as described in the Registration Statement and in accordance with the A&R Palantir Subscription Agreement, will be validly issued and fully paid and will not be subject to any call for payment of further capital; and

 

(i)

if and when any Warrants have been validly exercised and the Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of such Warrants have been duly issued, those Warrant Shares will be validly issued and fully paid and will not be subject to any call for payment of further capital.

 

3

General

The opinions in this letter:

 

(a)

relate exclusively to the documents and transactions described in it;

 

(b)

are strictly limited to the matters stated in the opinion, and no opinion or belief is implied or may be inferred beyond the matters expressly stated in the opinion;

 

(c)

are addressed to and given for the benefit of Tritium DCFC and may be relied upon by Tritium DCFC and by persons entitled to rely upon it pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Securities Act. This letter may not in any circumstance be:

 

  (i)

relied upon, by any other person; or


  (ii)

used in connection with any other transaction,

without our prior written consent; and

 

(d)

are given solely to matters governed by, and should be interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the Commonwealth of Australia as in force and as interpreted at 9.00am Brisbane time on the date of this letter, and we have no obligation to inform you of any change in any relevant law occurring after that time.

We express no opinion as to any laws or any matter relating to any laws other than the laws of Australia.

We hereby consent to the filing of this letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the references therein to us. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act, as amended.

Yours faithfully

Corrs Chambers Westgarth

 

/s/ Alexandra Feros

Alexandra Feros
Partner


Schedule 1

Assumptions and Qualifications

 

1

Assumptions

We have assumed (without making any investigation) that:

 

(a)

with respect to all documents reviewed by us:

 

  (i)

all signatures, sealings or markings are genuine;

 

  (ii)

any individual, corporate entity or governmental authority signing, sealing or otherwise marking any of such documents had the requisite legal capacity at all relevant times to sign, seal or otherwise mark such documents;

 

  (iii)

all documents submitted to us as originals are authentic and complete;

 

  (iv)

all documents submitted to us as copies or as a reproduction (including facsimiles) conform to the authentic original documents; and

 

  (v)

the corporate records of Tritium DCFC are complete, true and accurate;

 

(b)

if we have reviewed a draft of a document rather than an executed copy, the document will be executed in the form of that draft;

 

(c)

Tritium DCFC has disclosed to us all the information it and any of its officers and employees are aware of and which might affect our findings;

 

(d)

any documents and information given to us by Tritium DCFC or any of its employees, officers, advisers, agents or representatives are accurate and complete;

 

(e)

all factual matters in all documents provided to us in connection with this opinion are true and correct;

 

(f)

each document reviewed by us has been validly executed by each entity expressed to be a party to it and the obligations of each party under each document reviewed by us are valid, blinding and (subject to the terms of each document) enforceable;

 

(g)

each party to a document reviewed by us, other than Tritium DCFC, is validly registered and existing under the laws of its place of incorporation;

 

(h)

each party to a document reviewed by us has the power to enter into and perform its obligations under that document and has taken all necessary corporate and other action to authorise the execution, delivery and performance of that document in accordance with its terms;

 

(i)

the filing of the Registration Statement with the Exchange Commission has been authorised by all necessary actions under all applicable laws other than Australian law;


(j)

the constitution of Tritium DCFC examined by us remains in full force and effect and no alteration has been made or will be made to the constitution prior to the date of allotment and issue of the Shares (Allotment Date);

 

(k)

the information disclosed by the ASIC Search conducted by us was complete, accurate and up to date as at the date of the ASIC Search, that the position has not changed since the time at which the ASIC Search was undertaken and that the result of the ASIC Search will remain complete and accurate at the Allotment Date;

 

(l)

Tritium DCFC has complied with its reporting and filing obligations under all applicable laws;

 

(m)

each document reviewed by us in connection with this opinion:

 

  (i)

is accurate, complete and up-to-date;

 

  (ii)

has not been varied, amended or terminated; and

 

  (iii)

has not been superseded by some other document or action of which we are not aware;

 

(n)

no material information or documents have been withheld from us, whether deliberately or inadvertently; and

 

(o)

the resolutions of the directors of Tritium DCFC were dully passed as written resolutions of the directors of Tritium DCFC, all constitutional, statutory and other formalities were duly observed and such resolution was duly adopted, and such resolution has not been revoked or varied and remains in full force and effect and will remain so at the Allotment Date.

 

2

Qualifications

Our opinions in this letter are subject to the following qualifications and limitations:

 

(a)

this opinion only relates to the laws in Australia in force at the date of this opinion and does not express or imply an opinion as to the laws of any other jurisdiction;

 

(b)

we are not able to comment on, and express no opinion on whether:

 

  (i)

the information given to us for the purposes of this opinion is adequate;

 

  (ii)

the documents given to us for the purposes of this opinion are complete;

 

  (iii)

the documents given to us for the purposes of this opinion comprise all relevant documents;

 

  (iv)

there is other information relevant to the matters referred to in this opinion;

 

  (v)

all relevant documents and information have been correctly filed; or

 

  (vi)

there are any other matters not brought to our attention which a reasonable person may consider material in relation to the matters referred to in this opinion;


(c)

we do not accept any responsibility for omissions or inaccuracies in this opinion resulting from documents or information not given to us;

 

(d)

we have relied on the ASIC Search and have not made any independent investigations or searches. We note that the records of ASIC available for public search may not be complete, accurate or up to date; and

 

(e)

if a person for whose benefit our opinion is given is actually aware of or believes there to be a false or misleading statement or an omission of the information requested to be provided to us in connection with the work performed by us in rendering this opinion, that person may not rely on this opinion in relation to that statement or omission and should seek legal advice on the specific matter concerned.

EX-5.2

Exhibit 5.2

 

 

 

LOGO

 

February 11, 2022

 

Tritium DCFC Limited

48 Miller Street

Murarrie, QLD 4172

Australia

  

330 North Wabash Avenue

Suite 2800

Chicago, Illinois 60611

Tel: +1.312.876.7700 Fax: +1.312.993.9767

www.lw.com

 

FIRM / AFFILIATE OFFICES

Austin                    Milan

Beijing                   Moscow

Boston                    Munich

Brussels                  New York

Century City           Orange County

Chicago                   Paris

Dubai                      Riyadh

Düsseldorf              San Diego

Frankfurt                 San Francisco

Hamburg                 Seoul

Hong Kong              Shanghai

Houston                    Silicon Valley

London                     Singapore

Los Angeles              Tokyo

Madrid                      Washington, D.C.

Re: Tritium DCFC Limited – Registration Statement on Form F-1

To the addressee set forth above:

We have acted as special counsel to Tritium DCFC Limited, a public limited company organized under the laws of Australia (the “Company”), in connection with its filing on the date hereof with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) of a registration statement on Form F-1 (the “Registration Statement”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), relating to the registration of (i) the offer and sale from time to time of (a) up to 115,368,935 outstanding shares (the “Resale Shares”) of ordinary shares of the Company, no par value (the “Ordinary Shares”), and (b) up to 8,366,667 warrants (the “Resale Warrants”) to acquire Ordinary Shares, in each case, by the selling securityholders named in the Registration Statement or their permitted transferees and (ii) the issuance by the Company of up to 21,783,334 ordinary shares (the “Warrant Shares”) upon the exercise of warrants to purchase ordinary shares (the “Warrants”). This opinion is being furnished in connection with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Act, and no opinion is expressed herein as to any matter pertaining to the contents of the Registration Statement or related prospectus or prospectus supplement (collectively, the “Prospectus”) other than as expressly stated herein with respect to the offer and sale of the Resale Warrants.

As such counsel, we have examined such matters of fact and questions of law as we have considered appropriate for purposes of this letter. With your consent, we have relied upon certificates and other assurances of officers of the Company and others as to factual matters without having independently verified such factual matters. We are opining herein as to the internal laws of the State of New York and we express no opinion with respect to the applicability thereto, or the effect thereon, of the laws of any other jurisdiction or as to any matters of municipal law or the laws of any local agencies within any state. Various matters concerning the laws of Australia are addressed in the opinion of Corrs Chambers Westgarth, which has been separately provided to you. We express no opinion with respect to those matters herein, and, to the extent such matters are necessary to the conclusions expressed herein, we have, with your consent, assumed such matters.

Subject to the foregoing and the other matters set forth herein, it is our opinion that, as of the date hereof, the Resale Warrants are the legally valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms.


February 11, 2022

Page 2

 

LOGO

Our opinion set forth herein is subject to: (i) the effect of bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, preference, fraudulent transfer, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting the rights and remedies of creditors; (ii) the effect of general principles of equity, whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law (including the possible unavailability of specific performance or injunctive relief), concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing, and the discretion of the court before which a proceeding is brought; (iii) the invalidity under certain circumstances under law or court decisions of provisions providing for the indemnification of or contribution to a party with respect to a liability where such indemnification or contribution is contrary to public policy; and (iv) we express no opinion as to (a) any provision for liquidated damages, default interest, late charges, monetary penalties, make-whole premiums or other economic remedies to the extent such provisions are deemed to constitute a penalty, (b) consents to, or restrictions upon, governing law, jurisdiction, venue, arbitration, remedies, or judicial relief, (c) waivers of rights or defenses, (d) any provision requiring the payment of attorneys’ fees, where such payment is contrary to law or public policy, (e) the creation, validity, attachment, perfection, or priority of any lien or security interest, (f) advance waivers of claims, defenses, rights granted by law, or notice, opportunity for hearing, evidentiary requirements, statutes of limitation, trial by jury or at law, or other procedural rights, (g) waivers of broadly or vaguely stated rights, (h) provisions for exclusivity, election or cumulation of rights or remedies, (i) provisions authorizing or validating conclusive or discretionary determinations, (j) grants of setoff rights, (k) proxies, powers and trusts, (l) provisions prohibiting, restricting, or requiring consent to assignment or transfer of any right or property, and (m) the severability, if invalid, of provisions to the foregoing effect.

With your consent, we have assumed (a) that the Warrants, that certain Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement, dated January 13, 2022, by and between the Company, Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., and that certain Warrant Assignment and Assumption Agreement, dated January 13, 2022, by and among the Company, Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation II, Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., in each case, relating to the Warrants, have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the parties thereto other than the Company, (b) that the Warrants constitute or will constitute legally valid and binding obligations of the parties thereto other than the Company, enforceable against each of them in accordance with their respective terms, and (c) that the status of the Warrants as legally valid and binding obligations of the parties will not be affected by any (i) breaches of, or defaults under, agreements or instruments, (ii) violations of statutes, rules, regulations or court or governmental orders or (iii) failures to obtain required consents, approvals or authorizations from, or to make required registrations, declarations or filings with, governmental authorities.

This opinion is for your benefit in connection with the Registration Statement and may be relied upon by you and by persons entitled to rely upon it pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Act. We consent to your filing this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to our firm contained in the Prospectus under the heading “Legal Matters.” In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

 

Sincerely,
/s/ LATHAM & WATKINS LLP
EX-10.5

Exhibit 10.5

 

LOGO     CLIFFORD CHANCE

THE PARTIES LISTED AT Schedule 2

TRITIUM DCFC LIMITED

TRITIUM HOLDINGS PTY LTD

DECARBONIZATION PLUS ACQUISITION CORPORATION II

 

 

SHARE TRANSFER AGREEMENT

 

 

 


CONTENTS

 

Clause         Page  
1.   Definitions and interpretation      4  
  1.1    Definitions in the Dictionary      4  
  1.2    Interpretation      4  
2.   Sale and purchase      5  
  2.1    Sale Shares      5  
  2.2    Purchase Price      5  
  2.3    Sale Shares Schedule      5  
  2.4    New Sellers      5  
  2.5    Title and risk      6  
  2.6    Waiver of pre-emptive rights and consent      6  
  2.7    Fractional shares      6  
  2.8    Purchase of all the Sale Shares      6  
3.   Conditions Precedent      6  
  3.1    Conditions      6  
  3.2    No Waiver      7  
  3.3    Satisfaction of the Conditions      7  
  3.4    No binding agreement for transfer      7  
4.   Completion      8  
  4.1    Time and place      8  
  4.2    Completion      8  
  4.3    Notice to complete      8  
  4.4    Completion simultaneous      8  
  4.5    Termination of Shareholders’ Deed      9  
  4.6    Post Completion      9  
  4.7    Sellers’ obligations in respect of the Consideration Shares      9  
5.   Period prior to Completion      9  
  5.1    Sellers’ obligations      9  
  5.2    Disclosure Document      9  
  5.3    Amendment of Loan Funded Share Plan Rules      10  

 

- i -


6.   Seller Warranties      10  
  6.1    Seller Warranties      10  
  6.2    Independent Seller Warranties      11  
  6.3    Maximum Claim exposure      11  
  6.4    Reliance      11  
  6.5    Notification of Seller Warranty breaches      11  
7.   Buyer Warranties      11  
  7.1    Buyer Warranties      11  
  7.2    Independent Buyer Warranties      11  
  7.3    Reliance      12  
8.   Termination      12  
  8.1    Termination      12  
  8.2    Effect of termination      13  
9.   Announcements, Exclusivity and Confidentiality      13  
  9.1    Announcements      13  
  9.2    Exclusivity      13  
  9.3    Confidentiality      14  
10.   Trustee limitation of liability      15  
  10.1    Application      15  
  10.2    Acknowledgement      15  
  10.3    Limited Capital      15  
  10.4    Limited rights to sue      16  
  10.5    Exceptions      16  
  10.6    Limited authority      16  
  10.7    Multiple capacities      16  
11.   Duties, costs and expenses, CGT withholding      16  
  11.1    Duties      16  
  11.2    Costs and expenses      16  
  11.3    Foreign resident CGT withholding tax      17  
  11.4    Withholding rights      17  
12.   GST      18  
  12.1    Definitions      18  
  12.2    GST      18  
  12.3    Tax invoices      18  
  12.4    Reimbursements      18  

 

- ii -


13.   Notices      19  
  13.1    Form of Notice      19  
  13.2    How Notice must be given and when Notice is received      20  
  13.3    Notice must not be given by electronic communication      20  
14.   Sellers’ Representative      20  
  14.1    Authority      20  
  14.2    Replacement      21  
  14.3    Rights and liabilities of the Sellers      21  
15.   General      22  
  15.1    Governing Law and jurisdiction      22  
  15.2    Invalidity and enforceability      22  
  15.3    Waiver      23  
  15.4    Variation      23  
  15.5    Assignment of rights      23  
  15.6    Further action to be taken at each party’s own expense      23  
  15.7    Entire agreement      23  
  15.8    Conflicts      24  
  15.9    No reliance      24  
  15.10    Damages inadequate      24  
  15.11    Counterparts      24  
  15.12    Relationship of the parties      24  
  15.13    Exercise of discretions      24  
  15.14    Service of process      25  
  15.15    Remedies cumulative      25  
  15.16    No merger      25  
  15.17    Attorneys      25  
  15.18    Intended Tax Treatment      25  
Schedule 1 Dictionary and Interpretation      26  
Schedule 2 Seller Parties      35  
Schedule 3 Seller Warranties      65  
Schedule 4 Buyer Warranties      68  
Schedule 5 Completion Steps      70  
Schedule 6 Form of STA Deed of Accession      72  

 

- iii -


THIS SHARE TRANSFER AGREEMENT is made on 23 December 2021

BETWEEN:

 

(1)

The parties listed at Schedule 2, including any Sellers who accede to this agreement pursuant to a STA Accession Deed (“Sellers”);

 

(2)

Tritium DCFC Limited (ACN 650 026 314) of 48 Miller Street, Murarrie, Queensland 4172, Australia (“Buyer”);

 

(3)

Tritium Holdings Pty Ltd (ACN 145 324 910) of 48 Miller Street, Murarrie, Queensland 4172, Australia (“Company”); and

 

(4)

Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation II, a Delaware corporation of 2744 Sand Hill Road, Menlo Park, California 94025, USA (“SPAC”).

RECITALS:

 

(A)

The Sellers are the registered holders of all the Sale Shares. Each of the Sellers owns the Sale Shares set out opposite the name of that Seller in Schedule 2.

 

(B)

On the terms and subject to the conditions of this agreement, the Buyer makes an offer (“Rollover Offer”) on the same terms to each of the Sellers to acquire all of the Sale Shares held by each Seller for the issue of Consideration Shares.

 

(C)

Each of the Sellers has agreed to accept the Rollover Offer and sell the Sale Shares set out opposite the name of that Seller in Schedule 2 to the Buyer, and the Buyer has agreed to buy the Sale Shares from the Sellers pursuant to the Rollover Offer, on the terms and conditions of this agreement.

THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

 

1.

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1

Definitions in the Dictionary

A term or expression starting with a capital letter:

 

  (a)

which is defined in the Dictionary in Schedule 1, has the meaning given to it in the Dictionary unless otherwise expressly provided in this agreement;

 

  (b)

which is defined in the Corporations Act, but is not defined in the Dictionary, has the meaning given to it in the Corporations Act; and

 

  (c)

which is defined in the GST Law, but is not defined in the Dictionary or the Corporations Act, has the meaning given to it in the GST Law.

 

1.2

Interpretation

The interpretation clause in Schedule 1 sets out rules of interpretation for this agreement.

 

- 4 -


2.

SALE AND PURCHASE

 

2.1

Sale Shares

On Completion:

 

  (a)

each of the Sellers (other than the Appointing Beneficiaries) must sell the Sale Shares set out opposite the name of that Seller in columns 5 and 6 of the table in Schedule 2, free and clear from all Encumbrances (other than as created by the Commitment Agreement), and the Buyer must purchase the Sale Shares, on the terms and subject to the conditions of this agreement; and

 

  (b)

each of the Appointing Beneficiaries shall procure that the Bare Trustee sells the Sale Shares set out opposite that Appointing Beneficiary’s name in columns 5 and 6 of the table in Schedule 2, free and clear from all Encumbrances (other than as created by the Commitment Agreement), and the Buyer must purchase the Sale Shares, on the terms set out in this agreement.

 

2.2

Purchase Price

 

  (a)

The consideration for the sale of the Sale Shares is the payment by the Buyer of the Purchase Price.

 

  (b)

The Purchase Price shall be paid by the Buyer issuing the Consideration Shares to each Seller in their Respective Proportions at the Effective Time in accordance with clause 4.

 

2.3

Sale Shares Schedule

 

  (a)

Subject to clause 2.3(b), the determination of the Respective Proportion of Consideration Shares to be issued to each of the Sellers shall be calculated in accordance with the Sale Shares Schedule which sets out the number of Sale Shares held by the Sellers immediately prior to Completion, as set out opposite the name of each Seller in columns 5 and 6 of the Sale Shares Schedule.

 

  (b)

The Sellers’ Representative may, at least 2 Business Days prior to Completion, deliver to Buyer and SPAC a final Sale Shares Schedule setting out:

 

  (i)

any additional Sellers who have acceded to this agreement; and

 

  (ii)

any revised numbers of Sale Shares issued to the Sellers between the date of this agreement and Completion.

 

2.4

New Sellers

If, after the date of this agreement and prior to Completion, the Company issues equity interests or any securities convertible into equity interests to any person who is not already a party to this agreement:

 

  (a)

any such issuance must be conditional on the person first entering into a binding STA Deed of Accession and a SHD Deed of Accession; and

 

- 5 -


  (b)

the Company must promptly provide a copy of such STA Deed of Accession and SHD Deed of Accession under the Shareholders’ Deed to the Buyer and SPAC.

 

2.5

Title and risk

Title to and risk in the Sale Shares passes to the Buyer with effect on and from Completion.

 

2.6

Waiver of pre-emptive rights and consent

Each Seller:

 

  (a)

waives and releases any and all restrictions on transfer (including pre-emptive rights) that might exist in respect of the Sale Shares, whether under the Shareholders’ Deed, the Constitution or otherwise; and

 

  (b)

consents to the Transactions and each matter incidental to those Transactions, for all purposes, including under the Shareholders’ Deed, the Employee Equity Plan Offer Letter, the Loan Funded Share Plan Rules and all such other documents which regulate the Sale Shares.

 

2.7

Fractional shares

No fractional Consideration Shares will be issued in accordance with this agreement and any fractional Consideration Shares to which the Seller would otherwise be entitled shall be rounded up or down to the nearest whole number of Consideration Shares, as applicable, with a fraction of 0.5 to be rounded up unless to do so would exceed the total number of Consideration Shares.

 

2.8

Purchase of all the Sale Shares

The Sellers need not complete the sale, and the Buyer need not complete the purchase, of any of the Sale Shares unless the sale and purchase of all the Sale Shares is completed simultaneously.

 

3.

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

3.1

Conditions

Clauses 2 and 4 are not binding on the parties and are of no force or effect unless and until the following Conditions have been satisfied:

 

  (a)

all conditions precedent to the Company’s and SPAC’s obligations to effect the Transactions set forth in the Business Combination Agreement shall have been satisfied or waived (other than the condition in clause 9.01(g) of the Business Combination Agreement in respect of the transfer of the Sale Shares to the Buyer pursuant to this agreement);

 

  (b)

each Rollover Offer shall have been accompanied by a disclosure document in compliance with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act (other than where the Rollover Offer has been made to any Seller to whom disclosure is not required to be given pursuant to an exemption under, or relief given pursuant to, the Corporations Act).

 

- 6 -


3.2

No Waiver

The Conditions in clause 3.1(a) and 3.1(b) may not be waived. Both the Buyer and the Sellers have the benefit of the Conditions in clause 3.1(a) and clause 3.1(b).

 

3.3

Satisfaction of the Conditions

 

  (a)

Each of the Buyer, the Company, SPAC and the Sellers must use its reasonable endeavours to ensure that the Conditions in clause 3.1 are satisfied as soon as practicable after the date of this agreement and in any event on or before the Outside Date.

 

  (b)

Each of the Buyer, the Company, SPAC and the Sellers must provide all reasonable assistance to the others as is necessary to satisfy the Conditions.

 

  (c)

The Sellers must provide to the Buyer, SPAC and the Company all information as may be reasonably requested by the Buyer, SPAC or the Company for the purposes of procuring the satisfaction of the Conditions in clause 3.1. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this agreement, the Buyer, SPAC and the Company may disclose such information obtained from the Sellers or the Group as it reasonably considers to be necessary or desirable to any Government Agency in connection with the satisfaction of the Conditions in clause 3.1.

 

  (d)

Each party must within one Business Day notify the other parties in writing if it becomes aware that a Condition:

 

  (i)

is satisfied; or

 

  (ii)

becomes incapable of being satisfied before the Outside Date.

 

  (e)

Each party may terminate this agreement by giving not less than 2 Business Days written notice to the other parties if at any time before Completion:

 

  (i)

the Conditions are not satisfied by the Outside Date; or

 

  (ii)

any Condition becomes incapable of being satisfied, or the parties agree that any Condition cannot be satisfied, by the Outside Date,

and provided that the terminating party is not in breach of a material obligation under clauses 3.3(a) to 3.3(d).

 

3.4

No binding agreement for transfer

For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this agreement will cause a binding agreement for the transfer of shares or the sale of assets to arise unless and until the Conditions have been satisfied and no person will obtain rights in relation to Sale Shares or Consideration Shares as a result of this agreement unless and until the Conditions have been satisfied.

 

- 7 -


4.

COMPLETION

 

4.1

Time and place

Completion must take place at the office of Clifford Chance at Level 16, 1 O’Connell Street, Sydney NSW 2000 at the Effective Time subject to the satisfaction of the Conditions, or at such other place, time and date (or electronically) as the parties may agree.

 

4.2

Completion

On or before Completion, the Sellers and the Buyer must carry out the Completion Steps referable to it in accordance with Schedule 5.

 

4.3

Notice to complete

 

  (a)

If Completion does not occur in accordance with this clause 4 because of the failure of the Buyer or the Sellers (“Defaulting Party”) to satisfy its obligations under clause 4.2 and Schedule 5 then:

 

  (i)

the Sellers (where the Defaulting Party is the Buyer);

 

  (ii)

the Buyer (where the Defaulting Party is one or more of the Sellers);

 

  (iii)

SPAC (where the Defaulting Party is either the Buyer or one or more of the Sellers),

(in each case the “Notifying Party”) may give the Defaulting Party a notice requiring the Defaulting Party to satisfy those obligations within a period of 5 Business Days from the date of the notice and declaring time to be of the essence in relation to that notice.

 

  (b)

If the Defaulting Party fails to comply with the notice given under clause 4.3(a), the Notifying Party may, without limitation to any other rights it may have, terminate this agreement by giving written notice to the Buyer or the Sellers (as applicable). Any termination by the Buyer pursuant to this clause 4.3(b) is subject to the consent of SPAC.

 

4.4

Completion simultaneous

 

  (a)

Subject to clause 4.4(b), the actions to take place at Completion as contemplated by this clause 4 are interdependent and, unless otherwise stated, all actions required to be performed by a party at Completion, once those actions are completed, are taken to have occurred simultaneously on the Completion Date. If any obligation specified in this clause 4 is not performed on or before Completion then, without limiting the rights of the parties, Completion is taken not to have occurred and any document delivered, or payment made, under clause 4 must be returned to the party that delivered it or paid it.

 

  (b)

SPAC may, in its sole discretion, waive any or all of the actions that the Sellers are required to perform under clause 4.2 and the Seller Representative, on behalf of the Sellers, may, in its sole discretion, waive any or all of the actions that the Buyer is required to perform under clause 4.2.

 

- 8 -


4.5

Termination of Shareholders’ Deed

Subject to Completion occurring:

 

  (a)

each Seller and the Company agrees that the Shareholders’ Deed terminates in accordance with clause 30.1 thereof, effective from Completion and each Seller agrees that after such termination, the clauses referenced in clause 30.2 of the Shareholders’ Deed continue in force.

 

  (b)

each Seller and the Company:

 

  (i)

agrees that all rights, obligations and Liabilities of each of the parties to the Shareholders’ Deed under the Shareholders’ Deed is extinguished with effect immediately following Completion;

 

  (ii)

agrees that the Shareholders’ Deed has no force or effect immediately following Completion;

 

  (iii)

waives and releases all Claims it had under or in connection with the Shareholders’ Deed, effective from Completion.

 

4.6

Post Completion

Immediately following Completion the Buyer must procure that all necessary forms are lodged with the appropriate Government Agency (including ASIC) to reflect the actions taken under clause 4.2.

 

4.7

Sellers’ obligations in respect of the Consideration Shares

Effective upon Completion, each Seller agrees to accept the issue of its Consideration Shares, to become a member of the Buyer and to be bound by the constitution of the Buyer.

 

5.

PERIOD PRIOR TO COMPLETION

 

5.1

Sellers’ obligations

Between the date of this agreement and the earlier of the Completion Date and the termination of this agreement, except with the prior written consent of SPAC, the Sellers shall not take any actions or omit to take any actions to cause the Company to be in breach of the Business Combination Agreement.

 

5.2

Disclosure Document

As promptly as reasonably practicable after the date of this agreement, the Buyer, the Company and SPAC will prepare and mutually agree upon (such agreement not to be unreasonably withhold, conditioned or delayed) a disclosure document in compliance with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act to ensure that each Rollover Offer will be made in compliance with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act (other than where the

 

- 9 -


Rollover Offer has been made to any Seller to whom disclosure is not required to be given pursuant to an exemption under, or relief given pursuant to, the Corporations Act). Each of the Buyer, the Company and SPAC agrees to promptly furnish the other all information concerning such party, its subsidiaries, representatives and shareholders that may be required or reasonably requested in connection with any action contemplated by this clause 5.2, except that that none of the Buyer, the Company and SPAC shall use any such information for any purposes other than those contemplated by this agreement unless:

 

  (a)

such party obtains the prior written consent of the other to such use (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed); or

 

  (b)

to the extent that use of such information is required to avoid violation of applicable law.

 

5.3

Amendment of Loan Funded Share Plan Rules

 

  (a)

The parties acknowledge that:

 

  (i)

the Loan Funded Share Plan Rules may need to be amended by the Company in order to facilitate the transfer of any Sale Shares issued in accordance with the Loan Funded Share Plan Rules to the Buyer in accordance with the terms and conditions of this agreement; and

 

  (ii)

Sale Shares issued in accordance with the Loan Funded Share Plan Rules may need to be bought back by the Company in accordance with the Loan Funded Share Plan Rules (and, if the subject of a buy-back by the Company, would not be Sale Shares for the purposes of this agreement).

 

  (b)

The parties agree to use reasonable endeavours to take such actions as may be reasonably necessary in respect of Sale Shares issued in accordance with the Loan Funded Share Plan Rules to either:

 

  (i)

facilitate the transfer of those Sale Shares to the Buyer in accordance with the terms and conditions of this agreement (which may, without limitation, require amendment of the Loan Funded Share Plan Rules); or

 

  (ii)

facilitate the buy-back of those Sale Shares by the Company in accordance with the Loan Funded Share Plan Rules.

 

6.

SELLER WARRANTIES

 

6.1

Seller Warranties

Each of the Sellers represents and warrants to each of the Buyer and SPAC, in respect of itself and the Sale Shares held by it only, that each of the Seller Warranties is true and accurate on its terms:

 

  (a)

in respect of each Seller Warranty that is expressed to be given on a particular date, on that date; and

 

- 10 -


  (b)

in respect of each other Seller Warranty, as at entry into this agreement and immediately before Completion.

 

6.2

Independent Seller Warranties

Each of the Seller Warranties is to be construed independently of the others and is not limited by reference to any other Seller Warranty.

 

6.3

Maximum Claim exposure

Notwithstanding anything else in this agreement, a Seller’s maximum liability to SPAC or the Buyer for any Claims made against the Seller under or relating in any way to this agreement or its subject matter is limited to that Seller’s Respective Proportion of the Purchase Price.

 

6.4

Reliance

Each Seller acknowledges that each of the Buyer and the SPAC has entered into this agreement and will complete this agreement in reliance on the Seller Warranties.

 

6.5

Notification of Seller Warranty breaches

The Sellers must promptly notify the Buyer and SPAC if at any time after the date of this agreement any one of them becomes aware that:

 

  (a)

a Seller Warranty was not true when given, or has ceased to be true (if it was repeated); or

 

  (b)

an act or event has occurred that would or might reasonably be expected to result in a Seller Warranty ceasing to be true if it were repeated immediately before or at Completion,

and must also provide the Buyer and SPAC with details of that fact.

 

7.

BUYER WARRANTIES

 

7.1

Buyer Warranties

The Buyer represents and warrants to the Sellers and SPAC that each of the Buyer Warranties is true and accurate on its terms:

 

  (a)

in respect of each Buyer Warranty that is expressed to be given on a particular date, on that date; and

 

  (b)

in respect of each other Buyer Warranty, as at entry into this agreement and immediately before Completion.

 

7.2

Independent Buyer Warranties

Each of the Buyer Warranties is to be construed independently of the others and is not limited by reference to any other Buyer Warranty.

 

- 11 -


7.3

Reliance

The Buyer acknowledges that each of the Sellers and SPAC has entered into this agreement and will complete this agreement in reliance on the Buyer Warranties.

 

8.

TERMINATION

 

8.1

Termination

 

  (a)

Each of SPAC, the Buyer and the Company may terminate this agreement at any time before Completion by notice in writing to the other parties if the Business Combination Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms.

 

  (b)

SPAC may terminate this agreement at any time before Completion by notice in writing to the Buyer, the Company and the Sellers if:

 

  (i)

in respect of the Seller Warranties in clause 1 of Schedule 3:

 

  (A)

a breach of Seller Warranty occurs before Completion such that in respect of a Seller Warranty that is given on the date of this agreement, such Seller Warranty was not true except for de minimis inaccuracies when given or would not be true except for de minimis inaccuracies if such Seller Warranty was repeated; or

 

  (B)

a breach of Seller Warranty occurs before Completion such that in respect of a Seller Warranty that is given immediately before or at Completion, such Seller Warranty could not reasonably be expected to be true except for de minimis inaccuracies when it is given immediately before or at Completion; and

 

  (ii)

in respect of all other Seller Warranties:

 

  (A)

a breach of Seller Warranty occurs before Completion such that in respect of a Seller Warranty that is given on the date of this agreement, such Seller Warranty was not true in all material respects when given or would not be true in all material respects if such Seller Warranty was repeated; or

 

  (B)

a breach of Seller Warranty occurs before Completion such that in respect of a Seller Warranty that is given immediately before or at Completion, such Seller Warranty could not reasonably be expected to be true in all material respects when it is given immediately before or at Completion,

in each case provided that if such breach is curable, SPAC may not terminate this agreement for so long as the Seller that is in breach continues to use reasonable endeavours to cure such breach, unless such breach is not cured by such Seller on the date that is the earlier of thirty days after notice of such breach is provided by SPAC to the Buyer, the Company and the Sellers and the Outside Date.

 

- 12 -


8.2

Effect of termination

 

  (a)

If this agreement is terminated under clause 3.3(e), 4.3(b), 8 or 15.5, then:

 

  (i)

each party is released from its obligations to further perform its obligations under this agreement, except those expressed to survive termination;

 

  (ii)

each party retains the rights it has against the other in respect of any breach of this agreement occurring before termination; and

 

  (iii)

any confidential information of the Sellers or Group Companies in the Buyer’s possession or control will be subject to the terms of the Confidentiality Agreement.

 

  (b)

This clause 8 and clauses 1 (Definitions and interpretation), 9.3 (Confidentiality), 11.1 and 11.2 (Duties, costs and expenses), 12 (GST), 13 (Notices), 14 (Sellers’ Representative) and 15 (General) continue to apply after termination of this agreement.

 

9.

ANNOUNCEMENTS, EXCLUSIVITY AND CONFIDENTIALITY

 

9.1

Announcements

A party may not make any public announcement relating to this agreement or the Business Combination Agreement (including the fact that the parties have executed this agreement and the Business Combination Agreement) unless the parties have consented to the announcement, including the form and content of that disclosure, or unless the announcement would be permitted under an exemption in clause 9.3(a)(i) or 9.3(a)(ii) or under the Business Combination Agreement.

 

9.2

Exclusivity

 

  (a)

Prior to Completion or the termination of this agreement, the Sellers shall not, and shall cause their respective Affiliates and its and their respective Representatives not to, directly or indirectly:

 

  (i)

enter into, solicit, initiate or continue any discussions or negotiations with, or encourage or respond to any inquiries, indications of interest, offers or proposals by, or participate in any negotiations with, or provide any information to, or otherwise cooperate in any way with, any person or other entity or “group” within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, concerning an Alternative Transaction;

 

  (ii)

enter into any agreement regarding, continue or otherwise participate in any discussions regarding, or furnish to any person any information with respect to, or cooperate in any way that would otherwise reasonably be expected to lead to, any Alternative Transaction; or

 

  (iii)

commence, continue or renew any due diligence investigation regarding any Alternative Transaction,

 

- 13 -


provided that the execution, delivery and performance of this agreement and the Business Combination Agreement and the consummation of the Transactions contemplated hereby and thereby shall not be deemed a violation of this clause 9.2.

 

  (b)

Each Seller shall, and shall cause its Affiliates and their respective Representatives to, immediately cease any and all existing discussions or negotiations with any person conducted prior to entering into this agreement with respect to any Alternative Transaction.

 

  (c)

If a Seller or its Representative receives any inquiry or proposal with respect to an Alternative Transaction at any time prior to the Completion, then such Seller shall promptly (and in no event later than twenty-four (24) hours after such Seller becomes aware of such inquiry or proposal) notify such person in writing that such Seller is subject to an exclusivity agreement with respect to the Transactions contemplated under this agreement that prohibits such Seller from considering such inquiry or proposal. Without limiting the foregoing, the Sellers agree that any violation of the restrictions set forth in this clause 9.2 by a Seller or any of its Affiliates or their respective Representatives shall be deemed to be a breach of this clause 9.2 by such Seller.

 

9.3

Confidentiality

 

  (a)

Each party (“recipient”) must keep secret and confidential, and must not divulge or disclose any information relating to another party or its business (which is disclosed to the recipient by the other party, its representatives or advisers), this agreement or the terms of the Transactions other than to the extent that:

 

  (i)

the information is in the public domain as at the date of this agreement (or subsequently becomes in the public domain other than by breach of any obligation of confidentiality binding on the recipient);

 

  (ii)

the recipient is required to disclose the information by applicable Law (other than under section 275 of the PPSA to the extent that disclosure is not required under that section if it would breach a duty of confidence) or the rules of any recognised stock exchange on which its shares or securities or the shares or securities of any of its Related Bodies Corporate are listed or proposed to be listed, provided that the recipient has to the extent possible having regard to the required timing of the disclosure consulted with the provider of the information as to the form and content of the disclosure and must disclose only the minimum information required to comply with the applicable Law or rule;

 

  (iii)

the disclosure is made by the recipient to its financiers or lawyers, accountants, investment bankers, consultants or other professional advisers to the extent necessary to enable the recipient to properly perform its obligations under this agreement or to conduct their business generally, in which case the recipient must ensure that such persons keep the information secret and confidential and do not divulge or disclose the information to any other person;

 

- 14 -


  (iv)

the disclosure is made by SPAC or the Buyer to a direct or indirect investor in SPAC or the Buyer, to the members of advisory and investment committees of any fund, trust, limited partnership or similar vehicle managed or advised by SPAC or its Related Body Corporate, or to investors, proposed investors, advisors or financiers of any fund, trust, limited partnership or similar vehicle managed or advised by SPAC or its Related Body Corporate;

 

  (v)

the disclosure is required for use in legal proceedings regarding this agreement or the Transactions contemplated under this agreement;

 

  (vi)

the party to whom the information relates has consented in writing before the disclosure; or

 

  (vii)

the disclosure is otherwise permitted by this agreement or the Business Combination Agreement or is necessary to enable SPAC or the Buyer to give effect to, or exercise any rights or powers it has under or in connection with the Transactions.

 

  (b)

Each recipient must ensure that its directors, officers, employees, agents, representatives, advisers and Related Bodies Corporate comply in all respects with the recipient’s obligations under this clause 9.2.

 

  (c)

Nothing in this agreement is to be construed as constituting the consent of a party, with respect to a Security Interest created by this agreement, to the disclosure of the terms of this agreement for the purpose of section 275(7) of the PPSA. No party who is the grantor of a Security Interest under this agreement will, after the date of this agreement, consent to the disclosure of the terms of this agreement to an interested person for the purpose of section 275 of the PPSA.

 

  (d)

To the extent not prohibited by the PPSA, each party that is the grantor of a Security Interest under this agreement waives its right to receive any notice otherwise required to be given by a secured party under section 157 (verification statements) or any other provision of the PPSA.

 

10.

TRUSTEE LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

 

10.1

Application

In this clause 10 the term “Trustee” means each Seller who enters into this agreement in the capacity of a trustee (in respect of each such Trustee, its “Trust”).

 

10.2

Acknowledgement

Each Trustee and each party acknowledges that the Trustee enters into this agreement in its capacity as trustee of its Trust.

 

- 15 -


10.3

Limited Capital

Each Trustee enters into this agreement only in its capacity as trustee of its Trust and in no other capacity. Except with respect to any liability arising under clause 6 of Schedule 3, any liability arising under or in connection with this agreement is limited to, and can be enforced against the Trustee only to the extent to which it can be satisfied out of the assets of its Trust out of which the Trustee is actually indemnified for the liability. This limitation of the Trustee’s liability applies despite any other provision of this agreement and extends to all liabilities and obligations of the Trustee in any way connected with any representation, warranty, conduct, omission, agreement or transaction related to this agreement.

 

10.4

Limited rights to sue

No other party may sue the Trustee in any capacity other than as trustee of the Trust, including seeking the appointment of a receiver (except in relation to property of the Trust), a liquidator, an administrator, or any similar person to the Trustee or prove in any liquidation, administration or arrangement of or affecting the Trustee (except in relation to property of the Trust).

 

10.5

Exceptions

The provisions of this clause 10 do not apply to any obligation or liability of the Trustee to the extent that is not satisfied under, the deed governing the Trust or by operation of Law there is a reduction in the extent of the Trustee’s indemnification out of the assets of the Trust, as a result of the Trustee’s fraud, negligence or breach of trust.

 

10.6

Limited authority

No attorney, agent, receiver or receiver and manager appointed in accordance with this agreement has authority to act on behalf of the Trustee in a way which exposes the Trustee to any personal liability.

 

10.7

Multiple capacities

Notwithstanding this clause 10, nothing prevents a party suing a Trustee in his or her personal capacity if that Trustee is a party to this agreement both as trustee of a relevant trust and in its personal capacity and the Trustee has breached its obligations under this agreement in its personal capacity.

 

11.

DUTIES, COSTS AND EXPENSES, CGT WITHHOLDING

 

11.1

Duties

The Buyer must pay all Duty in respect of the execution, delivery and performance of this agreement.

 

11.2

Costs and expenses

Unless otherwise provided for in this agreement or unless otherwise agreed between the parties:

 

  (a)

each party must pay its own costs and expenses in respect of the negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery and registration of this agreement and any other agreement or document entered into or signed under this agreement; and

 

- 16 -


  (b)

any action to be taken by the Buyer or the Seller in performing its obligations under this agreement must be taken at its own cost and expense unless otherwise provided in this agreement.

 

11.3

Foreign resident CGT withholding tax

 

  (a)

For the purposes of subsection 14-225(2) of Schedule 1 of the TAA, by entering into this agreement each Seller declares, for the period beginning from the day before the date of this agreement until Completion, that each Seller is, and will be, an Australian resident for Australian income tax purposes or, to the extent the Seller is not an Australian resident, that the Sale Shares held by that Seller are membership interests but not indirect Australian real property interests.

 

  (b)

If Completion occurs later than the date that is six months after the date of this agreement, each Seller must deliver to the Buyer, on or before Completion, a further declaration that the Seller is, and will be, an Australian resident for Australian income tax purposes or, to the extent the Seller is not an Australian resident, that the Sale Shares held by that Seller are membership interests but not indirect Australian real property interests.

 

  (c)

The Buyer acknowledges and agrees that:

 

  (i)

clause 11.3(a) constitutes a declaration for the purposes of sections 210(3) and 14-225(2) of Schedule 1 to the TAA, given by each Seller to the Buyer;

 

  (ii)

the Buyer does not know the declaration in clause 11.3(a)to be false in respect of any Seller; and

 

  (iii)

As a result of the matters referred to in clauses 11.3(c)(i) and 11.3(c)(ii), and provided that a declaration referred to in clause 11.3(b) (if any) is not known to be false when given, the Buyer will not (despite any provision to the contrary in this agreement, including clause 11.4):

 

  (A)

withhold a CGT Withholding Amount from any payment to be made to the Sellers; or

 

  (B)

pay a CGT Withholding Amount to the Commissioner of Taxation,

in connection with this agreement.

 

11.4

Withholding rights

The Buyer shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from the Purchase Price any amounts required under applicable Law.

 

- 17 -


12.

GST

 

12.1

Definitions

Words used in this clause 12 that have a defined meaning in the GST Law, have the same meaning as in the GST Law unless the context indicates otherwise.

 

12.2

GST

 

  (a)

Unless expressly stated otherwise, any consideration (monetary or non-monetary) payable or to be provided or amount used in the calculation of a sum payable under or in connection with this agreement has been determined without regard to GST.

 

  (b)

To the extent that any supply made under or in connection with this agreement is a taxable supply (other than any supply made under another agreement that contains a specific provision dealing with GST), the recipient must pay, in addition to the consideration provided under this agreement for that supply (unless it expressly includes GST) an amount (“additional amount”) equal to the amount of that consideration (or its GST exclusive market value) multiplied by the rate at which GST is imposed in respect of the supply. The recipient must pay the additional amount at the same time as the consideration to which it is referable.

 

  (c)

Whenever an adjustment event occurs in relation to any taxable supply to which clause 12.2(a) applies:

 

  (i)

the supplier must determine the amount of the GST component of the consideration payable;

 

  (ii)

if the GST component of that consideration differs from the amount previously paid, the amount of the difference must be paid by, refunded to or credited to the recipient, as applicable; and

 

  (iii)

the supplier must issue the recipient with a tax invoice or adjustment note within 21 days of the supplier becoming aware of the adjustment.

 

12.3

Tax invoices

The supplier must issue a Tax Invoice to the recipient of a supply to which clause 12.2 applies no later than 7 days following payment of the GST inclusive consideration for that supply under that clause.

 

12.4

Reimbursements

If either party is entitled under this agreement to be reimbursed or indemnified by the other party for a cost or expense incurred in connection with this agreement, the reimbursement or indemnity payment must not include any GST component of the cost or expense to the extent that the cost or expense is the consideration for a creditable acquisition made by the party being reimbursed or indemnified, or by its representative member.

 

- 18 -


13.

NOTICES

 

13.1

Form of Notice

A notice or other communication to a party under this agreement (“Notice”) must be:

 

  (a)

in writing and in English; and

 

  (b)

addressed to that party as follows:

 

  (i)

if to one or more Sellers, to the Sellers’ Representative in accordance with the notice details set out in the table below;

 

  (ii)

if to the Sellers’ Representative, in accordance with the notice details set out in the table below;

 

  (iii)

if to the Buyer, in accordance with the notice details set out in the table below;

 

  (i)

if to SPAC, in accordance with the notice details set out in the table below;

(or any alternative details nominated to the sending party by Notice).

 

Party    Notice details
Sellers’
Representative
   Address: Level 11, 344 Queen Street, Brisbane QLD 4000
   Attention: Chris Hay
   Email: c.hay@stbenergy.com.au
Buyer    Address: 48 Miller Street, Murarrie QLD 4172, Australia
   Attention: Mark Anning
   Email: manning@tritium.com.au
SPAC    Address: 2744 Sand Hill Road Menlo Park, California 94025, USA
   Attention: Erik Anderson, Peter Haskopoulos and Robert Tichio
  

Email: erik@wrg.vc;

phaskopoulos@riverstonellc.com;

rtichio@riverstonellc.com

 

- 19 -


   with a copy to:
   Address: Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.,
   1114, Avenue of the Americas, 32nd
   Floor, New York, NY 10036
   Attention: Dan Komarek
   Email: dkomarek@velaw.com
   and
   Address: Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.,
   2801 Via Fortuna, Suite 100,
   Austin, TX 78746
   Attention: Milam Newby
   Email: mnewby@velaw.com

 

13.2

How Notice must be given and when Notice is received

 

  (a)

A Notice must be given by delivery in person, by email or by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested).

 

  (b)

A Notice is regarded as given upon receipt by the respective party at its address as set out in clause 13.1.

 

13.3

Notice must not be given by electronic communication

A Notice must not be given by electronic means of communication (other than email as permitted in clause 13.2).

 

14.

SELLERS’ REPRESENTATIVE

 

14.1

Authority

Each of the Sellers:

 

  (a)

despite any other provision of this agreement, irrevocably authorises the Sellers’ Representative (subject only to clause 14.2) to act on its behalf in relation to any act, matter or thing required or permitted by the terms of this agreement to be done by the Sellers or any of them, including:

 

  (i)

to give and receive payments and documents on behalf of any Seller;

 

  (ii)

to direct payments to be made from or to any of the Sellers’ Accounts;

 

  (iii)

to give and receive notices under this agreement;

 

  (iv)

to give any consent or approval, exercise any power or discretion, or make any decision;

 

  (v)

to amend, vary or waive any provision of this agreement or any matter relating to this agreement;

 

- 20 -


  (vi)

to carry out any act or execute any document necessary or desirable in connection with effecting Completion in accordance with clause 4 of this agreement for and on behalf of and as attorney for any of the Sellers;

 

  (vii)

to carry out any act or execute any document necessary or desirable in relation to any claim or potential claim under or in respect of any Transactions or matter contemplated by this agreement, including to pursue, settle or compromise any such claim on such terms as the Sellers’ Representative may in its absolute discretion determine; and

 

  (viii)

to execute on behalf of any Seller any document giving effect to any action referred to above;

 

  (b)

agree to be bound by all acts and omissions of the Sellers’ Representative in exercising its rights and performing its obligations under this agreement and acknowledges that each of the Buyer and SPAC is entitled to treat any act, matter or thing done by the Sellers’ Representative as binding on all Sellers and is not required to enquire further in respect of such act, matter or thing;

 

  (c)

acknowledges that the Buyer may discharge any obligation under this agreement to give any payment, document, notice or other thing to one or more of the Sellers (including any document served to initiate or as part of legal proceedings against any one or more of the Sellers) by giving it to the Sellers’ Representative; and

 

  (d)

agree to indemnify the Sellers’ Representative against all Loss arising as a result of or in connection with the exercise in good faith of any power under this agreement by the Sellers’ Representative on behalf of any one or more Sellers and the Sellers hereby waive any rights they have or may have to make or bring a claim against the Sellers’ Representative in relation to the exercise of any power for and on behalf of any of the Sellers.

 

14.2

Replacement

The Sellers’ Representative or the Sellers (acting with the consent of Sellers holding 75% or more of the Sale Shares) may by notice to the Sellers, SPAC and the Buyer replace the Sellers’ Representative (either permanently or for such period as is specified in the notice).

 

14.3

Rights and liabilities of the Sellers

In this agreement:

 

  (a)

the Buyer and SPAC agree that each Seller gives the Seller Warranties in respect of that Seller and the Sale Shares set out opposite its name in columns 5 and 6 of Schedule 2 only and not any other Sellers or any other Sale Shares;

 

  (b)

a Seller is solely liable for all of the Liability arising in connection with:

 

  (i)

a breach of Seller Warranty given by the Seller;

 

- 21 -


  (ii)

a warranty, obligation or Liability under this agreement which is expressed to be that of the particular Seller; and

 

  (iii)

a breach of this agreement by the Seller individually,

and in such circumstances, the other Sellers are not liable for any Liability or Claim arising in connection with the breach by the liable Seller;

 

  (c)

each Seller is individually liable (and not jointly or severally liable) for a Claim by the Buyer or SPAC in connection with this agreement with such Liability limited to its Respective Proportion of the Liability arising from the relevant Claim (other than where the Seller is solely liable for all of the Liability in accordance with clause 14.3(b)).

 

  (d)

no Seller is liable for any Liability of any other Seller;

 

  (e)

a right of a Seller is held by each of them severally;

 

  (f)

in respect of the Bare Trustee:

 

  (i)

the only obligation of the Bare Trustee under or in connection with this agreement is to execute and deliver to the Buyer the documents referred to in item 1.1(a)(2) of Schedule 5;

 

  (ii)

if the Bare Trustee breaches its obligations in item 1.1(a)(2) of Schedule 5 in respect of certain Sale Shares, other than seeking an order for specific performance, the Buyer or SPAC may only make a Claim against the Seller for whom the Bare Trustee held those Sale Shares as trustee and not against the relevant bare trust; and

 

  (iii)

other than in connection with an order for specific performance, the Bare Trustee will have no Liability for any Claim under, or in connection with, this agreement.

 

15.

GENERAL

 

15.1

Governing Law and jurisdiction

 

  (a)

This agreement is governed by the Law in force in Queensland.

 

  (b)

Each party irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of courts exercising jurisdiction in Queensland and courts of appeal from them in respect of any proceedings arising out of or in connection with this agreement. Each party irrevocably waives any objection to the venue of any legal process in these courts on the basis that the process has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

15.2

Invalidity and enforceability

 

  (a)

If any provision of this agreement is invalid under the Law of any jurisdiction the provision is enforceable in that jurisdiction to the extent that it is not invalid, whether it is in severable terms or not.

 

- 22 -


  (b)

Clause 15.2(a) does not apply where enforcement of the provision of this agreement in accordance with clause 15.2(a) would materially affect the nature or effect of the parties’ obligations under this agreement.

 

15.3

Waiver

 

  (a)

No party to this agreement may rely on the words or conduct of any other party as a waiver of any right unless the waiver is in writing and signed by the party granting the waiver.

 

  (b)

The meanings of the terms used in this clause 15.3 are set out below.

 

  (i)

conduct” includes delay in the exercise of a right;

 

  (ii)

right” means any right arising under or in connection with this agreement and includes the right to rely on this clause; and

 

  (iii)

waiver” includes an election between rights and remedies, and conduct which might otherwise give rise to an estoppel.

 

15.4

Variation

A variation of any term of this agreement must be in writing and signed by the parties.

 

15.5

Assignment of rights

 

  (a)

Rights arising out of or under this agreement are not assignable by a party without the prior written consent of the other party.

 

  (b)

A breach of clause 15.5(a) by a party entitles each of the other parties to terminate this agreement.

 

  (c)

Clause 15.5(b) does not affect the construction of any other part of this agreement.

 

15.6

Further action to be taken at each party’s own expense

Subject to clause 10, each party must, at its own expense, do all things and execute all documents necessary to give full effect to this agreement and the Transactions contemplated by it and use reasonable endeavours to cause relevant third parties to do the same.

 

15.7

Entire agreement

This agreement embodies the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes any prior negotiation, conduct, arrangement, understanding or agreement, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter of this agreement, other than the Business Combination Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements (as defined under the Business Combination Agreement.

 

- 23 -


15.8

Conflicts

In the event there is any conflict or inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this agreement and the Business Combination Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Business Combination Agreement shall govern and control the rights and obligations of the parties.

 

15.9

No reliance

No party has relied on any statement by any other party not expressly included in this agreement.

 

15.10

Damages inadequate

Each Seller, the Buyer and the Company acknowledge that damages will be inadequate compensation for a breach of this agreement and, subject to the court’s discretion, SPAC or any Related Bodies Corporate of SPAC may seek specific performance, injunctive relief or similar remedy as a remedy for any conduct or threatened conduct that is or would be a breach of this agreement in addition to any other remedies available at law or in equity under or independently of this agreement.

 

15.11

Counterparts

 

  (a)

This agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts.

 

  (b)

All counterparts, taken together, constitute one instrument.

 

  (c)

A party may execute this agreement by signing any counterpart.

 

15.12

Relationship of the parties

 

  (a)

Other than clauses 14.1 and 14.2, nothing in this agreement gives a party authority to bind any other party in any way.

 

  (b)

Nothing in this agreement imposes any fiduciary duties on a party in relation to any other party.

 

15.13

Exercise of discretions

 

  (a)

Unless expressly required by the terms of this agreement, a party is not required to act reasonably in giving or withholding any consent or approval or exercising any other right, power, authority, discretion or remedy, under or in connection with this agreement.

 

  (b)

A party may (without any requirement to act reasonably) impose conditions on the grant by it of any consent or approval, or any waiver of any right, power, authority, discretion or remedy, under or in connection with this agreement. Any conditions must be complied with by the party relying on the consent, approval or waiver.

 

- 24 -


15.14

Service of process

Without preventing any other mode of service, any document in an action (including, any writ of summons or other originating process or any third or other party notice) may be served on any party by being delivered to or left for that party at its address for service of notices under clause 13.

 

15.15

Remedies cumulative

Except as provided in this agreement and permitted by Law, the rights, powers and remedies provided in this agreement are cumulative with and not exclusive to the rights, powers or remedies provided by Law independently of this agreement.

 

15.16

No merger

The Seller Warranties, Buyer Warranties, undertakings and indemnities in this agreement will not merge on Completion.

 

15.17

Attorneys

Each of the attorneys executing this agreement states that the attorney has no notice of the revocation of the power of attorney appointing that attorney.

 

15.18

Intended Tax Treatment

The parties intend that, for U.S. federal and applicable state income tax purposes, the sale and purchase of the Sale Shares in exchange for the Consideration Shares pursuant to this agreement, together with the other Transactions, will be treated as a transaction described in Section 351 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

- 25 -


SCHEDULE 1

DICTIONARY AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.

Dictionary

In this agreement:

Affiliate” in relation to a person, means:

 

  (a)

a shareholder of the person;

 

  (b)

a director, secretary or officer of the person; or

 

  (c)

a Related Body Corporate or a Related Entity of the person.

Alternative Transaction” means, with respect to the Company:

 

  (a)

the issuance, sale or transfer to or investment by any person in any newly issued or currently outstanding equity interest in the Company;

 

  (b)

the sale or transfer of the assets of the Group Companies to any person; and

 

  (c)

any merger or business combination between the Company or any Group Company, on the one hand, and any other person, on the other hand,

other than:

 

  (d)

in the cases of clauses (a) and (b), with respect to any de minimis transfers of equity interests or assets or any issuance, sale, transfer, investment of equity interests or assets permitted by the terms of this agreement (subject to the requirements in clause 2.4 and copies of all transaction documents of such issuance are promptly provided to SPAC);

 

  (e)

in the case of clause (a), the issuance of any newly issued equity interest in the Company as part of a capital raising of up to approximately $35 million in or around June 2021 (subject to the requirements in clause 2.4 and copies of all transaction documents of such issuance are promptly provided to SPAC);

 

  (f)

in the case of clause (a), the issuance of any newly issued equity interest in the Company as part of a capital raising of up to approximately $20 million in or around December 2021 (subject to the requirements in clause 2.4 and copies of all transaction documents of such issuance are promptly provided to SPAC);

 

  (g)

in the case of clause (a), the issuance of any newly issued equity interest in the Company where the directors of the Company determine that an injection of funds is reasonably necessary to ensure that the Company is able to pay its debts (and the debts of its subsidiaries) as and when they fall due (subject to the requirements in clause 2.4 and copies of all transaction documents of such issuance are promptly provided to SPAC);

 

- 26 -


  (h)

in the case of clause (a), the issuance of any newly issued convertible notes which will convert into ordinary shares in the Company as part of a capital raising of up to approximately $75 million (subject to the requirements in clause 2.4 and copies of all transaction documents of such issuance are promptly provided to SPAC);

 

  (i)

any such sale or transfer made in accordance with clause 19 of the Shareholders’ Deed;

 

  (j)

as approved by SPAC in writing,

provided that, any such issuance pursuant to the foregoing clauses (d) to (h) must be conditional on that after such issuance:

 

  (k)

the Consortium Shareholders shall continue to hold at least 50% of the C/Ord Shares such that the Consortium Shareholders can issue and maintain the “Exit Notice” pursuant to clause 13 of the Shareholders’ Deed in connection with the transactions contemplated under the Business Combination Agreement; or

 

  (l)

a requisite number of holders of C/Ord Shares accede to the Commitment Agreement to become a “Consortium Shareholder” such that (i) the Consortium Shareholders shall continue to hold at least 50% of the C/Ord Shares and (ii) can issue and maintain the “Exit Notice” pursuant to clause 13 of the Shareholders’ Deed in connection with the transactions contemplated under the Business Combination Agreement.

Appointing Beneficiary” means a Seller whose Sale Shares are held by the Bare Trustee as trustee for the Seller.

ASIC” means the Australian Securities and Investments Commission.

Authorisations” includes:

 

  (a)

any authorisation, consent, approval, registration, filing, agreement, notice of non objection, notarisation, certificate, licence, permit, authority or exemption from, by or with a Government Agency; and

 

  (b)

in relation to anything which will be prohibited or restricted in whole or in part by Law if a Government Agency intervenes or acts in any way within a specific period after lodgement, filing registration, registration or notification, the expiry of that period without intervention or action.

Bare Trustee” means Tritium Nominee Pty Ltd ACN 627 582 610.

Board” means the directors of the Company and includes a committee of the Board and a delegate of the Board.

Business Combination Agreement” means the Business Combination Agreement dated 25 May 2021 among SPAC, the Company and Merger Sub, as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

Business Day” means any day on which the principal offices of the SEC in Washington, D.C. are open to accept filings and on which banks are not required or authorized to close in the City of New York in the United States of America or Brisbane,

 

- 27 -


Queensland, Australia (other than a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday in those cities); provided that banks shall not be deemed to be required or authorized to be closed due to a “shelter in place,” “non-essential employee” or similar closure of physical branch locations at the direction of any Government Agency if such banks’ electronic funds transfer systems (including for wire transfers) are open for use by customers on such day.

Business Records” means all original and certified copies of the books, records, documents, information, accounts and data (whether machine readable or in printed form) relating to and held by a Group Company.

Buyer Warranties” means the representations and warranties set out in Schedule 4.

Certificate of Merger” has the same meaning as “Certificate of Merger” as defined pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement.

CGT Withholding Amount” means any amount that the Buyer may be liable to pay to the Commissioner of Taxation under section 14-200 of Schedule 1 to the TAA.

Claim” means any allegation, debt, cause of action, action, dispute, Liability, claim, proceedings, investigation, inquiry, prosecution, litigation, arbitration, mediation, audit or dispute resolution, suit or demand of any nature howsoever arising and whether present or future, fixed or unascertained, actual or contingent, whether at law, in equity, under statute or otherwise.

Commitment Agreement” means the Commitment Agreement dated 25 May 2021 between St Baker Energy Holdings Pty Ltd (ACN 010 165 554) as trustee for the St Baker Energy Innovation Trust (ABN 60 715 308 891), Ilwella Pty Ltd (ACN 003 220 371), Varley Holdings Pty. Limited (ACN 008 464 935), Finnmax Pty Ltd (ACN 625 001 863) as trustee for The Finn Family Trust (ABN 14 920 868 541), the Buyer and SPAC.

Completion” means the completion of the sale and purchase of the Sale Shares under clause 4 which, for the avoidance of doubt, is effective as at the Effective Time.

Completion Date” means the date on which Completion occurs.

Condition” means the conditions precedent set out in clause 3.1.

Confidentiality Agreement” means the Letter of Intent, dated 5 March 2021 between the Company and SPAC.

Consideration Shares” means 120,000,000 fully paid ordinary shares in the capital of Buyer with a value of US$10.00 per share.

Consortium Shareholder” has the same meaning as such term is defined pursuant to the Commitment Agreement.

Constitution” means the constitution of the Company as amended from time to time.

C/Ord Shares” has the same meaning as such term is defined pursuant to the Shareholders’ Deed.

 

- 28 -


Corporations Act” means the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

Duty” means any stamp, transaction or registration duty or similar charge imposed by any Government Agency and includes any interest, fine, penalty, charge or other amount imposed in respect of any of them.

Effective Time” means the time at which the Certificate of Merger is filed with the Secretary of the State of Delaware in accordance with the Business Combination Agreement.

Employee Equity Plan Offer Letter” means an offer from the Company to an employee of the Company or its subsidiaries to subscribe for fully paid “N Class” shares in the Company.

Encumbrance” means an interest or power:

 

  (a)

reserved in or over an interest in any asset; or

 

  (b)

created or otherwise arising in or over any interest in any asset under a security agreement, a bill of sale, mortgage, charge, lien, pledge, trust or power,

by way of, or having similar commercial effect to, security for the payment of a debt, any other monetary obligation or the performance of any other obligation, and includes, but is not limited to:

 

  (c)

any agreement to grant or create any of the above; and

 

  (d)

a Security Interest within the meaning of section 12(1) of the PPSA.

Government Agency” means any government or governmental, semi-government, public, statutory, administrative, monetary, fiscal or judicial body, department, authority or entity, or any court, administrative or regulatory agency, tribunal or commission whether domestic, foreign, federal, state, territorial or local or in any part of the world.

Group” means the Company and each of its subsidiaries.

Group Company” means a member of the Group and “Group Companies” means all of them.

GST” means goods and services tax or similar value added tax levied or imposed in Australia under the GST Law or otherwise on a supply.

GST Act” means the A New Tax System (Goods and Services Tax) Act 1999 (Cth).

GST Law” means has the same meaning as in the GST Act.

Insolvency Event” means in relation to an entity:

 

  (a)

the entity is unable to pay its debts as and when they fall due or has stopped or suspended, or threatened to stop or suspend, payment of all or a class of its debts or is insolvent within meaning of section 95A of the Corporations Act;

 

- 29 -


  (b)

the entity goes, or proposes to go, into bankruptcy or liquidation;

 

  (c)

the entity:

 

  (i)

receives a deregistration notice under section 601AB of the Corporations Act or any communication from ASIC that might lead to such a notice; or

 

  (ii)

applies for deregistration under section 601AA of the Corporations Act;

 

  (d)

an order is made or an effective resolution is passed for the winding up or dissolution without winding up (otherwise than for the purposes of a solvent reconstruction or amalgamation) of the entity;

 

  (e)

a receiver, receiver and manager, judicial manager, liquidator, administrator or like official is appointed, or threatened or expected to be appointed, over the whole or a substantial part of the undertaking or property of the entity;

 

  (f)

the holder of an Encumbrance takes possession of the whole or substantial part of the undertaking or property of the entity;

 

  (g)

a writ of execution is issued against the entity or any of the entity’s assets;

 

  (h)

the entity proposes or takes any steps to implement a scheme or arrangement or other compromise with its creditors or any class of them;

 

  (i)

the entity is declared or taken under applicable Law to be insolvent or the entity’s board of directors resolve that it is, or is likely to become insolvent; or

 

  (j)

an event that is the effective equivalent of an event described in paragraphs (a)-(i) above occurs in respect of the entity under the Laws applicable to it; and

in relation to a natural person, the person is made bankrupt, declared bankrupt or files a petition for relief under bankruptcy Laws, a certificate is issued for the summary administration of the person’s estate or an equivalent or similar event to any of the foregoing occurs in respect of the person under the Laws applicable to it.

Law” means:

 

  (a)

principles of law or equity established by decisions of courts;

 

  (b)

statutes, regulations or by-laws of the Commonwealth, a State, a Territory or a Government Agency; and

 

  (c)

requirements and approvals (including conditions) of the Commonwealth, a State, a Territory or a Government Agency that have the force of law.

Liability” means any liability, obligation, damage, loss, remedy, cost or expense (including legal costs and expenses of whatsoever nature or description and Tax) (whether actual, contingent or prospective), irrespective of the acts, events or things giving rise to the liability occurred.

 

- 30 -


Loan Funded Share Plan Rules” means the loan funded share plan rules of the Company dated 22 November 2018.

Loss” means losses, liabilities, damages, costs, charges and expenses and includes Taxes and Duties.

Merger Sub” means Hulk Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Outside Date” has the same meaning as “Outside Date” as defined pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement.

Permitted Encumbrance” means:

 

  (a)

every lien or retention of title arrangement securing the unpaid balance of purchase money for property acquired in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (b)

any Encumbrance in relation to personal property (as defined in the PPSA and to which that Corporations Act applies) that is created or provided for by:

 

  (i)

a transfer of an Account or Chattel Paper;

 

  (ii)

a PPS Lease; or

 

  (iii)

a Commercial Consignment,

that is not a Security Interest;

 

  (c)

the interest of the lessor or owner in respect of assets subject to a finance or capital lease, a hire-purchase agreement or a conditional sale agreement; and

 

  (d)

any other Encumbrance approved by SPAC in writing.

In this definition, Account, Chattel Paper, PPS Lease and Commercial Consignment have the meanings given in the PPSA.

PPSA” means the Personal Property Securities Act 2009 (Cth).

Purchase Price” means the Consideration Shares, provided that the total value of the Purchase Price (with each Consideration Share valued at US$10.00 per share) shall not exceed US$1,200,000,000.

Related Body Corporate” has the meaning given in section 9 of the Corporations Act.

Related Entity” has the meaning given in section 9 of the Corporations Act.

Representative” means a person’s officers, directors, employees, accountants, consultants, legal counsel, agents and other representatives.

Respective Proportion” means in relation to a Seller, the ratio equal to: (a) the aggregate number of Sale Shares held by that Seller as set out in column 5 and column 6 of Schedule 2, divided by (b) the total number of Sale Shares.

 

- 31 -


Sale Shares” means:

 

  (a)

those issued shares in the capital of the Company set out in column 5 of Schedule 2; and

 

  (b)

those issued shares in the capital of the Company set out in column 6 of Schedule 2,

in each case as Schedule 2 may be amended in accordance with clause 2.3 and which collectively represent all of the issued share capital and equity interests of the Company.

Sale Shares Schedule” means a schedule in the form set out in Schedule 2.

Security Interest” means a security interest as defined in the PPSA.

Seller Warranties” means the representations and warranties set out in Schedule 3.

Sellers’ Representative” means Chris Hay or such other person as is appointed as Sellers’ Representative under clause 14.2.

Shareholders’ Deed” means the Shareholders’ Deed dated 30 August 2018 among the Company, the Shareholders (as defined therein) and the Employee Parties (as defined therein).

SHD Deed of Accession” means the “Deed of Accession” as defined in the Shareholders’ Deed.

STA Deed of Accession” means a deed of accession substantially in the form attached in Schedule 6.

TAA” means Taxation Administration Act 1953 (Cth).

Tax”, “Taxes” or “Taxation” means all forms of present and future taxes, excise, Duty, imposts, deductions, charges, withholdings, rates, levies or other governmental impositions imposed, assessed or charged by any Government Agency, together with all interest, penalties, fines, expenses and other additional statutory charges relating to any of them, imposed or withheld by a Government Agency.

Tax Authority” means any Government Agency responsible for the collection of any Tax or administration of any Tax Law.

Tax Invoice” includes any document or record treated by the Commissioner of Taxation as a tax invoice or as a document entitling a recipient to an input tax credit.

Tax Law” means any Law relating to Tax.

Transactions” has the same meaning as “Transactions” as defined pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement.

 

- 32 -


2.

Interpretation

In this agreement the following rules of interpretation apply unless the contrary intention appears:

 

  (a)

headings and bold type are for convenience only and do not affect the interpretation of this agreement;

 

  (b)

the singular includes the plural and the plural includes the singular;

 

  (c)

words of any gender include all genders;

 

  (d)

other parts of speech and grammatical forms of a word or phrase defined in this agreement have a corresponding meaning;

 

  (e)

an expression importing a person includes any company, partnership, joint venture, association, corporation or other body corporate and any Government Agency as well as an individual;

 

  (f)

the words ‘such as’, ‘including’, ‘particularly’ and similar expressions are not words of limitation;

 

  (g)

a reference to:

 

  (i)

a clause, party, schedule, attachment or exhibit is a reference to a clause of, and a party, schedule, attachment or exhibit to, this agreement;

 

  (ii)

any legislation includes all delegated legislation made under it and amendments, consolidations, replacements or re-enactments of any of them;

 

  (iii)

a document includes all amendments or supplements to, or replacements or novations of, that document;

 

  (iv)

a party to a document includes that party’s successors and permitted assignees;

 

  (v)

an agreement other than this agreement includes a deed and any legally enforceable undertaking, agreement, arrangement or understanding, whether or not in writing;

 

  (vi)

liquidation or insolvency includes appointment of an administrator, compromise, arrangement, merger, amalgamation, reconstruction, winding-up, dissolution, deregistration, assignment for the benefit of creditors, scheme, composition or arrangement with creditors, insolvency, bankruptcy, or any similar procedure or, where applicable, changes in the constitution of any partnership or person, or death;

 

  (vii)

a body, other than a party to this agreement (including an institute, association or authority), whether statutory or not:

 

  (A)

that ceases to exist; or

 

  (B)

whose powers or functions are transferred to another body,

is a reference to the body that replaces it or that substantially succeeds to its powers or functions.

 

- 33 -


  (viii)

any thing (including, but not limited to, any right) includes a part of that thing but nothing in this clause (g)(viii) implies that performance of part of an obligation constitutes performance of the obligation;

 

  (ix)

a day is to be interpreted as the period of time commencing at midnight and ending 24 hours later; and

 

  (x)

$ is to Australian currency unless denominated otherwise.

 

  (h)

no provision of this agreement will be construed adversely to a party because that party was responsible for the preparation of this agreement or that provision;

 

  (i)

if an act prescribed under this agreement to be done by a party on or by a given day is done after 5.00pm on that day, it is taken to be done on the next day;

 

  (j)

if a period of time is specified and dates from a given day or the day of an act or event, it is to be calculated exclusive of that day;

 

  (k)

a reference to time is a reference to Brisbane time.

 

  (l)

where the day on or by which any thing is to be done is not a Business Day, that thing must be done on or by the next Business Day; and

 

  (m)

this agreement includes all schedules and attachments to it.

 

- 34 -


SCHEDULE 2

SELLER PARTIES

 

    

Column 1

  

Column 2

  

Column 3

  

Column 4

  

Column 5

  

Column 6

No.

  

Seller

  

Legal title to Sale
Shares held by
Bare Trustee?
(Y/N)

  

Address

  

Class of Sale Shares

  

Number of shares
held by the Seller as
at the date of this
agreement

  

Number of shares issued
to the Seller between the
date of this agreement
and Completion

1.

   Finnmax Pty Ltd ATF Finn Family Trust    N      

Ordinary Shares

N Class Shares

  

3,740,000

381,709

  

2.

   James Kennedy ATF Kennedy Family Trust    N      

Ordinary Shares

C Class Shares

N Class Shares

  

3,368,632

6,873

342,161

  

3.

   Sernik Pty Ltd ATF Sernia Family Trust    N      

Ordinary Shares

N Class Shares

  

1,870,000

190,855

  

4.

   Bernard Brian Walsh    N      

C Class Shares

N Class Shares

  

460,000

34,179

   2,727 Ordinary Shares

5.

   Geoff Ralph Walker    N       C Class Shares    280,000    3,037 Ordinary Shares

6.

   Varley Holdings Pty. Limited    N      

Ordinary Shares

C Class Shares

  

13,370,770

1,080,504

   575,084 Ordinary Shares

7.

   St Baker Energy Holdings Pty Ltd ATF St Baker Energy Innovation Trust    N      

Ordinary Shares

C Class Shares

  

19,088,667

1,360,497

   961,981 Ordinary Shares

8.

   LRSR Pty Ltd ATF Beaumont Investment Trust    N      

Ordinary Shares

C Class Shares

  

538,960

42,841

   53,493 Ordinary Shares

 

- 35 -


    

Column 1

  

Column 2

  

Column 3

  

Column 4

  

Column 5

  

Column 6

No.

  

Seller

  

Legal title to Sale
Shares held by
Bare Trustee?
(Y/N)

  

Address

  

Class of Sale Shares

  

Number of shares
held by the Seller as
at the date of this
agreement

  

Number of shares issued
to the Seller between the
date of this agreement
and Completion

9.

   Mariva Investments Pty Ltd ATF Mariva Property Trust    N      

Ordinary Shares

C Class Shares

  

252,416

20,618

   15,456 Ordinary Shares

10.

   Panic Super Pty Ltd ATF Panic Superannuation Fund    N      

Ordinary Shares

C Class Shares

  

226,895

20,618

   14,863 Ordinary Shares

11.

   Franunta Super Pty Ltd ATF Franunta Superannuation Fund    N      

Ordinary Shares

C Class Shares

  

42,069

3,437

   10,169 Ordinary Shares

12.

   Opnet Pty Ltd ATF The Opnet Trust    N      

Ordinary Shares

C Class Shares

  

420,693

34,363

   40,945 Ordinary Shares

13.

   Greengrid Investment Holding Group Pty Ltd    N      

Ordinary Shares

C Class Shares

  

427,782

34,363

   10,738 Ordinary Shares

14.

   Retail Bids Limited    N      

Ordinary Shares

C Class Shares

  

619,346

56,279

   26,886 Ordinary Shares

15.

   Elda Electronics Pty Ltd    N      

Ordinary Shares

C Class Shares

  

22,507

144,109

   9,945 Ordinary Shares

16.

   Grenning Family Super Pty Ltd ATF Grenning Family Superannuation Fund    N      

Ordinary Shares

C Class Shares

  

22,507

150,000

   13,120 Ordinary Shares

17.

   Dana Nicole Murphy ATF Banbury Place Investment Trust    N      

Ordinary Shares

C Class Shares

  

22,572

51,428

   7,793 Ordinary Shares

 

- 36 -


    

Column 1

  

Column 2

  

Column 3

  

Column 4

  

Column 5

  

Column 6

No.

  

Seller

  

Legal title to Sale
Shares held by
Bare Trustee?
(Y/N)

  

Address

  

Class of Sale Shares

  

Number of shares
held by the Seller as
at the date of this
agreement

  

Number of shares issued
to the Seller between the
date of this agreement
and Completion

18.

   Thimios Super Pty Ltd ATF Thimios Superannuation Fund    N      

Ordinary Shares

C Class Shares

  

27,300

46,591

   5,969 Ordinary Shares

19.

   Tambleview Pty Ltd ATF Tambleview Property Trust    N      

Ordinary Shares

C Class Shares

  

21,000

115,000

   6,419 Ordinary Shares

20.

   Morris Equity Investments Pty Ltd ATF The KDLM Trust Account    N       C Class Shares    89,381    6,819 Ordinary Shares

21.

   BS & PL McSweeney Pty Ltd ATF McSweeneys Pharmacy Superannuation Fund No 2    N      

Ordinary Shares

C Class Shares

  

8,507

82,505

   4,091 Ordinary Shares

22.

   Joseph Lelkes    Y      

C Class Shares

N Class Shares

  

16,447

5,831

  

23.

   Ballachanda Vikram Cariappa    Y       N Class Shares    13,135   

24.

   Lars Christer Wille    N       C Class Shares    12,376   

25.

   Michael Walton and Cho Walton    Y       C Class Shares    34,818   

26.

   Brendan Pearce    Y       C Class Shares    8,251   

27.

   Siew Ben Wong    Y      

C Class Shares

N Class Shares

  

20,572

5,200

  

 

- 37 -


    

Column 1

  

Column 2

  

Column 3

  

Column 4

  

Column 5

  

Column 6

No.

  

Seller

  

Legal title to Sale
Shares held by
Bare Trustee?
(Y/N)

  

Address

  

Class of Sale Shares

  

Number of shares
held by the Seller as
at the date of this
agreement

  

Number of shares issued
to the Seller between the
date of this agreement
and Completion

28.

   Ashley Scott Ballinger    N       C Class Shares    8,251   

29.

   Satya Devanand Verma    Y      

C Class Shares

N Class Shares

  

8,251

6,010

  

30.

   Alexander Rudzki    Y      

C Class Shares

N Class Shares

  

4,096

53,816

  

31.

   Christopher Crossman    N       N Class Shares    36,400   

32.

   Dion Sumpton    Y       N Class Shares    128,979   

33.

   Michael Walton    Y      

C Class Shares

N Class Shares

  

4,885

109,731

  

34.

   Peter Coe    Y      

C Class Shares

N Class Shares

  

4,100

19,450

  

35.

   Sherwin Bell    N       N Class Shares    15,600   

36.

   Shelley Farrell    Y       N Class Shares    93,707   

37.

   Calem Walsh    Y      

C Class Shares

N Class Shares

  

4,071

115,007

  

 

- 38 -


    

Column 1

  

Column 2

  

Column 3

  

Column 4

  

Column 5

  

Column 6

No.

  

Seller

  

Legal title to Sale
Shares held by
Bare Trustee?
(Y/N)

  

Address

  

Class of Sale Shares

  

Number of shares
held by the Seller as
at the date of this
agreement

  

Number of shares issued
to the Seller between the
date of this agreement
and Completion

38.

   Marcelo Salgado    N      

C Class Shares

N Class Shares

  

208,000

18,785

  

39.

   Ilwella Pty Ltd    N      

Ordinary Shares

C Class Shares

  

7,292,504

605,606

   369,438 Ordinary Shares

40.

   David Toomey ATF David James Toomey Family Trust    N      

C Class Shares

N Class Shares

  

8,141

140,399

  

41.

   Luke Hovington    Y       N Class Shares    25,604   

42.

   Peter Earl    Y      

Ordinary Shares

C Class Shares

N Class Shares

  

296

2,463

37,546

  

43.

   Jordan Pierce    Y       N Class Shares    68,028   

44.

   Paul McWilliams    Y       N Class Shares    47,365   

45.

   Xavier Casley    Y       N Class Shares    38,140   

46.

   Francis Viviers    N       N Class Shares    5,910   

 

- 39 -


    

Column 1

  

Column 2

  

Column 3

  

Column 4

  

Column 5

  

Column 6

No.

  

Seller

  

Legal title to Sale
Shares held by
Bare Trustee?
(Y/N)

  

Address

  

Class of Sale Shares

  

Number of shares
held by the Seller as
at the date of this
agreement

  

Number of shares issued
to the Seller between the
date of this agreement
and Completion

47.

   Cameron Swales    Y      

C Class Shares

N Class Shares

  

493

12,615

  

48.

   David Blum    Y       N Class Shares    9,584   

49.

   Matthew Finn    Y       N Class Shares    37,546   

50.

   Tobias Sonnenburg    Y       N Class Shares    48,331   

51.

   Michael Russo    Y      

C Class Shares

N Class Shares

  

493

22,128

   69 Ordinary Shares

52.

   Michael Boylson ATF Boylson Trust    Y       C Class Shares    61,056   

53.

   Daniel Stephen Kermode    Y      

Ordinary Shares

C Class Shares

  

2,250

5,000

   1,493 Ordinary Shares

54.

   Gunasiri Family Super Pty Ltd ATF Gunasiri Family Super Fund    Y       C Class Shares    81,408   

55.

   Beata Grzegorczyk    N       C Class Shares    30,528   

56.

   Paul Hewitt    Y       N Class Shares    7,225   

 

- 40 -


    

Column 1

  

Column 2

  

Column 3

  

Column 4

  

Column 5

  

Column 6

No.

  

Seller

  

Legal title to Sale
Shares held by
Bare Trustee?
(Y/N)

  

Address

  

Class of Sale Shares

  

Number of shares
held by the Seller as
at the date of this
agreement

  

Number of shares issued
to the Seller between the
date of this agreement
and Completion

57.

   Nicholas Ockhuisen    Y      

Ordinary Shares

C Class Shares

N Class Shares

  

900

6,106

2,473

  

58.

   Bikash Pandey    N      

Ordinary Shares

C Class Shares

  

11,254

40,704

  

59.

   Lili Zhang    Y      

C Class Shares

N Class Shares

  

10,000

6,024

   232 Ordinary Shares

60.

   Bradley Alan Cran    Y      

C Class Shares

N Class Shares

  

6,150

27,707

   304 Ordinary Shares

61.

   Stefan Gotz    Y      

Ordinary Shares

C Class Shares

N Class Shares

  

2,250

4,071

16,954

   948 Ordinary Shares

62.

   Peter Blyth    Y      

C Class Shares

N Class Shares

  

49,500

7,225

   5,250 Ordinary Shares

63.

   Ben Guymer    Y      

C Class Shares

N Class Shares

  

4,071

5,068

  

64.

   Yi Tang    Y      

Ordinary Shares

C Class Shares

N Class Shares

  

12,000

8,000

15,071

   6,539 Ordinary Shares

 

- 41 -


    

Column 1

  

Column 2

  

Column 3

  

Column 4

  

Column 5

  

Column 6

No.

  

Seller

  

Legal title to Sale
Shares held by
Bare Trustee?
(Y/N)

  

Address

  

Class of Sale Shares

  

Number of shares
held by the Seller as
at the date of this
agreement

  

Number of shares issued
to the Seller between the
date of this agreement
and Completion

65.

   Mao Li    Y      

C Class Shares

N Class Shares

  

7,000

862

  

66.

   Arron Lee    Y      

C Class Shares

N Class Shares

  

4,071

14,470

  

67.

   Richard Kosik    Y      

C Class Shares

N Class Shares

  

4,071

42,847

  

68.

   Jeroen Jonker    Y      

Ordinary Shares

C Class Shares

  

22,507

40,704

   12,893 Ordinary Shares

69.

   James Greg Lary    Y       C Class Shares    4,071    225 Ordinary Shares

70.

   Cindy Carruthers    Y      

Ordinary Shares

C Class Shares

  

929

4,071

  

71.

   Dennis Pascual and Carolyn Pascual    Y       C Class Shares    10,000    304 Ordinary Shares

72.

   Dion Schulz    Y      

C Class Shares

N Class Shares

  

4,071

9,900

  

73.

   Manuel Fernandes    Y      

Ordinary Shares

C Class Shares

  

9,000

16,500

   1,705 Ordinary Shares

 

- 42 -


    

Column 1

  

Column 2

  

Column 3

  

Column 4

  

Column 5

  

Column 6

No.

  

Seller

  

Legal title to Sale
Shares held by
Bare Trustee?
(Y/N)

  

Address

  

Class of Sale Shares

  

Number of shares
held by the Seller as
at the date of this
agreement

  

Number of shares issued
to the Seller between the
date of this agreement
and Completion

74.

   Daniel McInnes    Y      

Ordinary Shares

C Class Shares

N Class Shares

  

1,125

4,071

7,578

   1,301 Ordinary Shares

75.

   Stephen James    Y       N Class Shares    20,230   

76.

   Harrison Hume    Y       N Class Shares    17,327   

77.

   Tom Fraser    Y       N Class Shares    12,183   

78.

   Bill McKay-Lowndes    Y       N Class Shares    18,018   

79.

   Sean Giuricin    Y       N Class Shares    36,902   

80.

   Grant Kennedy    Y       N Class Shares    4,781   

81.

   Alana Churchward    Y       N Class Shares    12,250   

82.

   Daniel Kerr    Y       N Class Shares    5,510   

83.

   Jason Wayenberg    Y       N Class Shares    6,059   

 

- 43 -


    

Column 1

  

Column 2

  

Column 3

  

Column 4

  

Column 5

  

Column 6

No.

  

Seller

  

Legal title to Sale
Shares held by
Bare Trustee?
(Y/N)

  

Address

  

Class of Sale Shares

  

Number of shares
held by the Seller as
at the date of this
agreement

  

Number of shares issued
to the Seller between the
date of this agreement
and Completion

84.

   Eileen Chan Kee    Y       N Class Shares    6,077   

85.

   Nasir Basha    Y       N Class Shares    3,850   

86.

   Toatele Siulai    Y       N Class Shares    2,522   

87.

   Chuan Hsien Hung    Y       N Class Shares    6,010   

88.

   Wayne Blair    Y       N Class Shares    11,699   

89.

   Jake Arnold    Y       N Class Shares    4,000   

90.

   Cameron McDougall    Y       N Class Shares    8,056   

91.

   Vinay Kumar    Y       N Class Shares    6,000   

92.

   Brooke Nyman    Y       N Class Shares    11,395   

93.

   Vikram Gill    Y       N Class Shares    5,000   

94.

   Eliezer Pasno    Y       N Class Shares    9,286   

 

- 44 -


    

Column 1

  

Column 2

  

Column 3

  

Column 4

  

Column 5

  

Column 6

No.

  

Seller

  

Legal title to Sale
Shares held by
Bare Trustee?
(Y/N)

  

Address

  

Class of Sale Shares

  

Number of shares
held by the Seller as
at the date of this
agreement

  

Number of shares issued
to the Seller between the
date of this agreement
and Completion

95.

   Richard Abarintos    Y       N Class Shares    2,570   

96.

   Raza Aftab    Y       N Class Shares    5,711   

97.

   Jason Bray    Y       N Class Shares    3,022   

98.

   Paul Burnett    Y       N Class Shares    2,522   

99.

   Asad Riaz    Y       N Class Shares    862   

100.

   Eglicila De Leiuen    Y       N Class Shares    862   

101.

   Easter Faamatuainu    Y       N Class Shares    2,408   

102.

   Darryl Haslet    Y       N Class Shares    2,408   

103.

   Rajib Paul    Y       N Class Shares    862   

104.

   Dianne Poynter    Y       N Class Shares    2,908   

105.

   Siolo Pule    Y       N Class Shares    3,798   

 

- 45 -


    

Column 1

  

Column 2

  

Column 3

  

Column 4

  

Column 5

  

Column 6

No.

  

Seller

  

Legal title to Sale
Shares held by
Bare Trustee?
(Y/N)

  

Address

  

Class of Sale Shares

  

Number of shares
held by the Seller as
at the date of this
agreement

  

Number of shares issued
to the Seller between the
date of this agreement
and Completion

106.

   Emmanuel Ramirez    Y       N Class Shares    2,408   

107.

   Martin Rohde    Y       N Class Shares    862   

108.

   Dominic Russo    Y       N Class Shares    3,232   

109.

   Dick Sen    Y       N Class Shares    2,522   

110.

   Michelle Stevenson    Y       N Class Shares    6,878   

111.

   Melanie Dooley    Y      

N Class Shares

C Class Shares

  

4,335

8,250

  

112.

   Michael Vagg    Y       N Class Shares    2,408   

113.

   Michael Boylson    Y       N Class Shares    10,115   

114.

   Seshan Weeratunga    Y       N Class Shares    18,785   

115.

   Shen Xie    Y       N Class Shares    2,953   

116.

   Ger Yang    Y       N Class Shares    2,408   

 

- 46 -


    

Column 1

  

Column 2

  

Column 3

  

Column 4

  

Column 5

  

Column 6

No.

  

Seller

  

Legal title to Sale
Shares held by
Bare Trustee?
(Y/N)

  

Address

  

Class of Sale Shares

  

Number of shares
held by the Seller as
at the date of this
agreement

  

Number of shares issued
to the Seller between the
date of this agreement
and Completion

117.

   David Toomey    N       N Class Shares    582,145   

118.

   Hinton Holdings (Australia) Pty Ltd ATF Paton Family Superannuation Fund    N       Ordinary Shares    112,534    1,864 Ordinary Shares

119.

   Tri-Anta Pty Ltd ATF The Rose Family Trust    N       Ordinary Shares    213,815    24,198 Ordinary Shares

120.

   Fabbrostone Pty Ltd    N       Ordinary Shares    123,787    5,839 Ordinary Shares

121.

   Rostfay Pty Ltd ATF Tritium Unit Trust    N       Ordinary Shares    114,287    4,548 Ordinary Shares

122.

   Isabella Pennefather Pty Ltd    Y       Ordinary Shares    56,267    7,381 Ordinary Shares

123.

   Coolah Holdings Pty Ltd ATF The Lambert Family Trust    N       Ordinary Shares    1,142,871    76,614 Ordinary Shares

124.

   Big Bucket Car Wash Pty Ltd ATF Miller Owen Family Trust    Y       Ordinary Shares    67,520    3,409 Ordinary Shares

125.

   Simon and Zena Clark ATF Size Super Fund    Y       Ordinary Shares    6,752    1,152 Ordinary Shares

126.

   Simon Clark and Zena Clark    Y       Ordinary Shares    4,501    1,320 Ordinary Shares

127.

   Robert Llewellyn Davies    Y       Ordinary Shares    22,507    2,430 Ordinary Shares

 

- 47 -


    

Column 1

  

Column 2

  

Column 3

  

Column 4

  

Column 5

  

Column 6

No.

  

Seller

  

Legal title to Sale
Shares held by
Bare Trustee?
(Y/N)

  

Address

  

Class of Sale Shares

  

Number of shares
held by the Seller as
at the date of this
agreement

  

Number of shares issued
to the Seller between the
date of this agreement
and Completion

128.

   DB & MJ Overell ATF Overell Superannuation Fund    Y       Ordinary Shares    24,938    4,401 Ordinary Shares

129.

   Elizabeth Abegg Pty Ltd    Y       Ordinary Shares    56,267    7,381 Ordinary Shares

130.

   New Lake 10 BV    N       Ordinary Shares    22,507    12,893 Ordinary Shares

131.

   Jezal Securities Pty Ltd    Y       Ordinary Shares    45,013    13,195 Ordinary Shares

132.

   Wholesale Diving Supplies Pty Ltd    Y       Ordinary Shares    22,507    373 Ordinary Shares

133.

   Ian McBain Holland    Y       Ordinary Shares    11,253    3,645 Ordinary Shares

134.

   GGC International Holdings LLC    N       Ordinary Shares    14,400,007    573,043 Ordinary Shares

135.

   S.M. Robinson PAF Pty Ltd    Y       C Class Shares    4,071   

136.

   Warringah Theatres Pty Ltd    Y       C Class Shares    23,432   

137.

   Aidan Clarke    Y       N Class Shares    46,639   

138.

   Brandon Barron    Y       N Class Shares    42,773   

 

- 48 -


    

Column 1

  

Column 2

  

Column 3

  

Column 4

  

Column 5

  

Column 6

No.

  

Seller

  

Legal title to Sale
Shares held by
Bare Trustee?
(Y/N)

  

Address

  

Class of Sale Shares

  

Number of shares
held by the Seller as
at the date of this
agreement

  

Number of shares issued
to the Seller between the
date of this agreement
and Completion

139.

   Brett Meredith    Y       N Class Shares    64,018   

140.

   Jacoba Gerritsen    Y       N Class Shares    61,200   

141.

   Harry Watson    Y       N Class Shares    46,900   

142.

   James Martin    Y       N Class Shares    43,298   

143.

   Kei Nakahara    Y       N Class Shares    45,272   

144.

   Mark Anning    Y       N Class Shares    32,676   

145.

   Michelle Lofthouse    Y       N Class Shares    52,998   

146.

   Nicholas Keeling    Y       N Class Shares    47,554   

147.

   Paul Forbes    Y       N Class Shares    52,708   

148.

   Rachel Walsh    Y       N Class Shares    32,000   

149.

   Stephan Sommerschuh    Y       N Class Shares    42,011   

 

- 49 -


    

Column 1

  

Column 2

  

Column 3

  

Column 4

  

Column 5

  

Column 6

No.

  

Seller

  

Legal title to Sale
Shares held by
Bare Trustee?
(Y/N)

  

Address

  

Class of Sale Shares

  

Number of shares
held by the Seller as
at the date of this
agreement

  

Number of shares issued
to the Seller between the
date of this agreement
and Completion

150.

   Timo Bellgardt    Y       N Class Shares    30,875   

151.

   Todd Lamb    Y       N Class Shares    27,056   

152.

   Jane Hunter    Y       N Class Shares    627,065   

153.

   Michael Hipwood    Y       N Class Shares    334,179   

154.

   Nicholas Coghlan    Y       N Class Shares    27,446   

155.

   Celine Roche    Y       N Class Shares    30,000   

156.

   Arvin Lobo    Y       N Class Shares    2,803   

157.

   Aaron Palm    Y       N Class Shares    7,360   

158.

   Adrian Santos    Y       N Class Shares    1,546   

159.

   Archana Singh    Y       N Class Shares    1,879   

160.

   Berto Di Pasquale    Y       N Class Shares    1,611   

 

- 50 -


    

Column 1

  

Column 2

  

Column 3

  

Column 4

  

Column 5

  

Column 6

No.

  

Seller

  

Legal title to Sale
Shares held by
Bare Trustee?
(Y/N)

  

Address

  

Class of Sale Shares

  

Number of shares
held by the Seller as
at the date of this
agreement

  

Number of shares issued
to the Seller between the
date of this agreement
and Completion

161.

   Bishoy Garas    Y       N Class Shares    1,709   

162.

   Brie’Anna Ihle    Y       N Class Shares    1,546   

163.

   Byung Guk Kim    Y       N Class Shares    1,870   

164.

   Brigitte Kirk    Y       N Class Shares    1,546   

165.

   Brendan O’Brien    Y       N Class Shares    1,611   

166.

   Chirag Kheni    Y       N Class Shares    1,535   

167.

   Cathie Seed    Y       N Class Shares    2,819   

168.

   Christopher Watts    Y       N Class Shares    7,699   

169.

   Emmanuel Abellana    Y       N Class Shares    1,546   

170.

   Emelita Newton    Y       N Class Shares    1,546   

171.

   Ester Ranson    Y       N Class Shares    1,546   

 

- 51 -


    

Column 1

  

Column 2

  

Column 3

  

Column 4

  

Column 5

  

Column 6

No.

  

Seller

  

Legal title to Sale
Shares held by
Bare Trustee?
(Y/N)

  

Address

  

Class of Sale Shares

  

Number of shares
held by the Seller as
at the date of this
agreement

  

Number of shares issued
to the Seller between the
date of this agreement
and Completion

172.

   Eric Talatonu    Y       N Class Shares    1,611   

173.

   Fabio Mureddu    Y       N Class Shares    1,930   

174.

   Gavin Reid    Y       N Class Shares    3,019   

175.

   Isaac Dimanstein    Y       N Class Shares    4,033   

176.

   Jessica Castro    Y       N Class Shares    1,546   

177.

   Jeanette Choi    Y       N Class Shares    1,546   

178.

   John Gorman    Y       N Class Shares    2,607   

179.

   Janaka Weerathunga Yapa Seneviratne    Y       N Class Shares    2,966   

180.

   Jainandra Sharma    Y       N Class Shares    1,611   

181.

   Jack Siaki    Y       N Class Shares    1,611   

182.

   Janelle Walker    Y       N Class Shares    1,780   

 

- 52 -


    

Column 1

  

Column 2

  

Column 3

  

Column 4

  

Column 5

  

Column 6

No.

  

Seller

  

Legal title to Sale
Shares held by
Bare Trustee?
(Y/N)

  

Address

  

Class of Sale Shares

  

Number of shares
held by the Seller as
at the date of this
agreement

  

Number of shares issued
to the Seller between the
date of this agreement
and Completion

183.

   Karl Erakovic    Y       N Class Shares    3,715   

184.

   Katherine Molloy    Y       N Class Shares    3,317   

185.

   Karen Smetzer    Y       N Class Shares    1,879   

186.

   Leah Hodgkinson    Y       N Class Shares    2,130   

187.

   Linda Turner    Y       N Class Shares    1,546   

188.

   Melinda Batley-Ole Keko    Y       N Class Shares    1,879   

189.

   Menchie Findling    Y       N Class Shares    1,546   

190.

   Mitchell Paul    Y       N Class Shares    1,546   

191.

   Mario Punzalan    Y       N Class Shares    1,546   

192.

   Michael Robinson    Y       N Class Shares    2,176   

193.

   Massoud Sabzali    Y       N Class Shares    3,325   

 

- 53 -


    

Column 1

  

Column 2

  

Column 3

  

Column 4

  

Column 5

  

Column 6

No.

  

Seller

  

Legal title to Sale
Shares held by
Bare Trustee?
(Y/N)

  

Address

  

Class of Sale Shares

  

Number of shares
held by the Seller as
at the date of this
agreement

  

Number of shares issued
to the Seller between the
date of this agreement
and Completion

194.

   Morgan Welch    Y       N Class Shares    1,546   

195.

   Norlito Apiado Corpuz    Y       N Class Shares    1,546   

196.

   Peter Brighouse    Y       N Class Shares    2,293   

197.

   Phuoc Tran    Y       N Class Shares    1,660   

198.

   Rohit Darodkar    Y       N Class Shares    3,215   

199.

   Rajesh Mohanrajvetrivel    Y       N Class Shares    2,192   

200.

   Raina Peta    Y       N Class Shares    1,546   

201.

   Rodolfo Tarroja    Y       N Class Shares    1,870   

202.

   Ravina Tong    Y       N Class Shares    1,546   

203.

   Ryan Watson    Y       N Class Shares    1,546   

204.

   Suresh Kumar Parthibhan    Y       N Class Shares    3,195   

 

- 54 -


    

Column 1

  

Column 2

  

Column 3

  

Column 4

  

Column 5

  

Column 6

No.

  

Seller

  

Legal title to Sale
Shares held by
Bare Trustee?
(Y/N)

  

Address

  

Class of Sale Shares

  

Number of shares
held by the Seller as
at the date of this
agreement

  

Number of shares issued
to the Seller between the
date of this agreement
and Completion

205.

   Shelly Palmer    Y       N Class Shares    1,611   

206.

   Sharon Pulford    Y       N Class Shares    1,879   

207.

   Sugandha Sahdev    Y       N Class Shares    2,192   

208.

   Scott Sullivan    Y       N Class Shares    1,611   

209.

   Sandi Tolic    Y       N Class Shares    2,688   

210.

   Sherwin Upao    Y       N Class Shares    2,062   

211.

   Jinling Jiang    Y       N Class Shares    2,506   

212.

   Trung Thanh Le    Y       N Class Shares    3,133   

213.

   Thushan Viswakula    Y       N Class Shares    3,723   

214.

   Vijayachandran Balachandra    Y       N Class Shares    5,324   

215.

   Veronika Squires    Y       N Class Shares    3,132   

 

- 55 -


    

Column 1

  

Column 2

  

Column 3

  

Column 4

  

Column 5

  

Column 6

No.

  

Seller

  

Legal title to Sale
Shares held by
Bare Trustee?
(Y/N)

  

Address

  

Class of Sale Shares

  

Number of shares
held by the Seller as
at the date of this
agreement

  

Number of shares issued
to the Seller between the
date of this agreement
and Completion

216.

   William Bernard    Y       N Class Shares    1,491   

217.

   Wynne Garcia    Y       N Class Shares    1,546   

218.

   Yee Yang    Y       N Class Shares    2,031   

219.

   Tau Aroha Kaili Grace    Y       N Class Shares    9,233   

220.

   Ariane Lodeiro Robinson    Y       N Class Shares    3,056   

221.

   Bernie Lui    Y       N Class Shares    4,678   

222.

   Brett McConnie    Y       N Class Shares    4,806   

223.

   Chaitanya Chigurupati    Y       N Class Shares    7,220   

224.

   Christian Hewitt    Y       N Class Shares    4,006   

225.

   Chandra Kachana    Y       N Class Shares    4,897   

226.

   Daniel Rach    Y       N Class Shares    2,111   

 

- 56 -


    

Column 1

  

Column 2

  

Column 3

  

Column 4

  

Column 5

  

Column 6

No.

  

Seller

  

Legal title to Sale
Shares held by
Bare Trustee?
(Y/N)

  

Address

  

Class of Sale Shares

  

Number of shares
held by the Seller as
at the date of this
agreement

  

Number of shares issued
to the Seller between the
date of this agreement
and Completion

227.

   Dungston Tharmaseelan    Y       N Class Shares    2,370   

228.

   Darren Tuer    Y       N Class Shares    5,819   

229.

   Dale Ware    Y       N Class Shares    2,160   

230.

   Francis Torres    Y       N Class Shares    5,220   

231.

   Gavin Gyles    Y       N Class Shares    2,000   

232.

   Herbert Gora    Y       N Class Shares    4,643   

233.

   Hemaben Panchal    Y       N Class Shares    2,370   

234.

   Ilona Lazareva    Y       N Class Shares    4,077   

235.

   Johannes Baumbach    Y       N Class Shares    3,374   

236.

   Jarrad Beard    Y       N Class Shares    2,209   

237.

   Jay Buenvenida    Y       N Class Shares    10,283   

 

- 57 -


    

Column 1

  

Column 2

  

Column 3

  

Column 4

  

Column 5

  

Column 6

No.

  

Seller

  

Legal title to Sale
Shares held by
Bare Trustee?
(Y/N)

  

Address

  

Class of Sale Shares

  

Number of shares
held by the Seller as
at the date of this
agreement

  

Number of shares issued
to the Seller between the
date of this agreement
and Completion

238.

   John Cotterill    Y       N Class Shares    5,758   

239.

   Jan Sapper    Y       N Class Shares    8,725   

240.

   Jagjit Singh    Y       N Class Shares    5,636   

241.

   Jeremy Street-Thomas    Y       N Class Shares    8,283   

242.

   Jakub Tkaczyk    Y       N Class Shares    12,428   

243.

   Jarrod Tuxworth    Y       N Class Shares    9,542   

244.

   Jarryn Wise    Y       N Class Shares    2,046   

245.

   Kelley Mann    Y       N Class Shares    4,819   

246.

   Kevin Van Der Donk    Y       N Class Shares    2,160   

247.

   Lekshmy Girija Jayakumar    Y       N Class Shares    5,647   

248.

   Leslie Smith    Y       N Class Shares    9,199   

 

- 58 -


    

Column 1

  

Column 2

  

Column 3

  

Column 4

  

Column 5

  

Column 6

No.

  

Seller

  

Legal title to Sale
Shares held by
Bare Trustee?
(Y/N)

  

Address

  

Class of Sale Shares

  

Number of shares
held by the Seller as
at the date of this
agreement

  

Number of shares issued
to the Seller between the
date of this agreement
and Completion

249.

   Mathew Fox    Y       N Class Shares    2,870   

250.

   Muhammad Hamza    Y       N Class Shares    4,643   

251.

   Nathan Dunlop    Y       N Class Shares    16,751   

252.

   Natalia Figueroa Sanchez    Y       N Class Shares    3,462   

253.

   Prakash Devaraj    Y       N Class Shares    4,036   

254.

   Phonechareun Ngo    Y       N Class Shares    2,111   

255.

   Patrick Smith    Y       N Class Shares    3,053   

256.

   Renee Healy    Y       N Class Shares    2,111   

257.

   Ryan Lonergan    Y       N Class Shares    4,602   

258.

   Richard Maclean    Y       N Class Shares    3,695   

259.

   Roy Phillips    Y       N Class Shares    2,160   

 

- 59 -


    

Column 1

  

Column 2

  

Column 3

  

Column 4

  

Column 5

  

Column 6

No.

  

Seller

  

Legal title to Sale
Shares held by
Bare Trustee?
(Y/N)

  

Address

  

Class of Sale Shares

  

Number of shares
held by the Seller as
at the date of this
agreement

  

Number of shares issued
to the Seller between the
date of this agreement
and Completion

260.

   Raaj Sahdev    Y       N Class Shares    5,215   

261.

   Satish Kumar    Y       N Class Shares    5,483   

262.

   Sworoba Oyet Kep    Y       N Class Shares    4,602   

263.

   Steven Taylor    Y       N Class Shares    5,388   

264.

   St John Marsden    Y       N Class Shares    4,073   

265.

   Travis Howse    Y       N Class Shares    5,340   

266.

   Theresa Ramsey    Y       N Class Shares    2,059   

267.

   Umer Farooq    Y       N Class Shares    3,058   

268.

   Vincent De Denus    Y       N Class Shares    2,200   

269.

   Vivien Wei Ping Wong    Y       N Class Shares    5,283   

270.

   Yolanda Barber    Y       N Class Shares    3,898   

271.

   Yogendrasinh Chauhan    Y       N Class Shares    4,077   

 

- 60 -


    

Column 1

  

Column 2

  

Column 3

  

Column 4

  

Column 5

  

Column 6

No.

  

Seller

  

Legal title to Sale
Shares held by
Bare Trustee?
(Y/N)

  

Address

  

Class of Sale Shares

  

Number of shares
held by the Seller as
at the date of this
agreement

  

Number of shares issued
to the Seller between the
date of this agreement
and Completion

272.

   Yifan Yu    Y       N Class Shares    3,959   

273.

   Zhitao Liu    Y       N Class Shares    3,591   

274.

   Bernardo Blanco Uribe Sosa    Y       N Class Shares    1,388   

275.

   Brice Fallon-Freeman    Y       N Class Shares    1,200   

276.

   Bartosz Janiszewski    Y       N Class Shares    1,470   

277.

   Binil Karakunnel Jose    Y       N Class Shares    1,715   

278.

   Byung Ho Min    Y       N Class Shares    1,797   

279.

   Ba Vuong Tran    Y       N Class Shares    898   

280.

   Clint Newdick    Y       N Class Shares    840   

281.

   Daryl Moon    Y       N Class Shares    2,042   

282.

   Dane Muldoon    Y       N Class Shares    2,238   

 

- 61 -


    

Column 1

  

Column 2

  

Column 3

  

Column 4

  

Column 5

  

Column 6

No.

  

Seller

  

Legal title to Sale
Shares held by
Bare Trustee?
(Y/N)

  

Address

  

Class of Sale Shares

  

Number of shares
held by the Seller as
at the date of this
agreement

  

Number of shares issued
to the Seller between the
date of this agreement
and Completion

283.

   Eischwar Preet Singh Grewal    Y       N Class Shares    980   

284.

   Elizabeth Williams    Y       N Class Shares    2,250   

285.

   Gareth Taylor    Y       N Class Shares    2,250   

286.

   Gioan Tran    Y       N Class Shares    806   

287.

   Ismail Yasik    Y       N Class Shares    1,059   

288.

   Julian Davis    Y       N Class Shares    1,944   

289.

   James Mulliss    Y       N Class Shares    806   

290.

   Jackie O’Hagan    Y       N Class Shares    1,021   

291.

   Jimmy Yuk Ong Ting    Y       N Class Shares    806   

292.

   John Kennedy    Y       N Class Shares    3,500   

293.

   Katherine Van Der Meer    Y       N Class Shares    2,123   

 

- 62 -


    

Column 1

  

Column 2

  

Column 3

  

Column 4

  

Column 5

  

Column 6

No.

  

Seller

  

Legal title to Sale
Shares held by
Bare Trustee?
(Y/N)

  

Address

  

Class of Sale Shares

  

Number of shares
held by the Seller as
at the date of this
agreement

  

Number of shares issued
to the Seller between the
date of this agreement
and Completion

294.

   Mitchell Burling    Y       N Class Shares    1,997   

295.

   Meena Kumari    Y       N Class Shares    2,250   

296.

   Michael Larcombe    Y       N Class Shares    975   

297.

   Matthew Smith    Y       N Class Shares    1,062   

298.

   Pierre Jordaan    Y       N Class Shares    1,470   

299.

   Richard Luce    Y       N Class Shares    1,552   

300.

   Shane Atkinson    Y       N Class Shares    3,500   

301.

   Salpadoru Thuppahige Chamara Udayangana    Y       N Class Shares    806   

302.

   Wayne Jenkins    Y       N Class Shares    500   

303.

   Fergus O’Donnell    Y       N Class Shares    500   

304.

   Jason Sinokula    Y       N Class Shares    4,501   

 

- 63 -


    

Column 1

  

Column 2

  

Column 3

  

Column 4

  

Column 5

  

Column 6

No.

  

Seller

  

Legal title to Sale
Shares held by
Bare Trustee?
(Y/N)

  

Address

  

Class of Sale Shares

  

Number of shares
held by the Seller as
at the date of this
agreement

  

Number of shares issued
to the Seller between the
date of this agreement
and Completion

305.

   Raluca Strugaru    Y       N Class Shares    4,501   

306.

   Jarrod Wilson    Y       N Class Shares    500   

307.

   Kararaina Kopa    Y       N Class Shares    500   

308.

   MD Al Amin    Y       N Class Shares    4,501   

309.

   Justin Russom    Y       N Class Shares    1,000   
   TOTAL         

Ordinary Shares

C Class Shares

N Class Shares

   67,892,971 5,471,698 5,261,826   

 

- 64 -


SCHEDULE 3

SELLER WARRANTIES

 

1.

Title

 

  (a)

Immediately before Completion:

 

  (i)

each Seller (other than a Seller that is an Appointing Beneficiary) is the legal and (except where the Seller expressly enters into this agreement as trustee of a trust) beneficial owner of the Sale Shares listed against its name in Schedule 2 and has complete power and right to sell those Sale Shares to the Buyer; and

 

  (ii)

the Sale Shares listed against each Seller’s name in Schedule 2 (other than a Seller that is an Appointing Beneficiary) comprise all of the issued share capital and equity interests of the Company of which that Seller is the registered holder.

 

  (b)

Immediately before Completion:

 

  (i)

each Seller that is an Appointing Beneficiary is the beneficial owner of the Sale Shares listed against its name in Schedule 2, has appointed the Bare Trustee to hold those Sale Shares on trust for the benefit of that Appointing Beneficiary and has complete power and right to sell those Sale Shares to the Buyer; and

 

  (ii)

the Sale Shares listed against each Seller’s name in Schedule 2 where the Seller is an Appointing Beneficiary comprise all of the issued share capital of the Company of which that Seller is the beneficial holder (with the legal title to those Sale Shares held by the Bare Trustee).

 

  (c)

At Completion, the Buyer will acquire the full legal and beneficial ownership of the Sale Shares listed against each Seller’s name in Schedule 2 free and clear of all Encumbrances (other than as created by the Commitment Agreement), subject to registration of the Buyer in the Company’s register of shareholders.

 

2.

Capacity

Each Seller has full power and capacity to enter into and perform its obligations under this agreement and to carry out the Transactions contemplated by this agreement, and each Seller’s obligations under this agreement are valid and binding and enforceable against it in accordance with their terms.

 

3.

Authorisations

Each Seller has obtained all necessary Authorisations for the execution, delivery and performance by that Seller of this agreement in accordance with its terms.

 

4.

No legal impediment

The execution, delivery and performance by each Seller of this agreement does not constitute a breach of any Law or obligation, or cause or result in a default under any agreement, or Encumbrance, by which it is bound and that would prevent it from entering into and performing its obligations under this agreement.

 

- 65 -


5.

Incorporation

Each Seller that is a corporation warrants that:

 

  (a)

it is validly incorporated, organised and subsisting in accordance with the Laws of its place of incorporation; and

 

  (b)

the execution, delivery and performance by it of this agreement complies with its constitution or other constituent documents.

 

6.

Trustees

Each Seller that enters into this agreement as trustee of a trust warrants in its own capacity and as trustee of the trust that:

 

  (a)

in respect of the trust, no action has been taken or is proposed to be taken to terminate or dissolve the relevant trust; and

 

  (b)

in respect of the trustee:

 

  (i)

it has full and valid power and authority under the terms of the relevant trust to enter into this agreement and to carry out the Transactions contemplated by this agreement;

 

  (ii)

it has in full force and effect the authorisations necessary for it to enter into this agreement and perform its obligations under it and allow them to be enforced (including under the relevant trust deed and its constitution (if any));

 

  (iii)

it enters into this agreement and the Transactions contemplated by this agreement for the proper administration of the relevant trust and for the benefit of all the beneficiaries of the relevant trust;

 

  (iv)

it is the sole trustee of the relevant trust and no action has been taken or is proposed to be taken to remove it as trustee of the relevant trust;

 

  (v)

it has a right, including after any set off, to be fully indemnified out of assets of the relevant trust in respect of obligations incurred by it under this agreement and the assets of the relevant trust are sufficient to satisfy that right of indemnity and all other obligations in respect of which the trustee has a right to be indemnified out of the assets of the relevant trust;

 

  (vi)

it is not in breach of any of its obligations as trustee of the relevant trust, whether under the trust deed or otherwise; and

 

  (vii)

it is not in default under the terms of the relevant trust.

 

- 66 -


7.

Solvency

Each Seller is not the subject of an Insolvency Event and, so far as that Seller is aware, there are no circumstances that justify the Seller being the subject of an Insolvency Event.

 

8.

Tax Matters

No Seller has any plan or intention to sell or otherwise dispose of any Consideration Shares received in the transactions contemplated by this agreement, nor does any Seller have any binding obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Consideration Shares received in the transactions contemplated by this agreement. No Seller has entered into an agreement or other arrangement (including, without limitation, a voting trust) that controls or restricts such person’s right to vote for directors of the Buyer.

 

- 67 -


SCHEDULE 4

BUYER WARRANTIES

 

1.

Capacity

The Buyer has full power and capacity to enter into and perform its obligations under this agreement and to carry out the Transactions contemplated by this agreement, and the obligations of the Buyer under this agreement are valid and binding and enforceable against it in accordance with their terms.

 

2.

Authorisations

The Buyer has obtained all necessary Authorisations for the execution, delivery and performance by the Buyer of this agreement in accordance with its terms.

 

3.

No legal impediment

The execution, delivery and performance by the Buyer of this agreement:

 

  (a)

complies with its constitution or other constituent documents; and

 

  (b)

does not constitute a breach of any Law or obligation, or cause or result in a default under any agreement, or Encumbrance, by which it is bound and that would prevent it from entering into and performing its obligations under this agreement.

 

4.

Incorporation

The Buyer is validly incorporated, organised and subsisting in accordance with the Laws of its place of incorporation.

 

5.

No trust

The Buyer enters into and performs this agreement on its own account and not as trustee for or nominee of any other person.

 

6.

Solvency

The Buyer is not the subject of an Insolvency Event and, so far as the Buyer is aware, there are no circumstances that justify the Buyer being the subject of an Insolvency Event.

 

7.

Corporate

 

  (a)

The Buyer is a newly incorporated special purpose vehicle formed for the purpose of acquiring the Sale Shares and is wholly owned by Mark Johannes Thomas Schutters.

 

  (b)

The Buyer does not hold securities in any entity, except for Merger Sub.

 

- 68 -


  (c)

The Buyer has not, and will not, make any choice to deny rollover relief for any Seller and nothing has happened which would deny rollover relief under section 124-780(3)(f) of the TAA.

 

8.

Consideration Shares

At the Effective Time, the Consideration Shares will, on issue:

 

  (a)

be fully paid and validly issued;

 

  (b)

not be subject to any Encumbrance; and

 

  (c)

will be issued on the same terms and will rank equally with all other shares in the capital of the Buyer.

 

- 69 -


SCHEDULE 5

COMPLETION STEPS

 

1.

COMPLETION

 

1.1

Sellers’ obligations at Completion

 

  (a)

On Completion, the Sellers must give the Buyer the following documents:

 

   

Description

 

Items to be provided

1.   share certificates   share certificates for the Sale Shares or a declaration and undertaking as to missing certificates on terms satisfactory to the Buyer acting reasonably (as applicable).
2.   share transfers   completed share transfers of the Sale Shares to the Buyer, executed by or on behalf of the Sellers.
3.   register of members   the register of members of the Company evidencing the ownership by the Buyer of all of the issued shares in the capital of the Company.
4.   powers of attorney   copies of the powers of attorney (if any) executed by each Seller authorising its attorney to execute any of the documents listed in this clause 1.1 of this Schedule 5 on behalf of the Seller.
5.   board resolutions   copies of board resolutions that have been passed by the directors of the Company on or before Completion approving the registration of the Buyer as the holder of the Sale Shares in its register of shareholders effective from Completion and the issue of a new share certificate for the Sale Shares in the name of the Buyer, subject only to receipt of the executed share transfers referred to in clause 1.1(a)(2) of this Schedule 5 and to payment of any Duty on the transfer of Sale Shares.

 

- 70 -


   

Description

 

Items to be provided

6.   release of Encumbrances   documents (in a form satisfactory to the Buyer acting reasonably) evidencing the release of:
   

(a)   all Encumbrances in respect of the Sale Shares; and

   

(b)   all Encumbrances in respect of the Group Companies, other than the Permitted Encumbrances,

    in each case executed by the holder of that Encumbrance and in the agreed form.
7.   Withholding certificates   if required under clause 11.3(b), an executed copy of the Australian Taxation Office’s Foreign Resident Capital Gains Withholding – Vendor Declaration form (NAT 74879-06.2016) in relation to amounts required to be withheld under clause 11.4 duly executed by each Seller.

 

  (a)

Subject to the Buyer complying with its obligations under clause 1.2 of this Schedule 5, at Completion the Sellers must deliver to the Buyer or make available to the Buyer at the respective offices or places of business of the Group Companies:

 

   

Description

 

Items to be provided

1.   corporate documents   the certificate of incorporation, common seal, duplicate seal, all prescribed registers, all statutory, minute and other Business Records of each Group Company and all unused share certificate forms.
2.   PPS Register information   all secured party group numbers, access codes, dealing numbers and token codes for all Security Interests held by a Group Company as at Completion.

 

1.2

Buyer’s obligations

 

  (a)

At the Effective Time, the Buyer must issue to each Seller the Consideration Shares in their Respective Proportions.

 

  (b)

At the Effective Time, the Buyer must deliver to the Sellers’ Representative, a copy of the register of members of the Buyer updated to reflect the ownership by each Seller of the Consideration Shares issued to that Seller.

 

- 71 -


SCHEDULE 6

FORM OF STA DEED OF ACCESSION

Date                     

This deed poll is made by:

Acceding Party                    [insert name] of [insert address] (“Acceding Party”)

in favour of Tritium DCFC Limited (ACN 650 026 314) (“Buyer”), Tritium Holdings Pty Ltd (ACN 145 324 910) (“Company”) and Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation II (“SPAC”), and each other party to the Share Transfer Agreement (whether original or by accession).

Recitals:

 

(1)

This deed poll is supplemental to a Share Transfer Agreement dated [insert date] between Buyer, Company, SPAC and each of the Sellers who are party thereto (“Share Transfer Agreement”), as amended from time to time.

 

(2)

The Acceding Party is to become a registered holder of [insert number] shares in the capital of the Company as a result of the issue of such shares to the Acceding Party.

This deed poll witnesses as follows:

 

1.

Definitions and interpretation

 

  (a)

Unless otherwise defined in this deed poll, a word or phrase defined in the Share Transfer Agreement has the same meaning when used in this deed poll.

 

  (b)

Clause 1.2 (Interpretation) of the Share Transfer Agreement applies to this deed poll.

 

2.

Accession

 

  (a)

The Acceding Party confirms that it has been supplied with a copy of the Share Transfer Agreement.

 

  (b)

The Acceding Party accedes to the Share Transfer Agreement on and from the date of this deed poll and undertakes in favour of Buyer, Company, SPAC and each of the Sellers who are party to the Share Transfer Agreement (whether original or by accession):

 

  (i)

to adhere to and be bound by the Share Transfer Agreement as if it were an original party to the Share Transfer Agreement and was named in the Share Transfer Agreement as a Seller; and

 

  (ii)

to observe and comply with all the obligations of, and to assume all the rights enjoyed by, a Seller under the Share Transfer Agreement.

 

- 72 -


3.

Notices

For the purposes of the Share Transfer Agreement, the address of the Acceding Party to which all notices must be delivered is:

 

Address    [insert address]
Attention    [insert name]
Email    [insert email]

 

4.

Governing law and jurisdiction

Clauses 15.1 (Governing Law and jurisdiction) of the Share Transfer Agreement applies to this deed poll.

EXECUTED as a deed poll.

[insert execution block for Acceding Party]

 

- 73 -


SIGNING PAGE

 

Executed as an agreement.     
Sellers:     
Executed by each Seller (other than a Consortium Shareholder and GGC International Holdings LLC) by its attorneys, who declares that they have received no notice of revocation of that power of attorney, in the presence of:     

/s/ Mark Anning

    

/s/ Trevor St. Baker

Signature of witness      Signature of attorney

Mark Anning

    

Trevor St. Baker

Full name of witness      Full name of attorney

/s/ Wendy Miller

    

/s/ Jeffrey Phillips

Signature of witness      Signature of attorney

Wendy Miller

    

Jeffrey Phillips

Full name of witness      Full name of attorney

 

Signing Page


Executed by St Baker Energy Holdings Pty Ltd as trustee for the St Baker Energy Innovation Trust (ACN 010 165 554) in accordance with section 127 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth):     

/s/ Trevor St. Baker

    

/s/ Stephen St. Baker

Signature of director      Signature of company secretary/director

Trevor St. Baker

    

Stephen St. Baker

Full name of director      Full name of company secretary/director

 

Signing Page


Executed by Ilwella Pty Ltd (ACN 003 220 371) in accordance with section 127 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth):     

/s/ Brian Flannery

    

/s/ Quentin Flannery

Signature of director      Signature of company secretary/director

Brian Flannery

    

Quentin Flannery

Full name of director      Full name of company secretary/director

 

Signing Page


Executed by Varley Holdings Pty. Limited (ACN 008 464 935) in accordance with section 127 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth):     

/s/ Jeffrey Phillips

    

/s/ Justin England

Signature of director      Signature of company secretary/director

Jeffrey Phillips

    

Justin England

Full name of director      Full name of company secretary/director

 

Signing Page


Executed by Finnmax Pty Ltd as trustee for The Finn Family Trust (ABN 14 920 868 541) in accordance with section 127 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth):     

/s/ Zoe Finn

    
Signature of sole director     

Zoe Finn

    
Full name of director     

 

Signing Page


Executed by GGC International Holdings LLC     

/s/ Tim Reynolds

    
Signature     

Tim Reynolds

    
Name     

VP, Treasury & Treasurer

    
Title     

 

Signing Page


Buyer:     
Executed by Tritium DCFC Limited (ACN 650 026 314) in accordance with section 127 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth):     

/s/ Trevor St. Baker

    

/s/ Mark Anning

Signature of director      Signature of company secretary/director

Trevor St. Baker

    

Mark Anning

Full name of director      Full name of company secretary/director

 

Signing Page


Company:     
Executed by Tritium Holdings Pty Ltd (ACN 145 324 910) in accordance with section 127 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth):     

/s/ Trevor St. Baker

    

/s/ Mark Anning

Signature of director      Signature of company secretary/director

Trevor St. Baker

    

Mark Anning

Full name of director      Full name of company secretary/director

 

Signing Page


SPAC:     
Executed by Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation II:     

/s/ Peter Haskopoulos

    
Signature     

Peter Haskopoulos

    
Name     

Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting Officer and Secretary

    
Title     

 

Signing Page

EX-10.14

Exhibit 10.14.1

 

 

Tritium Holdings Pty Ltd

 

 

Tritium Pty Ltd

 

 

St Baker Energy Holdings Pty Ltd ATF St Baker Energy Innovation Trust

 

 

Amendment Deed - St Baker Loan Agreement

 

   
Amendment Deed – St Baker Loan Agreement   


Contents

 

1

 

Definitions and Interpretation

     3  
 

1.1     Definitions

     3  
 

1.2     Incorporated terms

     4  

2

 

Consideration

     4  

3

 

Amendment and continuation

     4  
 

3.1     Clause 1.1 – Amended definitions

     4  
 

3.2     Clause 1.1 – New definition

     4  
 

3.3     Loan Agreement in full force and effect

     5  

4

 

Conditions precedent

     5  

5

 

Representations and warranties

     5  
 

5.1     General

     5  

6

 

Acknowledgments

     5  
 

6.1     Obligors

     5  
 

6.2     Lender

     6  

7

 

Costs and expenses

     6  

8

 

General

     6  
 

8.1     Counterparts

     6  
 

8.2     Electronic execution

     6  
 

8.3     Governing law and jurisdiction

     6  
 

8.4     Deed

     7  

 

Amendment Deed – St Baker Loan Agreement   


Date 21 January 2022

Parties

Tritium Holdings Pty Ltd ACN 145 324 910 of 48 Miller Street, Murarrie QLD 4172 (Borrower)

Tritium Pty Ltd ACN 095 599 280 of 48 Miller Street, Murarrie QLD 4172 (Guarantor)

St Baker Energy Holdings Pty Ltd ACN 010 165 554 as trustee for the St Baker Energy Innovation Trust ABN 60 715 308 891 of Level 11, 344 Queen Street, Brisbane QLD 4000 (Lender)

 

 

Agreed terms

 

1

Definitions and Interpretation

 

1.1

Definitions

In this document the capitalised terms have the meaning given to them in the Loan Agreement, and the following terms have the following meanings:

 

Amendment Date    The date on which the conditions precedent set out in clause 3 are satisfied.
Cigna Facility Document    The Cigna Loan Agreement and each document defined in the Cigna Loan Agreement as a ‘Finance Document’.
Cigna Loan Agreement    The document titled ‘Senior Loan Note Subscription Agreement’ dated 7 December 2021, as amended from time to time, between among others, the Borrower, the Guarantor, the Lender, HealthSpring Life & Health Insurance Company, Inc, Cigna Health and Life Insurance Company, Barings Target Yield Infrastructure Debt Holdco 1 S.À R.L. and CBA Corporate Services (NSW) Pty Limited.
Loan Agreement    The document titled ‘Loan Agreement’ dated on or about 30 April 2020 between the Borrower, the Guarantor and the Lender.
Intercreditor Deed    The document titled ‘Intercreditor Deed’ dated on or about the date of this document between, among others, the Borrower, the Guarantor, the Lender, HealthSpring Life & Health Insurance Company, Inc, Cigna Health and Life Insurance Company, Barings Target Yield Infrastructure Debt Holdco 1 S.À R.L. and CBA Corporate Services (NSW) Pty Limited.

 

   
Amendment Deed – St Baker Loan Agreement    page 3


1.2

Incorporated terms

Clause 1.2 (“Interpretation”) to clause 1.7 (“Document or agreement) (inclusive) of the Loan Agreement applies to this document as if set out in full with and reference to “this agreement or “this Agreement is a reference to this document.

 

2

Consideration

Each party enters into this document for valuable consideration from the other party and receipt of the consideration is acknowledged by each party.

 

3

Amendment and continuation

On and from the Amendment Date, the Loan Agreement is amended in accordance with this clause 3.

 

3.1

Clause 1.1 – Amended definitions

The definitions for “Cigna Loan Agreement” and “Term” in clause 1.1 (“Definitions”) of the Loan Agreement are amendment by its deletion and replacement as follows:

Cigna Loan Agreement means the document titled ‘Senior Loan Note Subscription Agreement’ dated 7 December 2021, as amended from time to time, between among others, the Borrower, the Guarantor, the Lender, HealthSpring Life & Health Insurance Company, Inc, Cigna Health and Life Insurance Company, Barings Target Yield Infrastructure Debt Holdco 1 S .À R.L. and CBA Corporate Services (NSW) Pty Limited.

Term means the period commencing on the Commencement Date and ending on the earlier of:

 

  (a)

the date on which the Principal Outstanding is fully repaid (including any accured but unpaid interest) in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; and

 

  (b)

the date on which repayment of the Principal Outstanding (including any accrued but unpaid interest) may be fully repaid in accordance with the Intercreditor Deed.

 

3.2

Clause 1.1 – New definition

The definition for “Intercreditor Deed” as set out below is inserted into clause 1.1 (“Definitions”) of the Loan Agreement.

Intercreditor Deed means the document titled ‘Intercreditor Deed’ dated on or about 20 January 2022 between, among others, the Borrower, the Guarantor, the Lender, HealthSpring Life & Health Insurance Company, Inc, Cigna Health and Life Insurance Company, Barings Target Yield Infrastructure Debt Holdco 1 S.À R.L. and CBA Corporate Services (NSW) Pty Limited.

 

   
Amendment Deed – St Baker Loan Agreement    page 4


3.3

Loan Agreement in full force and effect

The Loan Agreement as amended by this document is and continues to be in full force and effect.

 

4

Conditions precedent

The amendment in clause 3 does not take effect until:

 

  (a)

the Intercreditor Deed has been executed by each party to it; and

 

  (b)

Financial Close has occurred under the Cigna Loan Agreement.

 

5

Representations and warranties

 

5.1

General

 

  (a)

Each Obligor represents and warrants that at the time of its execution of this document:

 

  (i)

Capacity: it has capacity unconditionally to execute, deliver and comply with its obligations under this document;

 

  (ii)

Authority: it has taken all necessary action to authorise the unconditional execution and delivery of, and compliance with, its obligations under this document;

 

  (iii)

Enforceability: this document constitutes the valid and legally binding obligations of it and is enforceable against it in accordance with its terms;

 

  (iv)

Execution: it has duly executed this document;

 

  (v)

Constituent documents: its unconditional execution and delivery of, and compliance with its obligations under, this deed do not contravene its constituent documents or any obligation of it under any law or to any other person.

 

  (b)

The interpretation of any statement contained in any representation or warranty will not be restricted by reference to or inference from any other statement contained in any other representation or warranty.

 

  (c)

Each Obligor acknowledges that the Lender enters into this document in reliance on each representation and warranty.

 

6

Acknowledgments

 

6.1

Obligors

Each Obligor:

 

  (a)

agrees to the amendments to the Loan Agreement effected by this document;

 

  (b)

agrees that this document is a Finance Document for the purposes of the Loan Agreement (as amended by this document); and

 

   
Amendment Deed – St Baker Loan Agreement    page 5


  (c)

acknowledges that the Lender has agreed to execute this document at the request of the Obligors, and that this is without prejudice to any other current or future right the Lender may have against the Obligors or any other party or under or in connection with any Finance Document.

 

6.2

Lender

The Lender acknowledges that it has received and reviewed a copy of the Cigna Loan Agreement and all other Cigna Facility Documents it considered relevant prior to entering into this document.

 

7

Costs and expenses

The Borrower must pay:

 

  (a)

all stamp and other duties and taxes and all registration and other like fees which may be payable in respect of this document;

 

  (b)

the costs and expenses (including legal fees and disbursements) incurred by each party in the preparation, negotiation, execution, action under and enforcement of this document.

 

8

General

 

8.1

Counterparts

 

  (a)

This document may consist of a number of counterparts and, if so, the counterparts taken together constitute one document.

 

8.2

Electronic execution

Each party unreservedly and irrevocably agrees that:

 

  (a)

this document may be executed electronically;

 

  (b)

any electronic signature of any signatory on behalf of a party to this document is conclusive evidence of the party’s and the signatory’s intention that the party be bound by this document; and

 

  (c)

this document shall not be challenged or denied any legal effect, validity and/or enforceability solely on the ground that it is in the form of an electronic record.

If this document has been signed electronically, each signatory on behalf of that party consents to electronic execution of this document under section 127(1) and 127(3B) of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) (as modified by subsection 6 of the Treasury Laws Amendment (2021 Measures No. 1) Act 2021 (Cth)) or any similar legislation in the jurisdiction of its incorporation and confirms that they hold the position indicated at their electronic signature.

 

8.3

Governing law and jurisdiction

 

  (a)

This document is governed by and is to be construed in accordance with the laws applicable in Queensland.

 

  (b)

Each party irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts exercising jurisdiction in Queensland and any courts which have jurisdiction to hear appeals from any of those courts and waives any right to object to any proceedings being brought in those courts.

 

   
Amendment Deed – St Baker Loan Agreement    page 6


8.4

Deed

This document is a deed. Factors which might suggest otherwise are to be disregarded.

 

   
Amendment Deed – St Baker Loan Agreement    page 7


Execution

Executed as a deed.

Borrower

 

Executed by Tritium Holdings Pty Ltd   )  
ACN 145 324 910:   )  
  )  

/s/ Trevor Charles St Baker

   

/s/ David Andrew Finn

Director     Director / Company Secretary

Trevor Charles St Baker

   

David Andrew Finn

Name of Director (print)     Name of Director / Company Secretary (print)
Guarantor    
Executed by Tritium Pty Ltd ACN 095 599 280:  

)

)

 
  )  

/s/ Trevor Charles St Baker

   

/s/ David Andrew Finn

Director     Director / Company Secretary

Trevor Charles St Baker

   

David Andrew Finn

Name of Director (print)     Name of Director / Company Secretary (print)
Lender    
Executed by St Baker Energy Holdings Pty Ltd ACN 010 165 554 as trustee for the St Baker Energy Innovation Trust ABN 60 715 308 891:  

)

)

)

 

     

   

 

Director     Director / Company Secretary

         

   

 

Name of Director (print)     Name of Director / Company Secretary (print)

 

   
Amendment Deed – St Baker Loan Agreement   


Execution

Executed as a deed.

Borrower

 

Executed by Tritium Holdings Pty Ltd   )  
ACN 145 324 910:   )  
  )  

     

   

     

Director     Director / Company Secretary

     

   

     

Name of Director (print)     Name of Director / Company Secretary (print)
Guarantor    
Executed by Tritium Pty Ltd ACN 095 599 280:  

)

)

 
  )  

 

   

 

Director     Director / Company Secretary

     

   

     

Name of Director (print)     Name of Director / Company Secretary (print)
Lender    
Executed by St Baker Energy Holdings Pty Ltd ACN 010 165 554 as trustee for the St Baker Energy Innovation Trust ABN 60 715 308 891:  

)

)

)

 

/s/ Trevor Charles St Baker

   

/s/ Stephen Charles St Baker

Director     Director / Company Secretary

Trevor Charles St Baker

   

Stephen Charles St Baker

Name of Director (print)     Name of Director / Company Secretary (print)

 

   
Amendment Deed – St Baker Loan Agreement   
EX-10.18

Exhibit 10.18

 

 

Tritium DCFC Limited

 

Long Term Incentive Plan Rules

 


Contents

 

1   Definitions

     1  

2   Invitations

     7  

2.1

   Board may make Invitations      7  

2.2

   Form of an Invitation      8  

2.3

   Terms of grant      9  

3   Contribution arrangements

     9  

3.1

   Board may permit Contributions      9  

3.2

   Invitations involving Contributions      10  

3.3

   Default Contribution arrangements      10  

4   Trust arrangements

     11  

4.1

   Board may require a Trust      11  

4.2

   Invitations involving a Trust      11  

4.3

   Default Trust arrangements      11  

5   Dividend Equivalent Rights

     12  

5.1

   Board may grant      12  

5.2

   Invitation      12  

5.3

   Default rights      13  

6   Applications

     13  

6.1

   How an Application is made      13  

6.2

   Board discretions regarding Applications      13  

6.3

   Consequences of an Application      13  

7   Grant of Awards

     14  

7.1

   When grant occurs      14  

7.2

   Grant in favour of the Eligible Participant      14  

8   Vesting and Exercise

     14  

8.1

   Vesting of an Option or a Performance Right      14  

8.2

   Exercise of an Option      14  

8.3

   Vesting of Restricted Shares      14  

8.4

   Vesting of an Incentive Right      15  

9   Lapsing and forfeiture

     15  

9.1

   Lapsing of an Option      15  

9.2

   Lapsing of a Performance Right      15  

9.3

   Forfeiture of a Restricted Share      15  

9.4

   Lapsing of an Incentive Right      16  

9.5

   Forfeited Shares      16  

10   Satisfaction of Options and Rights

     16  

10.1

   Allocation of Shares      16  

10.2

   Cash equivalent payments      17  

10.3

   Deferring Allocation of Shares      17  

 

 

Long Term Incentive Plan Rules

   page i


11   Satisfaction of Incentive Rights

     17  

11.1

   Deferring Payment      ,17  

12   Satisfaction of Dividend Equivalent Rights

     18  

13   Dealing Restrictions

     18  

13.1

   Limited Dealing in Awards      18  

13.2

   Consequence of prohibited Dealing      18  

13.3

   Allocated Shares      18  

13.4

   Enforcement of Dealing Restrictions      18  

14   Cessation of Employment

     18  

14.1

   Treatment of an Award      18  

14.2

   Applicable treatment (including Good Leaver and Bad Leaver)      19  

14.3

   Default treatment      20  

15   Change of Employment

     20  

15.1

   Transfers outside Australia      20  

15.2

   Treatment of Awards      21  

16   Control of the Company

     21  

16.1

   Board determination      21  

16.2

   Consequence of determination      21  

16.3

   Exercise or Vesting following Control      22  

17   Adjustments of Awards

     22  

17.1

   Adjustments circumstances      22  

17.2

   Permitted adjustments      22  

17.3

   Rights issues and entitlement offers      23  

17.4

   Bonus issues      23  

17.5

   Reorganisations      23  

17.6

   Additional Awards or Dividend Equivalent Rights      23  

17.7

   Non-Australian residents      23  

17.8

   Notice to Participants      24  

17.9

   Accumulation of adjustments      24  

18   Inappropriate benefits

     24  

18.1

   Inappropriate circumstances      24  

18.2

   Treatment of Awards      25  

19   Tax

     25  

19.1

   Participant responsibility      25  

19.2

   Withholding circumstances      26  

19.3

   Reimbursement arrangements      26  

20   Shares issued under the Plan

     26  

20.1

   Share ranking      26  

20.2

   Listing of Shares on the Exchange      26  

 

 

Long Term Incentive Plan Rules

   page ii


21   Irrevocable power of attorney

     26  

22   Amendments to the Plan

     27  

22.1

   Board may make amendments      27  

22.2

   Restrictions on amendments      27  

22.3

   Permitted amendments      27  

22.4

   Termination or Suspension of the Plan      27  

23   Relationship with Participants

     28  

23.1 Separate rights and obligations

     28  

23.2

   No compensation      28  

24   Administration of the Plan

     29  

24.1

   Power of the Board      29  

24.2

   Waivers      29  

24.3

   Interpretation of the Plan      29  

24.4

   Appointment of attorney      29  

24.5

   Participant data      29  

24.6

   Overseas participants      30  

24.7

   Payments      30  

24.8

   Connection with other plans      30  

24.9

   Amounts owing by a Participant      30  

25   Notices

     31  

25.1

   Notices by the Company      31  

25.2

   Notices to a Group Company      31  

25.3

   Time of service      31  

26   Governing Law

     31  

27   General

     32  

27.1

   Interpretation      32  

27.2

   Application of Corporations Act and Listing Rules      32  

Schedule 1 - Irrevocable power of attorney

     33  

 

 

 

Long Term Incentive Plan Rules

   page iii


1

Definitions

 

Allocate   

(a)    The issue of a Share to or for the benefit of;

 

(b)    procuring the transfer of a Share (pursuant to a purchase on-market or an off- market transfer) to or for the benefit of; or

 

(c)    procuring the setting aside of a Share for the benefit of,

 

a Participant.

Application    An application by an Eligible Participant to participate in the Plan and be granted an Award.
ASIC    Australian Securities and Investment Commission.
Award   

(a)    An Option;

 

(b)    a Performance Right;

 

(c)    a Restricted Share;

 

(d)    an Unrestricted Share; or

 

(e)    an Incentive Right.

Bad Leaver   

Any Eligible Participant who ceases employment with the Company (or, if applicable, a Group Company) by reason of:

 

(a)    resignation;

 

(b)    fraudulent or dishonest conduct; or

 

(c)    termination for cause or summary dismissal pursuant to the terms of the Eligible Participant’s terms of employment, or otherwise for:

 

(i)  suspension or termination of the Eligible Participant’s working visa (if applicable), or any restriction on their ability to work lawfully in Australia;

 

(ii)  wilful or deliberate behaviour that is inconsistent with the continuation of employment by the Company (or Group Company, as applicable);

 

(iii)   engaging in conduct that causes imminent and serious risk to the health or safety of a person or the reputation, viability or profitability of the Company’s business;

 

(iv) theft and/or fraud;

 

 

Long Term Incentive Plan Rules

   page 1


  

(v)   wilful misrepresentation of any qualifications, licences, certifications, etc.;

 

(vi) misappropriation of funds;

 

(vii)  being indicted for a criminal offence;

 

(viii)  attending work under the influence of drugs and/or alcohol;

 

(ix) verbally or physically assaulting, abusing, harassing or threatening an officer, client or customer of the Group or another Employee;

 

(x)   malicious damage to property of the Group, an officer, client or customer of the Group or another Employee;

 

(xi) wilful disobedience of a lawful and reasonable direction given by a representative of the Company (or any other Group Company);

 

(xii)  a wilful, serious breach of applicable Group codes of conduct and workplace policies and processes including the confidentiality and intellectual property provisions contained in the Eligible Participant’s terms of employment; and / or

 

(xiii)  any other matter that the Company (or Group Company) believes is consistent with the meaning of “serious misconduct” in the Fair Work Act 2009 (Cth) and the Fair Work Regulations 2009 (Cth)

 

(d)    any matter (including as a Good Leaver) but where within the period of restraint set out in the Eligible Participant’s terms of employment (or if not so specified, 3 months of ceasing employment):

 

(i)  the Participant commences employment with a competitor;

 

(ii)  the Participant establishes a business which is in competition with the Group;

 

(iii)   key client accounts move to the Participant; or

 

(iv) key existing staff cease employment with a company in the Group and commence employment with the Participant.

 

 

Long Term Incentive Plan Rules

   page 2


Board    The board of directors of the Company, any committee of that board or a duly authorised person or body to which that board has delegated its powers under this Plan.
Cessation Date    In relation to a particular Participant, the date on which Cessation of Employment of that Participant occurs.
Cessation of Employment   

In relation to a particular Participant:

 

(a)    that Participant ceases to be an Employee for whatever reason; or

 

(b)    that Participant’s employer (being a company other than the Company) ceases to be a Group Company.

Change of Control Event   

(a)    A Takeover Bid being made for Shares in the Company;

 

(b)    a court orders a meeting to be convened in relation to a compromise or arrangement for the purposes of, or in connection with:

 

(i)  a scheme which would, if it becomes effective, result in any person (either alone or together with its related bodies corporate) owning all of the shares in the Company; or

 

(ii)  a scheme for the reconstruction of the Company or its amalgamation with any other company or companies;

 

(c)    any other transaction or event that in the Board’s opinion is likely to result in a change of Control of the Company.

Company    Tritium DCFC Limited ACN 650 026 314.
Constitution    The constitution of the Company.
Contributions   

A monetary amount to be applied towards the price payable for the Allocation of a Share, whether made before or after the Allocation, from one or more of the following:

 

(a)    gross (before-tax) wages or salary;

 

(b)    net (after-tax) wages or salary;

 

(c)    a bonus or other remuneration.

Control    Has the meaning given in section 50AA of the Corporations Act.
Corporations Act    Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

 

 

Long Term Incentive Plan Rules

   page 3


Dealing   

In relation to an Award or a Share (as the case may be), any dealing, including but not limited to:

 

(a)    a sale, transfer, assignment, trust, encumbrance, option, swap, any alienation of all or any part of the rights attaching to the Award or Share;

 

(b)    any attempt to do any of the actions set out in paragraph (a); and

 

(c)    any arrangement or transaction in financial products that operates to limit the economic risk associated with holding a Share or Award.

Dealing Restriction    The restrictions on Dealing with an Award or Shares (as applicable) as set out in these Rules or an Invitation.
Dividend Equivalent Right   

A right to be paid a cash amount that is ultimately determined by reference to (wholly or in part):

 

(a)    the amount or value of dividends paid or payable in relation to Shares over a specified period of time; or

 

(b)    a change in the amount or value over a specified period of time of dividends paid or payable in relation to Shares.

 

Eligible Participant   

(a)    An Employee (including a director employed in an executive capacity); or

 

(b)    any other person who the Board determines is eligible to receive a grant of an Award under the Plan, which may include a non-executive director or independent contractor of a Group Company.

Employee    Any person who is in full-time or part-time employment of a Group Company.
Exchange    Any stock exchange nationally recognised in the United States of America or Australia (including Nasdaq Capital Market) on which the Shares are listed.
Exercise Price    The amount payable to exercise an Option following Vesting as set out in an Invitation (as adjusted or amended in accordance with these Rules).
Financial Year    The financial year of the Company (being at the time of adoption of these Rules a period of 12 months starting on 1 July in one year and ending on 30 June in the following year).
Forfeited Share    A Share forfeited in accordance with these Rules.

 

 

Long Term Incentive Plan Rules

   page 4


Good Leaver   

An Eligible Participant who:

 

(a)    ceases employment or office with any Group Company and who is not a Bad Leaver, and includes where a Participant’s employment or office ceases due to redundancy, bona fide retirement, permanent incapacity or death; or

 

(b)    ceases employment or office with any member of the Group Company and whom the Board in its absolute discretion determines is a Good Leaver (including where the Eligible Participant would otherwise be considered a Bad Leaver).

Group    The Company and each Group Company.
Group Company    The Company and each of its Subsidiaries.
Incentive Right   

A right to be paid a cash amount that is ultimately determined by reference to (wholly or in part):

 

(a)    the price or value of Shares at a specified point in time or period of time; or

 

(b)    a change in the price or value of Shares over a specified period of time.

Invitation    An invitation to an Eligible Participant made by the Board under clause 2.1 to apply to participate in the Plan and apply for a grant of an Award.
Listing Rules    The rules and regulations of any Exchange.
Market Value   

In relation to a Share means:

 

(a)    the VWAP of Shares over the 10 Trading Days on which sales were recorded on the Exchange immediately before the relevant date; or

 

(b)    any other calculation as determined by the Board.

Option    An option to acquire one Share (or to be paid a cash payment in lieu of one Share) in accordance with these Rules and an Invitation.
Participant    A person who has holds an Award or Share under the terms of this Plan from time to time.
Performance Right    A right to acquire one Share (or to be paid a cash payment in lieu of one Share) in accordance with these Rules and an Invitation.
Plan    The Tritium DCFC Limited Long Term Incentive Plan as set out in these Rules.

 

 

Long Term Incentive Plan Rules

   page 5


Restricted Share    A Share Allocated under this Plan (other than as result of the exercise of an Option or the Vesting of a Performance Right) that has not yet become an Unrestricted Share.
Restriction Period    The period during which a Participant must not Deal with Awards or Shares Allocated on exercise or Vesting of an Award as specified in an Invitation.
Rules    The terms and conditions set out in this document as amended from time to time.
Securities Trading Policy    The policy of the Company on Dealing in securities of the Company as amended or replaced from time to time.
Share    A fully paid ordinary share in the capital of the Company.
Subsidiary    A body corporate which is a subsidiary of the Company within the meaning of section 9 of the Corporations Act.
Takeover Bid    Has the meaning given in section 9 of the Corporations Act.
Tax    Any tax, levy, excise, duty, charge, surcharge, contribution, withholding tax, impost or withholding obligation of whatever nature, whether direct or indirect, by whatever method collected or recovered, together with any fees, penalties, fines, interest or statutory charge.
Tax Liability    A liability of the Participant for income tax or employment taxes under any wage, withholding or other arrangements or for any other tax, social security contributions or levy or charge of a similar nature.
Trading Day    Any day on which the Exchange is open for trading.
Trust    In relation to an Invitation, the trust specified by the Company as the trust for the purposes of the Invitation.
Trust Deed    The trust deed of the Trust, as amended from time to time
Trust Share    In respect of a Participant, a Share Allocated under the Plan that is held by the Trustee on behalf of that Participant pursuant to the Trust Deed.
Trustee    The trustee under the Trust Deed.
Unrestricted Share    A Share Allocated under this Plan (including as a result of the exercise of an Option or the Vesting of a Performance Right) that is not subject to any dealing restrictions or forfeiture conditions under clause 8 or 9.
Unvested    In respect of an Award means an Award which has not Vested.

 

 

Long Term Incentive Plan Rules

   page 6


Vest or Vesting   

The process by which the holder of an Award becomes entitled to:

 

(a)    in the case of an Option, exercise the Option in accordance with clause 8.2;

 

(b)    in the case of a Performance Right, be Allocated a Share in accordance with clause 10.1 or be paid the amount payable in respect of the Performance Right in accordance with clause 10.2; or

 

(c)    in the case of an Incentive Right, be paid the amount payable in respect of the Incentive Right; or

 

(d)    in the case of a Restricted Share, an Unrestricted Share in accordance with clause 8.3,

 

following all Vesting Conditions that apply to that Award being satisfied or otherwise waived by the Board.

Vesting Condition    Means one or more conditions (which may comprise of include a condition that the relevant Participant remains an Employee for a specified period) which must be satisfied or circumstances which must exist before an Award Vests under these Rules.
Vesting Period    The period or periods over which the Vesting Conditions are measured or tested as specified by the Board for the purposes of a particular Award, including any period or periods over which any re-testing of the Vesting Conditions occurs.
VWAP   

In relation to a Share means the arithmetic average of the daily volume weighted average market price of the Shares (calculated to 2 decimal places of one cent) of all Shares sold on the Exchange excluding:

 

(a)    special crossings, overseas trades, trades pursuant to the exercise of options, overnight trades, and any other trades that are excluded from an Exchange volume weighted average price calculation; and

 

(b)    any trades that the Board determines to exclude on the basis that the trades are not fairly reflective of natural supply and demand.

 

2

Invitations

 

2.1

Board may make Invitations

 

  (a)

The Board may, from time to time, in its absolute discretion and subject to these Rules invite Eligible Participants to participate in the Plan and apply for a grant of Awards upon the terms set out in the Plan and any other terms and conditions as the Board determines.

 

 

Long Term Incentive Plan Rules

   page 7


  (b)

The Board may in its discretion invite an Eligible Participant to apply for a grant of a Dividend Equivalent Right in an Invitation to apply for a grant of Award (other than a Restricted Share or Unrestricted Share).

 

  (c)

Without limiting clause 2.1(a), an Invitation may be expressed as an offer to the Eligible Participant to participate in the Plan and may specify the manner in which the Eligible Participant may accept that offer or the conduct of the Eligible Participant which will be treated as acceptance of that offer, including the failure of the Eligible Participant to lodge or submit an election not to participate in the Plan in accordance with the instructions that accompany the Invitation.

 

  (d)

Without limiting clause 2.1(a), an Invitation may be made to a person where the Invitation is conditional on the person becoming an Employee.

 

  (e)

The Board may amend or withdraw an Invitation at any time prior to acceptance. An invitation that is withdrawn will become null and void and of no effect.

 

2.2

Form of an Invitation

 

  (a)

An Invitation may take any form determined by the Board, including by electronic means or by way of making it available on a website and notifying the Eligible Participant recipient that it is available on the website.

 

  (b)

An Invitation must include the following information:

 

  (i)

the type or types of Awards being offered;

 

  (ii)

the number of Awards being offered or the method by which the number will be calculated;

 

  (iii)

the manner in which the Eligible Participant may accept or reject the Invitation and the latest date by which the Invitation must be accepted;

 

  (iv)

the amount (if any) that will be payable for the grant of an Award or the method by which that amount will be calculated; and

 

  (v)

any Vesting Conditions or other conditions that apply to the Award, including any Vesting Period.

 

  (c)

An Invitation for a grant of an Option or Performance Right must include the following information:

 

  (i)

if the Award is an Option, the requirements for exercising the Option, including any Exercise Price that will be payable and the period or periods in which the Option may be exercised;

 

  (ii)

whether the exercise of the Option or Vesting of the Performance Right will only be satisfied by an Allocation of Shares to the Participant; and

 

  (iii)

the dates or circumstances in which the Option or Performance Right may lapse.

 

 

Long Term Incentive Plan Rules

   page 8


  (d)

An Invitation for a grant of an Incentive Right must include the following information:

 

  (i)

how the amount of the Incentive Right will be calculated; and

 

  (ii)

when the amount of the Incentive Right will be paid.

 

  (e)

An Invitation may include the following information:

 

  (i)

the circumstances (if any) in which Shares Allocated to the Participant may be forfeited;

 

  (ii)

any Dealing Restrictions (including the Restriction Period);

 

  (iii)

how an Award may be treated in the event that a Cessation of Employment of the Participant occurs;

 

  (iv)

how an Award may be treated in the event that a Change of Control Event occurs;

 

  (v)

how an Award may be treated in the circumstances referred to in clause 15.1; and

 

  (vi)

how an Award may be treated in the circumstances referred to in clause 18.1.

 

2.3

Terms of grant

Unless an Invitation provides otherwise:

 

  (a)

no payment will be required for the grant of an Award; and

 

  (b)

an Option or Performance Right does not confer on a Participant the right to participate in new issue of securities to existing holders of Shares unless:

 

  (i)

the Participant has become entitled to exercise the Option or the Performance Right has Vested;

 

  (ii)

Shares have been Allocated under the Plan in respect of that Option or Performance Right before the record date for the determination of entitlements to the new issue of securities; and

 

  (c)

the Participant participates as a holder of those Allocated Shares.

 

3

Contribution arrangements

 

3.1

Board may permit Contributions

The Board may in its discretion determine that a Participant may satisfy the payment of the amount (if any) payable for the Allocation of Restricted Shares by means of the application of Contributions.

 

 

Long Term Incentive Plan Rules

   page 9


3.2

Invitations involving Contributions

If the Board makes a determination under clause 3.1, the Invitation for the grant of those Restricted Shares must specify:

 

  (a)

the form and manner by which a Participant can agree to make Contributions;

 

  (b)

the type of Contributions which may be made;

 

  (c)

the period or periods of time during which Contributions may be made;

 

  (d)

any limitations on the amount of Contributions which can be made, which may vary between different types of Contributions and may include either or both a minimum amount and maximum amount;

 

  (e)

the circumstances (if any) in which the amount of the Contributions agreed to be made by the Participant can be changed and how that change may be effected;

 

  (f)

the manner in which Contributions made by a Participant will be held pending their application for an Allocation of Shares;

 

  (g)

the procedure by which the Contributions will be applied towards the price payable for an Allocation of Shares, including the time or times when the Restricted Shares will be Allocated and how Contributions in excess of the price payable for the Allocation of the Restricted Shares will be dealt with;

 

  (h)

how the Contributions will be treated in the event a Cessation of Employment of the Participant occurs;

 

  (i)

how the Contributions will be treated in the event a Change of Control Event occurs;

 

  (j)

the circumstances (if any) in which the Participant may be prohibited or suspended from making further Contributions and the consequences of that prohibition or suspension, including how Contributions made prior to that time will be dealt with; and

 

  (k)

the procedure by which a Participant may elect to discontinue making Contributions under the Plan, when that election takes effect and the consequences of that election.

 

3.3

Default Contribution arrangements

Unless an Invitation to which this clause 3 applies provides otherwise:

 

  (a)

any Contributions (other than in the form of future gross (before-tax) salary or wages) will pending their application be held by or on behalf of the Company or a Group Company on trust for Participants in an account with a financial institution that is used solely in connection with employee incentive schemes of the Group Companies (including the Plan);

 

  (b)

a Participant cannot elect to discontinue making Contributions in regards to Shares which have already been Allocated to the Participant;

 

  (c)

subject to clause 3.3(b), a notice given by the Participant to the Company in accordance with these Rules to discontinue making Contributions will take effect 45 days after the giving of the notice;

 

 

Long Term Incentive Plan Rules

   page 10


  (d)

if a Participant has elected to discontinue making Contributions in accordance with the procedure specified in the Invitation, any Contributions (other than in the form of future gross (before-tax) salary or wages) that have not been applied for the Allocation of Shares to the Participant under the Plan will be repaid to the Participant as soon as practicable after that discontinuation less any applicable Tax on those Contributions; and

 

  (e)

the Company will not pay interest on Contributions made by a Participant pending the application of those Contributions for the Allocation of Shares to the Participant.

 

4

Trust arrangements

 

4.1

Board may require a Trust

The Board may in its discretion determine that a Restricted Share or Unrestricted Share will be held by a Trustee on behalf of a Participant on the terms and conditions of the Trust Deed and any additional terms as the Board determines.

 

4.2

Invitations involving a Trust

If the Board make a determination under clause 4.1, the Invitation for those Restricted Shares or Unrestricted Shares must set out:

 

  (a)

the name of the Trust and Trustee;

 

  (b)

the rights of the Participant to receive income deriving from the Trust Shares, including dividends and distributions;

 

  (c)

the rights of the Participant to exercise, or to direct the Trustee to exercise on their behalf, any voting rights attaching to Trust Shares; and

 

  (d)

the circumstances in which the Participant, or the Company on behalf of the Participant, may direct the Trustee to:

 

  (i)

transfer the Trust Share into the Participant’s name; or

 

  (ii)

sell the Trust Share and pay the proceeds of sale less any transaction costs of the sale to the Participant.

 

4.3

Default Trust arrangements

Unless the terms of the Trust Deed or an Invitation in respect of Trust Shares provides otherwise:

 

  (a)

the Trustee will not levy any fees or charges for administering the Trust that are payable directly by the Participant or out of the assets of the Trust, other than reasonable disbursements including brokerage and Tax levied or incurred in connection with the Trust;

 

  (b)

the Participant is entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions or benefits payable to the Participant or the Trustee in respect of Trust Shares;

 

 

Long Term Incentive Plan Rules

   page 11


  (c)

the Participant is entitled to direct the Trustee in writing how to exercise the voting rights attaching to Trust Shares;

 

  (d)

where the Trustee is a Group Company, the Trustee will not, at its own discretion, exercise the voting rights attaching to Trust Shares;

 

  (e)

any bonus shares that are issued in respect of Trust Shares will be issued to the Trustee on the Participant’s behalf and will be held subject to the same Dealing Restrictions as the Trust Shares in respect of which they were issued;

 

  (f)

if rights arise on a rights issue or entitlement offer in respect of Trust Shares:

 

  (i)

the Participant may instruct the Trustee how to deal with those rights in accordance with the Trust Deed; and

 

  (ii)

if the Participant does not instruct the Trustee how to deal with those rights, the rights will be dealt with in accordance with the Trust Deed; and

 

  (g)

where a Trust Share ceases to be a Restricted Share, the Trustee will continue to hold the Trust Share on trust on behalf of the Participant until the Participant, or the Company on behalf of the Participant, directs the Trustee to:

 

  (i)

transfer the Trust Share into the Participant’s name; or

 

  (ii)

sell the Trust Share in accordance with the Trust Deed and pay the proceeds of sale less any transaction costs of the sale to the Participant.

 

5

Dividend Equivalent Rights

 

5.1

Board may grant

The Board may determine at the time an Invitation of Options, Performance Rights or Incentive Rights is made that the Participant will also be granted a Dividend Equivalent Right in respect of:

 

  (a)

Options which are exercised; or

 

  (b)

Performance Rights which Vest; or

 

  (c)

Incentive Rights which Vest.

 

5.2

Invitation

If the Board makes a determination under clause 5.1, the Invitation for the grant of Dividend Equivalent Rights must specify:

 

  (a)

how the amount of the Dividend Equivalent Right will be calculated; and

 

  (b)

when the amount of the Dividend Equivalent Right will be paid.

 

 

Long Term Incentive Plan Rules

   page 12


5.3

Default rights

Unless an Invitation of Dividend Equivalent Rights provides otherwise:

 

  (a)

the amount of the Dividend Equivalent Rights which apply to an Option or a Performance Right will be approximately equal to the amount of dividends that would have been payable to a Participant had he or she been the registered holder of the Shares which are Allocated on exercise of that Option or Vesting of that Performance Right from the first day of the Financial Year in which that Option or Performance Right is granted (excluding any dividends actually paid in respect of those Shares after their Allocation to the Participant);

 

  (b)

the amount of the Dividend Equivalent Rights will not be grossed up or otherwise adjusted to account for any Tax consequences which would have applied if the Participant had actually been paid a dividend; and

 

  (c)

the Company must satisfy the entitlement of a Participant to receive a payment of a Dividend Equivalent Right which applies to an Option or a Performance Right as soon as reasonably practicable following the Allocation of Shares on exercise of that Option or Vesting of that Performance Right.

 

6

Applications

 

6.1

How an Application is made

An Application by the Eligible Participant must be made in accordance with the instructions that accompany the Invitation to which the Application relates, or in any other way the Board determines.

 

6.2

Board discretions regarding Applications

 

  (a)

The Board may, at its discretion, refuse to allow the participation of a person in the Plan where that person ceases to be an Eligible Participant, or ceases to satisfy any other condition imposed by the Board, before the grant of the Award is made.

 

  (b)

Nothing limits the Board’s ability to treat the conduct of an Eligible Participant in respect of an Invitation as valid application to participate in the Plan under these Rules.

 

6.3

Consequences of an Application

By applying to participate in the Plan in respect of an Invitation, the Eligible Participant is deemed to have agreed to be bound by these Rules, the terms of the Invitation and the Constitution.

 

 

Long Term Incentive Plan Rules

   page 13


7

Grant of Awards

 

7.1

When grant occurs

If:

 

  (a)

an Application by an Eligible Participant is accepted by the Board; or

 

  (b)

an Invitation in the form referred to in clause 2.1(c) is made and that offer is accepted in accordance with the terms of the Invitation,

the Board will (subject to its discretion under clause 6.2) at a time determined by the Board, and provided the relevant Eligible Participant continues to be an Employee (unless the Board determines otherwise):

 

  (c)

in the case of an Award other than Restricted Shares and Unrestricted Shares, grant the Award to the Eligible Participant; or

 

  (d)

in the case of Restricted Shares and Unrestricted Shares, Allocate Shares to the Eligible Participant.

 

7.2

Grant in favour of the Eligible Participant

Unless the Board determines otherwise and subject to clause 4, an Award may not be registered in any name other than that of the Eligible Participant.

 

8

Vesting and Exercise

 

8.1

Vesting of an Option or a Performance Right

 

  (a)

Subject to any express clause of these Rules, an Option or a Performance Right will only Vest (and in the case of an Option become exercisable) where each Vesting Condition and any additional terms specified in the Invitation for that Option or Performance Right have been satisfied or otherwise waived by the Board.

 

  (b)

Vesting occurs upon notification from the Company to the Participant that an Option or Performance Right has Vested pursuant to this clause 8.1.

 

8.2

Exercise of an Option

 

  (a)

An Option may only be exercised if it has Vested.

 

  (b)

The exercise of an Option may only be effected in a form and manner specified in the Invitation or as otherwise determined by the Board.

 

  (c)

Subject to clause 10.2(b)(ii), on the exercise of an Option the Participant must pay the Exercise Price for that Option.

 

8.3

Vesting of Restricted Shares

Subject to any express clause of these Rules, a Share ceases to be a Restricted Share where:

 

  (a)

each Vesting Condition and any additional terms specified in the Invitation for that Restricted Share have been satisfied or otherwise waived by the Board; and

 

  (b)

the Company notifies the Participant that the Share is no longer a Restricted Share.

 

 

Long Term Incentive Plan Rules

   page 14


8.4

Vesting of an Incentive Right

 

  (a)

Subject to any express clause of these Rules, an Incentive Right will only Vest where each Vesting Condition and any additional terms specified in the Invitation for that Incentive Right have been satisfied or otherwise waived by the Board.

 

  (b)

Vesting occurs upon notification from the Company to the Participant that an Incentive Right has Vested pursuant to this clause 8.4.

 

9

Lapsing and forfeiture

 

9.1

Lapsing of an Option

An Option will lapse upon the earliest to occur of:

 

  (a)

the date specified after Vesting in the Invitation for that Option or if no date specified 3 years after vesting;

 

  (b)

a date or circumstance specified in the Invitation for that Option or a provision of these Rules as when an Option lapses;

 

  (c)

failure to meet a Vesting Condition within the Vesting Period or meet any other condition applicable to the Option within the period specified in the Invitation for that Option; or

 

  (d)

the receipt by the Company of a notice in writing from a Participant that the Participant has elected to surrender the Option.

 

9.2

Lapsing of a Performance Right

A Performance Right will lapse upon the earliest to occur of:

 

  (a)

a date or circumstance specified in the Invitation for that Performance Right or a provision of these Rules as when a Performance Right lapses;

 

  (b)

failure to meet a Vesting Condition within the Vesting Period or meet any other condition applicable to the Performance Right within the period specified in the Invitation for that Performance Right; or

 

  (c)

the receipt by the Company of a notice in writing from a Participant that the Participant has elected to surrender the Performance Right.

 

9.3

Forfeiture of a Restricted Share

A Restricted Share will be forfeited upon the earliest to occur of:

 

  (a)

a date or circumstance specified in the Invitation for that Restricted Share or a provision of these Rules as when a Restricted Share is forfeited;

 

  (b)

failure to meet a Vesting Condition within the Vesting Period or any other condition applicable to the Restricted Share within the period specified in the Invitation for that Restricted Share; or

 

  (c)

the receipt by the Company of a notice in writing from a Participant that the Participant has elected to surrender the Restricted Share.

 

 

Long Term Incentive Plan Rules

   page 15


9.4

Lapsing of an Incentive Right

An Incentive Right will lapse upon the earliest to occur of:

 

  (a)

a date or circumstance specified in the Invitation for that Incentive Right or a provision of these Rules as when an Inventive Right lapses;

 

  (b)

failure to meet a Vesting Condition within the Vesting Period or meet any other condition applicable to the Incentive Right within the period specified in the Invitation for that Incentive Right; or

 

  (c)

the receipt by the Company of a notice in writing from a Participant that the Participant has elected to surrender the Incentive Right.

 

9.5

Forfeited Shares

 

  (a)

Where a Forfeited Share is held by the Participant, the Participant is taken to have agreed to dispose of all of his or her interest in that Share for no consideration and the Share will be transferred into the name of the Company’s nominee.

 

  (b)

Where a Forfeited Share is held by the Trustee, the Participant’s rights in the Share will be extinguished for no consideration and the Share will be held by the Trustee as general trust property in accordance with the terms of the Trust.

 

  (c)

Where a Forfeited Share was Allocated to a Participant on the exercise of an Option, the Company may, but is not obliged to, repay to the Participant any Exercise Price paid by that Participant in relation to that Forfeited Share.

 

10

Satisfaction of Options and Rights

 

10.1

Allocation of Shares

 

  (a)

Subject to clause 10.2 and 10.3, on the exercise of an Option or Vesting of a Performance Right, the Company must Allocate a Share to the Participant.

 

  (b)

If the aggregate number of Shares, but for this clause 10.1(b), would have been allocated in accordance with clause 10.1(a) in respect of the exercised Option or Vested Performance Right of a Participant at a particular time includes a fraction of a Share, the aggregate number of Shares that the Participant is entitled to be allocated in respect of those Options or Performance Rights at that time (subject to the Plan) will be rounded down to the nearest whole number, and the number of Shares to which the Participant is entitled to be allocated in respect of those exercised Options or Vested Performance Rights will be deemed to be decreased on a pro rata basis accordingly.

 

 

Long Term Incentive Plan Rules

   page 16


10.2

Cash equivalent payments

 

  (a)

Unless the terms of an Invitation provide otherwise, the Board may determine that the exercise of an Option or the Vesting of a Performance Right will be satisfied by the Company making a cash payment to the Participant in lieu of an Allocation of Shares. The Board may determine that some or all of a Participant’s Options or Rights will be settled in this manner.

 

  (b)

Where the Board makes a determination under 10.2(a), the Company must notify the Participant of the following information:

 

  (i)

the number of Options or Performance Rights the subject of that determination; and

 

  (ii)

that no Exercise Price is payable in respect of an Option the subject of that determination or that the Company will refund any Exercise Price paid by the Participant in respect of an Option the subject of that determination.

 

  (c)

Where the Board makes a determination under clause 10.2(a), the Company must, as soon as reasonably practicable following the exercise of an Option or the Vesting of a Performance Right, pay to the Participant an amount equivalent to the value of the exercised Options or the Vested Performance Rights the subject of that determination calculated in accordance with clause 10.2(d).

 

  (d)

The amount of the cash payment referred in clause 10.2(c) will be calculated by multiplying the number of Options that have been exercised or the number of Performance Rights that have Vested (as applicable) by the Market Value on the date on which the Share in respect of that Option or Performance Right would otherwise have been Allocated to a Participant, less in the case of Options, any Exercise Price of those Options specified in the Invitation which has not been paid by the Participant to the Company

 

10.3

Deferring Allocation of Shares

To the extent required by law, the Company shall defer the allocation of a proportion of Shares or, where applicable, cash in lieu, for whatever period of time is so required.

 

11

Satisfaction of Incentive Rights

Subject to clause 11.1, the Company must pay the amount of a Vested Incentive Right on the payment date specified in the Invitation for that Incentive Right.

 

11.1

Deferring Payment

To the extent required by law, the Company shall defer the payment of a proportion of the amount of a Vested Incentive Right for whatever period of time is so required.

 

 

Long Term Incentive Plan Rules

   page 17


12

Satisfaction of Dividend Equivalent Rights

The Company must pay the amount of a Dividend Equivalent Right on the payment date specified in the Invitation for that Dividend Equivalent Right.

 

13

Dealing Restrictions

 

13.1

Limited Dealing in Awards

A Participant must not Deal with an Award unless that Dealing:

 

  (a)

is required by law and the Participant has provided satisfactory evidence of that requirement to the Board; and

 

  (b)

is permitted (or is not prohibited) by the Company’s Securities Trading Policy.

 

13.2

Consequence of prohibited Dealing

 

  (a)

Where, in the opinion of the Board, a Participant Deals with an Award (other than a Restricted Share or Unrestricted Share) in breach of clause 13.1, the Award will immediately lapse.

 

  (b)

Where, in the opinion of the Board, a Participant Deals with his or her interest in a Restricted Share in breach of clause 13.1, the Restricted Share is deemed to immediately be forfeited.

 

13.3

Allocated Shares

The Board may, at its discretion, impose a restriction on Dealing with Shares Allocated on exercise of an Option or Vesting of a Performance Right.

 

13.4

Enforcement of Dealing Restrictions

 

  (a)

The Company may implement any procedure it considers appropriate to enforce a Dealing Restriction, including the imposition of a holding lock or requiring that Shares be held in trust on behalf of a Participant.

 

  (b)

By making an Application or accepting an Invitation, each Participant undertakes not to take any action or permit another person to take any action to remove any procedure imposed by the Company under clause 13.4(a).

 

14

Cessation of Employment

 

14.1

Treatment of an Award

 

  (a)

The Board may:

 

  (i)

specify in the terms of an Invitation; or

 

  (ii)

make a determination as to,

how a Participant’s Awards will be treated on the occurrence of Cessation of Employment of the Participant.

 

 

Long Term Incentive Plan Rules

   page 18


  (b)

The Board may determine that a Participant is a Good Leaver or a Bad Leaver.

 

  (c)

The terms of an Invitation may specify that:

 

  (i)

the applicable treatment under clause 14.2 is subject to the Board’s power to make a determination under clause 14.1(a)(ii);

 

  (ii)

the Good Leaver and Bad Leaver definitions and related provisions in these Rules apply to the Awards the subject of the Invitation, or substitute alternative definitions of Good Leaver and/or Bad Leaver and related provisions (which shall apply in respect of those Awards in lieu of the existing definitions and provision in these Rules); or

 

  (iii)

subject to applicable laws, the circumstances in which a Cessation of Employment of a Participant will be treated as not having occurred for the purposes of the Plan.

 

14.2

Applicable treatment (including Good Leaver and Bad Leaver)

 

  (a)

The applicable treatment under clause 14.1(a) may be that some or all of the Participant’s Awards:

 

  (i)

Vest on the Cessation Date, or on the occurrence of a specified date or circumstance, or on the satisfaction of a specified condition;

 

  (ii)

are not subject to a term of the grant of the applicable Award, including a Vesting Condition or a Disposal Restriction;

 

  (iii)

in the case of an Option, is only exercisable within a specified period or on the satisfaction of a specified condition; or

 

  (iv)

lapse or are forfeited.

 

  (b)

Where the Awards are subject to Good Leaver and Bad Leaver provisions, the applicable treatment under clause 14.1(a) will be that specified in the Invitation or as determined by the Board, or where not specified or determined by the Board, all of the Participant’s Awards:

 

  (i)

in the case of a Good Leaver, Vest on the Cessation Date and are not subject to a Vesting Condition;

 

  (ii)

in the case of a Bad Leaver, lapse or are forfeited; and

 

  (iii)

in either case, remain subject to a Disposal Restriction,

but in no case will limit the Board’s discretion to make a determination under clause 18.1(e).

 

  (c)

In making a determination under clause 14.1(a), the Board may have regard to any matter the Board considers relevant, including:

 

  (i)

the circumstances in which the Cessation of Employment of the Participant occurred;

 

 

Long Term Incentive Plan Rules

   page 19


  (ii)

the extent that the Vesting Conditions of the Award are determined or estimated by the Board to have been satisfied when tested at the Cessation Date; and

 

  (iii)

the proportion of the Vesting Period of the Award that has elapsed at the time of the Cessation Date.

 

  (d)

Notwithstanding any rule, no Group Company is required to pay, provide, or procure the payment or provision of, any money or other benefit to the Participant which would require shareholder approval under the Corporations Act, if such relevant approval has not been obtained. Nothing in the Plan requires or will be deemed to require any Group Company to seek the approval of their respective shareholders to enable them to perform an action in connection with an Award.

 

14.3

Default treatment

 

  (a)

Unless an Invitation provides otherwise and subject to clause 14.3(b), any Unvested Award of a Participant does not Vest or lapse as a result of a Cessation of Employment of the Participant, and these Rules and the relevant terms of the Award continue to apply, except that any continuous service requirement of a Vesting Condition will be deemed to have been waived.

 

  (b)

Unless an Invitation provides otherwise, the Board may make a determination under clause 14.1(a)(ii) in respect of an Award of a Participant with 1 month of the Cessation Date.

 

15

Change of Employment

 

15.1

Transfers outside Australia

The Board may:

 

  (a)

specify in the terms of an Invitation; or

 

  (b)

make a determination as to,

how a Participant’s Awards will be treated where a Participant is transferred to work for a Group Company outside Australia and, as a result of that transfer:

 

  (c)

the Participant would suffer a tax disadvantage in relation to their Awards which is demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Board;

 

  (d)

the Company would be restricted in its ability to Vest Awards or to Allocate Shares upon the exercise of Options or the Vesting of Performance Shares;

 

  (e)

the Company would be restricted in its ability to pay the amount payable on Vesting of an Incentive Right; or

 

  (f)

the Participant would become subject to restrictions on their ability to Deal with the Awards, or to hold or Deal in the Shares or the proceeds of the Shares acquired on Vesting or exercise, because of the laws of the country to which the Participant is transferred.

 

 

Long Term Incentive Plan Rules

   page 20


15.2

Treatment of Awards

The applicable treatment under clause 15.1 may be that some or all of the Participant’s Awards:

 

  (a)

Vest on the occurrence of a specified date or circumstance, or on the satisfaction of a specified condition;

 

  (b)

in the case of an Option, is exercisable within a specified period or on the satisfaction of a specified condition;

 

  (c)

an Option or Performance Right will be satisfied by the Company making a cash payment to the Participant in lieu of an Allocation of Shares; or

 

  (d)

any another manner determined by the Board or specified in an Invitation.

 

16

Control of the Company

 

16.1

Board determination

 

  (a)

Subject to clause 16.1(b), where a Change of Control Event occurs, the Board may, in its discretion, determine that:

 

  (i)

all or a specified number of a Participant’s Unvested Awards are deemed to have Vested;

 

  (ii)

all or a specified number of a Participant’s Options may be exercised for a period specified by the Board, and if not exercised within that period, will lapse;

 

  (iii)

the Disposal Restrictions or any other terms which apply to the Award cease to apply;

 

  (iv)

the Disposal Restrictions which apply to Shares Allocated on the Vesting of a Performance Right or exercise of an Option cease to apply; and/or

 

  (v)

the Company on behalf of the Participant will direct the Trustee to transfer Trust Shares into the Participant’s name.

 

  (b)

The terms of an Invitation may specify a particular treatment of a Participant’s Unvested Awards where a Change of Control Event occurs, and the Invitation may specify that such treatment is subject to the Board’s power to make a determination under clause 16.1(a).

 

16.2

Consequence of determination

 

  (a)

Where the Board makes a determination pursuant to clause 16.1(a), the Board must as soon as reasonably practicable give written notice to each Participant of the number of Awards that have Vested or may be exercised (as the case maybe).

 

 

Long Term Incentive Plan Rules

   page 21


  (b)

If the Board determines under clause 16.1(a) that only some of a Participant’s Unvested Awards will vest, all remaining Unvested Awards will lapse, unless the Board determines a different treatment.

 

16.3

Exercise or Vesting following Control

If:

 

  (a)

a body corporate (Acquirer) obtains Control of the Company as a result of a Change of Control Event; and

 

  (b)

the Company, the Acquirer and the Participant agree,

a Participant may, subject to applicable laws, upon exercise of Options or Vesting of Performance Rights be provided with shares of the Acquirer or its parent in lieu of Shares:

 

  (c)

in such manner as the parties agree; and

 

  (d)

on substantially the same terms and subject to substantially the same conditions as the Shares but with appropriate adjustments to the number and kind of shares of the Acquirer.

 

17

Adjustments of Awards

 

17.1

Adjustments circumstances

Prior to:

 

  (a)

the Allocation of Shares upon the exercise of Options or the Vesting of Performance Rights or the making of a cash payment in lieu of an Allocation of Shares to a Participant in accordance with clause 10.2; or

 

  (b)

the payment to a Participant of the amount payable on a Vested Incentive Right or payment of a Dividend Equivalent Right,

the Board may, in its discretion, determine in respect of Awards (other than Restricted Shares or Unrestricted Shares) or Dividend Equivalent Rights to:

 

  (c)

make adjustments to the terms of an Award or Dividend Equivalent Right granted to that Participant; or

 

  (d)

grant additional Awards or Dividend Equivalent Rights to that Participant,

in order to minimise or eliminate any material advantage or disadvantage to a Participant resulting from a corporate action by the Company or a capital reconstruction of the Company, including a return of capital.

 

17.2

Permitted adjustments

The applicable adjustment under clause 17.1 may be to one or more of the following:

 

  (a)

the number of Awards (other than Restricted Shares or Unrestricted Shares) or Dividend Equivalent Rights to which each Participant is entitled;

 

 

Long Term Incentive Plan Rules

   page 22


  (b)

the number of Shares to which each Participant is entitled upon exercise of Options or Vesting of Performance Rights;

 

  (c)

the amount payable upon Vesting of Incentive Rights;

 

  (d)

the amount payable upon exercise of Options (including the Exercise Price);

 

  (e)

the amount payable upon the Vesting of Performance Rights;

 

  (f)

the amount payable to a Participant under a Dividend Equivalent Right.

 

17.3

Rights issues and entitlement offers

Without limiting clause 17.1, if the Company makes a pro rata issue of Shares to existing holders of Shares generally by way of a rights issue or entitlement offer and no Share has been Allocated in respect of an Option before the record date for determining entitlements to the pro rata issue, the Option will be adjusted in accordance with the formula in the Listing Rules.

 

17.4

Bonus issues

Without limiting clause 17.1, if the Company makes a bonus issue of Shares to existing holders of Shares (other than an issue in lieu of dividends or by way of a dividend reinvestment) involving capitalisation of reserves of distributable profits and no Shares has been Allocated in respect of an Option or Performance Right before the record date for determining entitlements to the bonus issue, the Option or Performance Right will be adjusted in accordance with the Listing Rules.

 

17.5

Reorganisations

Without limiting clause 17.1, if a reorganisation (including consolidation, subdivision, reduction or return) of the issued capital of the Company is effected, Options and Performance Rights will be adjusted in accordance with the Listing Rules.

 

17.6

Additional Awards or Dividend Equivalent Rights

 

  (a)

Where additional Awards (other than Restricted Shares or Unrestricted Shares) are granted to the Participant under this clause 17, such Awards will be subject to the same terms and conditions as the original Awards granted to the Participant (including any Vesting Conditions) unless the Board determines otherwise.

 

  (b)

Where additional Dividend Equivalent Rights are granted to the Participant under this clause 17, such Dividend Equivalent Rights will be subject to the same terms and conditions as the original Dividend Equivalent Rights granted to the Participant unless the Board determines otherwise.

 

17.7

Non-Australian residents

When an Award is granted under the Plan to a person who is not a resident of Australia, the provisions of the Plan apply subject to such alterations or additions as the Board determines having regard to any applicable or relevant laws, matters of convenience and desirability and similar factors which may have application to the Participant or to the Company in relation to the Award.

 

 

Long Term Incentive Plan Rules

   page 23


17.8

Notice to Participants

The Board must as soon as reasonably practicable after making any additional grants or adjustments under this clause 17, give notice in writing of the adjustment to any affected Participant.

 

17.9

Accumulation of adjustments

Effect will be given to this clause 17 in a manner that the effect of the successive application of this clause 17 will be cumulative, with the intention being that the adjustments that it progressively effects will reflect previous adjustments.

 

18

Inappropriate benefits

 

18.1

Inappropriate circumstances

The Board may make a determination regarding how a Participant’s Awards will be treated where, in the opinion of the Board:

 

  (a)

an Award of a Participant Vests or may Vest as a result of the fraud, dishonesty or breach of duties or obligations of any person to any Group Company and the Award would not have otherwise Vested;

 

  (b)

a Participant:

 

  (i)

has acted fraudulently or dishonestly;

 

  (ii)

has breached his or her duties or obligations to any Group Company;

 

  (iii)

has failed to perform any act reasonably and lawfully requested of the participant;

 

  (iv)

has done an act which has the effect of delivering strong Company performance in a manner which is unsustainable or involves unacceptably high risk, and results or is likely to result in a detrimental impact on the Company’s performance following the end of the Vesting Period; or

 

  (v)

has done an act which brings any Group Company into disrepute;

 

  (c)

there has been a material misstatement or omission in the financial statements of a Group Company or an event or circumstance has occurred which will require the financial statements of a Group Company to be restated;

 

  (d)

the Company is required by or entitled under the terms of the Invitation, law or a policy of a Group Company to clawback remuneration of a Participant; or

 

  (e)

the Participant is a Bad Leaver, or becomes a Bad Leaver including after previously being determined to be a Good Leaver.

 

 

Long Term Incentive Plan Rules

   page 24


18.2

Treatment of Awards

 

  (a)

The applicable treatment under clause 18.1 may be that some or all of the Participant’s:

 

  (i)

Unvested Awards;

 

  (ii)

Shares that have not ceased to be Restricted Shares under these Rules;

 

  (iii)

Vested but unexercised Options;

 

  (iv)

Shares allocated upon the exercise of Options or Vesting of Performance Rights;

 

  (v)

Dividend Equivalent Rights;

 

  (vi)

Unrestricted Shares under these Rules,

will lapse or be deemed to be forfeited (as the case maybe) and in the case of Shares that the Participant will not exercise any voting rights or other entitlements in respect of those Shares and/or will not be entitled to retain (and must pay as directed by the Company) any dividends received in respect of such Shares.

 

  (b)

The applicable treatment under clause 18.1 may be that the Participant must pay or repay (as the case maybe) to the Company as a debt due to the Company any of the following:

 

  (i)

a cash payment received in lieu of an Allocation of Shares pursuant to clause 10.2;

 

  (ii)

a cash payment made in respect of an Incentive Right;

 

  (iii)

a cash payment made in respect of a Dividend Equivalent Right;

 

  (iv)

all or part of the net proceeds of sale of Shares Allocated under the Plan which have been sold;

 

  (v)

dividends received in respect of a Share Allocated under the Plan.

 

  (c)

The applicable treatment under clause 18.1 may be any other circumstance specified in an Invitation.

 

19

Tax

 

19.1

Participant responsibility

 

  (a)

Unless otherwise required by law, no Group Company is responsible for any Tax which may become payable by a Participant as consequence of or in connection with the Participant’s participation in the Plan, including:

 

  (i)

the grant, Vesting or exercise of an Award;

 

  (ii)

the Allocation of Shares; or

 

  (iii)

any Dealing with an Award or any Shares.

 

  (b)

No Group Company makes any representation that the Plan will have any particular Tax or financial consequences or that an Eligible Person or Participant will gain any Tax or financial advantage by participating in the Plan.

 

 

Long Term Incentive Plan Rules

   page 25


19.2

Withholding circumstances

If a Group Company is obliged, or reasonably believes it may have an obligation, as a result of or in connection with:

 

  (a)

the grant of an Award to a Participant, or the Vesting or exercise of any Award;

 

  (b)

the payment of any cash amount to a Participant, including upon the Vesting or exercise of any Award; or

 

  (c)

the Allocation of Shares to, or on behalf of, a Participant under the Plan,

to account for a Tax Liability, then the Participant must reimburse the Group Company for the amount or amounts so paid or payable.

 

19.3

Reimbursement arrangements

If a Participant is obliged to reimburse a Group Company for a Tax Liability in accordance with clause 19.2, the Group Company is not obliged to grant the Awards, pay the relevant amount or Allocate the relevant Shares to the Participant unless the Group Company is satisfied that arrangements have been made for reimbursement of the Group Company.

 

20

Shares issued under the Plan

 

20.1

Share ranking

Any Shares issued under the Plan will rank equally in all respects with other Shares for the time being on issue by the Company except as regards any rights attaching to such Shares by reference to a record date prior to the date of their issue.

 

20.2

Listing of Shares on the Exchange

If Shares of the same class as those issued on the Vesting or exercise of an Award are quoted on the Exchange, the Company will apply for quotation of Shares issued under the Plan within the period required by the Listing Rules.

 

21

Irrevocable power of attorney

The Company may require an Eligible Participant or Participant to grant an irrevocable power of attorney (in the form of Schedule 1 or such other form as agreed by the Company) to the Company or nominee of the Company (such nominee being an officer or senior manager of the Company) as a condition to a grant of an Award or at any time while an Award is outstanding.

 

 

Long Term Incentive Plan Rules

   page 26


22

Amendments to the Plan

 

22.1

Board may make amendments

 

  (a)

Subject to clause 22.2, the Listing Rules, the Corporations Act and any other applicable law, the Board may at any time by resolution:

 

  (i)

amend all or any of the provisions of the Plan; or

 

  (ii)

amend the terms or conditions of any Award granted under the Plan.

 

  (b)

Notwithstanding clause 22.2, the Board may waive, amend or replace any Vesting Condition of an Award if the Board determines that the original Vesting Condition is no longer appropriate or applicable, provided that the interests of the relevant Participant are not, in the opinion of the Board, materially prejudiced or advantaged relative to the position reasonably anticipated at the time of the grant of the Award.

 

  (c)

Any exercise by the Board of a discretion contemplated by these Rules or the terms of an Invitation will not constitute an amendment pursuant to this clause 22.

 

22.2

Restrictions on amendments

Subject to clause 22.3, the Board may not exercise its powers under clause 22.1(a) in a manner which adversely affects the existing rights of the Participant in respect of any granted Award or Share already Allocated except with the consent of the Participant or with approval of more than 50% of the Participants holding Awards affected by an amendment.

 

22.3

Permitted amendments

Clause 22.2 does not apply to an amendment which the Board considers necessary or desirable to:

 

  (a)

comply with or to take account of a change in legislation, the Listing Rules, exchange control, or other regulatory requirement governing or regulating the maintenance or operation of the Plan or similar plans, in any jurisdiction in which invitations under the Plan have been made;

 

  (b)

correct any manifest error or mistake; or

 

  (c)

take into consideration possible adverse tax implications in respect of the Plan arising from adverse rulings, changes to tax legislation or changes in the interpretation of tax legislation by a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

22.4

Termination or Suspension of the Plan

 

  (a)

Subject to the Corporations Act, the Listing Rules and any other applicable law, the Board may, at any time, terminate or suspend the Plan.

 

  (b)

The termination or suspension of the Plan will not affect any existing Awards granted under the Plan and the terms of the Plan will continue to apply to such Awards provided that, in the case of termination, all Shares Allocated under the Plan then subject to a Dealing Restriction will be released from the restriction on the date of termination or on such other date specified by the Board.

 

 

Long Term Incentive Plan Rules

   page 27


23

Relationship with Participants

 

23.1

Separate rights and obligations

 

  (a)

Unless the subject of an express provision in an employment contract, the rights and obligations of any Eligible Participant under the terms of their office, employment or contract with a Group Company are not affected by their participation in the Plan.

 

  (b)

In the event of any inconsistency between these Rules or the terms of an Invitation on the one hand, and any contract of employment between the Eligible Participant and any Group Company on the other, the terms of the contract of employment will prevail.

 

  (c)

These Rules do not form part of, and are not incorporated into, any contract of any Participant (whether or not they are an employee of a Group Company).

 

  (d)

Participation in the Plan does not confer on a Participant the right to remain an Employee and does not affect any rights which a Group Company may have to terminate the employment of a Participant.

 

  (e)

Noting in these Rules may be used to increase damages in any action brought against any Group Company in respect of any such termination.

 

  (f)

Nothing in these Rules confers on any Employee the right to become or remain a Participant or to participate in the Plan.

 

  (g)

Participation in the Plan on a particular basis for the grant of an Award does not create any right or expectation of the grant of further Awards on the same basis, or at all.

 

23.2

No compensation

No Participant has any right to compensation for any loss in relation to the Plan, including:

 

  (a)

any loss or reduction of any rights or expectations under the Plan in any circumstances or for any reason (including lawful or unlawful termination of employment or the employment relationship);

 

  (b)

any exercise of a discretion or a decision taken in relation to a grant of Awards or in relation to the Plan, or any failure to exercise a discretion under these Rules;

 

  (c)

the operation, suspension, termination or amendments of the Plan; or

 

  (d)

lapse or forfeiture of an Award.

 

 

Long Term Incentive Plan Rules

   page 28


24

Administration of the Plan

 

24.1

Power of the Board

 

  (a)

The Plan will be administered by the Board.

 

  (b)

The Board has power to:

 

  (i)

determine appropriate procedures for administration of the Plan consistent with these Rules;

 

  (ii)

appoint or engage service providers for the operation and administration of the Plan; and

 

  (iii)

delegate to any one or more persons for any period and on any conditions as it may determine the exercise of any of its powers or discretions arising under the Plan.

 

  (c)

Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, the Board has absolute and unfettered discretion to act or refrain from acting under or in connection with the Plan and in the exercise of any power or discretion under the Plan.

 

24.2

Waivers

Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, the Board may at any time waive in whole or in part any terms or conditions (including any Vesting Condition) in relation to any Awards granted to any Participant.

 

24.3

Interpretation of the Plan

In the event of any dispute, disagreement or uncertainty as to the interpretation of the Rules, or as to any question or right arising from or related to the Plan or to any Awards granted or Shares Allocated under it, the decision of the Board is final and binding.

 

24.4

Appointment of attorney

Each Participant irrevocably appoints the company secretary of the Company (or any other officer of the Company authorised by the Board for this purpose) as his or her attorney to do anything necessary to:

 

  (a)

Allocate Shares to the Participant in accordance with these Rules;

 

  (b)

effect a forfeiture of Shares in accordance with these Rules or an Invitation; and

 

  (c)

execute transfers of Shares in accordance with these Rules.

 

24.5

Participant data

By participating in the Plan, each Participant consents to the holding, processing, use and disclosure of personal data provided by the Participant to the Company for all purposes relating to the operation of the Plan. These include, but are not limited to:

 

  (a)

administering and maintaining Participants’ records;

 

 

Long Term Incentive Plan Rules

   page 29


  (b)

providing information to any Group Company, trustees of any trust (including the Trustee), registrars, brokers, banks, professional advisors, mail houses or third party administrators of the Plan or to any regulatory authority where required by law;

 

  (c)

providing information to future purchasers or prospective purchasers of any Group Company or the business or assets of any Group Company; and

 

  (d)

transferring information about the Participant to a country or territory outside Australia.

 

24.6

Overseas participants

 

  (a)

The Board determine that additional rules apply to an Award that is granted to persons who are not residents of Australia by attaching a schedule to these Rules.

 

  (b)

A determination under clause 24.6(a) may specify how the rules the subject of that determination interact with these Rules.

 

  (c)

Unless the determination under clause 24.6(a) provides otherwise, the rules the subject of the determination prevail over any other provision of these Rules to the extent of any inconsistency.

 

24.7

Payments

 

  (a)

The Company may make a payment of an amount payable pursuant to these Rules in Australian dollars or any other currency determined by the Board in its discretion. The Company may make payments in different currencies to different Participants. The Board may determine the appropriate exchange rate and time of calculation of the amount of a payment made in a currency other than Australian dollars.

 

  (b)

Where the Board determines that the payment under these Rules is to be made in a currency other than Australian dollars, unless the Board determines otherwise, the foreign exchange rate applied will be the average closing exchange rate listed on the Reserve Bank of Australia website of the relevant currency for the 5 days prior to the date of payment.

 

24.8

Connection with other plans

Participation in the Plan does not affect, and is not affected by, participation in any other incentive or other plan operated by the Group Companies unless the terms of that other plan provides otherwise or unless otherwise stated in the Invitation.

 

24.9

Amounts owing by a Participant

Where a Participant owes any amount or amounts to a Group Company, including any overpayment of leave or wages or salary, or any loss suffered by a Group Company as a result of any breach of contract, statutory duty or tort committed by the Participant, the Board may, in respect of any Awards granted to the Participant:

 

  (a)

prevent the exercise of some or all of the Awards;

 

 

Long Term Incentive Plan Rules

   page 30


  (b)

determine that some or all of the Awards lapse; or

 

  (c)

reduce the number of Awards which Vest,

to take into account of and in settlement of any such amounts.

 

25

Notices

 

25.1

Notices by the Company

Any notice, consent or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given by the Company to an Eligible Participant or Participant if:

 

  (a)

delivered personally to the addressee or sent by prepaid post to his or her last known residential address or to the address of the place of business at which the Participant performs all or most of their duties (Place of Business);

 

  (b)

sent to him or her by facsimile or email to his or her last notified fax number or email address or to fax number or email address at the Place of Business; or

 

  (c)

posted on any intranet or website maintained by the Company or an administrator of the Plan and accessible by that Eligible Participant or Participant.

 

25.2

Notices to a Group Company

Any notice, consent or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given by an Eligible Participant or Participant to a Group Company if delivered or by sending it by post or facsimile to its registered office (or any other address notified by that company from time to time for that purpose (Notified Address)) or the fax number (if any) of that registered office (or Notified Address).

 

25.3

Time of service

 

  (a)

Where a notice or other communication is given by post, it is deemed to have been received:

 

  (i)

if sent to an address within Australian, 48 hours after it is posted; or

 

  (ii)

if sent to an address outside Australia, 5 days after it was posted.

 

  (b)

Where a notice or other communication is given by facsimile or email, it is deemed to have been received on completion of transmission.

 

26

Governing Law

The Rules and the rights of Eligible Participants and Participants under the Plan are governed by and must be construed according to the law applying in Queensland, Australia.

 

 

Long Term Incentive Plan Rules

   page 31


27

General

 

27.1

Interpretation

Headings are for convenience only and do not affect the interpretation of these Rules. The following rules of interpretation apply to these Rules unless the context requires otherwise:

 

  (a)

a word importing the singular includes the plural and vice versa, and a word of any gender includes the corresponding words of any other gender;

 

  (b)

if a word or phrase is given a defined meaning in this Plan, any other part of speech or grammatical form of that word or phrase has a corresponding meaning;

 

  (c)

the word including or any other form of that word is not a word of limitation;

 

  (d)

a reference to a statute includes any regulations or other instruments made under it (delegated legislation) and a reference to a statute or delegated legislation or a provision of either includes consolidations, amendments, re-enactments and replacements;

 

  (e)

a reference to a clause or schedule is to a clause of or a schedule to these Rules and a reference to these Rules includes any schedule to these Rules;

 

  (f)

a reference to a Share includes a Restricted Share; and

 

  (g)

an issue is not precluded from being a pro rata issue because certain holders of Shares are excluded from the issue or are allowed to subscribe for a greater number of securities than the entitlement of those holders, pursuant to the Corporations Act or Listing Rules.

 

27.2

Application of Corporations Act and Listing Rules

 

  (a)

Notwithstanding any other provision of these Rules, no Award may be offered under the Plan if to do so would contravene the Corporations Act, the Listing Rules or instruments of relief issued by ASIC from time to time relating to employee incentive schemes which the Company is relying on.

 

  (b)

Notwithstanding any other provision of these Rules, Awards and Shares must not be issued, acquired, transferred or otherwise dealt with under the Plan if to do so would contravene the Corporations Act, the Listing Rules or the Company’s internal regulations for dealing with securities (including the Company’s Securities Trading Policy).

 

 

Long Term Incentive Plan Rules

   page 32


Schedule 1

Irrevocable power of attorney

 

Date of Deed Poll    [Insert date]
Parties   
Name    [Insert name of Participant]
Description    Participant
Notice details    [Insert address of Participant]

The Participant declares that:

 

  (a)

the Participant appoints [Company to insert full name recipient] (Attorney) as the attorney of the Participant;

 

  (b)

subject to clause (c) of this deed poll, the Attorney may do anything which the Participant has legal power to do whether in the Participant’s name or in its own name as the act of the Participant including executing and delivering any document;

 

  (c)

this power of attorney is limited to any actions, and the execution and delivery of any documents, reasonably required to fulfil the Participant’s obligations as a participant in the Tritium DCFC Limited Employee Long Term Incentive Plan, including without limitation:

 

  (i)

to prevent the transfer, disposal, or granting of a security interest over Awards by the Participant in accordance with the Employee Long Term Incentive Plan Rules and Invitation (Rules);

 

  (ii)

to transfer, dispose of, or otherwise deal with, the Participant’s rights to, and interests in, any and all Awards (including Shares) in accordance with the Rules;

 

  (iii)

to take any actions that the Participant is required to give or take under, or that are necessary or desirable to give effect to Good Leaver or Bad Leaver provisions of the Rules;

 

  (iv)

to do whatever is required to discharge any security interest or encumbrance over any Awards or deal with (including put in place or enforce) any Disposal Restrictions; and

 

  (v)

to execute any documents and to do all things necessary or desirable (in the reasonable opinion of the Board) to do or give effect to, or in connection with, any of the things referred to in clauses (i) to (v) above inclusive;

 

 

Long Term Incentive Plan Rules

   page 33


  (d)

the Participant must ratify anything done by an Attorney under this deed poll;

 

  (e)

the Attorney may do anything or take any of the actions as set out in this deed poll even if the Attorney in any way has an interest in the thing or is connected with a person who in any way has an interest in the thing;

 

  (f)

the Participant will indemnify the Attorney against any loss, cost, charge, liability or expense the Attorney may sustain or incur as a direct or indirect consequence of the exercise of any power under this deed poll;

 

  (g)

the power of attorney conferred under this deed poll is an irrevocable power of attorney given for valuable consideration;

 

  (h)

this deed will remain in full force and effect until the Participant no longer holds Awards (or Shares pursuant to those Awards); and

 

  (i)

the Attorney’s exercise of any power under this deed poll does not involve on the part of the Attorney or any entity of which the Attorney is an employee:

 

  (i)

any personal liability in connection with that exercise or its consequences; or

 

  (ii)

an express or implied warranty as to the validity of this deed poll or the Attorney’s authority to exercise the power;

All capitalised terms in this deed poll have the same meaning as set out in the Rules.

This deed poll is governed by the laws of Queensland.

EXECUTED as a deed poll

 

  SIGNED SEALED and DELIVERED by

  [INSERT PARTICIPANT NAME] in the

  presence of:

  

 

Signature of Witness

  

 

[insert Participant name]

 

Full Name of Witness

  

 

 

Long Term Incentive Plan Rules

   page 34


Schedule 2

US Schedule

This Schedule modifies the Tritium DCFC Limited Long Term Incentive Plan Rules (the “Plan”) as they apply to Participants who are citizens or residents of the United States of America or who are otherwise subject to the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), with respect to their Awards (“U.S. Participants”). Capitalized terms used in this Schedule and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings provided in the Plan. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary:

 

1

Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Schedule:

 

  (a)

“Change of Control Event” means a Change of Control Event (as defined in the Plan); provided, that with respect to any Award granted to a U.S. Participant that provides for the deferral of compensation subject to Code Section 409A of the Code, if a Change of Control Event constitutes a payment event for such Award (or portion thereof), to the extent required to avoid the imposition of additional taxes under Code Section 409A, a transaction or event shall only constitute a “Change of Control Event” for purposes of the payment timing of such Award if such transaction or event also constitutes a “change in control event” (within the meaning of U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)).

 

  (b)

“Incentive Stock Option” means an Option intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code.

 

  (c)

“Non-Qualified Stock Option” means an Option, or portion thereof, not intended or not qualifying as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

  (d)

“Option” means, with respect to U.S. Participants, an option to purchase Shares, which will either be an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

 

2

Section 409A. Awards granted to U.S. Participants are intended to be exempt from, or comply with, the requirements set forth in Section 409A of the Code, and shall have terms and be interpreted, administered and construed consistent with such intent including, without limitation, the following:

 

  (a)

Each Option granted to a U.S. Participant shall have an Exercise Price per Share that shall not be less than the fair market value per Share subject to the Option on the date of grant (in each case, as determined in a manner consistent with Section 409A of the Code).

 

  (b)

No dividends or dividend equivalents (including Dividend Equivalent Rights) may be paid or payable with respect to Options granted to a U.S. Participant.

 

 

Long Term Incentive Plan Rules

   page 35


3

Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, to the extent that the payment or settlement of any Award is deferred in accordance with the Plan (including, without limitation, in accordance with clause 11.3 or 12.1 of the Plan), such payment or settlement shall be so deferred in a manner intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code. In that regard, to the extent any Award under the Plan or any other compensatory plan or arrangement of the Group Company is subject to Section 409A, and such Award or other amount is payable on account of a holder’s Termination of Service (or any similarly defined term), then (a) such Award or amount shall only be paid to the extent such Termination of Service qualifies as a “separation from service” as defined in Section 409A, and (b) if such Award or amount is payable to a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A then to the extent required in order to avoid a prohibited distribution under Section 409A, such Award or other compensatory payment shall not be payable prior to the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six-month period measured from the date of the holder’s Termination of Service, or (ii) the date of the holder’s death. Furthermore, notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan or any Invitation, any payment of “nonqualified deferred compensation” under the Plan that may be made in instalments shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate and distinct payments. Without limiting the foregoing, if any provision of the Plan or an Award to a U.S. Participant is or becomes or is deemed to be inconsistent with Section 409A of the Code or an exemption therefrom, such provision shall not apply to the U.S. Participant.

 

4

None of the Group Companies, nor any of their respective officers, directors, agents or employees, shall be obligated, directly or indirectly, to any U.S. Participant or any other person for any taxes, penalties, interest or like amounts that may be imposed on the U.S. Participant or other person on account of any failure of the Plan or any Award to comply with or be exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code or any other section of the Code.

 

5

Incentive Stock Options. Incentive Stock Options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code may be granted under the Plan only if the Company’s shareholders approve the Plan and this Schedule in the manner and to the degree required under applicable law within 12 months after the Board approves the Plan and this Schedule. The maximum number of Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options under the Plan, subject to approval by the Company’s shareholders of such limit, shall be 15% of the Shares on issue at the date of adoption of the Plan (subject to adjustment for capital changes in the Company to the extent approved by the Board and permitted by Section 422 or Section 424 of the Code). If the Company’s shareholders approve such limit, then any Option granted to a U.S. Participant that is intended to qualify as an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Code shall also be required to meet the requirements of Section 422 and Section 424 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder (to the extent applicable), including without limitation the following:

 

  (a)

The Option must be granted within 10 years from the date of the earlier of the adoption of the Plan or the date of such shareholder approval. (c) The Option must not be exercisable after the expiration of 10 years from the date of grant.

 

 

Long Term Incentive Plan Rules

   page 36


  (d)

The Option must not be transferable by the individual to whom the Option is granted other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and must be exercisable, during such individual’s lifetime, only by such individual.

 

  (e)

The Option must not be granted to an individual who, at the time the option is granted, owns Shares possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of shares of the corporation employing such individual or of any related corporation of such corporation, unless the Option meets the requirements under Section 422 of the Code for grants to 10% shareholders.

 

  (f)

To the extent that the aggregate fair market value of stock with respect to which “incentive stock options” (within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, but without regard to Section 422(d) of the Code) are exercisable for the first time by a holder during any calendar year under the Plan, and all other plans of the Company and any parent corporation or subsidiary corporation thereof (as defined in Section 424(e) and 424(f) of the Code, respectively), exceeds $100,000, the Options shall be treated as non-qualified stock options to the extent required by Section 422 of the Code.

If an Option granted to a U.S. Participant that is intended to qualify as an incentive stock option fails to meet any of the requirements for incentive stock options, it shall be deemed to be a nonqualified stock option for purposes of the Code to the extent of such failure.

 

6

Trusts. Awards granted to U.S. Participants shall not be funded through an employee benefit trust.

 

7

Securities Laws. Any Shares that a U.S. Participant may acquire under the Plan may only be resold in the U.S. pursuant to a registration statement filed under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 (“Securities Act”) with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and applicable state securities law administrators or under an exemption from securities registration under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. All Awards granted to and held by U.S. Participants will be granted, issued and/or administered only in conformance with applicable laws (including applicable Exchange rules) and such Awards shall be deemed amended as necessary to conform to such applicable laws.

 

8

Withholding. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, if at any time any Group Company is required to withhold U.S. federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes with respect to an Award granted to a U.S. Participant, or any amounts or Shares payable or deliverable thereunder, any such Group Company will have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require an Award holder to remit to the Company, an amount in cash sufficient to satisfy

 

 

Long Term Incentive Plan Rules

   page 37


  such taxes (including the U.S. Participant’s FICA obligation) required to be withheld with respect to such Award, to offset such amounts from other amounts payable to the U.S. Participant (to the extent permissible under applicable law) or to withhold shares from the Award itself. The amount of the withholding requirement will be deemed to include any amount which the Group Company agrees may be withheld, not to exceed the amount determined by using the maximum individual federal, state or local statutory tax rates applicable to the U.S. Participant with respect to the Award on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined.

 

 

Long Term Incentive Plan Rules

   page 38
EX-10.21.1

Exhibit 10.21.1

 

To:    TRITIUM PTY LTD (ACN 095 500 280) (the Borrower)
   Address:    48 Miller Street
      Murarrie QLD 4172
      Australia
   Attention:    Mark Anning, General Counsel
      David Toomey, Chief Revenue Officer and Head of Corporate
   Development    Jane Hunter, Chief Executive Officer
   Email:    manning@tritium.com.au
      dtoomey@tritium.com.au
      jhunter@tritium.com.au

25 January 2022

Dear Sirs,

Senior Loan Note Subscription Agreement dated 7 December 2021 amongst, among others, HealthSpring Life & Health Insurance Company, Inc., Cigna Health and Life Insurance Company and Barings Target Yield Infrastructure Debt Holdco 1 S.À R.L. and Tritium Pty Ltd (LNSA) – CP Waiver Letter

 

1.

Background

 

1.1

Reference is made to the LNSA.

 

1.2

Terms defined in the LNSA (including by way of incorporation by reference) have the same meaning in this document unless given a different meaning in this document, and the following terms have the following meanings:

Additional Coupon Period means, to the extent that the Relevant Subordinated Funding Financial Close has not occurred prior to the expiry of the Relevant Period, the period from (and including) the day immediately after the expiry of the Relevant Period, to (and including) the Relevant Subordinated Funding Financial Close Date.

Additional Coupon Rate means 2.00% per annum.

Effective Time means the time of day on the date on which each Original Lender confirms to the Borrower that it has received the following duly and fully executed documents (in form and substance satisfactory to it):

 

  (a)

this document; and

 

  (b)

an Intercreditor Deed in respect of the St Baker Loan (as defined in the Existing LNSA).

Relevant Period means the period commencing on the date on this document and expiring on the date falling 90 days after Financial Close (or such later date as all the Lenders may, in their absolute discretion, agree in writing).

 

Tritium - CP Waiver Letter


Relevant Subordinated Funding means either:

 

  (a)

Equity Contributions; or

 

  (b)

subordinated Financial Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Finance Documents and the Finance Party’s rights thereunder on terms acceptable to all the Lenders (in their absolute discretion), and subject to an Intercreditor Deed (in form and substance satisfactory to all Lenders, in their absolute discretion),

in an aggregate amount such that the aggregate Cash received by the Obligors pursuant to such Relevant Subordinated Funding (after payment of all transaction costs, fees and expenses (including legal fees) in relation to each of the Relevant Subordinated Funding) is not less than USD99,000,000 in aggregate.

Relevant Subordinated Funding Financial Close means the last date on which financial close under all the Relevant Subordinated Funding occurs and the full aggregate proceeds of the total Relevant Subordinated Funding are received by one or more Obligors.

 

2.

Condition Precedent Waivers

 

2.1

Clause 4.1 (Initial Conditions Precedent) of the LNSA provides that no Lender will be obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ participation) of the LNSA unless the they have received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part 1 of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) of the LNSA (CP Schedule) in form and substance satisfactory to all Lenders (in their absolute discretion).

 

2.2

For the purposes of Clause 4.1 (Initial Conditions Precedent) of the LNSA, with effect from Effective Time, each Original Lender irrevocably waives:

 

  (a)

the requirement under item 8 (SPAC Merger) of the CP Schedule that the Post SPAC Merger Cash Balance as certified in the Cash Balance Certificate is a minimum amount of USD70,000,000. For the avoidance of doubt, it remains a condition precedent that:

 

  (i)

the SPAC Merger has completed; and

 

  (ii)

a Cash Balance Certificate is provided certifying the Post SPAC Merger Cash Balance; and

 

  (b)

the requirement under item 4(a) (Other documents and evidence) (Existing Facility) of the CP Schedule that the St Baker Loans (as defined in the Existing LNSA) will be fully repaid and that any Security granted in respect of such indebtedness will be released (including a copy of the deed of release duly executed by the relevant secured party). For the avoidance of doubt, it remains a condition precedent that evidence is provided that on Financial Close, the Existing Facility will be fully repaid and that any Security granted in respect of such indebtedness will be released (including a copy of the deed of release duly executed by the relevant secured party).

 

Tritium - CP Waiver Letter


2.3

The Borrower (for itself and on behalf of each Guarantor) agrees with each of the Lenders that the following items set out below shall be conditions precedent under the LNSA and the CP Schedule shall be deemed to be amended accordingly, namely that, each Lender has received all of the documents and other evidence listed below in form and substance satisfactory to all Lenders (in their absolute discretion):

 

  (a)

(Certifications) A certificate from the Borrower, duly executed:

 

  (i)

(Gross SPAC Merger proceeds): certifying, representing and warranting that the amount of funds contained in the Trust Account, net of SPAC Shareholder Redemption Amount is a minimum amount of USD53,000,000 (it being recorded that after deducting the SPAC Shareholder Redemption Amount of USD349,339,234.98, USD53,185,163.73 is anticipated to remain in the Trust Account from which USD7,486,168.49 is to be applied to the payment of SPAC Transaction Expenses and the balance of USD45,698,995.24 is to be transferred to NewCo) (each capitalised term in this paragraph 2.3(a)(i) has the meaning as defined in the SPAC Business Combination Agreement);

 

  (ii)

(Relevant Subordinated Funding): certifying, representing and warranting that the Borrower is raising the Relevant Subordinated Funding in an amount of at least USD99,000,000; and

 

  (iii)

(Schedule of fees): Attaching a certified copy of the details of all Transaction Costs incurred by the Group pursuant to the SPAC Merger and all transactions related thereto (including all funding arrangements) payment of which has been agreed to be deferred and specifying in particular, the payor, payee and quantum in respect of each such relevant deferred fee and that same are correct and complete.

 

Tritium - CP Waiver Letter


3.

Undertakings

 

3.1

With effect from the Effective Time, the Borrower (for itself and on behalf of each other Guarantor) undertakes (in addition, and without prejudice, to all existing undertakings in the Finance Documents) in favour of each of the Lenders as follows (each an Undertaking):

 

  (a)

Undertaking 1 – Liquidity Reserve Amount: To ensure that on each day to occur during the period specified in column 1 below, the Liquidity Reserve Amount shall not be less than the amount set out in column 2 below opposite the relevant period:

 

Column 1: Relevant period

   Column 2: Liquidity
Reserve Amount
 

From (and including) the SPAC Merger Effective Time up to (and including) 21 days thereafter (First Period)

     USD 50,000,000  

From (and including) the day immediately after the expiry of the First Period up to (and including) the Relevant Subordinated Funding Financial Close

     USD 65,000,000  

For the avoidance of doubt, the Borrower shall report on the Liquidity Reserve Amount in accordance with clause 18.1(c) (Financial Statements, etc.) of the LNSA mutatis mutandis. The Borrower’s failure to comply with the Undertaking in this paragraph 3.1(a) will constitute an Event of Default in its own right (and not pursuant to clause 21.3 (Other obligations) of the LNSA) and the LNSA is deemed to be amended accordingly.

 

  (b)

Undertaking 2 – St Baker Loan: To ensure that:

 

  (i)

the St Baker Loan (as defined in the Existing LNSA) will be fully repaid and that any Security granted in respect of such indebtedness will be released using the proceeds of the Relevant Subordinated Funding; and

 

  (ii)

the Lenders are provided with a deed of release in respect of the St Baker Loan (in form and substance satisfactory to all Lenders (in their absolute discretion) duly executed by the relevant secured party,

provided that no such payment or repayment shall be permitted to be made if a Default or Review Event is subsisting at the time of the payment or would occur as a result of such payment.

 

  (c)

Undertaking 3 – PIK Interest: In addition, and without prejudice, to the interest payable on each Loan Note in accordance with the LNSA and the Loan Note Deed Poll (including pursuant to Clause 8 (Interest) of the LNSA and Clause 6 (Interest, Repayment and Prepayment) of the Loan

 

Tritium - CP Waiver Letter


Note Deed Poll), the Borrower (for itself and on behalf of each other Guarantor) agrees as follows:

 

  (i)

Additional interest will be charged on each Loan Note at a rate equal to the Additional Coupon Rate for the duration of the Additional Coupon Period in accordance with this paragraph 3.1(c).

 

  (ii)

Any additional interest accruing under paragraph 3.1(c)(i) above in respect of a Loan Note will, on each Interest Payment Date to occur during the Additional Coupon Period be added to, and deemed to form part of, the principal amount of each such Loan Note and corresponding Loan.

 

  (iii)

The first Interest Period for the additional interest contemplated in this paragraph 3.1(c) in respect of each Loan Note begins on (and includes) the first day of the Additional Coupon Period and ends on the last day of the current Interest Period for that Loan Note. Each subsequent Interest Period begins on the day when the preceding Interest Period for that Loan Note ends and ends on the last day of the current Interest Period for that Loan Note, provided that an Interest Period for the additional interest contemplated in this paragraph 3.1(c) for a Loan shall not extend beyond the earlier to occur of the expiry of the Additional Coupon Period and the Termination Date.

 

  (iv)

The provisions of 9.2 (Non-Business Days) and 33.3 (Day count convention) of the LNSA apply to the additional interest contemplated in this paragraph 3.1(c) mutatis mutandis.

 

  (v)

The Borrower for itself (and on behalf of each Guarantor) acknowledges and agrees that:

 

  (A)

its obligations under the LNSA and the Loan Note Deed Poll (including, without limitation, pursuant to Clause 6 (Repayment) of the LNSA and Clause 6 (Interest, Repayment and Prepayment) of the Loan Note Deed Poll) extend to the accrued and capitalised amounts contemplated in this paragraph 3.1(c) and each of the LNSA and Loan Note Deed Poll are deemed to be amended accordingly; and

 

  (B)

the Lenders shall, and are entitled to, instruct the Security Trustee to update the Register accordingly.

 

  (d)

Undertaking 4 – PIK Fee:

 

  (i)

To the extent that the Relevant Subordinated Funding Financial Close has not occurred by the expiry of the Relevant Period, to pay to each Lender on the day immediately after the expiry of the

 

Tritium - CP Waiver Letter


  Relevant Period, a non-refundable fee in an amount equal to 1.00% of the principal amount of each of the Lender’s Loan Notes (PIK Fee). Such PIK Fee shall be added to, and deemed to form part of, the principal amount of each such Lenders’ Loan Note and corresponding Loan.

 

  (ii)

The Borrower for itself (and on behalf of each Guarantor) acknowledges and agrees that:

 

  (A)

its obligations under the LNSA and the Loan Note Deed Poll (including, without limitation, pursuant to Clause 6 (Repayment) of the LNSA and Clause 6 (Interest, Repayment and Prepayment) of the Loan Note Deed Poll extend to the capitalised amounts contemplated in this paragraph 3.1(d) and each of the LNSA and Loan Note Deed Poll are deemed to be amended accordingly; and

 

  (B)

that the Lenders shall, and are entitled to, instruct the Security Trustee to update the Register to accordingly.

 

  (e)

Undertaking 5 – Relevant Subordinated Funding documents:

 

  (i)

In respect of each of the individual Relevant Subordinated Funding transactions, to deliver to the Lenders as soon as practicable after execution (and where practicable, prior to the date on which financial close under the applicable Relevant Subordinated Funding occurs), a duly certified copy of those Relevant Subordinated Funding agreements / documents certifying that each such agreement/document is correct, complete and in full force and effect. For the avoidance of doubt, any such agreements/documents must be in form and substance satisfactory to all Lenders (in their absolute discretion) for the relevant transaction to form part of the Relevant Subordinated Funding.

 

3.2

Notwithstanding anything in the LNSA or any other Finance Document, any amendment, waiver, consent or release in respect of this paragraph 3 (Undertakings) shall only be capable of being amended and/or waived with the consent of all Lenders.

 

4.

Revised Cash Balance Formula

 

4.1

The Borrower and the Lenders agree that, with effect from the Effective Time, the Cash Balance shall be calculated in accordance with the formula annexed to this document as “Annexure A” and that such formula shall supersede any previous formula agreed between the parties with respect to the Cash Balance.

 

Tritium - CP Waiver Letter


5.

Designation

 

5.1

The Borrower and each Original Lender agree that this document is “Finance Document” as defined and contemplated in the LNSA and a “Secured Document” for purposes of the Security Trust Deed.

 

6.

General

 

6.1

On the date of this document, the Borrower (for itself and on behalf of each other Obligor) makes the representations and warranties set out in clauses 17.1 (Status) to 17.7 (No filing or stamp taxes) (both inclusive), 17.10 (No misleading information), 17.14 (Not Trustee), 17.15 (Authorised Signatories), 17.17 (Benefit) to 17.20 (Completeness of information) (both inclusive), 17.22 (Anti-bribery and corruption) to 17.24 (Foreign Assets Control Regulations, etc.) (both inclusive), 17.28 (Insolvency Event) and 17.29 (No breach of laws) and 17.34 (Reliance) to each Finance Party.

 

6.2

Otherwise as expressly stated in this document, the LNSA remains in full force and effect. The waiver given in paragraph 2.2 of this document is without prejudice to any rights, powers, authority, discretion or remedy which the Lenders or any other Finance Party may have now or in the future in relation to any matters, other than those expressly referred to in this document. Nothing in this document discharges, releases or otherwise affects any liability or obligation arising under or in connection with any Finance Document other than as expressly stated by this document.

 

6.3

The provisions of Clause 1.2 (Construction), Clause 46 (Governing Law) and Clause 47 (Enforcement) of the LNSA shall mutatis mutandis apply to this document as if set out in full herein and as if references to “Finance Document” and “Agreement” includes a reference to this document.

 

6.4

This document may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which:

 

  (a)

may be executed electronically or in handwriting; and

 

  (b)

will be deemed an original whether kept in electronic or paper form, and all of which taken together will constitute one and the same document.

Without limiting the foregoing, if the signatures on behalf of one party are on more than one copy of this document this shall be taken to be the same as, and have the same effect as, if all of those signatures were on the same counterpart of this document.

 

6.5

This Borrower executes this document for itself and on behalf of each Obligor as the Obligors’ agent in accordance with Clause 1.4 (Obligors’ Agent) and Clause 36.1(b) of the LNSA.

 

6.6

If there is any inconsistency between the provisions of any Finance Document and this document, the terms of this document shall prevail.

 

6.7

This document is a deed and factors which might suggest otherwise are to be disregarded.

 

Tritium - CP Waiver Letter


Please acknowledge your agreement and acceptance of this document by signing and returning the enclosed copy of this document to us.

Yours sincerely,

ORIGINAL LENDER

Executed as a deed.

Signed, sealed and delivered for and on behalf of HealthSpring Life & Health Insurance Company, Inc

By: Cigna Investments, Inc. (authorized agent)

in the presence of:

 

/s/ Leonard Mazlish

   

/s/ Kevin Pattison

Signature of witness     By:

Leonard Mazlish

   

Kevin Pattison

Full name of witness (print)     Name (print)
   

Managing Director

    Title (print)

 

Tritium - CP Waiver Letter


ORIGINAL LENDER

Executed as a deed.

Signed, sealed and delivered for and on behalf of Cigna Health and Life Insurance Company

By: Cigna Investments, Inc. (authorized agent)

in the presence of:

 

/s/ Leonard Mazlish

   

/s/ Kevin Pattison

Signature of witness     By:

Leonard Mazlish

   

Kevin Pattison

Full name of witness (print)     Name (print)
   

Managing Director

    Title (print)

 

Tritium - CP Waiver Letter


ORIGINAL LENDER

Executed as a deed.    

 

Signed, sealed and delivered by

   )

BARINGS TARGET YIELD INFRASTRUCTURE DEBT      

   )

HOLDCO 1 S.À R.L.

  

acting by its attorney

   )

BARINGS LLC

   )

acting by:

   )

 

/s/ Sphephelo Wenzokwakhe Mnguni

   

/s/ Mark Ackerman

Signature of witness     By: Mark Ackerman
           Managing Director

Sphephelo Wenzokwakhe Mnguni

   

Mark Ackerman

Full name of witness (print)     Name (print)

 

Tritium - CP Waiver Letter


ACCEPTANCE

We acknowledge, accept and agree the terms of this document.

BORROWER

for itself and on behalf of each other Obligor in accordance with clause 1.4 (Obligors’ agent) of the LNSA

Executed as a deed.

Signed, sealed and delivered for and on behalf of Tritium Pty Ltd (ACN 095 500 280)

in accordance with section 127 of the

Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) by:

 

/s/ Trevor Charles St Baker

   

/s/ David Andrew Finn

Signature of Director     Signature of Director/Company
    Secretary

Trevor Charles St Baker

   

David Andrew Finn

Full name (print)     Full name (print)

 

Tritium - CP Waiver Letter


Annexure A – Revised Cash Balance Formula

 

Tritium - CP Waiver Letter

EX-10.23

Exhibit 10.23

 

 

Tritium DCFC Limited ACN 650 026 314

 

 

[Director]

 

 

Deed of access, insurance and indemnity

 

 

© Corrs Chambers Westgarth


Corrs Chambers Westgarth

 

Contents

 

1        Definitions      1  
2    Conditions precedent      3  
3    Indemnity      3  
   3.1    Indemnity as a Director of the Company      3  
   3.2    Limitations of the indemnity      4  
   3.3    Payment of indemnified amounts      4  
   3.4    Other indemnities and claims      5  
4    Rights to independent advice      5  
   4.1    General advice      5  
   4.2    Advice relating to Claims      5  
5    Subrogation      6  
   5.1    Rights of subrogation      6  
   5.2    Control of Claims      6  
   5.3    Exercise of rights by the Company      6  
   5.4    Settlement of a Claim      7  
   5.5    Benefits received by the Company      7  
   5.6    Your obligations      7  
   5.7    Circumstances requiring you to expend your own money      8  
   5.8    Notification of Claims      8  
6    Advances      8  
   6.1    Advance to cover costs and expenses      8  
   6.2    Effect of limitation on ability to advance      9  
7    Repayment      9  
   7.1    Circumstances requiring repayment      9  
   7.2    Notification      9  
8    Board Documents      9  
   8.1    Keeping of Board Documents      9  
   8.2    Access to the Board Documents      10  
   8.3    Request for access and copies of Board Documents      10  
   8.4    Your obligations      10  
   8.5    Ownership      10  
   8.6    Return of Board Documents      10  
   8.7    Security of Board Documents      10  
   8.8    Privilege      11  
   8.9    Interaction with other rights      11  
9    Insurance      11  
   9.1    D&O Policy      11  
   9.2    Your obligations      12  
   9.3    Contravention of law      12  
   9.4    Premiums      12  
   9.5    Details of policies      12  
   9.6    Cancellation of policies      12  

 

Deed of access, insurance and indemnity   page i


Corrs Chambers Westgarth

 

10      Group Companies      12  
   10.1    Acceding member      12  
   10.2    Company guarantee      13  
11    Disclosure      13  
12    Company’s general law rights      13  
13    Variation of document      13  
14    Further acts      13  
15    Waiver of rights      13  
16    Operation of this document      14  
17    GST         14  
   17.1    Construction      14  
   17.2    Consideration GST exclusive      14  
   17.3    Payment of GST      14  
   17.4    Timing of GST payment      15  
   17.5    Tax invoice      15  
   17.6    Adjustment event      15  
   17.7    Reimbursements      15  
   17.8    Calculations based on other amounts      15  
   17.9    No merger      15  
18    Notices      16  
   18.1    General      16  
   18.2    How to give a communication      16  
   18.3    Particulars for delivery of notices      16  
   18.4    Communications by post      16  
   18.5    Communications by email      16  
   18.6    After hours communications      17  
   18.7    Process service      17  
19    Governing law and jurisdiction      17  
20    General      17  
   20.1    Effect of execution      17  
   20.2    Construction      17  
   20.3    Headings      18  
   20.4    Deed      18  

 

Deed of access, insurance and indemnity   page ii


Corrs Chambers Westgarth

 

Date

Parties

Tritium DCFC Limited ACN 650 026 314 of 48 Miller Street, Murarrie QLD 4172 (Company)

[Director]    (Director)

 

 

Background

 

A

The Director has been appointed as a Director of the Company.

 

B

As a condition of the Director agreeing to act (either at the date of this deed or any time after the date of this deed) or continuing to act as:

 

  (a)

A Director of the Company; and

 

  (b)

a Director of any Subsidiary of the Company in respect of which the Director also acts as a Director,

the Company agrees to indemnify the Director, provide the Director with access to the Board Documents, and obtain certain insurance, in each case on the terms set out in this document.

 

 

Agreed terms

 

1

Definitions

In this document these terms have the following meanings:’

 

Access Period    The period commencing on the Appointment Date until the later of:
   (a)    seven years after the expiry or conclusion of the Relevant Period; and
   (b)    the date on which all Claims, if any, commenced against you during that seven year period are concluded.
Appointment Date    The date you commenced acting as a Director of the Company.
Board    The board of directors of the Company.

 

Deed of access, insurance and indemnity   page 1


Corrs Chambers Westgarth

 

Board Documents    (a)    All existing and future material or documents prepared for, or made available to, the Board during the Relevant Period (including board papers, submissions, minutes, memoranda, legal opinions, financial statements, forecasts, accounting records, valuations, committee papers and documents tabled at a meeting of the Board or any committee of the Board); and
   (b)    any other documents which are referred to in that material.
Business Days    A day which is not a Saturday, Sunday or bank or public holiday in Queensland.
Chair    The chair of the Board.
Claim    Any claim, demand, suit, action, Investigation, proceeding or cause of action commenced or threatened and arising out of you being a Director of the Company, including threatened proceedings where there is a reasonable prospect of you being involved in the Claim in relation to or emanating from the role as a Director of the Company.
Constitution    The Company’s constitution in effect from time to time.
Corporations Act    The Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).
D&O Policy    A contract or contracts of insurance taken out and maintained with a reputable insurance company for your benefit that is designed to insure you against liability for acts or omissions in your role as a Director of the Company consistent with generally accepted insurance practices at the time the contract of insurance is taken out, to the extent permitted by law.
Director    The meaning given in section 9 of the Corporations Act.
Group    The Company and each of its Subsidiaries.
Group Company    Any entity within the Group.
Investigation    Any investigation or inquiry, examination, prosecution (whether civil, criminal, administrative or otherwise), including a royal commission, commission of inquiry or parliamentary inquiry involving or relating to the Group.
Liability    Any liability, costs, damages, fees, expenses, demands, suits, actions, proceedings or claims incurred by you in or arising out of you being a Director of the Company or acting as an authorised representative of any Group Company, whether or not involving the payment or incurring of an expense.

 

Deed of access, insurance and indemnity   page 2


Corrs Chambers Westgarth

 

Related Body Corporate    The meaning given in section 50 of the Corporations Act.
Relevant Period    The period commencing on the Appointment Date and ending on the date you cease to act as a Director of the Company.
Subsidiary    The meaning given in section 9 of the Corporations Act and extends to any other company agreed between you and the Company in writing.
you    The Director.

 

2

Conditions precedent

You agree to substantially comply with your material obligations under this document (including complying with instructions from, giving notice to or otherwise dealing with the Company in accordance with this document). If it is established in relation to a Claim that you have failed to comply with your obligations and the amount payable to you under this document is greater than a reasonable person would assess that it was likely to have been had you otherwise complied with your obligations (taking into account the lost opportunity to take action to mitigate the amount of the Claim), the Company is not liable to pay you to the extent of the difference.

 

3

Indemnity

 

3.1

Indemnity as a Director of the Company

 

  (a)

Subject to clause 3.2, from the Appointment Date (and despite you ceasing to be a Director of the Company), the Company indemnifies you against any Liability to the maximum extent permitted by law.

 

  (b)

The indemnity in clause 3.1(a) includes an indemnity against all reasonable legal costs incurred by you in connection with Claims commenced, or which you reasonably believe may be commenced, provided that nothing in this clause 3.1 shall entitle you to be indemnified in respect of any legal costs in relation to the retention by you of separate legal counsel other than in the circumstances contemplated in clause 4.2.

 

  (c)

Subject to clause 3.2, the indemnity in clause 3.1(a) covers, to the maximum extent permitted by law, any Liability arising from any action taken by you which is subsequently determined by the Board or a Court to fall outside of your specific or general delegated authority, provided that such action is undertaken by you in good faith in the course of performing your role as a Director of the Company or its Related Bodies Corporate.

 

Deed of access, insurance and indemnity   page 3


Corrs Chambers Westgarth

 

3.2

Limitations of the indemnity

The Company will not indemnify you against:

 

  (a)

a Liability arising out of conduct attributable to a lack of good faith on your behalf;

 

  (b)

a Liability you owe to the Company or any of its Related Bodies Corporate;

 

  (c)

any Liability, Claim or circumstance where to do so would involve a Group Company being in breach of any law;

 

  (d)

a Liability to the extent that to do so would contravene the Constitution;

 

  (e)

legal costs incurred in defending an action for a Liability incurred as a Director of the Company if the costs are incurred:

 

  (i)

in defending or resisting proceedings in which you are found to have a Liability for which you could not be indemnified under clause 3.2(a), (b) or (c) or which the Company is not otherwise permitted by law to indemnify you;

 

  (ii)

in defending or resisting criminal proceedings in which you are found guilty;

 

  (iii)

in defending or resisting proceedings brought by the Australian Securities and Investments Commission or a liquidator for a court order if the grounds for making the order are found by the court to have been established;

 

  (iv)

in defending or resisting proceedings brought by a Group Company; or

 

  (v)

in connection with proceedings for relief under the Corporations Act in which the Court denies the relief;

 

  (f)

any Liability for defamation of you, or legal costs incurred in an action for defamation of you, in your role as a Director of the Company;

 

  (g)

any Liability in connection with you bringing a Claim against the Company or any of its Related Bodies Corporate, or the possibility of you bringing such a Claim; or

 

  (h)

any Liability which you recover under any policy of insurance or from any third party, or which any insurer or other third party satisfies directly.

 

3.3

Payment of indemnified amounts

If you are entitled to be indemnified under this document for a Liability which is due and payable, the Company will pay that amount at your written direction to discharge the Liability. Payment is to be made within 30 days of the date on which you provide evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company that:

 

  (a)

you have incurred the Liability; and

 

  (b)

the amount is due and payable,

 

Deed of access, insurance and indemnity   page 4


Corrs Chambers Westgarth

 

or within such shorter time provided that you can demonstrate that such a Liability is payable within a shorter time.

 

3.4

Other indemnities and claims

 

  (a)

You are not obliged to make a claim under any other indemnity or contract of insurance before making a claim under this document.

 

  (b)

The indemnity given under this document is in addition to any other indemnity given by the Company to you (whether by agreement, under the Constitution, by legislation or otherwise) but nothing in this document requires the Company to pay more than once in respect of any Liability.

 

4

Rights to independent advice

 

4.1

General advice

Subject to clause 3.2, during the Relevant Period you are entitled to seek independent professional advice (including legal, accounting and financial advice) at the Company’s cost (subject to the Chair prescribing a reasonable limit on those costs) on any matter connected with the discharge of your responsibilities as a Director of the Company during the Relevant Period, including reasonable costs incurred by you in obtaining independent legal advice relating to this document, in accordance with the procedures and subject to the conditions set out below:

 

  (a)

you must seek the prior written consent of the Chair who must give that consent promptly subject to the prescription of a reasonable limit on those costs taking into account the nature and materiality of the advice sought or, if you are the Chair, then no consent is required;

 

  (b)

in seeking the prior written consent of the Chair, you must provide details of the:

 

  (i)

nature of the independent professional advice;

 

  (ii)

likely cost of seeking the independent professional advice; and

 

  (iii)

independent adviser you propose to instruct;

 

  (c)

all documents containing or seeking independent professional advice must clearly state that the advice is sought both in relation to the Company and to you in your personal capacity. However, the right to advice does not extend to advice concerning matters of a personal or private nature; and

 

  (d)

the Chair may circulate any independent professional advice received by you to the remainder of the Board provided that the circulation will not constitute a waiver of privilege.

 

4.2

Advice relating to Claims

If you are entitled to be indemnified under this document, you may engage separate legal or other advisers (other than those advising the Company) to assist you in connection with a Claim. The Company agrees to pay all

 

Deed of access, insurance and indemnity   page 5


Corrs Chambers Westgarth

 

reasonable legal costs, charges and expenses which you incur in those circumstances if they are incurred:

 

  (a)

before the Company assumes conduct of the Claim;

 

  (b)

with the prior written consent of the Company; or

 

  (c)

in circumstances where the Company has refused to authorise representation or participation by lawyers other than lawyers acting also for the Company and there is a reasonable likelihood that your interests and those of the Company would conflict if the same advisers were to act for both you and the Company.

 

5

Subrogation

 

5.1

Rights of subrogation

 

  (a)

If the Company acknowledges that you are entitled to be indemnified under this document in respect of a Liability, the Company or any person claiming through the Company (such as the Company’s insurers), to the extent permitted by law, is entitled to be subrogated to all your rights and remedies relating to the circumstances in which the Liability arose.

 

  (b)

The Company indemnifies you against any costs awarded against you in any Claim brought by the Company in the exercise of its right of subrogation.

 

5.2

Control of Claims

 

  (a)

The Company or any person claiming through the Company may:

 

  (i)

give you directions in relation to; or

 

  (ii)

take over the conduct of,

a Claim in respect of which the Company acknowledges that you are entitled to be indemnified under this document.

 

  (b)

The Company or any person claiming through the Company may exercise its rights in this clause 5.2:

 

  (i)

in your name; or

 

  (ii)

in its own name.

 

5.3

Exercise of rights by the Company

 

  (a)

The Company must exercise its rights:

 

  (i)

reasonably;

 

  (ii)

having regard to the principle that your reputation should not be injured unnecessarily; and

 

  (iii)

in accordance with clause 5.4.

 

  (b)

If the Company takes over the conduct of a Claim, it must keep you fully and progressively informed about the conduct of the Claim and regularly consult with you.

 

Deed of access, insurance and indemnity   page 6


Corrs Chambers Westgarth

 

  (c)

The obligations of the Company under this clause 5.3 are subject to the Company’s obligations to its insurers.

 

5.4

Settlement of a Claim

 

  (a)

The Company must not settle a Claim without your prior written approval, or instruct you to do so, unless the Company has first satisfied you that money is available to pay the settlement amount.

 

  (b)

Before the Company may settle or compromise a Claim, the Company must:

 

  (i)

give you notice of its intention to settle or compromise the Claim;

 

  (ii)

provide you with the proposed terms of settlement or compromise; and

 

  (iii)

allow you a reasonable period in which you may object to the proposed terms of the settlement or compromise and declare your intention to assume conduct of the Claim.

 

  (c)

If, within the period allowed under clause 5.4(b), you give written notice that you intend to assume conduct of a Claim, the Company must relinquish (or must ensure that any person claiming through it relinquishes) to you the control of the conduct of the Claim (to the extent that the Claim relates to you).

 

  (d)

If control of the conduct of a Claim is relinquished to you in accordance with clauses 5.4(b) and 5.4(c), the liability of the Company under this document in respect of that Claim will not exceed the amount for which the Claim could have been compromised or settled at the time notice was given to you under clause 5.4(b) in respect of that Claim together with costs and expenses reasonably incurred by you up to that time.

 

  (e)

The obligations of the Company under this clause 5.4 are subject to the Company’s obligations to its insurers.

 

5.5

Benefits received by the Company

 

  (a)

The Company must account to you for any benefit it obtains as a result of the exercise of any of its rights under this document to the extent the benefit exceeds the cost of providing the indemnity and exercising those rights.

 

  (b)

If the Company is not subrogated under this clause 5, you must account to the Company for any damages recovered by you (to a maximum amount equal to the indemnity payment made to you under clause 3).

 

5.6

Your obligations

You must:

 

  (a)

act in accordance with the Constitution;

 

  (b)

notify the Company in writing as soon as reasonably practicable (but no later than five days) after you become aware of:

 

  (i)

the circumstances of any Claim or circumstance which could reasonably be expected to give rise to a Claim; or

 

Deed of access, insurance and indemnity   page 7


Corrs Chambers Westgarth

 

  (ii)

the rejection of a claim by the Company’s D&O Policy insurer,

for which you may seek or be entitled to an indemnity under this document;

 

  (c)

take such action as the Company or any person claiming through the Company reasonably requests to avoid, dispute, resist, appeal against, compromise or defend any Claim or any adjudication of a Claim;

 

  (d)

not make any admissions in respect of, or settle, any Claim against you in respect of which you are seeking indemnity or may in the future seek indemnity under this document without the Company’s prior written consent;

 

  (e)

notify the Company (or any person claiming through the Company) of any offer of settlement or compromise received in respect of a Claim;

 

  (f)

provide any information that the Company or any person claiming through the Company reasonably requests and give to the Company or such other person all necessary and reasonable assistance as the Company or such other person needs to give you directions or to take over the conduct of Claims; and

 

  (g)

do everything reasonable and necessary to enable the Company or any person claiming through the Company to exercise its rights of subrogation and to control Claims in your name as the Company or such other person thinks fit.

 

5.7

Circumstances requiring you to expend your own money

 

  (a)

You are entitled to be reimbursed by the Company for the actual costs you reasonably incur in complying with a direction from the Company under this document (including under clauses 5.2 and 5.6).

 

  (b)

You are not required to make any payment before enforcing your rights under this document.

 

5.8

Notification of Claims

The Company must notify you in writing as soon as reasonably practicable after it becomes aware of any Claims relating to, or arising out of, you being a Director of the Company.

 

6

Advances

 

6.1

Advance to cover costs and expenses

Subject to clause 6.2, the Company shall advance funds to you to meet your reasonable expenses (including legal costs) incurred in connection with defending or resisting Claims before the outcome of those Claims is known. The advance will be on such reasonable terms as the Company thinks fit, including terms relating to interest, repayment, security for the advance and conduct of the Claims.

 

Deed of access, insurance and indemnity   page 8


Corrs Chambers Westgarth

 

6.2

Effect of limitation on ability to advance

If the Company:

 

  (a)

is not permitted to indemnify you in respect of the expenses referred to in clause 6.1, then within 30 days after receipt of a written request from the Company you must repay all funds advanced to you under clause 6.1; or

 

  (b)

is permitted to indemnify you in respect of the expenses referred to in clause 6.1, the amount advanced must be set-off from the amount that the Company is required to pay to you under the indemnity given by this document.

 

7

Repayment

 

7.1

Circumstances requiring repayment

You must immediately (and no later than 30 days after relevant receipt, payment or subsequent finding under this clause) repay to the Company in part or in full as appropriate any amount paid to you under this document if:

 

  (a)

you receive money or are reimbursed under the D&O Policy or other contract or insurance, or otherwise from any third party, in respect of the matters the subject of the payment or advance from the Company under this document;

 

  (b)

an insurer or other third party satisfies directly any amount the subject of the payment or advance from the Company under this document;

 

  (c)

it is subsequently found (whether as a result of an appealed decision or otherwise) that the Company could not under this document or otherwise by law indemnify you or provide an advance to you for such amount; or

 

  (d)

a court of competent jurisdiction determines that you are not entitled to be indemnified or to receive an advance from the Company for such amount.

 

7.2

Notification

You must immediately notify the Company upon the occurrence of any of the circumstances which require you to make a repayment described in clause 7.1.

 

8

Board Documents

 

8.1

Keeping of Board Documents

The Company must ensure that, during the Access Period, it maintains a complete set of Board Documents in a systematic and organised fashion in a secure and convenient place.

 

Deed of access, insurance and indemnity   page 9


Corrs Chambers Westgarth

 

8.2

Access to the Board Documents

 

  (a)

If reasonably requested to do so during the Access Period, the Company must ensure that you are provided with access to those Board Documents you require:

 

  (i)

to enable you to carry out your duties as a Director of the Company;

 

  (ii)

to obtain legal advice concerning a Claim;

 

  (iii)

for the purpose of defending a Claim; and

 

  (iv)

in connection with your appearance concerning Claims.

 

  (b)

The Company must provide you with copies of the Board Documents if you request that the Company do so without charge within 14 days.

 

  (c)

The rights granted to you by this clause 8.2 can be satisfied by the Company providing you with copies of the Board Documents except where you have demonstrated a reasonable need for you to be provided with original documents.

 

8.3

Request for access and copies of Board Documents

You may make a request for access to or copies of Board Documents in writing addressed and given to the Chair (or if you are the Chair no request need be made). The written request must:

 

  (a)

include particulars of the Board Documents required by you; and

 

  (b)

state the purpose for which the requested Board Documents are required.

 

8.4

Your obligations

You agree to use the Board Documents to which you are granted access or copies only for the purpose you have specified in your written request provided under clause 8.3.

 

8.5

Ownership

Ownership of the Board Documents remains with the Company. The Company may recall any Board Documents or copies given to you at any time.

 

8.6

Return of Board Documents

When requested by the Company to do so you will as soon as practicable return any Board Documents in your possession or control to the Company.

 

8.7

Security of Board Documents

You must keep all Board Documents and copies in your possession in a secure place and ensure that they remain confidential and not disclosed to any third party other than:

 

  (a)

if the Company has given its prior written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned);

 

  (b)

as required by law;

 

Deed of access, insurance and indemnity   page 10


Corrs Chambers Westgarth

 

  (c)

if the disclosure is made for the purpose of obtaining professional advice; or

 

  (d)

if the disclosure is made for the purpose of defending, appealing, commencing or settling a Claim, and you have used your best endeavours to maintain the confidentiality of the Board Documents.

 

8.8

Privilege

 

  (a)

If the Board Documents contain any advice to which legal professional privilege may attach, you are only entitled to have access on condition that you do not, by your own actions or that of your employees, agents or advisors, waive that privilege except for the sole purpose of defending yourself in legal proceedings.

 

  (b)

Subject to clause 8.8(a), the Company’s grant to you of access to documents over which any Group Company claims legal professional privilege does not amount to an express or implied waiver by the Group Company of its claim to legal professional privilege against persons other than you.

 

  (c)

If you become entitled or are required to disclose any Board Documents you must notify the Company of the intended disclosure and take all steps reasonably requested by the Company (including to procure that any of your employees, agents or advisors take such necessary steps) to avoid waiving any legal professional privilege attaching to the Board Documents except for the sole purpose of defending yourself in legal proceedings.

 

8.9

Interaction with other rights

This clause 8 does not limit any right of access you otherwise have to Board Documents independently of this document (including under the Corporations Act or otherwise).

 

9

Insurance

 

9.1

D&O Policy

 

  (a)

During the Access Period the Company must, so far as a D&O Policy is reasonably available on reasonable commercial terms, maintain or procure the maintenance of a D&O Policy.

 

  (b)

You acknowledge that the negotiation of the terms of the D&O Policy may:

 

  (i)

involve the insurer varying the terms of the insurance policy offered which, if accepted by the Company, may provide less coverage or less favourable coverage for you;

 

  (ii)

involve the Company deciding, acting reasonably, to balance the proposed level of premiums against the terms offered; or

 

  (iii)

result in the Company deciding to accept varied terms or to change insurers.

 

Deed of access, insurance and indemnity   page 11


Corrs Chambers Westgarth

 

9.2

Your obligations

You agree:

 

  (a)

to do anything the Company reasonably requires to enable the Company to take out and maintain the D&O Policy in accordance with this clause 9; and

 

  (b)

to comply at all times with all your obligations under the D&O Policy, including reporting claims, and circumstances which could give rise to a claim.

 

9.3

Contravention of law

The Company is not obliged to take out or maintain any contract of insurance referred to in this clause 9 where to do so would contravene any law, provided that in respect of any current policy the Company must give you notice of its intention to terminate that policy.

 

9.4

Premiums

To the extent that any portion of the premium for any contract of insurance referred to in this clause 9 must not by law be paid by the Company or any member of the Group, the Company must give you notice of, and a reasonable opportunity to contribute to, that part of the additional premium which it is unable to pay (if required for the policy to be effective).

 

9.5

Details of policies

If requested by you, the Company must provide you, without cost and within a reasonable time after the request, with a copy of each certificate of currency in respect of any contract of insurance referred to in this clause 9. The Company will also, if requested by you, provide you with copies of the policies relevant to those certificates of currency.

 

9.6

Cancellation of policies

The Company must notify you in writing if the D&O Policy is cancelled or not renewed.

 

10

Group Companies

 

10.1

Acceding member

 

  (a)

The Company must use its best endeavours to ensure that any entity in the Group of which you are a Director accedes to the terms of this document by notice in writing delivered to the Board (Acceding Member).

 

  (b)

Upon an Acceding Member acceding to this document, references in this document to the Company are to be taken to be a reference to that Acceding Member.

 

Deed of access, insurance and indemnity   page 12


Corrs Chambers Westgarth

 

10.2

Company guarantee

The Company will guarantee all of the obligations of an Acceding Member under this document. This guarantee terminates upon the Acceding Member ceasing to be a Subsidiary of the Company.

 

11

Disclosure

Full particulars of the indemnities and contracts of insurance that are required under this document may be included in the Company’s directors’ and officers’ interests register and may be included in the Company’s annual report and in regulatory filings filed by the Company.

 

12

Company’s general law rights

The Company’s rights in this document are in addition to its rights under the general law (including rights under the general law that relate to matters dealt with by this document).

 

13

Variation of document

No provision of this document or right conferred by it can be varied except in writing by the parties.

 

14

Further acts

Each party must do anything (including execute any document) and must ensure that its employees and agents do anything (including execute any document) that the other party may reasonably require to give full effect to this document.

 

15

Waiver of rights

A right may only be waived in writing, signed by the party giving the waiver, and:

 

  (a)

no other conduct of a party (including a failure to exercise, or delay in exercising the right) operates as a waiver of right or otherwise prevents the exercise of the right;

 

  (b)

a waiver of a right on one or more occasions does not operate as a waiver of that right if it arises again; and

 

  (c)

the exercise of a right does not prevent any further exercise of that right or of any other right.

 

Deed of access, insurance and indemnity   page 13


Corrs Chambers Westgarth

 

16

Operation of this document

 

  (a)

Any right that a person may have under this document is in addition to, and does not replace or limit, any other right that the person has.

 

  (b)

Any provision of this document which is unenforceable or partly unenforceable is, where possible, to be severed to the extent necessary to make this document enforceable, unless this would materially change the intended effect of the document.

 

17

GST

 

17.1

Construction

In this clause 17:

 

  (a)

unless there is a contrary indication, words and expressions which are not defined in this document but which have a defined meaning in the GST Law have the same meaning as in the GST Law;

 

  (b)

GST Law has the same meaning given to that expression in the A New Tax System (Goods and Services Tax) Act 1999 (Cth) or, if that Act does not exist for any reason, means any Act imposing or relating to the imposition or administration of a goods and services tax in Australia and any regulation made under that Act; and

 

  (c)

references to GST payable and input tax credit entitlements include:

 

  (i)

notional GST payable by, and notional input tax credit entitlements of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory (including a government, government body, authority, agency or instrumentality of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory); and

 

  (ii)

GST payable by, and the input tax credit entitlements of, the representative member of a GST group of which the entity is a member.

 

17.2

Consideration GST exclusive

Unless otherwise expressly stated, all consideration, whether monetary or non-monetary, payable or to be provided under or in connection with this document is exclusive of GST (GST-exclusive consideration).

 

17.3

Payment of GST

If GST is payable on any supply made by:

 

  (a)

a party; or

 

  (b)

an entity that is taken under the GST Law to make the supply by reason of the capacity in which a party acts,

(Supplier) under or in connection with this document, the recipient of the supply, or the party providing the consideration for the supply, must pay to the Supplier an amount equal to the GST payable on the supply.

 

Deed of access, insurance and indemnity   page 14


Corrs Chambers Westgarth

 

17.4

Timing of GST payment

The amount referred to in clause 17.3 must be paid in addition to and at the same time and in the same manner (without any set-off or deduction) that the GST-exclusive consideration for the supply is payable or to be provided.

 

17.5

Tax invoice

The Supplier must deliver a tax invoice or an adjustment note to the recipient of a taxable supply before the Supplier is entitled to payment of an amount under clause 17.3.

 

17.6

Adjustment event

If an adjustment event arises in respect of a supply made by a Supplier under or in connection with this document, any amount that is payable under clause 17.3 will be calculated or recalculated to reflect the adjustment event and a payment will be made by the recipient to the Supplier or by the Supplier to the recipient as the case requires.

 

17.7

Reimbursements

 

  (a)

Where a party is required under or in connection with this document to pay for, reimburse or contribute to any expense, loss, liability or outgoing suffered or incurred by another party or indemnify another party in relation to such an expense, loss, liability or outgoing (Reimbursable Expense), the amount required to be paid, reimbursed or contributed by the first party will be reduced by the amount of any input tax credits to which the other party is entitled in respect of the Reimbursable Expense.

 

  (b)

This clause 17.7 does not limit the application of clause 17.3, if appropriate, to the Reimbursable Expense as reduced in accordance with clause 17.7(a).

 

17.8

Calculations based on other amounts

If an amount of consideration payable or to be provided under or in connection with this document is to be calculated by reference to:

 

  (a)

any expense, loss, liability or outgoing suffered or incurred by another person (Cost), that reference will be to the amount of that Cost excluding the amount of any input tax credit entitlement of that person relating to the Cost suffered or incurred; and

 

  (b)

any price, value, sales, proceeds, revenue or similar amount (Revenue), that reference will be to that Revenue determined by deducting from it an amount equal to the GST payable on the supply for which it is consideration.

 

17.9

No merger

This clause 17 does not merge on the completion, rescission or other termination of this document or on the transfer of any property supplied under this document.

 

Deed of access, insurance and indemnity   page 15


Corrs Chambers Westgarth

 

18

Notices

 

18.1

General

A notice, demand, certification, process or other communication relating to this document must be in writing in English and may be given by an agent of the sender.

 

18.2

How to give a communication

In addition to any other lawful means, a communication may be given by being:

 

  (a)

personally delivered;

 

  (b)

left at the party’s current delivery address for notices;

 

  (c)

sent to the party’s current postal address for notices by pre-paid ordinary mail or, if the address is outside Australia, by pre-paid airmail; or

 

  (d)

sent by email to the party’s current email address for notices.

 

18.3

Particulars for delivery of notices

 

  (a)

The particulars for delivery of notices are initially:

 

Company:   
Delivery address:    48 Miller Street, Murrarie QLD 4172
Postal address:    48 Miller Street, Murrarie QLD 4172
Email:    manning@tritium.com.au
Attention:    The Directors
You:   
Delivery address:    [insert]
Postal address:    [insert]
Email:    [insert]

 

  (b)

Each party may change its particulars for delivery of notices by notice to each other party.

 

18.4

Communications by post

Subject to clause 18.6, a communication is given if posted:

 

  (a)

within Australia to an Australian postal address, three Business Days after posting; or

 

  (b)

outside of Australia to an Australian postal address or within Australia to an address outside of Australia, ten Business Days after posting.

 

18.5

Communications by email

Subject to clause 18.6, a communication is given if sent by electronic mail, when the electronic mail was sent to the addressee’s last notified email address, unless the sender receives a delivery failure notification, indicating that the electronic mail has not been delivered to the addressee.

 

Deed of access, insurance and indemnity   page 16


Corrs Chambers Westgarth

 

18.6

After hours communications

If a communication is given:

 

  (a)

after 5.00 pm in the place of receipt; or

 

  (b)

on a day which is a Saturday, Sunday or bank or public holiday in the place of receipt,

it is taken as having been given at 9.00 am on the next day which is not a Saturday, Sunday or bank or public holiday in that place.

 

18.7

Process service

Any process or other document relating to litigation, administrative or arbitral proceedings relating to this document may be served by any method contemplated by this clause 18 or in accordance with any applicable law.

 

19

Governing law and jurisdiction

 

  (a)

This document is governed by and is to be construed in accordance with the laws applicable in Queensland, Australia.

 

  (b)

Each party irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts exercising jurisdiction in Queensland, Australia and any courts which have jurisdiction to hear appeals from any of those courts and waives any right to object to proceedings being brought in those courts.

 

20

General

 

20.1

Effect of execution

This document is binding on a party to it even if it is not executed by any other person named as a party.

 

20.2

Construction

Unless expressed to the contrary, in this document:

 

  (a)

words in the singular include the plural and vice versa;

 

  (b)

any gender includes the other genders;

 

  (c)

if a word or phrase is defined its other grammatical forms have corresponding meanings;

 

  (d)

‘includes’ means includes without limitation;

 

  (e)

no rule of construction will apply to a clause to the disadvantage of a party merely because that party put forward the clause or would otherwise benefit from it;

 

  (f)

a reference to documents includes documents whether in hard copy form or stored or transmitted in electronic or other form;

 

  (g)

a reference to consent includes the requirement that the consent must not be unreasonably withheld;

 

Deed of access, insurance and indemnity   page 17


Corrs Chambers Westgarth

 

  (h)

a reference to:

 

  (i)

a person includes a partnership, joint venture, unincorporated association, corporation and a government or statutory body or authority;

 

  (ii)

a person includes the person’s legal personal representatives, successors, assigns and persons substituted by novation;

 

  (iii)

any legislation includes subordinate legislation under it and includes that legislation and subordinate legislation as modified or replaced;

 

  (iv)

an obligation includes a warranty or representation and a reference to a failure to comply with an obligation includes a breach of warranty or representation;

 

  (v)

a right includes a benefit, remedy, discretion or power;

 

  (vi)

this or any other document includes the document as novated, varied or replaced and despite any change in the identity of the parties; and

 

  (vii)

writing includes any mode of representing or reproducing words in tangible and permanently visible form, and includes fax transmissions.

 

20.3

Headings

Headings do not affect the interpretation of this document.

 

20.4

Deed

This document is a deed. Factors which might suggest otherwise are to be disregarded.

 

Deed of access, insurance and indemnity   page 18


Corrs Chambers Westgarth

 

Executed as a deed.      
Executed by Tritium DCFC Limited   )    
ACN 650 026 314 in accordance with   )    
section 127 of the Corporations Act 2001      

                                         

     

                                         

Company Secretary/Director       Director

                    

     

                    

Name of Company Secretary/Director (print)       Name of Director (print)
Signed sealed and delivered   )    
by [insert] in the presence of:   )    
  )    

                                         

                                         

     
Witness      

                                         

     
Name of Witness (print)      

 

Deed of access, insurance and indemnity   page 19
EX-10.24

Exhibit 10.24

 

 

Tritium DCFC Limited ACN 650 026 314

 

 

[Officer]

 

 

Deed of access, insurance and indemnity

 

 

© Corrs Chambers Westgarth


Corrs Chambers Westgarth

 

Contents

 

1        Definitions      1  
2    Conditions precedent      3  
3    Indemnity      3  
   3.1    Indemnity as an Officer of the Company      3  
   3.2    Limitations of the indemnity      4  
   3.3    Payment of indemnified amounts      4  
   3.4    Other indemnities and claims      5  
4    Rights to independent advice      5  
   4.1    General advice      5  
   4.2    Advice relating to Claims      6  
5    Subrogation      6  
   5.1    Rights of subrogation      6  
   5.2    Control of Claims      6  
   5.3    Exercise of rights by the Company      6  
   5.4    Settlement of a Claim      7  
   5.5    Benefits received by the Company      7  
   5.6    Your obligations      8  
   5.7    Circumstances requiring you to expend your own money      8  
   5.8    Notification of Claims      8  
6    Advances      9  
   6.1    Advance to cover costs and expenses      9  
   6.2    Effect of limitation on ability to advance      9  
7    Repayment      9  
   7.1    Circumstances requiring repayment      9  
   7.2    Notification      9  
8    Company Documents      10  
   8.1    Access to the Company Documents      10  
   8.2    Request for access and copies of Company Documents      10  
   8.3    Your obligations      10  
   8.4    Ownership      10  
   8.5    Return of Company Documents      10  
   8.6    Security of Company Documents      10  
   8.7    Privilege      11  
   8.8    Interaction with other rights      11  
9    Insurance      11  
   9.1    D&O Policy      11  
   9.2    Your obligations      12  
   9.3    Contravention of law      12  
   9.4    Premiums      12  
   9.5    Details of policies      12  
   9.6    Cancellation of policies      12  

 

Deed of access, insurance and indemnity    page i


Corrs Chambers Westgarth

 

10      Group Companies      12  
   10.1    Acceding member      12  
   10.2    Company guarantee      13  
11    Disclosure      13  
12    Company’s general law rights      13  
13    Variation of document      13  
14    Further acts      13  
15    Waiver of rights      13  
16    Operation of this document      14  
17    GST         14  
   17.1    Construction      14  
   17.2    Consideration GST exclusive      14  
   17.3    Payment of GST      14  
   17.4    Timing of GST payment      15  
   17.5    Tax invoice      15  
   17.6    Adjustment event      15  
   17.7    Reimbursements      15  
   17.8    Calculations based on other amounts      15  
   17.9    No merger      16  
18    Notices      16  
   18.1    General      16  
   18.2    How to give a communication      16  
   18.3    Particulars for delivery of notices      16  
   18.4    Communications by post      16  
   18.5    Communications by email      17  
   18.6    After hours communications      17  
   18.7    Process service      17  
19    Governing law and jurisdiction      17  
20    General      17  
   20.1    Effect of execution      17  
   20.2    Construction      17  
   20.3    Headings      18  
   20.4    Deed   

 

18

 

 

Deed of access, insurance and indemnity    page ii


Corrs Chambers Westgarth

 

Date

Parties

Tritium DCFC Limited ACN 650 026 314 of 48 Miller Street, Murarrie QLD 4172 (Company)

[Officer] (Officer)

 

 

Background

 

A

The Officer has been appointed as an Officer of the Company.

 

B

As a condition of the Officer agreeing to act (either at the date of this deed or any time after the date of this deed) or continuing to act as:

 

  (a)

an Officer of the Company; and

 

  (b)

an Officer of any Subsidiary of the Company in respect of which the Officer also acts as an Officer,

the Company agrees to indemnify the Officer, provide the Officer with access to the Company Documents, and obtain certain insurance, in each case on the terms set out in this document.

 

 

Agreed terms

 

1

Definitions

In this document these terms have the following meanings:’

 

Access Period    The period commencing on the Appointment Date until the later of:
  

(a)   seven years after the expiry or conclusion of the Relevant Period; and

  

(b)   the date on which all Claims, if any, commenced against you during that seven year period are concluded.

Appointment Date    The date you commenced acting as an Officer of the Company.

 

Deed of access, insurance and indemnity   page 1


Corrs Chambers Westgarth

 

Board    The board of directors of the Company.
Business Days    A day which is not a Saturday, Sunday or bank or public holiday in Queensland.
Chair    The chair of the Board.
Claim    Any claim, demand, suit, action, Investigation, proceeding or cause of action commenced or threatened and arising out of you being an Officer of the Company, including threatened proceedings where there is a reasonable prospect of you being involved in the Claim in relation to or emanating from the role as an Officer of the Company.
Company Documents    Documents in written or machine readable form of the Company or to which the Company is a party or which is in the possession of the Company:
  

(a)   of which you were the author;

  

(b)   which you properly had in your possession whilst in office as an Officer of the Company;

  

(c)   of which the author is a person reporting, directly or indirectly, to you when you were in office as an Officer of the Company;

  

(d)   which a person reporting, directly or indirectly, to you properly had in his or her possession at the time when you held office as an Officer of the Company.

Constitution    The Company’s constitution in effect from time to time.
Corporations Act    The Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).
D&O Policy    A contract or contracts of insurance taken out and maintained with a reputable insurance company for your benefit that is designed to insure you against liability for acts or omissions in your role as an Officer of the Company consistent with generally accepted insurance practices at the time the contract of insurance is taken out, to the extent permitted by law.
Group    The Company and each of its Subsidiaries.
Group Company    Any entity within the Group.
Investigation    Any investigation or inquiry, examination, prosecution (whether civil, criminal, administrative or otherwise), including a royal commission, commission of inquiry or parliamentary inquiry involving or relating to the Group.
Liability    Any liability, costs, damages, fees, expenses, demands, suits, actions, proceedings or claims incurred by you in or arising out of you being an Officer of the Company or acting as an authorised representative of any Group Company, whether or not involving the payment or incurring of an expense.

 

Deed of access, insurance and indemnity   page 2


Corrs Chambers Westgarth

 

Officer    The meaning given in section 9 of the Corporations Act.
Related Body Corporate    The meaning given in section 50 of the Corporations Act.
Relevant Period    The period commencing on the Appointment Date and ending on the date you cease to act as an Officer of the Company.
Subsidiary    The meaning given in section 9 of the Corporations Act and extends to any other company agreed between you and the Company in writing.
you    The Officer.

 

2

Conditions precedent

You agree to substantially comply with your material obligations under this document (including complying with instructions from, giving notice to or otherwise dealing with the Company in accordance with this document). If it is established in relation to a Claim that you have failed to comply with your obligations and the amount payable to you under this document is greater than a reasonable person would assess that it was likely to have been had you otherwise complied with your obligations (taking into account the lost opportunity to take action to mitigate the amount of the Claim), the Company is not liable to pay you to the extent of the difference.

 

3

Indemnity

 

3.1

Indemnity as an Officer of the Company

 

  (a)

Subject to clause 3.2, from the Appointment Date (and despite you ceasing to be an Officer of the Company), the Company indemnifies you against any Liability to the maximum extent permitted by law.

 

  (b)

The indemnity in clause 3.1(a) includes an indemnity against all reasonable legal costs incurred by you in connection with Claims commenced, or which you reasonably believe may be commenced, provided that nothing in this clause 3.1 shall entitle you to be indemnified in respect of any legal costs in relation to the retention by you of separate legal counsel other than in the circumstances contemplated in clause 4.2.

 

  (c)

Subject to clause 3.2, the indemnity in clause 3.1(a) covers, to the maximum extent permitted by law, any Liability arising from any action taken by you which is subsequently determined by the Board or a Court

 

Deed of access, insurance and indemnity   page 3


Corrs Chambers Westgarth

 

  to fall outside of your specific or general delegated authority, provided that such action is undertaken by you in good faith in the course of performing your role as an Officer of the Company or its Related Bodies Corporate.

 

3.2

Limitations of the indemnity

The Company will not indemnify you against:

 

  (a)

a Liability arising out of conduct attributable to a lack of good faith on your behalf;

 

  (b)

a Liability you owe to the Company or any of its Related Bodies Corporate;

 

  (c)

any Liability, Claim or circumstance where to do so would involve a Group Company being in breach of any law;

 

  (d)

a Liability to the extent that to do so would contravene the Constitution;

 

  (e)

legal costs incurred in defending an action for a Liability incurred as an Officer of the Company if the costs are incurred:

 

  (i)

in defending or resisting proceedings in which you are found to have a Liability for which you could not be indemnified under clause 3.2(a), (b) or (c) or which the Company is not otherwise permitted by law to indemnify you;

 

  (ii)

in defending or resisting criminal proceedings in which you are found guilty;

 

  (iii)

in defending or resisting proceedings brought by the Australian Securities and Investments Commission or a liquidator for a court order if the grounds for making the order are found by the court to have been established;

 

  (iv)

in defending or resisting proceedings brought by a Group Company; or

 

  (v)

in connection with proceedings for relief under the Corporations Act in which the Court denies the relief;

 

  (f)

any Liability for defamation of you, or legal costs incurred in an action for defamation of you, in your role as an Officer of the Company;

 

  (g)

any Liability in connection with you bringing a Claim against the Company or any of its Related Bodies Corporate, or the possibility of you bringing such a Claim; or

 

  (h)

any Liability which you recover under any policy of insurance or from any third party, or which any insurer or other third party satisfies directly.

 

3.3

Payment of indemnified amounts

If you are entitled to be indemnified under this document for a Liability which is due and payable, the Company will pay that amount at your written direction to

 

Deed of access, insurance and indemnity   page 4


Corrs Chambers Westgarth

 

discharge the Liability. Payment is to be made within 30 days of the date on which you provide evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company that:

 

  (a)

you have incurred the Liability; and

 

  (b)

the amount is due and payable,

or within such shorter time provided that you can demonstrate that such a Liability is payable within a shorter time.

 

3.4

Other indemnities and claims

 

  (a)

You are not obliged to make a claim under any other indemnity or contract of insurance before making a claim under this document.

 

  (b)

The indemnity given under this document is in addition to any other indemnity given by the Company to you (whether by agreement, under the Constitution, by legislation or otherwise) but nothing in this document requires the Company to pay more than once in respect of any Liability.

 

4

Rights to independent advice

 

4.1

General advice

Subject to clause 3.2, during the Relevant Period you are entitled to seek independent professional advice (including legal, accounting and financial advice) at the Company’s cost (subject to the Chair prescribing a reasonable limit on those costs) on any matter connected with the discharge of your responsibilities as an Officer of the Company during the Relevant Period, including reasonable costs incurred by you in obtaining independent legal advice relating to this document, in accordance with the procedures and subject to the conditions set out below:

 

  (a)

you must seek the prior written consent of the Chair who must give that consent promptly subject to the prescription of a reasonable limit on those costs taking into account the nature and materiality of the advice sought or, if you are the Chair, then no consent is required;

 

  (b)

in seeking the prior written consent of the Chair, you must provide details of the:

 

  (i)

nature of the independent professional advice;

 

  (ii)

likely cost of seeking the independent professional advice; and

 

  (iii)

independent adviser you propose to instruct;

 

  (c)

all documents containing or seeking independent professional advice must clearly state that the advice is sought both in relation to the Company and to you in your personal capacity. However, the right to advice does not extend to advice concerning matters of a personal or private nature; and

 

  (d)

the Chair may circulate any independent professional advice received by you to the remainder of the Board provided that the circulation will not constitute a waiver of privilege.

 

Deed of access, insurance and indemnity   page 5


Corrs Chambers Westgarth

 

4.2

Advice relating to Claims

If you are entitled to be indemnified under this document, you may engage separate legal or other advisers (other than those advising the Company) to assist you in connection with a Claim. The Company agrees to pay all reasonable legal costs, charges and expenses which you incur in those circumstances if they are incurred:

 

  (a)

before the Company assumes conduct of the Claim;

 

  (b)

with the prior written consent of the Company; or

 

  (c)

in circumstances where the Company has refused to authorise representation or participation by lawyers other than lawyers acting also for the Company and there is a reasonable likelihood that your interests and those of the Company would conflict if the same advisers were to act for both you and the Company.

 

5

Subrogation

 

5.1

Rights of subrogation

 

  (a)

If the Company acknowledges that you are entitled to be indemnified under this document in respect of a Liability, the Company or any person claiming through the Company (such as the Company’s insurers), to the extent permitted by law, is entitled to be subrogated to all your rights and remedies relating to the circumstances in which the Liability arose.

 

  (b)

The Company indemnifies you against any costs awarded against you in any Claim brought by the Company in the exercise of its right of subrogation.

 

5.2

Control of Claims

 

  (a)

The Company or any person claiming through the Company may:

 

  (i)

give you directions in relation to; or

 

  (ii)

take over the conduct of,

a Claim in respect of which the Company acknowledges that you are entitled to be indemnified under this document.

 

  (b)

The Company or any person claiming through the Company may exercise its rights in this clause 5.2:

 

  (i)

in your name; or

 

  (ii)

in its own name.

 

5.3

Exercise of rights by the Company

 

  (a)

The Company must exercise its rights:

 

  (i)

reasonably;

 

Deed of access, insurance and indemnity   page 6


Corrs Chambers Westgarth

 

  (ii)

having regard to the principle that your reputation should not be injured unnecessarily; and

 

  (iii)

in accordance with clause 5.4.

 

  (b)

If the Company takes over the conduct of a Claim, it must keep you fully and progressively informed about the conduct of the Claim and regularly consult with you.

 

  (c)

The obligations of the Company under this clause 5.3 are subject to the Company’s obligations to its insurers.

 

5.4

Settlement of a Claim

 

  (a)

The Company must not settle a Claim without your prior written approval, or instruct you to do so, unless the Company has first satisfied you that money is available to pay the settlement amount.

 

  (b)

Before the Company may settle or compromise a Claim, the Company must:

 

  (i)

give you notice of its intention to settle or compromise the Claim;

 

  (ii)

provide you with the proposed terms of settlement or compromise; and

 

  (iii)

allow you a reasonable period in which you may object to the proposed terms of the settlement or compromise and declare your intention to assume conduct of the Claim.

 

  (c)

If, within the period allowed under clause 5.4(b), you give written notice that you intend to assume conduct of a Claim, the Company must relinquish (or must ensure that any person claiming through it relinquishes) to you the control of the conduct of the Claim (to the extent that the Claim relates to you).

 

  (d)

If control of the conduct of a Claim is relinquished to you in accordance with clauses 5.4(b) and 5.4(c), the liability of the Company under this document in respect of that Claim will not exceed the amount for which the Claim could have been compromised or settled at the time notice was given to you under clause 5.4(b) in respect of that Claim together with costs and expenses reasonably incurred by you up to that time.

 

  (e)

The obligations of the Company under this clause 5.4 are subject to the Company’s obligations to its insurers.

 

5.5

Benefits received by the Company

 

  (a)

The Company must account to you for any benefit it obtains as a result of the exercise of any of its rights under this document to the extent the benefit exceeds the cost of providing the indemnity and exercising those rights.

 

  (b)

If the Company is not subrogated under this clause 5, you must account to the Company for any damages recovered by you (to a maximum amount equal to the indemnity payment made to you under clause 3).

 

Deed of access, insurance and indemnity   page 7


Corrs Chambers Westgarth

 

5.6

Your obligations

You must:

 

  (a)

act in accordance with the Constitution;

 

  (b)

notify the Company in writing as soon as reasonably practicable (but no later than five days) after you become aware of:

 

  (i)

the circumstances of any Claim or circumstance which could reasonably be expected to give rise to a Claim; or

 

  (ii)

the rejection of a claim by the Company’s D&O Policy insurer,

for which you may seek or be entitled to an indemnity under this document;

 

  (c)

take such action as the Company or any person claiming through the Company reasonably requests to avoid, dispute, resist, appeal against, compromise or defend any Claim or any adjudication of a Claim;

 

  (d)

not make any admissions in respect of, or settle, any Claim against you in respect of which you are seeking indemnity or may in the future seek indemnity under this document without the Company’s prior written consent;

 

  (e)

notify the Company (or any person claiming through the Company) of any offer of settlement or compromise received in respect of a Claim;

 

  (f)

provide any information that the Company or any person claiming through the Company reasonably requests and give to the Company or such other person all necessary and reasonable assistance as the Company or such other person needs to give you directions or to take over the conduct of Claims; and

 

  (g)

do everything reasonable and necessary to enable the Company or any person claiming through the Company to exercise its rights of subrogation and to control Claims in your name as the Company or such other person thinks fit.

 

5.7

Circumstances requiring you to expend your own money

 

  (a)

You are entitled to be reimbursed by the Company for the actual costs you reasonably incur in complying with a direction from the Company under this document (including under clauses 5.2 and 5.6).

 

  (b)

You are not required to make any payment before enforcing your rights under this document.

 

5.8

Notification of Claims

The Company must notify you in writing as soon as reasonably practicable after it becomes aware of any Claims relating to, or arising out of, you being an Officer of the Company.

 

Deed of access, insurance and indemnity   page 8


Corrs Chambers Westgarth

 

6

Advances

 

6.1

Advance to cover costs and expenses

Subject to clause 6.2, the Company shall advance funds to you to meet your reasonable expenses (including legal costs) incurred in connection with defending or resisting Claims before the outcome of those Claims is known. The advance will be on such reasonable terms as the Company thinks fit, including terms relating to interest, repayment, security for the advance and conduct of the Claims.

 

6.2

Effect of limitation on ability to advance

If the Company:

 

  (a)

is not permitted to indemnify you in respect of the expenses referred to in clause 6.1, then within 30 days after receipt of a written request from the Company you must repay all funds advanced to you under clause 6.1; or

 

  (b)

is permitted to indemnify you in respect of the expenses referred to in clause 6.1, the amount advanced must be set-off from the amount that the Company is required to pay to you under the indemnity given by this document.

 

7

Repayment

 

7.1

Circumstances requiring repayment

You must immediately (and no later than 30 days after relevant receipt, payment or subsequent finding under this clause) repay to the Company in part or in full as appropriate any amount paid to you under this document if:

 

  (a)

you receive money or are reimbursed under the D&O Policy or other contract or insurance, or otherwise from any third party, in respect of the matters the subject of the payment or advance from the Company under this document;

 

  (b)

an insurer or other third party satisfies directly any amount the subject of the payment or advance from the Company under this document;

 

  (c)

it is subsequently found (whether as a result of an appealed decision or otherwise) that the Company could not under this document or otherwise by law indemnify you or provide an advance to you for such amount; or

 

  (d)

a court of competent jurisdiction determines that you are not entitled to be indemnified or to receive an advance from the Company for such amount.

 

7.2

Notification

You must immediately notify the Company upon the occurrence of any of the circumstances which require you to make a repayment described in clause 7.1.

 

Deed of access, insurance and indemnity   page 9


Corrs Chambers Westgarth

 

8

Company Documents

 

8.1

Access to the Company Documents

 

  (a)

If reasonably requested to do so during the Access Period, the Company must ensure that you are provided with access to those Company Documents you require:

 

  (i)

to enable you to carry out your duties as an Officer of the Company;

 

  (ii)

to obtain legal advice concerning a Claim;

 

  (iii)

for the purpose of defending a Claim; and

 

  (iv)

in connection with your appearance concerning Claims.

 

  (b)

The Company must provide you with copies of the Company Documents if you request that the Company do so without charge within 14 days.

 

  (c)

The rights granted to you by this clause 8.1 can be satisfied by the Company providing you with copies of the Company Documents except where you have demonstrated a reasonable need for you to be provided with original documents.

 

8.2

Request for access and copies of Company Documents

You may make a request for access to or copies of Company Documents in writing addressed and given to the Chair (or if you are the Chair no request need be made). The written request must:

 

  (a)

include particulars of the Company Documents required by you; and

 

  (b)

state the purpose for which the requested Company Documents are required.

 

8.3

Your obligations

You agree to use the Company Documents to which you are granted access or copies only for the purpose you have specified in your written request provided under clause 8.2.

 

8.4

Ownership

Ownership of the Company Documents remains with the Company. The Company may recall any Company Documents or copies given to you at any time.

 

8.5

Return of Company Documents

When requested by the Company to do so you will as soon as practicable return any Company Documents in your possession or control to the Company.

 

8.6

Security of Company Documents

You must keep all Company Documents and copies in your possession in a secure place and ensure that they remain confidential and not disclosed to any third party other than:

 

  (a)

if the Company has given its prior written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned);

 

Deed of access, insurance and indemnity   page 10


Corrs Chambers Westgarth

 

  (b)

as required by law;

 

  (c)

if the disclosure is made for the purpose of obtaining professional advice; or

 

  (d)

if the disclosure is made for the purpose of defending, appealing, commencing or settling a Claim, and you have used your best endeavours to maintain the confidentiality of the Company Documents.

 

8.7

Privilege

 

  (a)

If the Company Documents contain any advice to which legal professional privilege may attach, you are only entitled to have access on condition that you do not, by your own actions or that of your employees, agents or advisors, waive that privilege except for the sole purpose of defending yourself in legal proceedings.

 

  (b)

Subject to clause 8.8(a), the Company’s grant to you of access to documents over which any Group Company claims legal professional privilege does not amount to an express or implied waiver by the Group Company of its claim to legal professional privilege against persons other than you.

 

  (c)

If you become entitled or are required to disclose any Company Documents you must notify the Company of the intended disclosure and take all steps reasonably requested by the Company (including to procure that any of your employees, agents or advisors take such necessary steps) to avoid waiving any legal professional privilege attaching to the Company Documents except for the sole purpose of defending yourself in legal proceedings.

 

8.8

Interaction with other rights

This clause 8 does not limit any right of access you otherwise have to Company Documents independently of this document (including under the Corporations Act or otherwise).

 

9

Insurance

 

9.1

D&O Policy

 

  (a)

During the Access Period the Company must, so far as a D&O Policy is reasonably available on reasonable commercial terms, maintain or procure the maintenance of a D&O Policy.

 

  (b)

You acknowledge that the negotiation of the terms of the D&O Policy may:

 

  (i)

involve the insurer varying the terms of the insurance policy offered which, if accepted by the Company, may provide less coverage or less favourable coverage for you;

 

Deed of access, insurance and indemnity   page 11


Corrs Chambers Westgarth

 

  (ii)

involve the Company deciding, acting reasonably, to balance the proposed level of premiums against the terms offered; or

 

  (iii)

result in the Company deciding to accept varied terms or to change insurers.

 

9.2

Your obligations

You agree:

 

  (a)

to do anything the Company reasonably requires to enable the Company to take out and maintain the D&O Policy in accordance with this clause 9; and

 

  (b)

to comply at all times with all your obligations under the D&O Policy, including reporting claims, and circumstances which could give rise to a claim.

 

9.3

Contravention of law

The Company is not obliged to take out or maintain any contract of insurance referred to in this clause 9 where to do so would contravene any law, provided that in respect of any current policy the Company must give you notice of its intention to terminate that policy.

 

9.4

Premiums

To the extent that any portion of the premium for any contract of insurance referred to in this clause 9 must not by law be paid by the Company or any member of the Group, the Company must give you notice of, and a reasonable opportunity to contribute to, that part of the additional premium which it is unable to pay (if required for the policy to be effective).

 

9.5

Details of policies

If requested by you, the Company must provide you, without cost and within a reasonable time after the request, with a copy of each certificate of currency in respect of any contract of insurance referred to in this clause 9. The Company will also, if requested by you, provide you with copies of the policies relevant to those certificates of currency.

 

9.6

Cancellation of policies

The Company must notify you in writing if the D&O Policy is cancelled or not renewed.

 

10

Group Companies

 

10.1

Acceding member

 

  (a)

The Company must use its best endeavours to ensure that any entity in the Group of which you are an Officer accedes to the terms of this document by notice in writing delivered to the Board (Acceding Member).

 

Deed of access, insurance and indemnity   page 12


Corrs Chambers Westgarth

 

  (b)

Upon an Acceding Member acceding to this document, references in this document to the Company are to be taken to be a reference to that Acceding Member.

 

10.2

Company guarantee

The Company will guarantee all of the obligations of an Acceding Member under this document. This guarantee terminates upon the Acceding Member ceasing to be a Subsidiary of the Company.

 

11

Disclosure

Full particulars of the indemnities and contracts of insurance that are required under this document may be included in the Company’s directors’ and officers’ interests register and may be included in the Company’s annual report and in regulatory filings filed by the Company.

 

12

Company’s general law rights

The Company’s rights in this document are in addition to its rights under the general law (including rights under the general law that relate to matters dealt with by this document).

 

13

Variation of document

No provision of this document or right conferred by it can be varied except in writing by the parties.

 

14

Further acts

Each party must do anything (including execute any document) and must ensure that its employees and agents do anything (including execute any document) that the other party may reasonably require to give full effect to this document.

 

15

Waiver of rights

A right may only be waived in writing, signed by the party giving the waiver, and:

 

  (a)

no other conduct of a party (including a failure to exercise, or delay in exercising the right) operates as a waiver of right or otherwise prevents the exercise of the right;

 

  (b)

a waiver of a right on one or more occasions does not operate as a waiver of that right if it arises again; and

 

Deed of access, insurance and indemnity   page 13


Corrs Chambers Westgarth

 

  (c)

the exercise of a right does not prevent any further exercise of that right or of any other right.

 

16

Operation of this document

 

  (a)

Any right that a person may have under this document is in addition to, and does not replace or limit, any other right that the person has.

 

  (b)

Any provision of this document which is unenforceable or partly unenforceable is, where possible, to be severed to the extent necessary to make this document enforceable, unless this would materially change the intended effect of the document.

 

17

GST

 

17.1

Construction

In this clause 17:

 

  (a)

unless there is a contrary indication, words and expressions which are not defined in this document but which have a defined meaning in the GST Law have the same meaning as in the GST Law;

 

  (b)

GST Law has the same meaning given to that expression in the A New Tax System (Goods and Services Tax) Act 1999 (Cth) or, if that Act does not exist for any reason, means any Act imposing or relating to the imposition or administration of a goods and services tax in Australia and any regulation made under that Act; and

 

  (c)

references to GST payable and input tax credit entitlements include:

 

  (i)

notional GST payable by, and notional input tax credit entitlements of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory (including a government, government body, authority, agency or instrumentality of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory); and

 

  (ii)

GST payable by, and the input tax credit entitlements of, the representative member of a GST group of which the entity is a member.

 

17.2

Consideration GST exclusive

Unless otherwise expressly stated, all consideration, whether monetary or non-monetary, payable or to be provided under or in connection with this document is exclusive of GST (GST-exclusive consideration).

 

17.3

Payment of GST

If GST is payable on any supply made by:

 

  (a)

a party; or

 

Deed of access, insurance and indemnity   page 14


Corrs Chambers Westgarth

 

  (b)

an entity that is taken under the GST Law to make the supply by reason of the capacity in which a party acts,

(Supplier) under or in connection with this document, the recipient of the supply, or the party providing the consideration for the supply, must pay to the Supplier an amount equal to the GST payable on the supply.

 

17.4

Timing of GST payment

The amount referred to in clause 17.3 must be paid in addition to and at the same time and in the same manner (without any set-off or deduction) that the GST-exclusive consideration for the supply is payable or to be provided.

 

17.5

Tax invoice

The Supplier must deliver a tax invoice or an adjustment note to the recipient of a taxable supply before the Supplier is entitled to payment of an amount under clause 17.3.

 

17.6

Adjustment event

If an adjustment event arises in respect of a supply made by a Supplier under or in connection with this document, any amount that is payable under clause 17.3 will be calculated or recalculated to reflect the adjustment event and a payment will be made by the recipient to the Supplier or by the Supplier to the recipient as the case requires.

 

17.7

Reimbursements

 

  (a)

Where a party is required under or in connection with this document to pay for, reimburse or contribute to any expense, loss, liability or outgoing suffered or incurred by another party or indemnify another party in relation to such an expense, loss, liability or outgoing (Reimbursable Expense), the amount required to be paid, reimbursed or contributed by the first party will be reduced by the amount of any input tax credits to which the other party is entitled in respect of the Reimbursable Expense.

 

  (b)

This clause 17.7 does not limit the application of clause 17.3, if appropriate, to the Reimbursable Expense as reduced in accordance with clause 17.7(a).

 

17.8

Calculations based on other amounts

If an amount of consideration payable or to be provided under or in connection with this document is to be calculated by reference to:

 

  (a)

any expense, loss, liability or outgoing suffered or incurred by another person (Cost), that reference will be to the amount of that Cost excluding the amount of any input tax credit entitlement of that person relating to the Cost suffered or incurred; and

 

  (b)

any price, value, sales, proceeds, revenue or similar amount (Revenue), that reference will be to that Revenue determined by deducting from it an amount equal to the GST payable on the supply for which it is consideration.

 

Deed of access, insurance and indemnity   page 15


Corrs Chambers Westgarth

 

17.9

No merger

This clause 17 does not merge on the completion, rescission or other termination of this document or on the transfer of any property supplied under this document.

 

18

Notices

 

18.1

General

A notice, demand, certification, process or other communication relating to this document must be in writing in English and may be given by an agent of the sender.

 

18.2

How to give a communication

In addition to any other lawful means, a communication may be given by being:

 

  (a)

personally delivered;

 

  (b)

left at the party’s current delivery address for notices;

 

  (c)

sent to the party’s current postal address for notices by pre-paid ordinary mail or, if the address is outside Australia, by pre-paid airmail; or

 

  (d)

sent by email to the party’s current email address for notices.

 

18.3

Particulars for delivery of notices

 

  (a)

The particulars for delivery of notices are initially:

 

Company:   
Delivery address:    48 Miller Street, Murrarie QLD 4172
Postal address:    48 Miller Street, Murrarie QLD 4172
Email:    manning@tritium.com.au
Attention:    The Directors
You:   
Delivery address:    [insert address of officer]
Postal address:    [insert address of officer]
Email:    [insert email address of officer]

 

  (b)

Each party may change its particulars for delivery of notices by notice to each other party.

 

18.4

Communications by post

Subject to clause 18.6, a communication is given if posted:

 

  (a)

within Australia to an Australian postal address, three Business Days after posting; or

 

Deed of access, insurance and indemnity   page 16


Corrs Chambers Westgarth

 

  (b)

outside of Australia to an Australian postal address or within Australia to an address outside of Australia, ten Business Days after posting.

 

18.5

Communications by email

Subject to clause 18.6, a communication is given if sent by electronic mail, when the electronic mail was sent to the addressee’s last notified email address, unless the sender receives a delivery failure notification, indicating that the electronic mail has not been delivered to the addressee.

 

18.6

After hours communications

If a communication is given:

 

  (a)

after 5.00 pm in the place of receipt; or

 

  (b)

on a day which is a Saturday, Sunday or bank or public holiday in the place of receipt,

it is taken as having been given at 9.00 am on the next day which is not a Saturday, Sunday or bank or public holiday in that place.

 

18.7

Process service

Any process or other document relating to litigation, administrative or arbitral proceedings relating to this document may be served by any method contemplated by this clause 18 or in accordance with any applicable law.

 

19

Governing law and jurisdiction

 

  (a)

This document is governed by and is to be construed in accordance with the laws applicable in Queensland, Australia.

 

  (b)

Each party irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts exercising jurisdiction in Queensland, Australia and any courts which have jurisdiction to hear appeals from any of those courts and waives any right to object to proceedings being brought in those courts.

 

20

General

 

20.1

Effect of execution

This document is binding on a party to it even if it is not executed by any other person named as a party.

 

20.2

Construction

Unless expressed to the contrary, in this document:

 

  (a)

words in the singular include the plural and vice versa;

 

  (b)

any gender includes the other genders;

 

Deed of access, insurance and indemnity   page 17


Corrs Chambers Westgarth

 

  (c)

if a word or phrase is defined its other grammatical forms have corresponding meanings;

 

  (d)

‘includes’ means includes without limitation;

 

  (e)

no rule of construction will apply to a clause to the disadvantage of a party merely because that party put forward the clause or would otherwise benefit from it;

 

  (f)

a reference to documents includes documents whether in hard copy form or stored or transmitted in electronic or other form;

 

  (g)

a reference to consent includes the requirement that the consent must not be unreasonably withheld;

 

  (h)

a reference to:

 

  (i)

a person includes a partnership, joint venture, unincorporated association, corporation and a government or statutory body or authority;

 

  (ii)

a person includes the person’s legal personal representatives, successors, assigns and persons substituted by novation;

 

  (iii)

any legislation includes subordinate legislation under it and includes that legislation and subordinate legislation as modified or replaced;

 

  (iv)

an obligation includes a warranty or representation and a reference to a failure to comply with an obligation includes a breach of warranty or representation;

 

  (v)

a right includes a benefit, remedy, discretion or power;

 

  (vi)

this or any other document includes the document as novated, varied or replaced and despite any change in the identity of the parties; and

 

  (vii)

writing includes any mode of representing or reproducing words in tangible and permanently visible form, and includes fax transmissions.

 

20.3

Headings

Headings do not affect the interpretation of this document.

 

20.4

Deed

This document is a deed. Factors which might suggest otherwise are to be disregarded.

 

Deed of access, insurance and indemnity   page 18


Corrs Chambers Westgarth

 

Executed as a deed.    
Executed by Tritium DCFC Limited   )  

ACN 650 026 314 in accordance with

section 127 of the Corporations Act 2001

  )  

                    

   

                    

Company Secretary/Director     Director

                    

   

                    

Name of Company Secretary/Director     Name of Director (print)
(print)    

 

Signed sealed and delivered

by [insert name of officer] in the

presence of: )

 

)

)

)

 

                     

                    

   

Witness

   

                    

   

Name of Witness (print)

   

 

Deed of access, insurance and indemnity   page 19
EX-10.25

Exhibit 10.25

[Insert date]

[insert name]

[insert address]

Dear [name],

Letter of Confirmation of Benefit under Tritium Technologies, LLC (the Company) Shadow Equity Employee Scheme

We refer to your participation in the Tritium Technologies, LLC Shadow Equity Employee Plan (Plan).

As you may be aware, Tritium Holdings Pty Ltd (Tritium Holdings) completed a business combination transaction (Business Combination) with Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation II on 13 January 2022, involving the transfer by shareholders in Tritium Holdings of all their shares in Tritium Holdings to Tritium DCFC Limited (Tritium DCFC) in exchange for ordinary shares in Tritium DCFC (Tritium DCFC Shares). Tritium DCFC Shares commenced trading on The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (Nasdaq) on 14 January 2022.

It has been calculated that you are entitled to a Benefit (as that term is defined in the Plan) of USD [insert] under the Plan in connection with the completion of the Business Combination. This calculation adopts an Exit Value (as that term is defined in the Plan) of USD 14.7166282, which is the share price that was applied to ordinary shares in Tritium Holdings for the purposes of the Business Combination.

As payment of this Benefit, Tritium DCFC shall issue you [insert number] Tritium DCFC Shares (Specified Shares), which is equal to the aggregate amount of your Benefit divided by USD 10 per Tritium DCFC Share (rounded up to the nearest whole number of shares). The issue price of USD 10 per Tritium DCFC Share used for this calculation represents the price per Tritium DCFC Share at which shareholders in Tritium Holdings acquired Tritium DCFC Shares on completion of the Business Combination.

To the extent permitted by all applicable laws, neither Tritium DCFC, the Company nor any other subsidiary of Tritium DCFC will be responsible for any Tax (as that term is defined in the Plan) which may be payable by you in connection with the allocation of Tritium DCFC Shares to you.

Tritium DCFC, the Company or any other subsidiary of Tritium DCFC may withhold, or cause to be withheld, from the Specified Shares, Tritium DCFC Shares in satisfaction of any obligations for Tritium DCFC, the Company or any other subsidiary of Tritium DCFC to withhold or collect Taxes.

The number of Tritium DCFC Shares which may be so withheld or surrendered shall be limited to the number of Tritium DCFC Shares which have a value on the date of withholding no greater than the aggregate amount of such liabilities (rounded up to the nearest whole number of shares) based on the maximum individual statutory withholding rates in your applicable jurisdiction for any Taxes that Tritium DCFC, the Company or any other subsidiary of Tritium DCFC is obliged, or reasonably believes it is obliged, to account for to any taxation authority.

Attachment A to this letter sets out a summary of tax consequences for the allocation of Tritium DCFC Shares.

The Specified Shares will be issued to you, net of applicable tax withholding, and reflected in your account with Computershare within 10-20 business days from the date of this letter. These Tritium DCFC Shares will not be issued subject to any vesting conditions.

 

 


Upon issuance, these Tritium DCFC Shares would be freely tradeable (subject to applicable laws and, if applicable to you, Tritium DCFC’s Insider Trading Compliance Policy (the Policy) a copy of which is available on request). The Policy includes typical restrictions on trading during blackout periods. You should familiarise yourself with these restrictions.

There is currently a blackout period in place pursuant to the Policy, and it is anticipated that this will remain the case until completion of the second full trading day after the public release of earnings data for the fiscal quarter ending 31 March 2022. It is expected that the blackout period will conclude sometime in May 2022.

If you wish to sell your shares (subject to restrictions that may apply to you under the Policy), you can do so by contacting your broker or financial advisor or by selling shares directly through Computershare. Attachment B to this letter contains a summary guide to selling shares directly through Computershare.

You should read this letter carefully and retain it in a safe place for future reference.

Please note that none of Tritium DCFC, the Company nor any subsidiary of Tritium DCFC is providing you with any advice (financial, tax or otherwise) with respect to your Shadow Equity Units (as defined in the Plan), the Specified Shares or this letter, and you are advised to consult with your personal financial, tax and other advisors in connection therewith.

On receipt of the Specified Shares, net of applicable tax withholding, you acknowledge and agree (i) to become a member of Tritium DCFC and be bound by the constitution of Tritium DCFC; (ii) that notwithstanding anything contained in any agreement or other document evidencing your Shadow Equity Units (Award Agreement) or the Plan, you shall have no further right, title or interest in or to your Benefit or your Shadow Equity Units or under the Plan or any Award Agreement; and (iii) that you release Tritium DCFC, the Company and their respective affiliates, subsidiaries, directors, officers, shareholders, employees or agents from any and all claims which you now have or may hereafter have, arising out of or in relation to the Benefit, such Shadow Equity Units, the Plan and/or Award Agreement.

If you have any questions, please feel free to contract Michael Hipwood by email at mhipwood@tritium.com.au or by telephone on +61 400 594 866.

*             *             *             *             *

 

Yours sincerely,

 

Michael Hipwood on

behalf of

Tritium Technologies, LLC
and
Tritium DCFC Limited

 

 

page 2


Attachment A – Summary of tax consequences for Tritium DCFC share allocation

 

  

 


Attachment B – Summary guide to selling shares directly through Computershare

 

  

 

EX-10.26

Exhibit 10.26

[Insert date]

[insert name]

[insert address]

Dear [name],

Letter of Confirmation of Benefit under Tritium Technologies B.V. (the Company) Shadow Equity Employee Scheme

We refer to your participation in the Tritium Technologies B.V. Shadow Equity Employee Plan (Plan).

As you may be aware, Tritium Holdings Pty Ltd (Tritium Holdings) completed a business combination transaction (Business Combination) with Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation II on 13 January 2022, involving the transfer by shareholders in Tritium Holdings of all their shares in Tritium Holdings to Tritium DCFC Limited (Tritium DCFC) in exchange for ordinary shares in Tritium DCFC (Tritium DCFC Shares). Tritium DCFC Shares commenced trading on The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (Nasdaq) on 14 January 2022.

It has been calculated that you are entitled to a Benefit (as that term is defined in the Plan) of USD [insert] under the Plan in connection with the completion of the Business Combination. This calculation adopts an Exit Value (as that term is defined in the Plan) of USD 14.7166282, which is the share price that was applied to ordinary shares in Tritium Holdings for the purposes of the Business Combination.

As payment of this Benefit, Tritium DCFC shall issue you [insert number] Tritium DCFC Shares (Specified Shares), which is equal to the aggregate amount of your Benefit divided by USD 10 per Tritium DCFC Share (rounded up to the nearest whole number of shares). The issue price of USD 10 per Tritium DCFC Share used for this calculation represents the price per Tritium DCFC Share at which shareholders in Tritium Holdings acquired Tritium DCFC Shares on completion of the Business Combination.

To the extent permitted by all applicable laws, neither Tritium DCFC, the Company nor any other subsidiary of Tritium DCFC will be responsible for any Tax (as that term is defined in the Plan) which may be payable by you in connection with the allocation of Tritium DCFC Shares to you.

Tritium DCFC, the Company or any other subsidiary of Tritium DCFC may withhold, or cause to be withheld, from the Specified Shares, Tritium DCFC Shares in satisfaction of any obligations for Tritium DCFC, the Company or any other subsidiary of Tritium DCFC to withhold or collect Taxes.

The number of Tritium DCFC Shares which may be so withheld or surrendered shall be limited to the number of Tritium DCFC Shares which have a value on the date of withholding no greater than the aggregate amount of such liabilities (rounded up to the nearest whole number of shares) based on the maximum individual statutory withholding rates in your applicable jurisdiction for any Taxes that Tritium DCFC, the Company or any other subsidiary of Tritium DCFC is obliged, or reasonably believes it is obliged, to account for to any taxation authority.

Attachment A to this letter sets out a summary of tax consequences for the allocation of Tritium DCFC Shares.

The Specified Shares will be issued to you, net of applicable tax withholding, and reflected in your account with Computershare within 10-20 business days from the date of this letter. These Tritium DCFC Shares will not be issued subject to any vesting conditions.


Upon issuance, these Tritium DCFC Shares would be freely tradeable (subject to applicable laws and, if applicable to you, Tritium DCFC’s Insider Trading Compliance Policy (the Policy) a copy of which is available on request). The Policy includes typical restrictions on trading during blackout periods. You should familiarise yourself with these restrictions.

There is currently a blackout period in place pursuant to the Policy, and it is anticipated that this will remain the case until completion of the second full trading day after the public release of earnings data for the fiscal quarter ending 31 March 2022. It is expected that the blackout period will conclude sometime in May 2022.

If you wish to sell your shares (subject to restrictions that may apply to you under the Policy), you can do so by contacting your broker or financial advisor or by selling shares directly through Computershare. Attachment B to this letter contains a summary guide to selling shares directly through Computershare.

You should read this letter carefully and retain it in a safe place for future reference.

Please note that none of Tritium DCFC, the Company nor any subsidiary of Tritium DCFC is providing you with any advice (financial, tax or otherwise) with respect to your Shadow Equity Units (as defined in the Plan), the Specified Shares or this letter, and you are advised to consult with your personal financial, tax and other advisors in connection therewith.

On receipt of the Specified Shares, net of applicable tax withholding, you acknowledge and agree (i) to become a member of Tritium DCFC and be bound by the constitution of Tritium DCFC; (ii) that notwithstanding anything contained in any agreement or other document evidencing your Shadow Equity Units (Award Agreement) or the Plan, you shall have no further right, title or interest in or to your Benefit or your Shadow Equity Units or under the Plan or any Award Agreement; and (iii) that you release Tritium DCFC, the Company and their respective affiliates, subsidiaries, directors, officers, shareholders, employees or agents from any and all claims which you now have or may hereafter have, arising out of or in relation to the Benefit, such Shadow Equity Units, the Plan and/or Award Agreement.

If you have any questions, please feel free to contract Michael Hipwood by email at mhipwood@tritium.com.au or by telephone on +61 400 594 866.

*             *             *             *             *

 

Yours sincerely,

 

Michael Hipwood

on behalf of

Tritium Technologies B.V.
and
Tritium DCFC Limited

 

 

page 2


Attachment A – Summary of tax consequences for Tritium DCFC share allocation

 

  

 


Attachment B – Summary guide to selling shares directly through Computershare

 

  

 

EX-10.27

Exhibit 10.27

[Insert date]

[insert name]

[insert address]

Dear [name],

Letter of Confirmation of Benefit under Tritium Pty Ltd (the Company) Shadow Equity Employee Scheme

We refer to your participation in the Tritium Pty Ltd Shadow Equity Employee Plan (Plan).

As you may be aware, Tritium Holdings Pty Ltd (Tritium Holdings) completed a business combination transaction (Business Combination) with Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation II on 13 January 2022, involving the transfer by shareholders in Tritium Holdings of all their shares in Tritium Holdings to Tritium DCFC Limited (Tritium DCFC) in exchange for ordinary shares in Tritium DCFC (Tritium DCFC Shares). Tritium DCFC Shares commenced trading on The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (Nasdaq) on 14 January 2022.

It has been calculated that you are entitled to a Benefit (as that term is defined in the Plan) of USD [insert] under the Plan in connection with the completion of the Business Combination. This calculation adopts an Exit Value (as that term is defined in the Plan) of USD 14.7166282, which is the share price that was applied to ordinary shares in Tritium Holdings for the purposes of the Business Combination.

As payment of this Benefit, Tritium DCFC shall issue you [insert number] Tritium DCFC Shares (Specified Shares), which is equal to the aggregate amount of your Benefit divided by USD 10 per Tritium DCFC Share (rounded up to the nearest whole number of shares). The issue price of USD 10 per Tritium DCFC Share used for this calculation represents the price per Tritium DCFC Share at which shareholders in Tritium Holdings acquired Tritium DCFC Shares on completion of the Business Combination.

Attachment A to this letter sets out a summary of tax consequences for the allocation of Tritium DCFC Shares.

[FOR INCLUSION IN LETTER TO AUSTRALIAN PARTICIPANTS (OTHER THAN CURRENT OFFICERS, DIRECTORS & EMPLOYEES): The Specified Shares will be issued to you and reflected in your account with Computershare within 10-20 business days from the date of this letter. These Tritium DCFC Shares will not be issued subject to any vesting conditions.]

Upon issuance, these Tritium DCFC Shares would be freely tradeable (subject to applicable laws and, if applicable to you, Tritium DCFC’s Insider Trading Compliance Policy (the Policy) a copy of which is available on request). The Policy includes typical restrictions on trading during blackout periods. You should familiarise yourself with these restrictions.

There is currently a blackout period in place pursuant to the Policy, and it is anticipated that this will remain the case until completion of the second full trading day after the public release of earnings data for the fiscal quarter ending 31 March 2022. It is expected that the blackout period will conclude sometime in May 2022. [FOR INCLUSION IN LETTER TO AUSTRALIAN PARTICIPANTS THAT ARE CURRENT OFFICERS, DIRECTORS OR EMPLOYEES: You may request by written notice to Tritium DCFC at any time after the date of this letter that the Specified Shares be issued to you (Notice). The Specified Shares will be issued to you and reflected in your account with Computershare within 10-20 business days from the date of the Notice. If you do not deliver a Notice to Tritium DCFC before the conclusion of the blackout period, the Specified Shares will be issued to you and reflected in your account with Computershare shortly after the conclusion of the blackout period. These Tritium DCFC Shares will not be issued subject to any vesting conditions.

 

  

 


The right to acquire the Specified Shares is not subject to any vesting conditions. The right to acquire the Specified Shares is personal and is not transferable (except by force of law upon death or bankruptcy) and will lapse if you purport to transfer your right to acquire the Specified Shares in breach of these terms. In addition, the right to acquire the Specified Shares is intended to operate in accordance with Subdivision 83A-C of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 (Cth), such that the right to acquire the Specified Shares is subject to deferred taxation.]

If you wish to sell your shares (subject to restrictions that may apply to you under the Policy), you can do so by contacting your broker or financial advisor or by selling shares directly through Computershare. Attachment B to this letter contains a summary guide to selling shares directly through Computershare.

You should read this letter carefully and retain it in a safe place for future reference.

Please note that none of Tritium DCFC, the Company nor any subsidiary of Tritium DCFC is providing you with any advice (financial, tax or otherwise) with respect to your Shadow Equity Units (as defined in the Plan), the Specified Shares or this letter, and you are advised to consult with your personal financial, tax and other advisors in connection therewith.

On receipt of the Specified Shares, you acknowledge and agree (i) to become a member of Tritium DCFC and be bound by the constitution of Tritium DCFC; (ii) that notwithstanding anything contained in any agreement or other document evidencing your Shadow Equity Units (Award Agreement) or the Plan, you shall have no further right, title or interest in or to your Benefit or your Shadow Equity Units or under the Plan or any Award Agreement; and (iii) that you release Tritium DCFC, the Company and their respective affiliates, subsidiaries, directors, officers, shareholders, employees or agents from any and all claims which you now have or may hereafter have, arising out of or in relation to the Benefit, such Shadow Equity Units, the Plan and/or Award Agreement.

If you have any questions, please feel free to contract Michael Hipwood by email at mhipwood@tritium.com.au or by telephone on +61 400 594 866.

*             *             *             *             *

 

Yours sincerely,

 

Michael Hipwood

on behalf of

Tritium Pty Ltd
and
Tritium DCFC Limited

 

 

page 2


Attachment A – Summary of tax consequences for Tritium DCFC share allocation

 

  

 


Attachment B – Summary guide to selling shares directly through Computershare

 

  

 

EX-10.29

Exhibit 10.29

INTERCREDITOR DEED

(TRITIUM)


CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE    PAGE  

1.

 

Definitions and Interpretation

     1  

2.

 

Subordination

     14  

3.

 

Priorities

     21  

4.

 

Enforcement

     23  

5.

 

PPS Law

     25  

6.

 

Insurance and compensation

     26  

7.

 

Consents and acknowledgments

     27  

8.

 

Taxes, Costs and Expenses

     29  

9.

 

Payments

     30  

10.

 

Representations

     31  

11.

 

Notices and demands

     34  

12.

 

Changes to the Subordinated Creditors

     35  

13.

 

Changes to the Senior Creditors

     36  

14.

 

Changes to the Obligors

     36  

15.

 

Protection Provisions

     38  

16.

 

Savings Provisions

     39  

17.

 

Confidential information

     41  

18.

 

Governing law

     42  

19.

 

Jurisdiction

     42  

20.

 

Service of process

     42  

21.

 

Severability

     43  

22.

 

Partial Invalidity

     43  

23.

 

Amendment to this deed

     43  

24.

 

Prompt performance

     43  

25.

 

Remedies and waivers

     43  

26.

 

Entire agreement

     43  

27.

 

Attorneys

     43  

28.

 

Counterparts

     43  

29.

 

Consideration

     44  

30.

 

Exclusion of contrary legislation

     44  

SCHEDULE 1 The Original Parties

     45  

SCHEDULE 2 Form of Subordinated Creditor Accession Deed

     50  

SCHEDULE 3 Form of Subordinated Creditor Resignation Letter

     52  

SCHEDULE 4 Form of OBLIGOR Accession Deed

     53  

SCHEDULE 5 Form of SENIOR CREDITOR Accession Deed

     55  

Signature Pages

     57  

 

   
Intercreditor Deed    Page (i)


THIS DEED is dated 24 January 2022 and made between:

 

(1)

The PERSONS listed in Part I of Schedule 1 (The Original Parties) as original obligors (the “Original Obligors” and each an “Original Obligor”);

 

(2)

The PERSONS listed in Part II of Schedule 1 (The Original Parties) as original senior creditors (the “Original Senior Creditors” and each an “Original Senior Creditor”); and

 

(3)

The PERSONS listed in Part III of Schedule 1 (The Original Parties) as original subordinated creditor (the “Original Subordinated Creditors and each an “Original Subordinated Creditor”).

IT IS AGREED as follows:

SECTION 1

INTERPRETATION

 

1.

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1

Definitions

In this deed:

Additional Obligor” means a person who becomes an Additional Obligor in accordance with clause 14 (Changes to the Obligors).

Additional Senior Creditor” means a person who becomes an Additional Senior Creditor in accordance with clause 13 (Changes to the Senior Creditors).

Additional Subordinated Creditor” means a person who becomes an Additional Subordinated Creditor in accordance with clause 12.1 (Subordinated Creditor Transfers) or clause 12.2 (Additional Subordinated Creditor).

Attorney” means an attorney appointed under a Security.

Australian Corporations Act” means the Australian Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

Authorised Representative” means:

 

  (a)

in respect of an Obligor, any company secretary or director, or any other person from time to time nominated as an “Authorised Officer” by that Obligor by a notice to the Creditors in an agreed form of certificate accompanied by certified copies of signatures of all new persons so appointed (and in respect of which the identity of such persons has been verified to each Creditor’s satisfaction in order to manage a Creditor’s anti-money laundering, counter-terrorism financing or economic and trade sanctions risk or to comply with any AML/CTF Laws in Australia or any other country and has not received notice of revocation of the appointment);

 

  (b)

in respect of a Senior Creditor, any person whose title includes the word Manager, Head, Chief, Executive, Director, Associate, Counsel, President, Lawyer or cognate expressions, or any company secretary or director, or a person notified to the other parties to act as an attorney or its authorised representative for the purposes of this deed;

 

  (c)

in respect of the Subordinated Creditors, any person whose title includes the word Manager, Head, Chief, Executive, Director, Associate, Counsel,

 

   
Intercreditor Deed    Page 1


  President, Lawyer or cognate expressions, or any company secretary or director, or a person notified to the other parties to act as an attorney or its authorised representative for the purposes of this deed.

Borrower” means Tritium Pty Ltd (ACN 095 500 280).

Business Day” means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in Sydney, Brisbane and New York.

Controller” means a controller as defined in section 9 of the Australian Corporations Act.

Creditor” means a Senior Creditor or a Subordinated Creditor.

Dutch Obligor” means an Obligor incorporated in the Netherlands.

Existing Subordinated Security” means the St Baker Security.

External Administrator” means an administrator, controller or managing controller (including, without limitation a Controller), trustee, provisional liquidator, liquidator or any other person (however described) holding or appointed to an analogous office or acting or purporting to act in an analogous capacity or any other analogous person in any other applicable jurisdiction.

Finance Document” means each Senior Finance Document and each Subordinated Finance Document.

Government Agency” means any government or any governmental, semi-governmental or judicial entity or authority and any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of, or pertaining to, any such government, semi-government, juridical entity or authority. It includes the government of the United States of America or any state or other political subdivision thereof, or any other jurisdiction in which an Obligors or any of their respective Subsidiaries conducts all or any part of its business, or which asserts jurisdiction over any properties of an Obligors, Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries. It also includes any self-regulatory organisation established under statute or any stock exchange.

Group” means NewCo and its Subsidiaries.

Guarantee” means a guarantee, indemnity, letter of credit, legally binding letter of comfort or other obligation of any kind:

 

  (a)

to provide funds (whether by the advance or payment of money, the purchase of or subscription for shares or other securities, the purchase of assets or services, or otherwise) for the payment or discharge of;

 

  (b)

to indemnify any person against the consequences of default in the payment of; or

 

  (c)

to be responsible for,

an obligation or monetary liability of another person or the assumption of any responsibility or obligation in respect of the solvency or financial condition of another person.

Holdco” means Tritium Holdings Pty Ltd (ACN 145 324 910).

Holding Company” means, in relation to an entity, any other entity in respect of which it is a Subsidiary.

Insolvency Event” means in respect of a person or corporation (such term shall include, a limited liability company, limited partnership or any other legal entity):

 

  (a)

an administrator being appointed to the corporation or any of the corporation’s property;

 

   
Intercreditor Deed    Page 2


  (b)

the corporation resolving to appoint a Controller or analogous person to the corporation or any of the corporation’s property;

 

  (c)

an application being made to a court for an order or any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken to appoint a Controller provisional liquidator, liquidator, administrator, receiver, administrative receiver, judicial manager, compulsory manager, trustee for creditors or in bankruptcy or analogous person to the corporation or any of the corporation’s property or have that person declared bankrupt, which application is not dismissed or withdrawn within 21 days of being made;

 

  (d)

an appointment of the kind referred to in paragraph (c) above being made (whether or not following a resolution or application);

 

  (e)

the holder of a Security or any agent on its behalf, appointing a Controller or taking possession of any of the corporation’s property;

 

  (f)

the corporation being taken under section 459F(1) of the Australian Corporations Act to have failed to comply with a statutory demand;

 

  (g)

an application being made to a court for an order for its winding up;

 

  (h)

an order being made, or the corporation passing a resolution, for its winding up, or its winding up commences for any other reason;

 

  (i)

the corporation being unable to pay its debts or suspending payment of its debts, ceasing or threatening to cease to carry on all or a material part of its business, stating or admitting that it is unable to pay its debts, or being or becoming or being taken or presumed or deemed by law or a court to be insolvent or unable to pay its debts;

 

  (j)

in the case of a corporation registered under the Australian Corporations Act, any step is taken to deregister the person or cancel its registration under the Australian Corporations Act;

 

  (k)

the corporation taking any step toward entering into a compromise or arrangement with, or assignment for the benefit of, any of its members, beneficiaries or creditors;

 

  (l)

the corporation becoming, or the corporation taking any step that could result in the corporation becoming, an insolvent under administration (as defined in section 9 of the Australian Corporations Act);

 

  (m)

a court or other authority enforcing any judgment or order against the corporation for the payment of money or the recovery of any property, which in the opinion of the Senior Creditors (acting reasonably) would have a Material Adverse Effect (as defined in the Senior LNSA), or which involves a liability in excess of A$500,000 (or its equivalent);

 

  (n)

a writ of execution is levied against the person or a material part of the persons property which is not dismissed within 15 Business Days after the writ is levied;

 

  (o)

a moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of any member of the Group;

 

   
Intercreditor Deed    Page 3


  (p)

in respect of a Dutch Obligor, the corporation taking steps to filing a request for bankruptcy (faillissement) or for a suspension of payment (surseance van betaling), each as meant under the Dutch Bankruptcy Code (Faillissementswet);

 

  (q)

in respect of a Dutch Obligor, the corporation has had its assets placed under administration (onder bewind gesteld);

 

  (r)

in respect of a Dutch Obligor, the corporation has been subjected to any or more of the insolvency and winding up proceedings in Annex A to the EU Insolvency Regulation (number 848/2015 of 20 May 2015);

 

  (s)

any analogous or equivalent event or proceeding in any applicable jurisdiction, including, without limitation, the United States Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C. §101 et seq.); or

 

  (t)

without limiting the aforegoing a Liquidation.

Liquidation” means:

 

  (a)

a winding up, dissolution, liquidation, provisional liquidation, administration, bankruptcy or other proceeding for which an External Administrator is appointed, or an analogous or equivalent event or proceeding in any jurisdiction; or

 

  (b)

an arrangement, moratorium, assignment or with or for the benefit of creditors or any class or group of them; or

 

  (c)

any composition, reorganisation or other distribution of assets of an Obligor.

Loss” means a loss, claim, action, damage, liability, cost, charge, expense, penalty, compensation, fine or outgoing suffered, paid or incurred.

NewCo” means Tritium DCFC Limited (ACN 650 026 314).

Notice” has the meaning given in clause 11.1.

Obligor” has the meaning given in the Security Trust Deed, including, as at the date hereof, the Original Obligors.

Obligor Accession Deed means a deed substantially in the form set out in Schedule 4 (Form of Obligor Accession Deed).

Order of Priority” means the order of priority contemplated in this deed in relation to the Security (including as set out in clause 3.1 (Order of priority)).

Permitted Payment” means a payment:

 

  (a)

utilising the proceeds of the Relevant Subordinated Funding, provided that:

 

  (i)

Relevant Subordinated Funding Financial Close has occurred; and

 

  (ii)

no Default or Review Event is subsisting at the time of the payment or would occur as a result of such payment; or

 

  (b)

with the prior written consent (in their absolute discretion) of all Senior Creditors.

Personal Property” means all Secured Property which is ‘personal property’ (as defined in the PPSA).

Power” means, in respect of a Creditor, any right, power, discretion or remedy of that Creditor under any of its Finance Documents or applicable law.

 

   
Intercreditor Deed    Page 4


PPS Law” means:

 

  (a)

the PPSA;

 

  (b)

the PPS Regulations;

 

  (c)

any legislative instrument made under the PPSA;

 

  (d)

any provision of the PPSA or the PPS Regulations;

 

  (e)

any amendment to any of the above, made at any time; or

 

  (f)

any amendment made at any time to any other legislation as a consequence of a PPS Law referred to in paragraphs (a) to (e).

PPS Regulations” means the Personal Property Securities Regulations 2010 (Cth).

PPSA” means the Personal Property Securities Act 2009 (Cth).

Proceeds” means any amount that may be paid to, or received or recovered by, a Subordinated Creditor in respect of the Subordinated Debt contrary to the provision of this deed, whether in the Liquidation or other Insolvency Event of an Obligor, for any other reason (including by payment, set-off, combination of accounts, counterclaim or abatement).

Receiver” means any person or persons appointed as an External Administrator or receiver and manager pursuant to a Security.

Relevant Subordinated Funding” has the meaning given to that term in the Waiver Letter.

“Relevant Subordinated Funding Financial Close” has the meaning given to that term in the Waiver Letter

Review Event” has the meaning given to that term in Senior LNSA.

Secured Amounts” means, in respect of a Security at any time, all monetary liabilities and obligations and amounts which are secured by that Security at that time.

Secured Property means all property and assets the subject of both a Security of one or more Senior Creditors and a Security of one or more Subordinated Creditors.

Security” means, in respect of a Creditor:

 

  (a)

each Security Interest of that Creditor; and

 

  (b)

any other present or future Security Interest of that Creditor to the extent that it affects the Secured Property.

Security Interest” means a mortgage, charge, pledge, lien or other security interest securing any obligation of any person (including any “security interest” for the purposes of the PPSA), or any reservation or retention of title arrangement, any right, interest, agreement, notice or arrangement which has the effect of giving another person a preference, priority or advantage over creditors including any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination of accounts or not repayable in certain circumstances, or any third party right or interest or any right arising as a consequence of the enforcement of a judgment, or any other agreement, notice or arrangement having a similar effect.

Senior Creditor” means:

 

  (a)

each Original Senior Creditor; and

 

  (b)

each Additional Senior Creditor,

 

   
Intercreditor Deed    Page 5


excluding any such person who has ceased to be a Senior Creditor under clause 13 (Changes to Senior Creditors).

Senior Creditor Accession Deed means a deed substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5 (Form of Senior Creditor Accession Deed).

Senior Debt” means all debts and monetary liabilities of NewCo, Holdco and each Obligor (whether alone or not) to or for the account of any of the Senior Creditors or the Senior Security Trustee (on behalf of one or more of the Senior Creditors) under or in relation to any Senior Finance Document whether alone or not and in any capacity irrespective of whether the debts or liabilities:

 

  (a)

are present or future;

 

  (b)

are actual, prospective, contingent or otherwise;

 

  (c)

are at any time ascertained or unascertained;

 

  (d)

are owed or incurred by or on account of any Obligor alone or severally or jointly with any other person;

 

  (e)

are owed to or incurred for the account of any Senior Creditor or the Senior Security Trustee (on behalf of one or more of the Senior Creditors), alone, or severally, or jointly with any other person;

 

  (f)

are owed to any other person as agent (whether disclosed or not) for or on behalf of the Senior Creditors or the Senior Security Trustee (on behalf of one or more of the Senior Creditors);

 

  (g)

are owed to a Senior Creditor because they were assigned to a Senior Creditor, whether or not:

 

  (i)

the assignment was before, at the same time as, or after the date of this deed; or

 

  (ii)

the assigned obligation was secured before the assignment;

 

  (h)

are owed or incurred as principal, interest, fees, charges, Taxes, damages (whether for breach of contract or tort or incurred on any other ground), Losses, costs or expenses, or on any other account;

 

  (i)

would have been payable to any Senior Creditor or the Senior Security Trustee (on behalf of one or more of the Senior Creditors) but remain unpaid by reason of an Obligor being the subject of an Insolvency Event;

 

  (j)

are the subject of a right of indemnity from any trust assets in respect of which an Obligor acts as trustee;

 

  (k)

the amount of any liability in respect of any Guarantee or indemnity for any of the items referred to in paragraphs; or

 

  (l)

comprise any combination of the above.

Senior Default” means a “Default” as defined in the Senior Security Trust Deed.

 

   
Intercreditor Deed    Page 6


Senior Discharge Date” means the last to occur of:

 

  (a)

the unconditional payment, repayment or satisfaction of the Senior Debt in full;

 

  (b)

at the time of payment or satisfaction, no Obligor owes any Senior Debt contingently or otherwise to the persons to whom that Senior Debt is payable;

 

  (c)

at that time, the persons to whom that Senior Debt is payable (or were payable prior to payment or satisfaction in full) have no reason to believe (acting reasonably and in good faith) that any person, including an Obligor, liquidator, provisional liquidator, administrator, official manager, trustee in bankruptcy, receiver, receiver and manager, administrative receiver, statutory manager, compulsory manager, other controller or similar official, is reasonably likely to exercise a right to recoup or claim repayment of any part of the amount paid or satisfied, whether under the laws of preferences, voidable transactions, fraudulent dispositions or otherwise; and

 

  (d)

every commitment of a Senior Creditor to provide financial accommodation to any Obligor has been cancelled.

Senior Finance Document” means each of the following:

 

  (a)

this deed;

 

  (b)

the Senior LNSA;

 

  (c)

each “Guarantee” as defined in the Senior LNSA;

 

  (d)

each “Security Document” as defined in the Senior LNSA; (e) each “Finance Document” as defined in the Senior LNSA;

 

  (f)

each “Secured Document” as defined in the Senior Security Trustee Deed;

 

  (g)

each present or future Security Interest, Guarantee or other document or agreement created or entered into as security (directly or indirectly) from time to time for the payment of the Senior Debt;

 

  (h)

each present or future document or agreement created or entered into from time to time for the payment of the Senior Debt; and

 

  (i)

a document that the Borrower and the Senior Creditors agree is a ‘Senior Finance Document’ for the purposes of this deed.

Senior LNSA” means the document titled “Senior Loan Note Subscription Agreement” between, among others, Holdco, the Borrower and the Senior Creditors dated 7 December 2021.

Senior Security” means each Security of a Senior Creditor.

Senior Security Trust” means the trust established under the Senior Security Trust Deed.

Senior Security Trust Deed” means the document entitled “Security Trust Deed – Tritium Security Trust II” dated 7 December 2021 concluded between, amongst others, the Senior Creditors, the Senior Security Trustee and the Borrower.

Senior Security Trustee” means:

 

  (a)

as at the date hereof, CBA Corporate Services (NSW) Pty Limited (ACN 072 765 434) in its capacity as “Security Trustee” under and in terms of the relevant Senior Finance Documents; or

 

  (b)

such other person from time to time appointed as “Security Trustee” for the purposes of the Senior Finance Documents in accordance with the provisions thereof.

 

   
Intercreditor Deed    Page 7


St Baker” means St Baker Energy Holdings Pty Ltd (ACN 010 165 554) as trustee for the St Baker Energy Innovation Trust (ABN 60 715 308 891).

St Baker Security” means:

 

  (a)

the St Baker Security Deed; and

 

  (b)

any other Security Interest, Guarantee or other document or agreement at any time created or entered into as security for Subordinated Debt owed to St Baker.

St Baker Security Deed” means the specific security deed dated on or about the date of the Subordinated Loan Agreement between Holdco and St Baker.

Subordinated Creditor” means:

 

  (a)

each Original Subordinated Creditor; and

 

  (b)

each Additional Subordinated Creditor,

excluding any such person who has ceased to be a Subordinated Creditor under clause 12.3 (Resignation of a Subordinated Creditor).

Subordinated Creditor Accession Deed means a deed substantially in the form set out in Schedule 2 (Form of Subordinated Creditor Accession Deed).

Subordinated Creditor Resignation Letter means a deed substantially in the form set out in Schedule 3 (Subordinated Creditor Resignation Letter).

Subordinated Debt” means all debts and monetary liabilities of Holdco, NewCo and each other Obligor (whether alone or not) to or for the account of any of the Subordinated Creditors under or in relation to any Subordinated Finance Document whether alone or not and in any capacity irrespective of whether the debts or liabilities:

 

  (b)

are present or future;

 

  (c)

are actual, prospective, contingent or otherwise;

 

  (d)

are at any time ascertained or unascertained;

 

  (e)

are owed or incurred by or on account of any Obligor alone or severally or jointly with any other person;

 

  (f)

are owed to or incurred for the account of any Subordinated Creditor, alone, or severally, or jointly with any other person;

 

  (g)

are owed to any other person as agent (whether disclosed or not) for or on behalf of the Subordinated Creditors;

 

  (h)

are owed to a Subordinated Creditor because they were assigned to the Subordinated Creditor, whether or not:

 

  (i)

the assignment was before, at the same time as, or after the date of this deed; or

 

  (ii)

the assigned obligation was secured before the assignment;

 

  (i)

are owed or incurred as principal, interest, fees, charges, Taxes, damages (whether for breach of contract or tort or incurred on any other ground), Losses, costs or expenses, or on any other account;

 

   
Intercreditor Deed    Page 8


  (j)

would have been payable to any Subordinated Creditor but remain unpaid by reason of an Obligor being the subject of an Insolvency Event;

 

  (k)

are the subject of a right of indemnity from any trust assets in respect of which an Obligor acts as trustee;

 

  (l)

the amount of any liability in respect of any Guarantee or indemnity for any of the items referred to in paragraphs; or

 

  (m)

comprise any combination of the above.

Subordinated Debt Default” means any one or more of:

 

  (a)

the occurrence of a breach, ‘default’ or ‘event of default’ (however described or defined) in a Subordinated Finance Document;

 

  (b)

subject to the limitations contained herein, an Obligor’s failure to pay any Subordinated Debt when due or within any applicable grace period; or

 

  (c)

the Subordinated Debt becoming due and payable, or capable of being declared due and payable, before its due date.

Subordinated Finance Document” means:

 

  (a)

this deed;

 

  (b)

the Subordinated Loan Agreement;

 

  (c)

each “Security Document” as defined in the Subordinated Loan Agreement (including the St Baker Security Deed);

 

  (d)

each “Finance Document” as defined in the Subordinated Loan Agreement;

 

  (e)

each present or future Security Interest, Guarantee or other document or agreement created or entered into as security (directly or indirectly) from time to time for the payment of the Subordinated Debt under the documents contemplated in paragraphs (a) to (d) (both inclusive) above and, if applicable, paragraph (g) below;

 

  (f)

each present or future document or agreement created or entered into from time to time for the payment of the Subordinated Debt under the documents contemplated in paragraphs (a) to (d) (both inclusive) above and, if applicable, paragraph (g) below; and

 

  (g)

a document that the Obligors, the Subordinated Creditors and the Senior Creditors agree is a ‘Subordinated Finance Document’ for the purposes of this deed.

Subordinated Loan Agreement” means the document entitled “Loan Agreement” dated on or about 30 April 2020 concluded between Holdco, the Borrower and each Original Subordinated Creditor, as amended from time to time including by the “Amendment Deed – St Baker Loan Agreement” between the said parties dated on or about the date of this document.

Subordinated Security” means each Security of a Subordinated Creditor including, in respect of the Original Subordinated Shareholders, the Existing Subordinated Security.

Subordination” means the debt subordination effected under this deed.

 

   
Intercreditor Deed    Page 9


Subordination Period” means the period from the date of this deed until the Senior Discharge Date.

Subsidiary” means, in relation to a person, a ‘subsidiary’ as defined in the Australian Corporations Act, but as if ‘body corporate’ includes any entity, and includes an entity required by current accounting practice to be included in the consolidated annual financial statements of that entity or would be required if that entity were a corporation.

Tax” means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same).

Trustee Subordinated Creditor” means a Subordinated Creditor that enters into this deed acting as the trustee of a trust.

Waiver Letter” means the waiver letter in respect of the Senior LNSA dated on or about the date of this deed between certain of the Original Senior Creditors as original lenders and the Borrower as borrower for itself and on behalf of each Obligor (under and as defined in the Senior LNSA).

 

1.2

Construction

 

  (a)

Any reference in this deed to:

 

  (i)

“assets” or “property” includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description;

 

  (ii)

a “Senior Finance Document”, “Subordinated Finance Document” or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Senior Finance Document, Subordinated Finance Document or other agreement or instrument, without prejudice to any prohibitions on amendments as amended, supplemented, amended and restated, novated or assigned;

 

  (iii)

“guarantee” means any guarantee, letter of credit, bond, indemnity or similar assurance against loss, or any obligation, direct or indirect, actual or contingent, to purchase or assume any indebtedness of any person or to make an investment in or loan to any person or to purchase assets of any person where, in each case, such obligation is assumed in order to maintain or assist the ability of such person to meet its indebtedness or to assure any creditor against loss;

 

  (iv)

“indebtedness” includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent;

 

  (v)

a “person” or “entity” includes any person, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust, limited liability company or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality) or two or more of the foregoing and any reference to a particular person or entity (as so defined) includes a reference to that person’s or entity’s executors, administrators, successors, substitutes (including by novation) and assigns;

 

  (vi)

a “regulation” includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency,

 

   
Intercreditor Deed    Page 10


  department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation and if not having the force of law, with which responsible entities in the position of the relevant party would normally comply;

 

  (vii)

the words “including”, “for example” or “such as” when introducing an example do not limit the meaning of the words to which the example relates to that example or examples of a similar kind;

 

  (viii)

a provision of law or a regulation is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted;

 

  (ix)

unless a contrary indication appears, a time of day is a reference to Sydney time;

 

  (x)

a reference to Australian dollars, dollars, A$ or $ is a reference to the lawful currency of Australia;

 

  (xi)

amendment demand, attachment, financing change statement, financing statement and perfection have the meaning given in the PPSA.

 

  (b)

In respect of a Dutch Obligor, a reference to:

 

  (i)

the “suspension of payments or a “moratorium” includes surseance van betaling;

 

  (ii)

an “administrator” includes a bewindvoerder;

 

  (iii)

a “receiver includes a curator; and

 

  (iv)

“a winding up”, “administration” or “dissolution” includes failliet verklaard and ontbonden.

 

  (c)

An obligation to be performed by an “Obligor” or the “Obligors” binds each Obligor jointly and severally.

 

  (d)

Section, Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only.

 

  (e)

A reference to the “consent” of the Senior Creditors is a reference to the provision of consent which may be withheld, conditioned or delayed in the sole discretion of each such Senior Creditor.

 

1.3

Limitation of liability of Senior Security Trustee

 

  (a)

The parties agree that the Senior Security Trustee enters into and performs this deed and the transactions it contemplates only as the trustee of the Senior Security Trust and as security agent for the Beneficiaries, except (in each case) where expressly stated otherwise. This applies also in respect of any past and future conduct (including omissions) relating to this deed or those transactions.

 

  (b)

Under and in connection with this deed and those transactions and conduct:

 

  (i)

the Senior Security Trustee’s liability (including for negligence) to parties other than the Senior Creditors is limited to the extent it can be satisfied out of the assets of the Security Trust. The Senior Security Trustee need not pay any such liability out of other assets;

 

   
Intercreditor Deed    Page 11


  (ii)

another party may only do the following with respect to the Senior Security Trustee (but any resulting liability remains subject to the limitations in this clause):

(A) prove and participate in, and otherwise benefit from, any form of insolvency administration of the Senior Security Trustee but only with respect to Senior Security Trust assets;

(B) exercise rights and remedies with respect to Senior Security Trust assets, including set-off;

(C) enforce its security (if any) and exercise contractual rights; and

(D) bring any proceedings against the Senior Security Trustee seeking relief or orders that are not inconsistent with the limitations in this clause,

and may not:

(E) bring other proceedings against the Senior Security Trustee;

(F) take any steps to have the Senior Security Trustee placed in any form of insolvency administration or to have a receiver or receiver and manager appointed; or

(G) seek by any means (including set-off) to have a liability of the Senior Security Trustee to that party (including for negligence) satisfied out of any assets of the Senior Security Trustee other than Senior Security Trust assets.

 

  (c)

Paragraphs (a) and (b) apply despite any other provision in this deed but do not apply with respect to any liability of the Senior Security Trustee to another party (including for negligence):

 

  (i)

to the extent that the Senior Security Trustee has no right or power to have Senior Security Trust assets applied towards satisfaction of that liability, or its right or power to do so is subject to a deduction, reduction, limit or requirement to make good, in either case because the Senior Security Trustee’s behaviour was beyond power or improper in relation to the Security Trust; and

 

  (ii)

under any provision which expressly binds the Senior Security Trustee other than as trustee of the Senior Security Trust (whether or not it also binds it as trustee of the Senior Security Trust).

 

  (d)

The limitation in paragraph (b)(i) is to be disregarded for the purposes (but only for the purposes) of the rights and remedies described in paragraph (b)(ii), and interpreting this deed and any security for it, including determining the following:

 

  (i)

whether amounts are to be regarded as payable (and for this purpose damages or other amounts will be regarded as a payable if they would have been owed had a suit or action barred under paragraph (b)(ii) been brought);

 

  (ii)

the calculation of amounts owing; or

 

   
Intercreditor Deed    Page 12


  (iii)

whether a breach or default has occurred,

but any resulting liability will be subject to the limitations in this clause.

 

  (e)

To the extent permitted by law, each party releases the Senior Security Trustee, and its officers, employees, agents and delegates, from liability of any type to it under or in connection with this deed or any other document to which the Senior Security Trustee is a party in the role of Security Trustee or any related transaction or past or future conduct (including omissions), except to the extent that the Beneficiary suffers a loss, liability or cost directly as a result of fraud, gross negligence or wilful default by the Senior Security Trustee or any officer, employee, agent or delegate. The Senior Security Trustee holds the benefit of this clause for its officers, employees, agents and delegates as well as for itself.

 

1.4

Creditor rights and obligations

 

  (a)

The obligations of each Creditor under this deed are several. Failure by a Creditor to perform its obligations under this deed does not affect the obligations of any other party under this deed. No Creditor is responsible for the obligations of any other Creditor under this deed.

 

  (b)

The rights of each Creditor under or in connection with this deed are separate and independent rights and any debt arising under this deed to a Creditor from another party hereto shall be a separate and independent debt in respect of which a Creditor shall be entitled to enforce its rights in accordance with paragraph (c) below.

 

  (c)

A Senior Creditor may, except as specifically provided in the Senior Finance Documents, separately enforce its rights under or in connection with this deed.

 

   
Intercreditor Deed    Page 13


SECTION 2

SUBORDINATION

 

2.

SUBORDINATION

 

2.1

Subordinated Debt subordinated

During the Subordination Period, the Subordinated Debt and all related rights and claims and payments, are subordinated and postponed to, and rank in priority after, the Senior Debt (and all related rights, claims and payments) on the terms of this deed.

 

2.2

Subordinated Debt not payable

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Subordinated Finance Documents (other than this deed) or in any other document constituting or evidencing the Subordinated Debt, each Obligor and the Subordinated Creditors agree that:

 

  (a)

all payments of or related to, and all rights and claims of each Subordinated Creditor in respect of, the Subordinated Debt are subordinated and postponed to, and rank in priority after, the Senior Debt (and all related rights, claims and payments) in the manner set out in this deed;

 

  (b)

the Subordinated Debt will not be due or payable or recoverable and will not be capable of being declared due or payable until the Subordination Period has expired, save as expressly permitted in this deed; and

 

  (c)

no Obligor is obliged to make and no Obligor shall make, whether directly or indirectly, any payment of or in reduction of the Subordinated Debt until the Subordination Period has expired, save as expressly permitted in this deed; and

 

  (d)

without limiting the aforegoing and save as expressly permitted in this deed, on any distribution of assets of an Obligor, as a direct or indirect result of a Liquidation or other Insolvency Event, all Senior Debt shall first be fully and finally paid and the Senior Discharge Date must occur before any payment is made on account of any Subordinated Debt. The External Administrator of an Obligor will distribute the assets of an Obligor aaccordingly.

 

2.3

Continuing subordination

The Subordination applies to the present and future balances of the Senior Debt and Subordinated Debt. It is irrevocable and a continuing subordination until the Subordination Period ends, and is not discharged by any payment, settlement of account, Insolvency Event or anything else.

 

2.4

Subordination and obligations unconditional

Neither the Subordination nor an Obligor’s or the Subordinated Creditors’ liability under this deed is adversely affected by anything which would otherwise prejudice the

 

   
Intercreditor Deed    Page 14


Subordination or reduce or discharge the liability of an Obligor or Subordinated Creditors, including:

 

  (a)

a Creditor granting time or any other indulgence or concession to an Obligor or any other person;

 

  (b)

a Creditor increasing the amount of, opening further accounts in connection with or otherwise varying the type or terms of, financial accommodation provided to an Obligor or any other person;

 

  (c)

any transaction or agreement, or variation, novation or assignment of a transaction or agreement between a Creditor and an Obligor or any other person;

 

  (d)

an Insolvency Event in relation to an Obligor, a Creditor or any other person, or a Creditor becoming a party to or bound by any Insolvency Event;

 

  (e)

any judgment or order being obtained or made against an Obligor or any other person or an Obligor or other person’s conduct of any proceedings;

 

  (f)

an obligation of an Obligor or a provision of a Senior Finance Document or Subordinated Finance Document being void, voidable, unenforceable, defective, released, waived, impaired, novated, enforced or impossible or illegal to perform;

 

  (g)

the whole or partial discharge or release of, or the granting of, a Security Interest or Guarantee in relation to the Senior Debt or the Subordinated Debt;

 

  (h)

any of the Senior Debt or Subordinated Debt not being recoverable or the liability of an Obligor or any other person to a Creditor ceasing (including as a result of a release or discharge by the Creditor or by law);

 

  (i)

the failure of an Obligor or any other person to execute any Senior Finance Document or Subordinated Finance Document;

 

  (j)

a Senior Creditor taking or failing to take a Security Interest or Guarantee in connection with the Senior Debt;

 

  (k)

a Senior Creditor’s failure to notify the Subordinated Creditor of a Subordinated Debt Default, including a default by an Obligor or any other person under a Senior Finance Document;

 

  (l)

a Creditor or any other person exercising or not exercising its rights (including any right to elect to terminate a contract) under any document or at law against an Obligor or any other person;

 

  (m)

any default, misrepresentation, negligence, breach of contract, misconduct, acquiescence, delay, waiver, mistake, failure to give notice or other action or inaction of any kind (whether or not prejudicial to an Obligor or Subordinated Creditors) by a Creditor or any other person;

 

  (n)

any change to, or in the membership of, any partnership, joint venture or association;

 

  (o)

any property the subject of a Security Interest held as security for the Senior Debt being destroyed, forfeited, extinguished, surrendered or resumed; or

 

  (p)

any:

 

  (i)

deficiency in the execution of this deed by the Subordinated Creditor; or

 

  (ii)

obligation of the Subordinated Creditor under this deed being void, voidable, unenforceable, defective, released, waived, impaired, novated, enforced or impossible or illegal to perform,

whether or not an Obligor or a Creditor is, or should have been, aware of it or consents to it and despite any legal rule to the contrary.

 

2.5

Notification of Subordinated Debt Default

Each Obligor and the Subordinated Creditors must notify the Senior Creditors in writing or must ensure that the Senior Creditors are notified promptly of a Subordinated Debt Default or a demand for payment in respect of any Subordinated Debt.

 

   
Intercreditor Deed    Page 15


2.6

Subordinated Creditor restrictions and undertakings

 

  (a)

Unless each of the Senior Creditors otherwise first consents in writing (in their absolute discretion), the Subordinated Creditors must not do, and must ensure that no other person does, any of the following:

 

  (i)

demand or accept payment, repayment, satisfaction, discharge or extinguishment of any Subordinated Debt other than for a Permitted Payment;

 

  (ii)

sue for or take other action to recover or accelerate payment of any Subordinated Debt;

 

  (iii)

take or be a party to any proceeding or action to appoint an External Administrator in respect of, or for the Liquidation (or other Insolvency Event) of, an Obligor;

 

  (iv)

exercise a right of set–off, deduction or combination of accounts in respect of any Subordinated Debt against any money payable by the Subordinated Creditors to an Obligor;

 

  (v)

novate, vary, change, assign, waive, release or replace the Subordinated Creditors’ rights or obligations in respect of any Subordinated Debt, or vary, terminate or rescind any Subordinated Finance Document;

 

  (vi)

take any step to enforce any Guarantee or Security Interest it holds in relation to any Subordinated Debt;

 

  (vii)

incur, create or increase any indebtedness obtained from an Obligor or accept any deposit from or on account of an Obligor;

 

  (viii)

vote in, requisition or convene a meeting to consider a resolution for, or apply to the court for or other decision making body in relation to, or in any way seek to control or influence, the Liquidation (or other Insolvency Event) of or appointment of an External Administrator to, an Obligor or any of their assets;

 

  (ix)

vote in, or requisition or convene a meeting to consider, any arrangement, assignment or composition or protection from creditors under statute for an Obligor;

 

  (x)

claim or exercise a right of subrogation or contribution in respect of, or otherwise claim the benefit of, a Power of a Senior Creditor or a Senior Finance Document;

 

  (xi)

claim an amount from another party under a Guarantee or right of indemnity which reduces the Subordinated Debt; or

 

  (xii)

take any steps to enforce a right or claim against an Obligor in respect of any payment to or benefit received by a Senior Creditor under this deed.

 

  (b)

Each Trustee Subordinated Creditor must, in respect of the relevant trust and unless the Senior Creditors otherwise consent:

 

  (i)

not resign, retire or do anything to allow it to be removed or replaced as trustee or responsible entity of the trust or appoint or allow a new or additional trustee or responsible entity of the trust to be appointed (except in circumstances where a replacement trustee accedes to this deed as a Subordinated Creditor in accordance with the provisions of clause 12.1 (Subordinated Creditor Transfers);

 

   
Intercreditor Deed    Page 16


  (ii)

not amend or revoke any of the terms of the trust in any manner that materially prejudices the interests of the Senior Creditors;

 

  (iii)

not do anything or permit anything to be done in relation to the trust which could restrict or impair its ability to observe its obligations under this deed; and

 

  (iv)

ensure that:

 

  (A)

it has the right to be indemnified out of the assets of the trust for all liabilities incurred by it under this deed;

 

  (B)

there is no restriction or limitation on or derogation from its right of subrogation or indemnity (whether or not arising under the terms of the trust, save for a limitation under the terms of the trust where the indemnity does not apply to fraudulent conduct); and

 

  (C)

its lien over any property of the trust at all times has priority over the rights and interests of the beneficiaries of the trust.

 

2.7

Subordinated Creditors’ undertaking

The Subordinated Creditors must ensure that an Obligor does not breach its obligations under this deed, including through the exercise of any voting power it has as shareholder of an Obligor (if applicable).

 

2.8

Obligor restrictions – Subordinated Debt

Unless each of the Senior Creditors otherwise first consents in writing (in their absolute discretion), an Obligor must not do, and must ensure that no other person does, any of the following:

 

  (a)

pay, repay or permit payment, repayment, satisfaction, discharge or extinguishment of any Subordinated Debt or permit or procure any of same is done (whether directly or indirectly) other than in respect of a Permitted Payment;

 

  (b)

permit or assist any Subordinated Creditor to recover any Subordinated Debt;

 

  (c)

compromise or settle any claim or proceedings in relation to any Subordinated Debt;

 

  (d)

acquire, directly or indirectly, any Subordinated Debt or any interest in, or option over, any Subordinated Debt;

 

  (e)

exercise any right of set-off, deduction or combination of accounts or similar right or procedure in relation to any Subordinated Debt;

 

  (f)

novate, vary, assign, waive or replace an Obligor’s rights or obligations in respect of any Subordinated Debt, or vary, terminate or rescind any Subordinated Finance Document;

 

  (g)

create or allow to exist any Guarantee or Security Interest to secure payment of any Subordinated Debt;    

 

  (h)

take or omit to take any action which may adversely affect the Subordination; or

 

  (i)

make any deposit with or allow a Subordinated Creditor to incur any monetary obligation to it which may be the subject of any set-off, deduction or combination of accounts or similar right or procedure (whether or not compulsory).

 

2.9

Insolvency Event

 

  (a)

If any Liquidation or other Insolvency Event occurs in respect of any Obligor, the Senior Creditors will be entitled to receive payment in full of the Senior Debt before any Subordinated Creditor will be entitled to receive any payment on account of the Subordinated Debt or any part of it.

 

   
Intercreditor Deed    Page 17


  (b)

During the Subordination Period, a Subordinated Creditor may only lodge a conditional or contingent proof or claim in connection with the Subordinated Debt in Liquidation or other Insolvency Event of an Obligor, subject to the provisions of this deed (including, without limitation, clauses 2.10 (Proceeds held on trust) to 2.14 (Lodgement of proof) below).

 

2.10

Proceeds held on trust

 

  (a)

Each Subordinated Creditor agrees to hold all Proceeds and all amounts paid to, or received or recovered by it (whether directly or indirectly and including by way of set-off, deduction or combination of accounts or similar right or procedure), in accordance with clause 2.11 (Subordinated Creditors to pay over recovered amounts) (the Other Amounts) on trust for the benefit of the Senior Security Trustee and Senior Creditors. Each Subordinated Creditor must deal with any such Proceeds and Other Amounts in accordance with paragraph 1.1(c) below and the provisions of this deed,

 

  (b)

The Subordinated Creditors acknowledge receiving A$10 from the Senior Security Trustee on the date of this deed poll to establish each trust for which a Subordinated Creditor is to act as trustee under this deed.

 

  (c)

The Subordinated Creditors declare that they hold the sum mentioned in paragraph (b) above, together with all Proceeds and Other Amounts, on the trust established under this clause 2.10 (Proceeds held on trust).

 

  (d)

Each trust established under this clause 2.10 (Proceeds held on trust), commences on the date of this deed poll and, unless terminated earlier, terminates on the earlier of:

 

  (i)

the day before the eightieth anniversary of the date of this deed poll; and

 

  (ii)

the Senior Discharge Date.

 

  (c)

Until after the Senior Discharge Date, each Subordinated Creditor must, immediately after receipt of the Proceeds or Other Amounts, deposit them into an account specifically designated by the Senior Security Trustee. Each Subordinated Creditor must distribute all Proceeds and Other Amounts held by it in trust under paragraph (a) above at the direction of the Senior Security Trustee in the following order of priority:

 

  (i)

first, to the Senior Security Trustee or as the Senior Security Trustee may direct to satisfy the Senior Debt; and

 

  (ii)

second, to the extent of any balance after the Senior Discharge Date, to itself in satisfaction of the Subordinated Debt.

 

2.11

Subordinated Creditors to pay over recovered amounts

 

  (a)

If, an amount is paid to, or received or recovered by, a Subordinated Creditor which is not a Permitted Payment:

 

  (i)

notwithstanding anything else contained in this deed:

 

  (A)

from the Liquidation or other Insolvency Event of an Obligor or any other person and the trust created under clause 2.10(a) (Proceeds held on trust) fails; or

 

   
Intercreditor Deed    Page 18


  (B)

whether or not from the Liquidation or other Insolvency Event of an Obligor or any other person and the money is not for any other reason subject to the trust created under clause 2.10(a) (Proceeds held on trust); or

 

  (ii)

pursuant to clause 2.14 (Lodgement of proof),

it must immediately pay that money to the Senior Security Trustee up to an amount equal to the Senior Debt, to be applied in satisfaction of the Senior Debt, and before such payment, it holds the money on trust for the benefit of the Senior Security Trustee and the Senior Creditors.

 

  (b)

If, prior to the Senior Discharge Date, a Subordinated Creditor does not actually receive a dividend, payment or other distribution because of the application of any law or rule relating to set-off (including under section 553C of the Australian Corporations Act), that Subordinated Creditor must nevertheless pay to the Security Trustee that amount which would otherwise have been payable under any Liquidation or other Insolvency Event or an amount equal to its rateable share of the amount by which the Subordinated Debt has been reduced had the set-off not applied and had the dividend, payment or other distribution actually been received, up to an amount equal to the Senior Debt.

 

2.12

Suspense accounts

The Senior Security Trustee may apply to the credit of a suspense account any:

 

  (c)

amounts received under this deed;

 

  (d)

dividends, distributions or other amounts received in any Liquidation or other Insolvency Event of an Obligor or a Subordinated Creditor in respect of the Senior Debt or any money due or owing under this deed poll; or

 

  (e)

other amounts received from a Obligor or a Subordinated Creditor or any other person in respect of the Senior Debt or any money due or owing under this deed poll,

and may retain such amounts in the suspense account for as long as it determines and is not obliged to immediately apply them in or towards satisfaction of the Senior Debt or any money due or owing under this deed.

 

2.13

No Security Interest

Nothing in this deed creates a Security over the Proceeds, Other Amounts or any asset of a Subordinated Creditor or an Obligor.

 

2.14

Lodgement of proof

 

  (f)

If required by the Senior Security Trustee, a Subordinated Creditor must prove in any Liquidation or other Insolvency Event of an Obligor for all the Subordinated Debt or a part of the Subordinated Debt nominated by the Security Trustee and any money recovered or received under or in respect of the Liquidation or other Insolvency Event will be paid to the Senior Security Trustee in accordance with clause 2.11 (Subordinated Creditors to pay over recovered amounts).

 

  (g)

If a Subordinated Creditor proves in any Liquidation or other Insolvency Event in accordance with paragraph (a) above, it must not withdraw or vary or attempt to withdraw or vary any proof or claim so lodged without the prior written consent of the Senior Security Trustee.

 

   
Intercreditor Deed    Page 19


  (h)

Notwithstanding paragraphs (f) or (g) above, the Senior Security Trustee may, and each Subordinated Creditor irrevocably authorises the Senior Security Trustee to, prove in the Liquidation or other Insolvency Event on behalf of, and as attorney in fact of, the relevant Subordinated Creditor (without limitation, by filing any claim or proof on behalf of the relevant Subordinated Creditor).

 

   
Intercreditor Deed    Page 20


SECTION 3

PRIORITIES

 

3.

PRIORITIES

 

3.1

Order of priority

 

  (a)

The order of priority in respect of the Securities in respect of the Secured Property is:

 

  (i)

first priority: the Senior Security for the Senior Debt; and

 

  (ii)

second priority: the Subordinated Security for the Subordinated Debt; and

all amounts received or recovered by the Creditors or an External Administrator on enforcement of any Security against Secured Property (including any insurance or compensation proceeds for Loss to the Secured Property payable to a Creditor), after payment of the amounts described in clause 4.9 (Enforcement costs must be paid first) must be applied towards satisfaction of the Senior Debt.

 

  (b)

The rights of the Subordinated Creditors under the Subordinated Security are postponed to the rights of the Senior Creditors to the extent necessary in order to give effect to this deed.

 

  (c)

The Order of Priority applies to any thing recovered (including money) from the disposal of, or dealing with, the Secured Property and whether or not it occurs as a consequence of the enforcement of a Security.

 

  (d)

The Order of Priority applies, without limitation, to the balance secured from time to time by any Security despite any repayment, advance or provision of accommodation or other increase or decrease in the amount secured.

 

  (e)

If a Security secures a contingent liability owed to a Creditor, until that Creditor is satisfied that the contingent liability has been extinguished, that Creditor may retain from the proceeds of the exercise of any Power an amount consistent with the priority established under clause 3.1 which it reasonably estimates to be the amount of the contingent liability.

 

3.2

Term

The Order of Priority applies until the earliest of:

 

  (a)

the date the Senior Debt and all moneys due or owing to the Senior Creditors under this deed are fully and finally paid and the Senior Security is discharged; and

 

  (b)

the date this deed is terminated by agreement in writing between the parties to this deed.

 

3.3

Title documents

 

  (a)

The Senior Creditors have the right to possession of each document of title to the Secured Property, and each other document evidencing or conferring any right or benefit on or in relation to the Secured Property. The Subordinated Creditors must promptly deliver all such documents within its possession or control to the Senior Security Trustee or such other person nominated by the Senior Creditors.

 

   
Intercreditor Deed    Page 21


  (b)

Each Creditor agrees to produce any document of title in respect of the Secured Property and do anything else necessary to enable registration of each other Creditor’s Securities to reflect the Order of Priorities.

 

3.4

Increasing the Secured Amount

The Subordinated Creditors agree not to increase the principal amount of, or grant additional, financial accommodation secured by its Securities without the Senior Creditor’s prior written consent.

 

3.5

Dealing with a Security

The Subordinated Creditors must not transfer, assign or otherwise deal with any of its Security or the Subordinated Debt except:

 

  (a)

for the purpose of enforcement of the Security in accordance with this deed;

 

  (b)

where any person taking a transfer or assignment of that Security first accedes to this deed in accordance with the provisions of clause 12 (Changes to the Subordinated Creditors); or

 

  (c)

where the Senior Creditors first agree in writing (in their absolute discretion).

 

3.6

Saving provisions

This deed and the Order of Priority is not affected by anything that might otherwise affect them under law or otherwise including:

 

  (a)

a payment which may be received or a credit which may be allowed by a Creditor from an Obligor or any other person in respect of the Senior Debt or Subordinated Debt;

 

  (b)

a fluctuation in the amount secured by a Security from time to time including by way of repayments and the making of further advances;

 

  (c)

a notice received or given by a Creditor under a Security;

 

  (d)

a notice received or given by a Creditor of a Security;

 

  (e)

the order of execution, creation, attachment, perfection, filing or registration of a Security;

 

  (f)

anything contained in any Security;

 

  (g)

the fact that the Senior Debt or Subordinated Debt (or any of them) are not yet payable;

 

  (h)

the order in which financial accommodation is provided or liabilities (whether actual or contingent) are incurred;

 

  (i)

the variation or release of a Security or monetary obligation;

 

  (j)

any failure to enforce a Security, chose in action or judgment;

 

  (k)

the respective dates on which any Senior Debt or Subordinated Debt is advanced or becomes owing or payable;

 

  (l)

the fact that a Creditor has notice of the other Creditor’s Security;

 

  (m)

anything contained in any Security;

 

   
Intercreditor Deed    Page 22


  (n)

the grant by a Creditor or any other person of any time waiver or other indulgence or concession, or the discharge or release of an Obligor or any other person, whether in whole or in part;

 

  (o)

the failure by a Creditor to give notice to the other Creditor or an Obligor of any default by any person;

 

  (p)

any partial discharge or release of any Security or Secured Property; or

 

  (q)

any laches, acquiescence, delay, act, omission or mistake on the part of or suffered by a Creditor or any other person in relation to this deed or any other document or agreement.

 

4.

ENFORCEMENT

 

4.1

Enforcement of Subordinated Security

The Subordinated Creditors may not exercise any Power under the Subordinated Security (including the appointment of an External Administrator) unless at that time:

 

  (a)

each of the Senior Creditors has given their prior written consent to the proposed exercise of Power; or

 

  (b)

the Subordination Period has ended.

 

4.2

Enforcement of Senior Security

 

  (a)

The Senior Creditors may exercise or refrain from exercising any Power, right or remedy under or in respect of the Senior Security (including the appointment of an External Administrator) without notifying, or obtaining the consent of, the Subordinated Creditors, and notwithstanding the Subordinated Creditor’s enforcement of the Subordinated Security.

 

  (b)

The Subordinated Creditors must do all things reasonably required by the Senior Creditors to facilitate the exercise by the Senior Creditors of any enforcement Power in relation to the Secured Property. This includes the provision of duly executed releases of the Subordinated Security in registrable form, together with any other necessary documents to enable payment of Taxes on, and registration of, the releases.

 

4.3

Appointment of Receiver

 

  (a)

If, during the Subordination Period, the Subordinated Creditors notifies the Senior Creditors that it intends to appoint an External Administrator in accordance with clause 4 (Enforcement) and the Senior Creditors advise that they also intends to do so, the Subordinated Creditors agrees to appoint as External Administrator the same person to be appointed by the Senior Creditors.

 

  (b)

The Subordinated Creditors may not make, or give any direction or instruction for any person to make, any application under s 420B of the Australian Corporations Act with respect to the Secured Property during the Subordination Period without the prior written consent of the Senior Creditors.

 

4.4

Priority of enforcement action

 

  (a)

Any enforcement action (including the appointment of an External Administrator) taken under the Senior Security over any Secured Property, takes precedence over any enforcement action taken under the Subordinated Security over the Secured Property.

 

   
Intercreditor Deed    Page 23


  (b)

The Senior Creditors or any Attorney or External Administrator appointed by it may (to the extent permitted by the Senior Finance Documents):

 

  (i)

take and have possession and control of the Secured Property; and

 

  (ii)

do everything and make all decisions in connection with the disposal of, or other dealing with, the Secured Property,

to the exclusion of the Subordinated Creditors and their External Administrator or Attorney.

 

4.5

Manner of enforcement

 

  (a)

Subject to this deed, a Creditor is free to determine in its absolute discretion the extent, if any, to which it has recourse to any Security and the extent to which it has recourse to any source other than a Security.

 

  (b)

The Creditors agree to co-operate with each other in the distribution of the proceeds of the sale and realisation of the Secured Property to ensure that any distribution is in accordance with the provisions set out in this deed and to give effect to the Order of Priority.

 

4.6

Release of Subordinated Security

If as a result of any enforcement action taken by or on behalf of a Senior Creditor, any of the Secured Property is to be disposed of or otherwise dealt with, the Subordinated Creditors must, to the extent required by the Senior Creditors and no later than the time of completion of that disposal or other dealing:

 

  (a)

release the relevant Secured Property from the Subordinated Security and remove any caveats filed by it in relation to the relevant Secured Property (including by way of the provision of duly executed releases in registrable form);

 

  (b)

provide any other document required by the Senior Creditors to enable the payment of any Taxes on, and registration of, the releases and to enable the Senior Creditors to provide clear title to the relevant Secured Property to a purchaser; and

 

  (c)

do everything which the Senior Creditors require to effect such a release, including promptly signing any release forms or other documents and making all registrations of release,

provided that the proceeds of such enforcement shall be applied in reduction of the Senior Debt and Subordinated Debt in accordance with the Order of Priority in clause 3.1 (Order of priority). The Subordinated Creditors must do so even if the proceeds from the disposal or dealing, if applied in accordance with clause 3.1 (Order of priority), may be insufficient to pay all amounts secured by the Subordinated Security.

 

4.7

Release of Subordinated Debt

If as a result of any enforcement action taken by or on behalf of the Senior Creditors, any of the Secured Property which consists of the shares or units or other equity interests in the capital of an Obligor is to be disposed of or otherwise dealt with, each Subordinated Creditor will, to the extent required by the Senior Creditor, release that Obligor, any Holding Company of that Obligor and any Subsidiary of that Obligor from all or any part of:

 

  (a)

any Subordinated Debt liabilities and obligations it may have as a principal debtor to a Subordinated Creditor under the Subordinated Finance Documents;

 

   
Intercreditor Deed    Page 24


  (b)

any liabilities and obligations under the Subordinated Finance Documents (present or future, actual or contingent and whether incurred solely or jointly) it may have to a Subordinated Creditor as a result of its being a guarantor or surety (including, without limitation, liabilities and obligations arising by way of Guarantee, indemnity, contribution or subrogation and in particular any guarantee or indemnity arising under or in respect of the Subordinated Debt Documents); and

 

  (c)

any other liabilities or obligations it may have to a Subordinated Creditor under the Subordinated Finance Documents,

provided that the proceeds of such enforcement shall be applied in reduction of the Senior Debt and Subordinated Debt (as if no release pursuant to this clause 4.7 was given by any Subordinated Creditor) in accordance with the Order of Priority in clause 3.1 (Order of priority). The Subordinated Creditors must do so even if the proceeds from the disposal or dealing, if applied in accordance with clause 3.1 (Order of priority), may be insufficient to pay all amounts secured by the Subordinated Security.

 

4.8

No obligation to marshal

Subject to the Finance Documents, each Obligor and each Creditor waives any right it may have under the doctrine of marshalling and agrees that, before a Creditor enforces a Security, the Creditor is not required to marshal, or to enforce or apply under, or appropriate, recover or exercise:

 

  (a)

any Security held at any time by the Creditor; or

 

  (b)

any money or asset which the Creditor at any time holds or is entitled to receive.

 

4.9

Enforcement costs must be paid first

Any proceeds of enforcement of a Security against Secured Property are to be applied in payment of the following amounts before being applied in accordance with clause 3.1 (Order of priority):

 

  (a)

first, all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by a Creditor or an External Administrator in relation to the enforcement of the Security;

 

  (b)

second, any reasonable outgoings in relation to the Secured Property that the relevant Creditor or Receiver thinks fit to pay; and

 

  (c)

then, any remuneration payable to the relevant Receiver (including by way of commission) that is referable to the enforcement of the Security.

 

5.

PPS LAW

 

5.1

Section 61

For the purposes of section 61 of the PPSA, any Security Interest of the Subordinated Creditors in the Personal Property and all of the Subordinated Creditors’ rights to any Personal Property under the Subordinated Security are fully subordinated to each Senior Creditor’s Security Interest in the Personal Property and all of each Senior Creditor’s rights to any Personal Property under the Senior Creditor’s Security.

 

5.2

Financing change statement

If requested by the Senior Creditor, the Subordinated Creditors will register a financing change statement reflecting the Subordination and Order of Priority.

 

   
Intercreditor Deed    Page 25


5.3

Notices under Chapter 4

Without limiting clause 4.2(a), the Creditors contract out of the Subordinated Creditors’ right to receive any notice from the Senior Creditors under Chapter 4 of the PPSA.

 

5.4

Amounts under section 127(6)

The Creditors contract out of the Subordinated Creditors’ right to receive any amount from the Senior Creditors under section 127(6) of the PPSA.

 

5.5

Exclusion of PPSA Security Interest provisions

If this deed creates a Security Interest for the purposes of the PPS Law:

 

  (a)

to the extent permitted by the PPS Law, and for the purposes of sections 115(1) and 115(7) of the PPSA, the Senior Creditors need not comply with sections 95, 118, 121(4), 125, 130, 132 and 137(3) and the parties contract out of sections 142 and 143;

 

  (b)

to the extent permitted by the PPS Law, the Subordinated Creditor waives its rights to receive any notice that is required by any provision of the PPSA;

 

  (c)

for the purposes of section 275(6) of the PPSA, the parties agree not to disclose information of the kind mentioned in section 275(1) of the PPSA in respect of the Security Interest;

 

  (d)

the Subordinated Creditors’ agree that the Senior Creditors may seize any collateral subject to the Security Interest and/or dispose of any such collateral in such manner and generally on such terms and conditions as the Senior Creditors thinks desirable, and otherwise do anything that the Subordinated Creditors could do in relation to that collateral; and

 

  (e)

where the Senior Creditors have Powers in addition to, or existing separately from, those in Chapter 4 of the PPSA, those Powers will continue to apply and are not limited or excluded (or otherwise adversely affected) by the PPSA. If the Senior Creditors exercises a Power in connection with any Security Interest under this deed, that exercise is taken not to be an exercise of a right, power or remedy under the PPSA unless the Senior Creditors state otherwise at the time of exercise. However, this clause does not apply to a Power which can only be exercised under the PPSA.

 

6.

INSURANCE AND COMPENSATION

 

6.1

The Senior Creditors may exercise rights

If a Subordinated Creditor has the right under its Security to:

 

  (a)

make, enforce, settle or compromise claims in respect of insurance or compensation;

 

  (b)

sue for, recover or give any discharge for money payable in respect of insurance or compensation; or

 

  (c)

do anything else in relation to an Obligor’s rights in respect of insurance or compensation,

and the Senior Creditors do not have that Power under its Security, then, despite the terms of the Subordinated Security but subject to clause 6.2 (Right not exercised by the ), only the Senior Creditors may do so.

 

   
Intercreditor Deed    Page 26


6.2

Right not exercised by the Senior Creditors

If the Senior Creditors become entitled to exercise a right referred to in clause 6.1 (The Senior Creditors may exercise rights) in relation to an event, and the Senior Creditors notify the Subordinated Creditors that the Senior Creditors do not intend to exercise that right in relation to the event, then the Power must be exercised by each Subordinated Creditor at, and in accordance with the direction of the Senior Creditors.

 

6.3

Release

If, in connection with the exercise of such Power as contemplated in clause 6.1 or 6.2 above (as applicable), the Subordinated Creditors are required to provide a discharge or release of all or part of their Security before an amount will be paid to them or the Senior Creditor, then they will provide that discharge or release on demand by the Senior Creditor.

 

7.

CONSENTS AND ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

 

7.1

Consents

 

  (a)

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this deed, the Creditors agree that the creation or existence of a Security is not a breach of any other Security or any Senior Finance Document or Subordinated Finance Document and to the extent that the creation or existence of any Security requires the consent of any of them, consent is given subject to the terms of this deed.

 

  (b)

Without limiting paragraph (a), the Senior Creditors consent to the Subordinated Security and confirms that the Subordinated Security is permitted for the purposes of the Senior Finance Documents.    

 

  (c)

Without limiting paragraph (a), the Subordinated Creditors consent to the Senior Security and confirms that the Senior Security is permitted for the purposes of the Subordinated Finance Documents.    

 

7.2

Acknowledgement by Obligors

The Obligors acknowledge that:

 

  (a)

its obligations under or in relation to each Finance Document are not in any way affected by this deed (other than as expressly provided in this deed) or by any failure by a Creditor to comply with this deed; and

 

  (b)

this deed is for the benefit of the Senior Creditor, and not for the benefit of the Obligors.

 

7.3

Co-operation

The Obligors undertake to each Creditor to co–operate and do everything necessary for the effective implementation of this deed.

 

7.4

No subrogation

The Obligors irrevocably and unconditionally waive their right to, and must not, claim or exercise a right of subrogation or contribution in respect of, request a transfer or assignment of, or otherwise directly or indirectly claim the benefit of, a Creditor’s Power or a Security, unless:

 

  (a)

all Secured Amounts have been fully and finally repaid and each Creditor is satisfied that no Avoidance (as defined in clause 15.4) will occur; or

 

  (b)

each Creditor has first consented in writing.

 

   
Intercreditor Deed    Page 27


7.5

Provide copies of Subordinated Finance Documents and variations

The Obligors must, without prejudice to any prohibitions on amendments, provide to the Senior Creditors a certified copy of:

 

  (a)

each Subordinated Finance Document, promptly after the Subordinated Finance Document is created (or on the date of this deed if already in existence); and

 

  (b)

any variation or replacement to such Subordinated Finance Document, promptly after the variation or replacement comes into effect.

 

   
Intercreditor Deed    Page 28


SECTION 4

TAXES, COSTS AND EXPENSES

 

8.

TAXES, COSTS AND EXPENSES

 

8.1

Tax

The Borrower must pay all:

 

  (a)

Taxes, fees and charges in connection with this deed or any payment, receipt, supply or other transaction carried out pursuant to, or contemplated by, this deed, including Taxes passed on to a Creditor by another financial institution or supplier of goods and services; and

 

  (b)

fines and penalties for late payment or non–payment of those amounts.

The Borrower must pay or reimburse each Creditor on demand for all such amounts which are payable or which the Creditor determines in good faith to be payable.

 

8.2

Stamp duty

The Borrower must pay any stamp duty (including fines, penalties and interest) which may be payable on or in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this deed, and any instrument executed under or in connection with or any transaction evidenced or contemplated by this deed.

 

8.3

Costs and expenses

 

  (a)

An Obligor must pay or reimburse on demand all reasonable costs and expenses of the Senior Creditors (and of their officers, employees and agents) and each Subordinated Creditor in connection with:

 

  (i)

the negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery, registration and completion of, and payment of Taxes on, this deed;

 

  (ii)

a variation, release or discharge of this deed;

 

  (iii)

giving a consent or approval or waiving a requirement in connection with this deed;

 

  (iv)

preparing, registering and maintaining any financing statement or financing change statement (including pursuant to section 167 of the PPSA);

 

  (v)

complying with any amendment demand in accordance with Part 5.6 of the PPSA;

 

  (vi)

exercising, enforcing or protecting a Power, or attempting to do so; and

 

  (vii)

obtaining or procuring performance or satisfaction of an Obligor’s obligations under this deed.

 

  (b)

Any thing which must be done by an Obligor under this deed, whether or not at the request of a Creditor, is to be done at the cost of the Obligors.

 

   
Intercreditor Deed    Page 29


SECTION 5

PAYMENT MECHANICS

 

9.

PAYMENTS

 

9.1

Manner of payment

All payments by the Obligors or the Subordinated Creditors under this deed must be made in immediately available funds, in Australian dollars and in full without set–off, counterclaim or, unless prohibited by law, deduction or withholding.

 

9.2

Senior Creditor may set off

At any time while a Senior Default subsists, the Senior Creditors may, without any demand or notice, set off and apply indebtedness it owes to the Subordinated Creditors (whatever the currency) against any money owing to it by the Subordinated Creditors under a Senior Finance Document, whether or not any such amount owed by either of them is immediately payable or is owed alone or with any other person. Each Subordinated Creditor irrevocably authorises the Senior Creditors to do anything necessary (including to sign any document and effect appropriate currency exchanges) for that purpose.

 

9.3

Subordinated Creditors may not set off

Each Subordinated Creditor must not (either directly or indirectly) claim, exercise or attempt to exercise a right of set–off or counterclaim against the Senior Creditors (whether the right is the Subordinated Creditors’ or any other person’s) or any other right which might have the effect of reducing the amount payable by each Subordinated Creditor under this deed.

 

9.4

Payments and receipts in foreign currency

If for any reason the Senior Creditors receives or recovers any amount (“Paid Amount”) under or in relation to this deed in a currency other than Australian dollars, the amount which the Senior Creditors will be taken to have received or recovered for the purposes of this deed will be the Australian dollar amount to which the Senior Creditors could have converted the Paid Amount, in accordance with its normal procedures, at the time of the receipt or recovery less the costs of the conversion.

 

   
Intercreditor Deed    Page 30


SECTION 6

REPRESENTATIONS

 

10.

REPRESENTATIONS

 

10.1

Subordinated Creditors

Each Subordinated Creditor represents and warrants to the Senior Creditors that:

 

  (a)

(status) it is a corporation, duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation;

 

  (b)

(power and authority) it has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise its entry into, performance and delivery of, its obligations under this deed, and to carry out the transactions contemplated by this deed;

 

  (c)

(binding obligations) the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in this deed are legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations;

 

  (d)

(transactions permitted) the entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, this deed do not and will not conflict with:

 

  (i)

a law or regulation applicable to it or any directive of any governmental agency;

 

  (ii)

its constitution or other constituent documents (including any relevant trust deed); or

 

  (iii)

any other document or agreement which is binding on it or its assets or constitute a default or termination event under any such agreement or instrument;

 

  (e)

(title) it is absolutely entitled to its Subordinated Debt free from any Security Interest (other than the Senior Security);

 

  (f)

(Guarantee or Security Interest) it does not hold any Guarantee or Security Interest (other than the Subordinated Security) in respect of the Subordinated Debt;

 

  (g)

(shares in Obligors) any shares issued in an Obligor held by any Subordinated Creditor or its related entity (as that term is used in the Australian Corporations Act) are fully paid;

 

  (h)

(Subordinated Finance Documents) it has given the Senior Creditors true and complete copies of all Subordinated Finance Documents, those documents evidence all terms of the Subordinated Debt and the originals of those documents are in full force and effect;

 

  (i)

(disclosure of facts) it has fully disclosed in writing to the Senior Creditor:

 

  (i)

all facts, documents or other information known to it relating to its Security and the Subordinated Debt; and

 

  (ii)

all facts, documents or other information known to it which is material to the assessment of the nature and amount of risk undertaken by the Senior Creditors in entering into and performing this deed;

 

  (j)

(information accurate) all information it has provided to the Senior Creditors in connection with this deed, its Security and the Subordinated Debt is accurate in all material respects and not deficient, misleading or deceptive in any material respect (whether by its inclusion or by omission of other information); and

 

   
Intercreditor Deed    Page 31


  (k)

(no trustee) it is not a trustee of any trust other than as specified in this deed.

 

  (l)

in respect of each Trustee Subordinated Creditor of a trust;

 

  (i)

(trust validly created): the relevant trust has been validly created and is in existence and the constituent documents of the Trust comply with all applicable laws;

 

  (ii)

(due authority): it has taken all necessary actions required by the relevant trust deed to authorise the entry into, the delivery of and performance of this deed;

 

  (iii)

(due performance): in entering into this deed, the trustee has properly performed its obligations to the relevant beneficiaries of the relevant trust;

 

  (iv)

(no conflict) its execution and performance of this deed is in accordance with the terms of the Trust;

 

  (v)

(power): the trustee has the power as trustee of the relevant trust to enter and perform its obligations under this deed and to carry out the transactions contemplated by this deed;

 

  (vi)

(sole trustee): the trustee is the sole trustee of the relevant trust, it has been duly appointed as sole trustee of the Trust and no meeting has been called or other action taken to remove it as trustee;

 

  (vii)

(no removal action): no action has been taken to remove the trustee as trustee of the relevant trust or to appoint an additional trustee of the relevant trust;

 

  (viii)

(right of indemnity):

 

  (A)

the trustee has a right to be fully indemnified out of the property of the trust in relation to the obligations under this deed;

 

  (B)

the trustee has not released or disposed of the trustee’s equitable lien over the property the subject of the relevant trust which secures that indemnity; and

 

  (C)

the trustee has not committed any breach of trust or done or omitted to do anything which has prejudiced or limited its rights of indemnity or equitable lien;

 

  (m)

(no termination): the relevant trust has not been terminated and no action has been taken to terminate or wind up the relevant trust;

 

  (n)

(no removal) the trustee has not resigned as a trustee of the relevant trust;

 

  (o)

(proper administration and benefit) it enters into this deed and the transactions contemplated by this deed for the proper administration of the trust and for the benefit of, and in the interests of, all of the beneficiaries of the trust; and

 

  (p)

(no breach) it has complied with all of its duties as trustee of the trust.

 

   
Intercreditor Deed    Page 32


10.2

Obligors

Each Obligor represents and warrants to the Senior Creditors that:

 

  (a)

(Subordinated Finance Documents) it has given the Senior Creditors true and complete copies of all the Subordinated Finance Documents, and those documents evidence all terms of the Subordinated Debt;

 

  (b)

(disclosure of facts) it has fully disclosed in writing to the Senior Creditors all facts, documents or other information known to it and material to the assessment of the nature and amount of risk undertaken by the Senior Creditors in entering into and performing this deed; and

 

  (c)

(information accurate) all information it provided to the Senior Creditors in connection with this deed is accurate in all material respects and not deficient, misleading or deceptive in any material respect (whether by its inclusion or by omission of other information); and

repeats each of the above representations and warranties with reference to the facts and circumstances at the time at the time, on each day until the Subordination Period ends.

 

10.3

When representations and warranties are made

 

  (a)

Each Subordinated Creditor makes and each Obligor makes the representations and warranties under clause 10.1 and 10.2:

 

  (i)

on the date of this deed and on each date thereafter until the Senior Discharge Date; and

 

  (ii)

in respect of an Additional Subordinated Creditor or an Obligor only, on the date that such Additional Subordinated Creditor or Obligor becomes an Additional Subordinated Creditor or Obligor in accordance with the provisions of this deed and on each date thereafter until the Senior Discharge Date.

 

  (b)

Each Subordinated Creditor and Obligor makes the representations and warranties under clause 10.1 and 10.2 by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing.

 

10.4

Reliance on representations and warranties and survival

 

  (a)

The Subordinated Creditors and Obligors acknowledge that the Senior Creditors have entered into this deed and the other Senior Finance Documents in reliance on the representations and warranties in this clause 10.

 

  (b)

Each party giving a representation and warranty in this clause 10 acknowledges that those representations and warranties survive execution and delivery of the Senior Finance Documents and the provision of financial accommodation under them.

 

   
Intercreditor Deed    Page 33


SECTION 7

NOTICES AND DEMANDS

 

11.

NOTICES AND DEMANDS

 

11.1

Service

A notice, demand, consent, approval or communication (“Notice”) given by a party in connection with this deed must be:

 

  (a)

in writing, in English and signed by an Authorised Representative of the party; and

 

  (b)

hand delivered or sent by prepaid post (or airmail if applicable) or facsimile or email to the recipient’s address for notices specified in the ‘Notices’ section of Schedule 1 to this deed (as varied by any Notice given by the recipient to the party).

 

11.2

Effective on receipt

A Notice given in accordance with clause 11.1 takes effect when received (or at a later time specified in it), and is taken to be received:

 

  (a)

if hand delivered, on delivery;

 

  (b)

if sent by prepaid post, on the second Business Day after the date of posting (or on the seventh Business Day after the date of posting if posted to or from a place outside Australia); or

 

  (c)

if sent by facsimile or email, when the sender’s facsimile system generates a message confirming successful transmission of the entire Notice unless, within eight hours after the transmission (being counted as hours from 9.00am to 5.00pm (New York time) on a Business Day), the recipient informs the sender that it has not received the entire Notice,

but if the delivery, receipt or transmission is not on a Business Day or is after 5.00pm (New York time) on a Business Day, the Notice is taken to be received at 9.00am (New York time) on the next Business Day.

 

11.3

Validity

A Notice is validly given by the Senior Creditors even if returned unclaimed or if the recipient has been wound up or is absent from the place the Notice is delivered or sent to.

 

11.4

Other methods

This clause does not limit any provision for giving Notices in a Senior Finance Document, or limit any other method for giving Notices or serving demands provided for by law.

 

   
Intercreditor Deed    Page 34


SECTION 8

CHANGES TO THE PARTIES

 

12.

CHANGES TO THE SUBORDINATED CREDITORS

 

  12.1

Subordinated Creditor Transfers

 

  (a)

No Subordinated Creditor may assign, transfer or otherwise deal with its rights, interests or obligations under this deed without the Senior Creditor’s prior written consent.

 

  (b)

Each Trustee Subordinated Creditor must, in respect of the relevant trust and unless the Senior Creditors otherwise consent, not resign, retire or do anything to allow it to be removed or replaced as trustee or responsible entity of the trust or appoint or allow a new or additional trustee or responsible entity of the Trust to be appointed (except in circumstances where a replacement trustee accedes to this deed by executing a duly completed Subordinated Creditor Accession Deed in accordance with the provisions of clause 12.2 below.

 

  12.2

Additional Subordinated Creditor

 

  (a)

An entity may become an Additional Subordinated Creditor by executing a duly completed Subordinated Creditor Accession Deed.

 

  (b)

Each Additional Subordinated Creditor will deliver to the Senior Creditors a duly executed copy of a Subordinated Creditor Accession Deed promptly after its execution.

 

  (c)

With effect on and from the last date on which the Subordinated Creditor Accession Deed is countersigned by (or on behalf of) both the Senior Creditors and the Obligors, the relevant person will:

 

  (i)

become an Additional Subordinated Creditor for the purposes of this deed; and

 

  (ii)

be bound by the terms of this deed as a Subordinated Creditor.

 

  12.3

Resignation of a Subordinated Creditor

 

  (a)

Provided that no Subordinated Debt is outstanding and owing by an Obligor to a Subordinated Creditor, a Subordinated Creditor may, with the prior written consent of the Senior Creditors, resign as a Subordinated Creditor for the purpose of this deed by executing a duly completed Subordinated Creditor Resignation Letter.

 

  (b)

A resigning Subordinated Creditor will deliver to the Senior Creditors a copy of a duly executed Subordinated Creditor Resignation Letter promptly after its execution.

 

  (c)

With effect on and from:

 

  (i)

the date of a Subordinated Creditor Resignation Letter in respect of a Subordinated Creditor (provided the Senior Creditors has provided its prior written consent to such resignation); or

 

   
Intercreditor Deed    Page 35


  (ii)

the Senior Discharge Date,

as applicable, the relevant Subordinated Creditor will cease to be a Subordinated Creditor and will have no further rights or obligations under this deed.

 

13.

CHANGES TO THE SENIOR CREDITORS

 

  (a)

Subject to the Senior Finance Documents, each Senior Creditor may assign, transfer or otherwise deal with its rights under this deed without the consent of the Obligors or the Subordinated Creditors. If it does so, the Senior Debt will include all liabilities of the Obligors to the assignee which are within the scope of the definition whether or not the liabilities arose or were contemplated before the date of the assignment, transfer or novation.

 

  (b)

If a Senior Creditor assigns, transfers or otherwise deals with its rights under this deed in accordance with this clause, then the relevant entity may become an Additional Senior Creditor by executing a duly completed Senior Creditor Accession Deed.

 

  (c)

In addition, any person who is, or is entitled to become a “Beneficiary” under and in terms of the Senior Security Trust Deed may become an Additional Senior Creditor by executing a duly completed Senior Creditor Accession Deed.

 

  (d)

Each Additional Senior Creditor will deliver to:

 

  (i)

the Subordinated Debtors and the Obligors (or person on their behalf; and

 

  (ii)

the Senior Creditors,

a duly executed copy of a Senior Creditor Accession Deed promptly after its execution.

 

  (e)

With effect on and from the last date on which the Senior Creditor Accession Deed is countersigned by (or on behalf of) the Senior Creditor, the relevant person will:

 

  (i)

become an Additional Senior Creditor for the purposes of this deed; and

 

  (ii)

be bound by the terms of this deed as a Senior Creditor.

 

  (f)

Subject to the Senior Finance Documents, the Senior Creditors may disclose to a potential assignee any confidential information provided to the Senior Creditors by an Obligor or the Subordinated Creditors.

 

14.

CHANGES TO THE OBLIGORS

 

  (a)

The Obligors may not assign, transfer or otherwise deal with its rights, interests or obligations under this deed without each Creditor’s prior written consent.

 

  (b)

The Obligors must procure that any member of the Group that:

 

  (i)

is required to accede to the Senior Security Trust Deed as an ‘Obligor’ (as defined in the Senior Security Trust Deed);

 

  (ii)

incurs any Subordinated Debt (without prejudice to any prohibitions contained in the Finance Documents); or

 

   
Intercreditor Deed    Page 36


  (iii)

grants a Security Interest over any of its assets to the Subordinated Creditors,

executes an Obligor Accession Deed to accede to this deed at the same time as it becomes an ‘Obligor’ under the Senior Security Trust Deeed, incurs the Subordinated Debt or grants the Subordinated Security.

 

  (c)

Each Obligor and the Subordinated Creditor for valuable consideration irrevocably authorises each of the Senior Creditors and its Authorised Representatives separately to execute any Obligor Accession Deed provided in connection with this deed on its behalf.

 

   
Intercreditor Deed    Page 37


SECTION 9

PROTECTION PROVISIONS

 

15.

PROTECTION PROVISIONS

 

15.1

Senior Creditors not liable

To the extent permitted by law, the Senior Creditors will not be liable to anyone for any Loss in relation to an exercise or attempted exercise of a Power, or a failure or delay in doing so.

 

15.2

Senior Creditors not restricted

The Senior Creditors need not:

 

  (a)

exercise a Power, give a consent or make a decision under a Senior Finance Document unless the Senior Finance Document expressly provides otherwise; or

 

  (b)

resort to a Security Interest, Guarantee or Power before resorting to any other of them.

 

15.3

Indemnities and reimbursement obligations

The Senior Creditors need not incur an expense or make a payment before enforcing an indemnity or reimbursement obligation in this deed. Unless otherwise stated, each such indemnity or reimbursement obligation is separate and independent of each other obligation of the party giving it, is absolute, irrevocable, unconditional and payable on demand and continues despite any settlement of account, termination of this deed, any Senior Finance Document or anything else.

 

15.4

Reinstating avoided transaction

If a payment or other transaction relating to this deed, the Senior Debt or the Subordination is void, voidable, unenforceable or defective for any reason or a related claim is upheld, conceded or settled (each an “Avoidance”), then even though any party knew or should have known of the Avoidance:

 

  (a)

the liability of the parties under this deed and each Creditor’s Powers will be what it would have been, and will continue, as if the payment or transaction had not occurred; and

 

  (b)

an Obligor and each Subordinated Creditor will promptly execute and do anything required by the Senior Creditors to restore the parties to the position they were in promptly before the Avoidance (including reinstating this deed).

This clause survives any termination or full or partial discharge or release of any Senior Finance Document.

 

15.5

Authorised Representatives and communications

An Obligor and each Subordinated Creditor:

 

  (a)

irrevocably authorises the Senior Creditors to rely on a certificate by any person purporting to be its director or company secretary as to the identity and signatures of its Authorised Representatives, and to rely on any notice or other document contemplated by this deed which bears the purported signature (whether given by facsimile or otherwise) of its Authorised Representative; and

 

  (b)

warrants that those persons have been authorised to give notices and communications under or in connection with this deed.

 

   
Intercreditor Deed    Page 38


SECTION 10

PROTECTION PROVISIONS

 

16.

SAVINGS PROVISIONS

 

16.1

Waiver of defences

Without prejudice to clauses 2.4 or 3.6, neither the subordination nor the priority arrangements effected under this deed nor an Obligor’s, nor any Subordinated Creditor’s liability under this deed, is affected by anything which would otherwise prejudice the subordination or priority or reduce or discharge the liability of an Obligor or a Subordinated Creditor, including:

 

  (a)

any time, waiver or other concession or consent granted to, or composition with, any person;

 

  (b)

the release or resignation of any person;

 

  (c)

any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any person;

 

  (d)

any conduct of an Obligor or the failure of an Obligor to comply with any term of this deed, any Senior Finance Document or any Subordinated Finance Document;

 

  (e)

any knowledge in relation to the Subordinated Debt that the Senior Creditors may have or be charged with;

 

  (f)

the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, execute, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, any person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

 

  (g)

any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of any person;

 

  (h)

any amendment, novation, supplement, extension, refinancing, restatement (however fundamental and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of any Senior Finance Document or any other document or security including any change in the purpose of, any extension of or any increase in any facility or the addition of any new facility under any Senior Finance Document or other document or security;

 

  (i)

any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Senior Finance Document or any other document or security;

 

  (j)

any set off, combination of accounts or counterclaim;

 

  (k)

any insolvency or similar proceedings (including an Insolvency Event); or

 

  (l)

this deed or any other Senior Finance Document not being executed by or binding against any party,

whether or not an Obligor or the Senior Creditors is, or should have been, aware of it or consents to it and despite any legal rule to the contrary.

 

16.2

Waiver of rights

Each Subordinated Creditor waives in favour of the Senior Creditors all rights at law, in equity or otherwise against any person or property so far as is necessary to give effect to

 

   
Intercreditor Deed    Page 39


this deed, including any rights as to contribution, marshalling, consolidation or subrogation which the Subordinated Creditor may otherwise be entitled to claim or enforce during the Subordination Period.

 

16.3

Further assurance

An Obligor and each Subordinated Creditor must, upon request by the Senior Creditors and at the cost of an Obligor, do or cause to be done anything which more satisfactorily effects the subordination of the Subordinated Debt to the Senior Debt and the priority of the Senior Security to the Subordinated Security as contemplated by this deed and in a manner consistent with any provision of this deed.

 

16.4

No Prejudice

Each Subordinated Creditor’s rights and obligations and the Senior Creditors’ rights and obligations under this deed are not affected by any act or omission by the Senior Creditors or any other person which might abrogate, prejudice or limit them or the effectiveness of this deed.

 

16.5

No merger

This deed does not merge with or adversely affect, and is not adversely affected by, any of the following:

 

  (a)

any Security Interest or other right or remedy to which the Senior Creditors is entitled; or

 

  (b)

a judgment which the Senior Creditors obtains against a Subordinated Creditor or an Obligor or any other person in connection with the Senior Debt.

 

16.6

Appropriation of payments

The Senior Creditors are not obliged to disclose to a Subordinated Creditor:

 

  (a)

any appropriation of money received from the exercise of its rights under any Security Interest or Guarantee; or

 

  (b)

any agreement between the Senior Creditors and an Obligor relating to appropriation of money received by the Senior Creditors.

 

16.7

Anti-layering

 

  (a)

An Obligor is not entitled to incur or permit to subsist, any financial indebtedness which would rank in priority ahead of the Subordinated Debt and after the Senior Debt, or which ranks ahead of the Senior Debt.

 

  (b)

For the avoidance of doubt, neither paragraph (a) nor any other provision of this deed will prevent either the Senior Creditors or the Subordinated Creditors from agreeing amongst themselves any different rankings or priorities to apply to the Senior Debt or Subordinated Debt (respectively).

 

   
Intercreditor Deed    Page 40


SECTION 11

GENERAL

 

17.

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

 

17.1

Confidential information

 

  (a)

Each party agrees not to disclose information provided by any other party that is not publicly available in relation to this deed except:

 

  (i)

as expressly permitted by the terms of this deed;

 

  (ii)

to any professional or other adviser consulted by it in relation to any of its rights or obligations under this deed;

 

  (iii)

to the Reserve Bank of Australia, the Australian Tax Office or any Government Agency requiring or requesting disclosure of the information (except that this paragraph does not permit any party to disclose any information of the kind referred to in s 275(1) of the PPSA and the Creditors agree not to authorise the disclosure of such information);

 

  (iv)

in connection with the enforcement of its rights under this deed, a Finance Document or a Security;

 

  (v)

on a confidential basis to any of its employees or Authorised Officers;

 

  (vi)

where the information is already in the public domain, or where the disclosure would not otherwise breach any duty of confidentiality;

 

  (vii)

if required by law or regulation or any requirement or request of any applicable Government Agency or regulatory authority or any order of any court of competent jurisdiction or to rating agencies or stock exchanges to the extent required or requested by them (except that this paragraph does not permit any party to disclose any information of the kind referred to in s 275(1) of the PPSA and the Creditors agree not to authorise the disclosure of such information);

 

  (viii)

to a potential assignee or transferee of a Creditor and to any professional or other adviser consulted by it in relation to any of its prospective rights or obligations under any Finance Document where the disclosure is made on the basis that the recipient of the information will comply with this clause 17.1 in the same way that the Creditor is required to do;

 

  (ix)

to a provider of services to a Creditor where such disclosure is necessary or desirable in connection with the services on the basis that the recipient of the information will comply with this clause 17.1 in the same way that the Creditor is required to do so;

 

  (x)

to any financier or prospective financier under a Finance Document;

 

  (xi)

at the National Association of Insurance Commissioners and the Securities Valuation Office; or

 

  (xii)

otherwise with the prior written consent of each other party.

 

  (b)

This clause 17.1 shall be binding on each party after it ceases to be a party and shall survive for a period of two years after termination of this deed.

 

   
Intercreditor Deed    Page 41


18.

GOVERNING LAW

This deed is governed by Queensland law.

 

19.

JURISDICTION

 

  (a)

The courts having jurisdiction in Queensland have non-exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this deed (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of this deed) (a “Dispute”).

 

  (b)

The parties to this deed agree that those courts are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no party will argue to the contrary.

 

  (c)

Each party to this deed irrevocably waives any objection it may now or in the future have to the venue of any proceedings, and any claim it may now or in the future have that any proceedings have been brought in an inconvenient forum, where that venue falls within paragraph (a).

 

  (d)

Each party irrevocably waives any immunity in respect of its obligations under this deed that it may acquire from the jurisdiction of any court or any legal process for any reason.

 

  (e)

This clause 19 (Jurisdiction) is for the benefit of the Senior Creditors only. As a result, the Senior Creditors will not be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Senior Creditors may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

20.

SERVICE OF PROCESS

 

  (a)

Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each Obligor (other than an Obligor incorporated in Australia):

 

  (i)

irrevocably appoints the Borrower as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings in connection with this deed; and

 

  (ii)

agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the relevant Obligor of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned.

 

  (b)

Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each Subordinated Creditor (other than a Subordinated Creditor incorporated in Australia):

 

  (i)

irrevocably appoints the person named in a Subordinated Creditor Accession Deed as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings in connection with this deed; and

 

  (ii)

agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the relevant Subordinated Creditor of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned.

 

   
Intercreditor Deed    Page 42


21.

SEVERABILITY

Any term of this deed which is wholly or partially void or unenforceable is severed to the extent that it is void or unenforceable. The validity or enforceability of the remainder of this deed is not affected.

 

22.

PARTIAL INVALIDITY

If, at any time, any provision of this deed is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.

 

23.

AMENDMENT TO THIS DEED

A variation of any term of this deed must be in writing and signed by the parties.

 

24.

PROMPT PERFORMANCE

 

  (a)

If this deed specifies when an Obligor agrees to perform an obligation, an Obligor agrees to perform it by the time specified. An Obligor agrees to perform all other obligations promptly.

 

  (b)

Time is of the essence in this deed in respect of an obligation to pay money.

 

25.

REMEDIES AND WAIVERS

 

  (c)

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of a Creditor, any right or remedy under this deed shall operate as a waiver, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in this deed are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

  (d)

A provision of this deed, or right created under it, may not be waived except in writing signed by the party or parties to be bound.

 

26.

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

This deed supersedes all previous agreements, understandings, negotiations, representations and warranties in respect of its subject matter and embodies the entire agreement between the parties in respect of its subject matter.

 

27.

ATTORNEYS

Each of the attorneys executing this deed states that the attorney has no notice of the revocation of the power of attorney appointing that attorney.

 

28.

COUNTERPARTS

 

  (a)

This deed may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which:

 

  (iii)

may be executed electronically or in handwriting; and

 

  (iv)

will be deemed an original whether kept in electronic or paper form, and all of which taken together will constitute one and the same document.

 

   
Intercreditor Deed    Page 43


  Without limiting the foregoing, if the signatures on behalf of one party are on more than one copy of this deed, this shall be taken to be the same as, and have the same effect as, if all of those signatures were on the same counterpart of this deed.

 

  (b)

This deed binds each person who signs it, even if another signatory does not sign it or is otherwise not bound by this deed.

 

29.

CONSIDERATION

Each party to this deed acknowledges incurring obligations and giving rights under this deed for valuable consideration received from each other party.

 

30.

EXCLUSION OF CONTRARY LEGISLATION

Any legislation that adversely affects an obligation of a party, or the exercise by a party of a right or remedy, under or relating to this deed is excluded to the full extent permitted by law.

THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN ENTERED INTO AND EXECUTED AS A DEED ON THE DATE STATED AT THE BEGINNING OF THIS DEED.

THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION BROUGHT ON OR WITH RESPECT TO THIS DEED OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT EXECUTED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THEREWITH.

 

   
Intercreditor Deed    Page 44


SCHEDULE 1

THE ORIGINAL PARTIES

PART I

THE ORIGINAL OBLIGORS

 

Company Name

  

Company number

  

Notice details

Australia

     
Tritium Pty Ltd    ACN 095 500 280    Address:
      Email:
      Attention:
Tritium Holdings Pty Ltd    ACN 145 324 910    Address:
      Email:
      Attention:
Tritium America Corporation    6160114    Address:
      Email:
      Attention:
Tritium Technologies LLC    6160112    Address:
      Email:
      Attention:
Tritium Europe B.V.    68864906    Address:
      Email:
      Attention:

 

   
Intercreditor Deed    Page 45


Tritium Technologies B.V.    68870795    Address:
      Email:
      Attention:
Tritium Technologies Limited    13227921    Address:
      Email:
      Attention:
Tritium DCFC Limited    ACN 650 026 314    Address:
      Email:
      Attention:
Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation II       Address:
      Email:
      Attention:

 

   
Intercreditor Deed    Page 46


PART II

THE ORIGINAL SENIOR CREDITORS

 

Company Name

  

Company

number

  

Notice details

HealthSpring Life & Health Insurance Company, Inc   

N/A

  

Address for notices related to Payments:

     

Attention:

     

E-Mail:

     

E-Mail:

     

Address for All Other Notices:

     

Attention:

     

E-Mail:

     

E-Mail:

Cigna Health and Life Insurance Company   

[N/A ]

   Address for notices related to Payments:
     

Attention:

     

E-Mail:

     

E-Mail:

     

Address for All Other Notices:

     

Attention:

     

E-Mail:

     

E-Mail:

 

   
Intercreditor Deed    Page 47


Barings Target Yield Infrastructure Debt Holdco

1 S.À R.L.

   [N/A]    Primary Admin Contacts for Payment Notices
      Name:
      Address:
      Phone:
      Email:
      Secondary Admin Contacts for Payment Notices
      Name:
      Address:
      Phone:
      Email:
      All Other Notices (Including Payment Notices)
      Address:
      Email:
      Email:
      Email:
CBA CORPORATE SERVICES (NSW) PTY LIMITED (ACN ) as security trustee for the beneficiaries of the Senior Security Trust    ACN 072 765 434   

Attention:

 

Facsimile:

 

Email:

 

   
Intercreditor Deed    Page 48


PART III

THE ORIGINAL SUBORDINATED CREDITORS

 

Company Name

  

Company number

  

Notice details

St Baker Energy Holdings Pty Ltd as trustee for the St Baker Energy Innovation Trust    ACN 010 165 554   

Address:

 

Email:

 

Attention:

 

   
Intercreditor Deed    Page 49


SCHEDULE 2

FORM OF SUBORDINATED CREDITOR ACCESSION DEED

 

To:

  

[Senior Creditors]

And to:

  

[Obligors]

From:

  

[Subordinated Creditor] (“New Subordinated Creditor”)

Dated:

  

Dear Sirs

Tritium – Intercreditor Deed

dated [                     ] (the “ICD”) – Subordinated Creditor Accession Deed

 

1.

We refer to the ICD. This is a Subordinated Creditor Accession Deed. Terms used in the ICD shall have the same meaning in this Subordinated Creditor Accession Deed unless given a different meaning in this Subordinated Creditor Accession Deed.

 

2.

The New Subordinated Creditor agrees to become a Subordinated Creditor and to be bound by the terms of the ICD as a Subordinated Creditor and without limiting the aforegoing, the New Subordinated Creditor irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to:

 

  (a)

the priority of the Senior Security to the Subordinated Security; and

 

  (b)

the subordination of the Subordinated Debt to the Senior Debt,

in each case on the terms and conditions set out in the ICD.

 

3.

The Subordinated Finance Documents evidencing the New Subordinated Creditor’s Subordinated Debt and Subordinated Security are as follows:

[insert details],

and true, correct and complete copies of same are attached hereto.    

 

4.

The New Subordinated Creditor is a [company duly incorporated under the laws of [name of relevant jurisdiction]] / [[describe nature of entity] formed under the laws of [name of relevant jurisdiction]].

 

5.

The New Subordinated Creditor’s details for service of notices are as follows:

 

Address:    [                 ]
Attention:    [                 ]
Facsimile:    [                 ]
Email:    [                 ]

 

   
Intercreditor Deed    Page 50


6.

The New Subordinated Creditor appoints [                     ] as it process agent for the purposes of clause 20(b) with the following details:    

 

Address:    [                 ]
Attention:    [                 ]
Facsimile:    [                 ]
Email:    [                 ]

 

7.

The New Subordinated Creditor gives the representations and warranties contemplated in the ICD.

 

8.

This Subordinated Creditor Accession Deed is governed by Queensland law.

 

9.

Each of the attorneys executing this Subordinated Creditor Accession Deed states that the attorney has no notice of the revocation of the power of attorney appointing that attorney.

 

10.

This Subordinated Creditor Accession Deed may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Subordinated Creditor Accession Deed.

 

Executed as a deed
[Execution block to be inserted]
Agreed and accepted
[Insert execution clause for Obligors]
Date:                     
Agreed and accepted
[Insert execution clause for Senior Creditor]
Date:                     

 

   
Intercreditor Deed    Page 51


SCHEDULE 3

FORM OF SUBORDINATED CREDITOR RESIGNATION LETTER

 

To:

 

[Senior Creditors]

And to:

 

[Obligors]

From:

 

[Subordinated Creditor] (“Resigning Subordinated Creditor”)

Dated:

 

Dear Sirs

Tritium – Intercreditor Deed

dated [                     ] (the “ICD”) – Subordinated Creditor Resignation Letter

 

1.

We refer to the ICD. This is a Subordinated Creditor Resignation Letter. Terms used in the ICD shall have the same meaning in this Subordinated Creditor Resignation Letter unless given a different meaning in this Subordinated Creditor Resignation Letter.

 

2.

Pursuant to clause 12.3 (Resignation of a Subordinated Creditor) of the ICD, we notify you that, with effect on and from the date of this Subordinated Creditor Resignation Letter, the Resigning Subordinated Creditor will cease to be a Subordinated Creditor under the ICD.

 

3.

We confirm that no Subordinated Debt is outstanding and owing by an Obligor to the Resigning Subordinated Creditor.

 

4.

We confirm that the Senior Creditors have provided their prior written consent to the resignation of the Resigning Subordinated Creditor as a Subordinated Creditor under the ICD, a copy of which is attached hereto.

 

5.

This Subordinated Creditor Resignation Letter is governed by Queensland law.

 

6.

Each of the attorneys executing this Subordinated Creditor Resignation Letter states that the attorney has no notice of the revocation of the power of attorney appointing that attorney.

 

7.

This Subordinated Creditor Resignation Letter may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Subordinated Creditor Resignation Letter.

 

Executed as a deed
[Execution block to be inserted]
Agreed and accepted
[Insert execution clause for Senior Creditor]
Date:                     

 

   
Intercreditor Deed    Page 52


SCHEDULE 4

FORM OF OBLIGOR ACCESSION DEED

 

To:

  

[Senior Creditors]

From:

  

[New Obligor] (“New Obligor”)

Dated:

  

Dear Sirs

Tritium – Intercreditor Deed

dated [                     ] (the “ICD”) – Obligor Accession Deed

 

1.

We refer to the ICD. This is a Obligor Accession Deed. Terms used in the ICD shall have the same meaning in this Obligor Accession Deed unless given a different meaning in this Obligor Accession Deed.

 

2.

The New Obligor agrees to become an Obligor and to be bound by the terms of the ICD as an Obligor and without limiting the aforegoing, the New Obligor irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to:

 

  (a)

the priority of the Senior Security to the Subordinated Security; and

 

  (b)

the subordination of the Subordinated Debt to the Senior Debt,

in each case on the terms and conditions set out in the ICD.

 

3.

The New Obligor is a [company duly incorporated under the laws of [name of relevant jurisdiction]] / [[describe nature of entity] formed under the laws of [name of relevant jurisdiction]].

 

4.

The New Obligor’s details for service of notices are as follows:

 

Address:    [                 ]
Attention:    [                 ]
Facsimile:    [                 ]
Email:    [                 ]

 

5.

The New Obligor gives the representations and warranties contemplated in the ICD.

 

6.

This Obligor Accession Deed is governed by Queensland law.

 

7.

Each of the attorneys executing this Obligor Accession Deed states that the attorney has no notice of the revocation of the power of attorney appointing that attorney.

 

Intercreditor Deed   


8.

This Obligor Accession Deed may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Obligor Accession Deed.

 

Executed as a deed
[Execution block to be inserted]
Agreed and accepted

[Insert execution clause for Senior Creditor]

Date:                     

 

Intercreditor Deed   


SCHEDULE 5

FORM OF SENIOR CREDITOR ACCESSION DEED

 

To:

  

[Subordinated Creditors]

And to:

  

[Obligors]

From:

  

[Senior Creditor] (“New Senior Creditor”)

Dated:

  

Dear Sirs

Tritium – Intercreditor Deed

dated [                     ] (the “ICD”) – Senior Creditor Accession Deed

 

1.

We refer to the ICD. This is a Senior Creditor Accession Deed. Terms used in the ICD shall have the same meaning in this Senior Creditor Accession Deed unless given a different meaning in this Senior Creditor Accession Deed.

 

2.

The New Senior Creditor agrees to become a Senior Creditor and to be bound by the terms of the ICD as a Senior Creditor and without limiting the aforegoing, the New Senior Creditor irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to:

 

  (a)

the priority of the Senior Security to the Subordinated Security; and

 

  (b)

the subordination of the Subordinated Debt to the Senior Debt,

in each case on the terms and conditions set out in the ICD.

 

3.

The Senior Finance Documents evidencing the New Senior Creditor’s Senior Debt and Senior Security are as follows:

[insert details],

and true, correct and complete copies of same are attached hereto.    

 

4.

The New Senior Creditor is a [company duly incorporated under the laws of [name of relevant jurisdiction]] / [[describe nature of entity] formed under the laws of [name of relevant jurisdiction]].

 

5.

The New Senior Creditor’s details for service of notices are as follows:

 

Address:    [                 ]
Attention:    [                 ]
Facsimile:    [                 ]
Email:    [                 ]

 

6.

This Senior Creditor Accession Deed is governed by Queensland law.

 

7.

Each of the attorneys executing this Senior Creditor Accession Deed states that the attorney has no notice of the revocation of the power of attorney appointing that attorney.

 

Intercreditor Deed   


8.

This Senior Creditor Accession Deed may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Senior Creditor Accession Deed.

 

Executed as a deed
[Execution block to be inserted]

Date:                     

 

Intercreditor Deed   


SIGNATURE PAGES

The Original Obligors

Executed as a deed.

Signed, sealed and delivered for and on behalf of Tritium Pty Ltd (ACN 095 500 280)

 

in accordance with section 127 of the    
Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) by:    

/s/ Trevor Charles St Baker

   

/s/ David Andrew Finn

Signature of Director     Signature of Director/Company Secretary

Trevor Charles St Baker

   

David Andrew Finn

Full name (print)     Full name (print)

 

Intercreditor Deed   


Executed as a deed.

 

Signed, sealed and delivered for and on behalf of Tritium Holdings Pty Ltd (ACN 145 324 910)

 

in accordance with section 127 of the

Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) by:

   

/s/ Trevor Charles St Baker

   

/s/ David Andrew Finn

Signature of Director     Signature of Director/Company Secretary

Trevor Charles St Baker

   

David Andrew Finn

Full name (print)     Full name (print)

 

Intercreditor Deed   


Executed as a deed.

Signed, sealed and delivered for and on behalf of Tritium America Corporation by:

 

/s/ David Andrew Finn

Signature of authorised signatory

David Andrew Finn

Name of authorised signatory (print)

/s/ Paul Sernia

Signature of authorised signatory

Paul Sernia

Name of authorised signatory (print)

 

Intercreditor Deed   


Executed as a deed.

Signed, sealed and delivered for and on behalf of Tritium Technologies LLC by:

 

/s/ David Andrew Finn

Signature of authorised signatory

David Andrew Finn

Name of authorised signatory (print)

/s/ Paul Semia

Signature of authorised signatory

Paul Semia

Name of authorised signatory (print)

 

Intercreditor Deed   


Executed as a deed.

Signed, sealed and delivered for and on behalf of Tritium Europe B.V.

 

/s/ David Andrew Finn

Signature of authorised signatory

David Andrew Finn

Name of authorised signatory (print)

/s/ Paul Sernia

Signature of authorised signatory

Paul Sernia

Name of authorised signatory (print)

 

Intercreditor Deed   


Executed as a deed.

Signed, sealed and delivered for and on behalf of Tritium Technologies B.V.

 

/s/ David Andrew Finn

Signature of authorised signatory

David Andrew Finn

Name of authorised signatory (print)

/s/ Paul Sernia

Signature of authorised signatory

Paul Sernia

Name of authorised signatory (print)

 

Intercreditor Deed   


Executed as a deed.

Signed, sealed and delivered for and on behalf of Tritium Technologies Limited

 

/s/ Alex Nakayama

   

/s/ David Andrew Finn

Signature of witness     Signature of authorised signatory

Alex Nakayama

   

David Andrew Finn

Name of witness (print)     Name of authorised signatory (print)
   

/s/ Mark Anning

    Signature of authorised signatory
   

Mark Anning

    Name of authorised signatory (print)

 

Intercreditor Deed   


Executed as a deed.

Signed, sealed and delivered for and on behalf of Tritium DCFC Limited (ACN 650 026 314)

 

in accordance with section 127 of the Corporations

Act 2001 (Cth) by:

   

/s/ Trevor Charles St Baker

   

/s/ David Andrew Finn

Signature of Director     Signature of Director/Company Secretary

Trevor Charles St Baker

   

David Andrew Finn

Full name (print)     Full name (print)

 

Intercreditor Deed   


Executed as a deed.    
Signed, sealed and delivered for and on behalf of    
Decarbonisation Plus Acquisition Corporation II    

/s/ Jane Hunter

   

/s/ David Toomey

Signature of authorised signatory     Signature of authorised signatory

Jane Hunter

   

David Toomey

Name of authorised signatory (print)     Name of authorised signatory (print)

 

Intercreditor Deed   


The Original Senior Creditors

Executed as a deed.

Signed, sealed and delivered for and on behalf of HealthSpring Life & Health Insurance Company, Inc

 

By: Cigna Investments, Inc. (authorized agent)
in the presence of:

/s/ Leonard Mazlish

   

/s/ Kevin Pattison

Signature of witness     By:

Leonard Mazlish

   

Kevin Pattison

Full name of witness (print)     Name (print)
   

Managing Director

    Title (print)

 

Intercreditor Deed   


Executed as a deed.

Signed, sealed and delivered for and on behalf of Cigna Health and Life Insurance Company

 

By: Cigna Investments, Inc. (authorized agent)
in the presence of:

/s/ Leonard Mazlish

   

/s/ Kevin Pattison

Signature of witness     By:

Leonard Mazlish

   

Kevin Pattison

Full name of witness (print)     Name (print)
   

Managing Director

    Title (print)

 

Intercreditor Deed   


Executed as a deed   
Signed, sealed and delivered by    )
BARINGS TARGET YIELD INFRASTRUCTURE DEBT HOLDCO 1 S.À R.L.    )
acting by its attorney    )
BARINGS LLC    )
acting by,    )
and in the presence of:   

 

/s/ Sphephelo Wenzokwakhe Mnguni

   

/s/ Mark Ackerman

Signature of witness     By:   Mark Ackerman
      Managing Director

Sphephelo Wenzokwakhe Mnguni

   

Mark Ackerman

Full name of witness (print)     Name (print)

 

Intercreditor Deed   


Executed as a deed.

 

      
SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED its attorney for CBA CORPORATE SERVICES (NSW) PTY LIMITED under power of attorney dated 26 November 2013  

)

)

)

)

)

    
  )     
  )     
in the presence of:   )     
  )     
  )     

/s/ Martin Mood

  )     
Signature of witness   )     

 

Martin Mood

 

)

)

    

/s/ Anne McLeod

Name of witness (block letters)  

)

)

)

     By executing this deed the attorney states that the attorney has received no notice of revocation of the power of attorney

 

Intercreditor Deed   


The Original Subordinated Creditors

Executed as a deed.

Signed, sealed and delivered for and on behalf of St Baker Energy Holdings Pty Ltd ACN 010 165 554 as trustee of the St Baker Innovation Trust

 

in accordance with section 127 of the    
Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) by:    

/s/ Trevor Charles St Baker

   

/s/ Stephen Charles St Baker

Signature of Director     Signature of Director/Company Secretary

Trevor Charles St Baker

   

Stephen Charles St Baker

Full name (print)     Full name (print)

 

Intercreditor Deed   
EX-21.1

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of Tritium DCFC Limited

 

Subsidiary

 

Jurisdiction

Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation II   Delaware
Tritium Holdings Pty Ltd   Australia
Tritium America Corporation   Delaware
Tritium Europe B.V.   Netherlands
Tritium Technologies Limited   United Kingdom
Tritium Pty Ltd   Australia
Tritium Nominee Pty Ltd   Australia
Tritium Technologies LLC   Delaware
Tritium Technologies B.V.   Netherlands
EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form F-1 of Tritium DCFC Limited of our report dated September 24, 2021 relating to the financial statements of Tritium Holdings Pty Ltd, which appears in this Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers

Brisbane, Australia

February 11, 2022

EX-23.2

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting a part of this Registration Statement on Form F-1 of our report dated March 30, 2021, relating to the financial statements of Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation II which is contained in that Prospectus, and to the reference to our Firm under the caption “Experts” in the Prospectus.

 

/s/ WithumSmith+Brown, PC

New York, New York

February 11, 2022

EX-FILING FEES

Exhibit 107

Calculation of Filing Fee Tables

Form F-1

(Form Type)

Tritium DCFC Limited

(Exact name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

Table 1: Newly Registered Securities

 

     Security Type  

Security

Class

Title

 

Fee

Calculation

Rule

 

Amount

Registered(1)

 

Proposed

Maximum

Offering

Price Per

Unit

 

Maximum

Aggregate

Offering

Price

 

Fee

Rate

 

Amount of

Registration

Fee(9)

Fees to be Paid   Equity   Warrants to purchase Ordinary Shares(2)   Rule 457(g)   8,366,667        
Fees to be Paid   Equity   Ordinary Shares issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants(3)   Rules 457(c), 457(f)(1) and 457(f)(3)   21,783,334   $8.13(4)   $177,098,505.42   0.0000927   $16,417.03
Fees to be Paid   Equity   Ordinary Shares, no par value(6)   Rule 457(c)   10,000,000   $6.86(5)   $68,600,000.00   0.0000927   $6,359.22
Fees to be Paid   Equity   Ordinary Shares, no par value(7)   Rule 457(c)   10,062,500   $6.86(5)   $69,028,750.00   0.0000927   $6,398.97
Fees to be Paid   Equity   Ordinary Shares, no par value(8)   Rule 457(c)   95,306,435   $6.86(5)   $653,802,144.10   0.0000927   $60,607.46
    Total Offering Amounts     $968,529,399.52     $89,782.68
    Total Fees Previously Paid        
    Total Fee Offsets        
    Net Fee Due         $89,782.68

 

(1)

Pursuant to Rule 416 under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”), this Registration Statement on Form F-1 (this “Registration Statement”) also covers an indeterminate number of additional securities as may be issuable with respect to the shares being registered for resale hereunder as a result of a stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization or similar event.

(2)

Represents (i) 7,366,667 warrants offered by Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Sponsor II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“DCRN Sponsor”) and certain previous independent directors of Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation II, a Delaware corporation (“DCRN”), that were originally issued to DCRN Sponsor and such previous independent directors in connection with DCRN’s initial public offering, each named as selling securityholders herein, and (ii) 1,000,000 warrants offered by DCRN Sponsor that were originally issued to DCRN Sponsor at the closing of the business combination in connection with working capital loans made by DCRN Sponsor to DCRN (collectively, the “Private Placement Warrants”). The Private Placement Warrants are being registered for resale by the selling securityholders named in this Registration Statement. In accordance with Rule 457(g), the entire registration fee for the Private Placement Warrants is allocated to the Ordinary Shares (as defined below) underlying the Private Placement Warrants, and no separate fee is payable for the Private Placement Warrants.

(3)

Represents issuance and resale of up to (i) 8,366,667 ordinary shares, no par value (“Ordinary Shares”) of Tritium DCFC Limited (the “Registrant”) underlying the Private Placement Warrants and (ii) 13,416,667 Ordinary Shares underlying warrants, originally issued as warrants of DCRN sold to the public in DCRN’s initial public offering (as assumed by the Registrant, “Public Warrants” and, together with the Private Placement Warrants, the “Warrants”).

(4)

Pursuant to Rules 457(c), 457(f)(1) and 457(f)(3) promulgated under the Securities Act and solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee, the proposed aggregate maximum offering price is the product of (i) the sum of (A) $1.23 (rounded up from the average of the high ($1.29) and low ($1.16) prices of the Public Warrants as reported on The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (“Nasdaq”) on February 7, 2022) and (B) $6.90, the as-adjusted exercise price of the Warrants, resulting in a combined maximum offering price per warrant of $8.13, multiplied by (ii) the applicable number of Warrants. Consistent with the response to Question 240.06 of the Securities Act Rules Compliance and Disclosure Interpretations, the registration fee with respect to the Warrants has been allocated to the underlying Ordinary Shares and those Ordinary Shares are included in the registration fee.

(5)

Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(c) under the Securities Act based on the average of the high ($7.00) and low ($6.71) sales price of the Ordinary Shares as reported on Nasdaq on February 7, 2022.

(6)

Represents (i) 7,500,000 Ordinary Shares offered by certain selling securityholders named herein, to be issued pursuant to the option agreements entered into by and among the Registrant and such selling securityholders, and (ii) 2,500,000 Ordinary Shares offered by Palantir Technologies Inc. (“Palantir”), to be issued to Palantir pursuant to a subscription agreement entered into by and among the Registrant, Palantir Technologies Inc. and DCRN. These shares are expected to be issued in private placements within a short time after the effectiveness of this Registration Statement, and are being registered for resale hereby consistent with the response to Question 139.11 of the Securities Act Rules Compliance and Disclosure Interpretations.

(7)

Represents 10,062,500 Ordinary Shares offered by DCRN Sponsor and certain of DCRN’s previous independent directors, each named as selling securityholders herein, and originally issued as shares of Class B common stock of DCRN, which at the effective time of the merger between Hulk Merger Sub, Inc. and DCRN, were cancelled and converted into shares of Class A common stock of DCRN in accordance with DCRN’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation and, accordingly, were exchanged for Ordinary Shares in connection with the business combination. These shares are being registered for resale by the selling securityholders named in this Registration Statement.

(8)

Represents 95,306,435 Ordinary Shares offered by certain of the Registrant’s affiliates named as selling securityholders herein. These shares are being registered for resale by the selling securityholders named in this Registration Statement.

(9)

Calculated pursuant to Rule 457 of the Securities Act by calculating the product of (i) the proposed maximum aggregate offering price and (ii) 0.0000927.